Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Mazda CX7 2009 Repair Manual
Mazda CX7 2009 Repair Manual
Mazda CX7 2009 Repair Manual
CX-7
SPECIFICATIONS INDEX
CX-7 SPECIFICATIONS INDEX
System Specification/Procedure
Air Conditioning
Service HVAC TECHNICAL DATA
Torque See Torque Specifications in appropriate graphics
under A/C UNIT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY .
Axle Nut/Hub Nut
Front 174-202 Ft. Lbs. (235-274 N.m)
Rear 174-202 Ft. Lbs. (235-274 N.m)
Battery BATTERY INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC]
Brakes
Bleeding Sequence RR, LR, RF, LF (See AIR BLEEDING .)
Disc Brakes
Service Specifications BRAKES TECHNICAL DATA
Torque See Torque Specifications in text and appropriate
graphics under CONVENTIONAL BRAKE
SYSTEM .
Charging
Generator GENERATOR INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC]
Torque See Torque Specifications in text and appropriate
graphics under CHARGING SYSTEM .
Drive Belts
Adjustment DRIVE BELT AUTO TENSIONER
INSPECTIONS [L3 WITH TC]
Belt Routing See appropriate graphic under DRIVE BELT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC] .
Engine Cooling
General Service Specifications ENGINE TECHNICAL DATA [L3 WITH TC]
Radiator Cap Pressure 16-21 psi
Thermostat R & I THERMOSTAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TC]
Water Pump R & I WATER PUMP REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TC]
Engine Mechanical
2.3L 4-Cyl.
Compression COMPRESSION INSPECTION [L3 WITH
TC]
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 SPECIFICATIONS INDEX CX-7
Mazda CX-7
DTC
System
Air bag system warning light
M-MDS malfunction Go To
display Priority location
Flashing pattern ranking
Seat weight sensor (See DTC
B1013 16 21
calibration error B1013 )
Deployment
prohibited because (See DTC
B1017 59 4
configuration is B1017 )
not set
Driver-side side
air bag sensor
B1144 No.2 system
internal circuit
disabled (See DTC
45 11
Driver-side side B1144, B1145 )
air bag sensor
B1145 No.2 system
communication
error
Passenger-side
side air bag sensor
B1146 No.2 system
internal circuit
disabled (See DTC
46 10
Passenger-side B1146, B1147 )
side air bag sensor
B1147 No.2 system
communication
error
SAS control
module activation (See DTC
B1231 13 3
(deployment) B1231 )
control freeze
SAS control
Air bag system
module power
warning light is
B1317 - - supply voltage
illuminated all the increases (16.1 V
time
or more) (See DTC
SAS control B1317, B1318 )
Air bag system
module power
warning light is
B1318 - - supply voltage
illuminated all the
decreases (less
time
than 8 V)
12 2 SAS control
module (internal
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 DTC INDEX Mazda CX-7
circuit abnormal)
Driver-side side
air bag module
B1992
circuit short to
power supply
Driver-side side
air bag module
B1993
circuit short to
body ground (See DTC
22 18 B1992, B1993,
Driver-side side B1994, B1995 )
air bag module
B1994
circuit resistance
high
Driver-side side
air bag module
B1995
circuit resistance
low
Passenger-side
side air bag
B1996 module circuit
short to power
supply
Passenger-side
side air bag
B1997 module circuit
short to body (See DTC
23 17 ground B1996, B1997,
B1998, B1999 )
Passenger-side
side air bag
B1998
module circuit
resistance high
Passenger-side
side air bag
B1999
module circuit
resistance low
Driver-side air
bag module (See DTC
B2228 19 14 (inflator No.2) B2228, B2230,
circuit short to B2232, B2234 )
body ground
Passenger-side air
bag module (See DTC
B2229 21 13 (inflator No.2) B2229, B2231,
circuit short to B2233, B2235 )
body ground
Driver-side air
bag module (See DTC
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 DTC INDEX Mazda CX-7
B2773 Driver-side
curtain air bag
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 DTC INDEX Mazda CX-7
module circuit
resistance low
Driver-side
curtain air bag
B2774
module circuit
resistance high
Driver-side (See DTC
curtain air bag
24 20 B2773, B2774,
B2775 module circuit B2775, B2776 )
short to body
ground
Driver-side
curtain air bag
B2776 module circuit
short to power
supply
Passenger-side
curtain air bag
B2777
module circuit
resistance low
Passenger-side
curtain air bag
B2778
module circuit
resistance high
(See DTC
Passenger-side
25 19 B2777, B2778,
curtain air bag B2779, B2780 )
B2779 module circuit
short to body
ground
Passenger-side
curtain air bag
B2780 module circuit
short to power
supply
Poor connection
of any SAS (See DTC
B2867 58 6
control module B2867 )
connectors
Seat track position
sensor circuit
C1947
short to body
ground (See DTC
49 23 C1947, C1948,
Seat track position C1981 )
C1948 sensor circuit
resistance not
within
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 DTC INDEX Mazda CX-7
specification
Seat track position
sensor circuit
C1981 open or short to
power supply
Driver-side side
air bag sensor (See DTC
U2017 43 8
(communication B2444, U2017 )
error)
Passenger-side
side air bag sensor (See DTC
U2018 44 7
(communication B2445, U2018 )
error)
CAN system
U0073 communication
error
Communication
U0151 14 12 error to SAS (See )
control module
Communication
U0155 error to instrument
cluster
C1158 LF ABS wheel-speed sensor/ABS sensor (See DTC C1148, C1158, C1168, C1178 .)
rotor system
C1165 RR ABS wheel-speed sensor (open circuit) (See DTC C1145, C1155, C1165, C1175 .)
system
C1168 RR ABS wheel-speed sensor/ABS sensor (See DTC C1148, C1158, C1168, C1178 .)
rotor system
C1175 LR ABS wheel-speed sensor (open circuit) (See DTC C1145, C1155, C1165, C1175 .)
system
C1178 LR ABS wheel-speed sensor/ABS sensor (See DTC C1148, C1158, C1168, C1178 .)
rotor system
C1186 Valve relay system (See DTC C1186, C1266 .)
C1194 LF outlet solenoid valve system (See DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214,
C1242, C1246, C1250, C1254, C1400, C1410,
C1957, C1958 .)
C1198 LF inlet solenoid valve system (See DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214,
C1242, C1246, C1250, C1254, C1400, C1410,
C1957, C1958 .)
C1210 RF outlet solenoid valve system (See DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214,
C1242, C1246, C1250, C1254, C1400, C1410,
C1957, C1958 .)
C1214 RF inlet solenoid valve system (See DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214,
C1242, C1246, C1250, C1254, C1400, C1410,
C1957, C1958 .)
C1222 ABS wheel-speed sensor (slip monitor) (See DTC C1222 .)
system
C1233 LF ABS wheel-speed sensor (short to (See DTC C1233, C1234, C1235, C1236 .)
ground) system
C1234 RF ABS wheel-speed sensor (short to (See DTC C1233, C1234, C1235, C1236 .)
ground) system
C1235 RR ABS wheel-speed sensor (short to (See DTC C1233, C1234, C1235, C1236 .)
ground) system
C1236 LR ABS wheel-speed sensor (short to (See DTC C1233, C1234, C1235, C1236 .)
ground) system
C1242 LR outlet solenoid valve system (See DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214,
C1242, C1246, C1250, C1254, C1400, C1410,
C1957, C1958 .)
C1246 RR outlet solenoid valve system (See DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214,
C1242, C1246, C1250, C1254, C1400, C1410,
C1957, C1958 .)
C1250 LR inlet solenoid valve system (See DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214,
C1242, C1246, C1250, C1254, C1400, C1410,
C1957, C1958 .)
C1254 RR inlet solenoid valve system (See DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214,
C1242, C1246, C1250, C1254, C1400, C1410,
C1957, C1958 .)
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 DTC INDEX Mazda CX-7
BCM DTCS
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 DTC INDEX Mazda CX-7
B2721 Liftgate ajar output short to Short to GND in wiring (See DTC B2721[BCM] .)
ground harness between BCM and
liftgate latch switch
B2982 Park brake switch circuit open Open circuit in wiring harness (See DTC B2982[BCM] .)
between BCM and parking
brake switch
C1189 Brake fluid level sensor input Short to GND in wiring (See DTC C1189[BCM] .)
short to ground harness between BCM and
brake fluid level sensor
C1284 Oil pressure switch circuit Open circuit in wiring harness (See DTC C1284[BCM] .)
failure between BCM and oil
pressure switch
C1295 Steering wheel angle sensor BCM detects steering angle (See DTC C1295, C1307,
internal fault sensor internal abnormality C1441, C1442, C1443, C1444,
(signal overflow) C144A, C144C[BCM] .)
C1307 Steering wheel angle sensor BCM detects steering angle (See DTC C1295, C1307,
encoder ring defective sensor internal abnormality C1441, C1442, C1443, C1444,
(signal jump) C144A, C144C[BCM] .)
C1441 Steering phase A circuit Open circuit in wiring harness (See DTC C1295, C1307,
signal is not sensed between BCM and steering C1441, C1442, C1443, C1444,
angle sensor C144A, C144C[BCM] .)
C1442 Steering phase B circuit signal Open circuit in wiring harness (See DTC C1295, C1307,
is not sensed between BCM and steering C1441, C1442, C1443, C1444,
angle sensor C144A, C144C[BCM] .)
C144C Steering phase C circuit signal Open circuit in wiring harness (See DTC C1295, C1307,
is not sensed between BCM and steering C1441, C1442, C1443, C1444,
angle sensor C144A, C144C[BCM] .)
C1443 Steering phase A circuit short Short to GND in wiring (See DTC C1295, C1307,
to ground harness between BCM and C1441, C1442, C1443, C1444,
steering angle sensor C144A, C144C[BCM] .)
C1444 Steering phase B circuit short Short to GND in wiring (See DTC C1295, C1307,
to ground harness between BCM and C1441, C1442, C1443, C1444,
steering angle sensor C144A, C144C[BCM] .)
C144A Steering phase C circuit short Short to GND in wiring (See DTC C1295, C1307,
to ground harness between BCM and C1441, C1442, C1443, C1444,
steering angle sensor C144A, C144C[BCM] .)
C1937 Steering wheel angle sensor BCM lost steering angle (See DTC C1937[BCM] .)
off set failure initialization position
U0073 CAN system communication BCM or twisted pair (See DTC U0073
error malfunction [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM] ).
DRIVELINE/AXLES DTCS
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 DTC INDEX Mazda CX-7
P0111 IAT circuit performance problem (See DTC P0111[L3 WITH TC] .)
P0112 IAT circuit low input (See DTC P0112[L3 WITH TC] .)
P0113 IAT circuit high input (See DTC P0113[L3 WITH TC] .)
P0116 ECT circuit range/performance problem (See DTC P0116[L3 WITH TC] .)
P0117 ECT circuit low input (See DTC P0117[L3 WITH TC] .)
P0118 ECT circuit high input (See DTC P0118[L3 WITH TC] .)
P0122 TP sensor NO. 1 circuit low input (See DTC P0122[L3 WITH TC] .)
P0123 TP sensor NO. 1 circuit high input (See DTC P0123[L3 WITH TC] .)
P0125 Excessive time to enter closed loop fuel control (See DTC P0125[L3 WITH TC] .)
P0126 Coolant thermostat stuck open (See DTC P0126, P0128[L3 WITH
P0128 Coolant thermostat stuck open TC] .)
P0131 Front HO2S circuit low input (See DTC P0131[L3 WITH TC] .)
P0132 Front HO2S circuit high input (See DTC P0132[L3 WITH TC] .)
P0133 Front HO2S circuit problem (See DTC P0133[L3 WITH TC] .)
P0134 Front HO2S circuit no activity detected (See DTC P0134[L3 WITH TC] .)
P0137 Rear HO2S circuit low input (See DTC P0137[L3 WITH TC] .)
P0138 Rear HO2S circuit high input (See DTC P0138[L3 WITH TC] .)
P0139 Rear HO2S circuit malfunction (See DTC P0139[L3 WITH TC] .)
P0140 Rear HO2S circuit no activity detected (See DTC P0140[L3 WITH TC] .)
P0192 Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit low input (See DTC P0192[L3 WITH TC] .)
P0193 Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit high input (See DTC P0193[L3 WITH TC] .)
P0201 Injector circuit/open cylinder NO. 1 (See DTC P0201[L3 WITH TC] .)
P0202 Injector circuit/open cylinder NO. 2 (See DTC P0202[L3 WITH TC] .)
P0203 Injector circuit/open cylinder NO. 3 (See DTC P0203[L3 WITH TC] .)
P0204 Injector circuit/open cylinder NO. 4 (See DTC P0204[L3 WITH TC] .)
P0222 TP sensor NO. 2 circuit low input (See DTC P0222[L3 WITH TC] .)
P0223 TP sensor NO. 2 circuit high input (See DTC P0223[L3 WITH TC] .)
P0234 Turbo/supercharger overboost condition (See DTC P0234[L3 WITH TC] .)
P0245 Turbocharger wastegate solenoid low (See DTC P0245[L3 WITH TC] .)
P0246 Turbocharger wastegate solenoid high (See DTC P0246[L3 WITH TC] .)
P0300 Random misfire detected (See DTC P0300[L3 WITH TC] .)
P0301 Cylinder No. 1 misfire detected
P0302 Cylinder NO. 2 misfire detected (See DTC P0301, P0302, P0303,
P0303 Cylinder NO. 3 misfire detected P0304[L3 WITH TC] .)
P0304 Cylinder NO. 4 misfire detected
P0327 Knock sensor circuit low input (See DTC P0327[L3 WITH TC] .)
P0328 Knock sensor circuit high input (See DTC P0328[L3 WITH TC] .)
P0335 CKP sensor circuit malfunction (See DTC P0335[L3 WITH TC] .)
P0340 CMP sensor circuit malfunction (See DTC P0340[L3 WITH TC] .)
P0401 EGR flow insufficient detected (See DTC P0401[L3 WITH TC] .)
P0403 EGR valve (stepper motor) circuit malfunction (See DTC P0403[L3 WITH TC] .)
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 DTC INDEX Mazda CX-7
P0421 Catalyst system efficiency below threshold (See DTC P0421[L3 WITH TC] .)
P0441 EVAP control system incorrect purge flow (See DTC P0441[L3 WITH TC] .)
P0442 EVAP control system leak detected (small (See DTC P0442[L3 WITH TC] .)
leak)
P0443 EVAP control system purge control valve (See DTC P0443[L3 WITH TC] .)
circuit malfunction
P0446 Change over valve (COV) (EVAP system leak (See DTC P0446[L3 WITH TC] .)
detection pump) stuck close
P0455 EVAP control system leak detected (gross leak) (See DTC P0442, P0455, P0456 [L3
WITH TC] .)
P0456 EVAP control system leak detected (very small (See DTC P0442, P0455, P0456 [L3
leak) WITH TC] .)
P0461 Fuel gauge sender unit circuit range/ (See DTC P0461[L3 WITH TC] .)
performance
P0462 Fuel gauge sender unit circuit low input (See DTC P0462[L3 WITH TC] .)
P0463 Fuel gauge sender unit circuit high input (See DTC P0463[L3 WITH TC] .)
P0480 Fan relay NO. 1 control circuit malfunction (See DTC P0480[L3 WITH TC] .)
P0481 Fan relay NO. 2 control circuit malfunction (See DTC P0480[L3 WITH TC] .)
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor (VSS) circuit malfunction (See DTC P0500[L3 WITH TC] .)
P0505 Idle control system malfunction (See DTC P0505[L3 WITH TC] .)
P0506 Idle control system RPM lower than expected (See DTC P0506[L3 WITH TC] .)
P0507 Idle control system RPM higher than expected (See DTC P0507[L3 WITH TC] .)
P050A Cold start idle air control system performance (See DTC P050A[L3 WITH TC] .)
P050B Cold start ignition timing performance (See DTC P050B[L3 WITH TC] .)
P0550 PSP switch circuit malfunction (See DTC P0550[L3 WITH TC] .)
P0564 Cruise control switch circuit malfunction (See DTC P0564[L3 WITH TC] .)
P0571 Brake switch circuit malfunction (See DTC P0571[L3 WITH TC] .)
P0601 Internal control module memory check sum (See DTC P0601[L3 WITH TC] .)
error
P0602 PCM programming error (See DTC P0602[L3 WITH TC] .)
P0604 PCM RAM error (See DTC P0604[L3 WITH TC] .)
P0606 PCM processor (See DTC P0606[L3 WITH TC] .)
P0607 Control module performance (See DTC P0607[L3 WITH TC] .)
P0610 Control module vehicle options error (See DTC P0610[L3 WITH TC] .)
P0638 Throttle actuator control range/ performance (See DTC P0638[L3 WITH TC] .)
P0703 Brake switch NO. 1 circuit malfunction (See DTC P0703[L3 WITH TC] .)
P1260 Immobilizer system problem (See DTC P1260[L3 WITH TC] .)
P2004 Variable swirl control system shutter valve (See DTC P2004[L3 WITH TC] .)
stuck open
P2006 Variable swirl control system shutter valve (See DTC P2006[L3 WITH TC] .)
stuck closed
P2009 Variable swirl solenoid valve control circuit (See DTC P2009[L3 WITH TC] .)
low
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 DTC INDEX Mazda CX-7
P2010 Variable swirl solenoid valve control circuit (See DTC P2010[L3 WITH TC] .)
high
P2088 OCV actuator circuit low (See DTC P2088[L3 WITH TC] .)
P2089 OCV actuator circuit high (See DTC P2089[L3 WITH TC] .)
P2096 Target A/F feedback system too lean (See DTC P2096[L3 WITH TC] .)
P2097 Target A/F feedback system too rich (See DTC P2097[L3 WITH TC] ).
P2100 Throttle actuator circuit open (See DTC P2100[L3 WITH TC] .)
P2101 Throttle actuator circuit range/ performance (See DTC P2101[L3 WITH TC] .)
P2102 Throttle actuator circuit low input (See DTC P2102[L3 WITH TC] .)
P2103 Throttle actuator circuit high input (See DTC P2103[L3 WITH TC] .)
P2107 Throttle actuator control module processor (See DTC P2107[L3 WITH TC] .)
problem
P2108 Throttle actuator control module performance (See DTC P2108[L3 WITH TC] .)
problem
P2119 Throttle actuator control throttle body (See DTC P2119[L3 WITH TC] .)
range/performance
P2122 Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor NO. 1 (See DTC P2122[L3 WITH TC] .)
circuit low input
P2123 Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor NO. 1 (See DTC P2123[L3 WITH TC] .)
circuit high input
P2127 Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor NO. 2 (See DTC P2127[L3 WITH TC] .)
circuit low input
P2128 Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor NO. 2 (See DTC P2128[L3 WITH TC] .)
circuit high input
P2135 Throttle position sensor NO. 1/NO. 2 voltage (See DTC P2135[L3 WITH TC] .)
correlation problem
P2138 Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor NO. (See DTC P2138[L3 WITH TC] .)
1/NO. 2 voltage correlation problem
P2177 Fuel system too lean at off idle (See DTC P2177[L3 WITH TC] .)
P2178 Fuel system too rich at off idle (See DTC P2178[L3 WITH TC] .)
P2187 Fuel system too lean at idle (See DTC P2187[L3 WITH TC] .)
P2188 Fuel system too rich at idle (See DTC P2188[L3 WITH TC] .)
P2195 Front HO2S signal stuck lean (See DTC P2195[L3 WITH TC] .)
P2196 Front HO2S signal stuck rich (See DTC P2196[L3 WITH TC] .)
P2228 BARO sensor circuit low input (See DTC P2228[L3 WITH TC] .)
P2229 BARO sensor circuit high input (See DTC P2229[L3 WITH TC] .)
P2237 Front HO2S positive current control circuit (See DTC P2237[L3 WITH TC] .)
open
P2245 Front HO2S sensor reference voltage circuit (See DTC P2245[L3 WITH TC] .)
low input
P2246 Front HO2S sensor reference voltage circuit (See DTC P2246[L3 WITH TC] .)
high input
P2251 Front HO2S negative current control circuit (See DTC P2251[L3 WITH TC] .)
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 DTC INDEX Mazda CX-7
open
P2401 EVAP system leak detection pump motor (See DTC P2401[L3 WITH TC] .)
circuit low
P2402 EVAP system leak detection pump motor (See DTC P2402[L3 WITH TC] .)
circuit high
P2404 EVAP system leak detection pump sensor (See DTC P2404[L3 WITH TC] .)
circuit malfunction
P2405 EVAP system leak detection pump sensor (See DTC P2405[L3 WITH TC] .)
circuit low input
P2502 Generator terminal B circuit open (See DTC P2502[L3 WITH TC] .)
P2503 Generator output voltage signal no electricity (See DTC P2503[L3 WITH TC] .)
P2504 Battery overcharge (See DTC P2504[L3 WITH TC] .)
P2507 PCM +BB (back-up battery) voltage low (See DTC P2507[L3 WITH TC] .)
P2610 PCM internal engine off timer performance (See DTC P2610[L3 WITH TC] .)
SUSPENSION DTCS
SUSPENSION DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) LIST
DTC Description Action
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 DTC INDEX Mazda CX-7
GENERAL INFORMATION
DOMESTIC CARS
CHRYSLER GROUP LLC
NOTE: This table provides a quick reference for self-diagnostic connector locations,
when available from manufacturer, that ARE NOT located at the lower left side
of the dash, as mandated in 1996 by the Federal government.
NOTE: This table provides a quick reference for self-diagnostic connector locations,
when available from manufacturer, that ARE NOT located at the lower left side
of the dash, as mandated in 1996 by the Federal government.
GENERAL MOTORS
NOTE: This table provides a quick reference for self-diagnostic connector locations,
when available from manufacturer, that ARE NOT located at the lower left side
of the dash, as mandated in 1996 by the Federal government.
NOTE: This table provides a quick reference for self-diagnostic connector locations,
when available from manufacturer, that ARE NOT located at the lower left side
of the dash, as mandated in 1996 by the Federal government.
2009 Mazda CX-7
GENERAL INFORMATION Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
NOTE: This table provides a quick reference for self-diagnostic connector locations,
when available from manufacturer, that ARE NOT located at the lower left side
of the dash, as mandated in 1996 by the Federal government.
Bronco
1982-85
6-Cylinder On Left Front Fender
V8 On Right Inner Fender Panel
1986-87 On Right Front Fender, Near Starter Relay
1988-92 On Left Fender Apron
1993-95 2 Connectors In Left Rear Of Engine
Compartment, On Bracket
1996- Below Glove Box
Bronco II
1983-85 On Right Front Inner Fender Panel (2.3L
Only)
1986-90 On Right Front Fender Apron
Excursion Behind Center Of Dash
Explorer & Mountaineer (1991-94) On Right Rear Of Engine Compartment, Near
A/C-Heater Blower
Pickup
1982-85
6-Cylinder On Left Front Fender
V8 On Right Inner Fender Panel
1986-87 On Right Front Fender, Near Starter Relay
1988-92 On Left Fender Apron
1993-95 2 Connectors In Left Rear Of Engine
Compartment, On Bracket
1996- Below Center Of Instrument Panel
Pickup (F250 Heavy Duty & F350) Under Right Side Of Dash
Ranger
1983-85 On Right Front Inner Fender Panel (2.3L
Only)
1986-90 On Right Front Fender Apron
1991 Behind Engine Compartment Fuse/Relay
Block
1992 On Left Front Inner Fender Panel
1993-95 On Rear Of Engine Compartment Fuse/Relay
Block
Van
1986-92 On Right Fender Apron
1993-95 On Left Front Corner Of Engine
Compartment
1996
5.8L (49 State, Over 8600 GVW) & 7.5L (Except On Left Front Corner Of Engine
Calif.) Compartment
2009 Mazda CX-7
GENERAL INFORMATION Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
GENERAL MOTORS
NOTE: This table provides a quick reference for self-diagnostic connector locations,
when available from manufacturer, that ARE NOT located at the lower left side
of the dash, as mandated in 1996 by the Federal government.
NOTE: This table provides a quick reference for self-diagnostic connector locations,
when available from manufacturer, that ARE NOT located at the lower left side
of the dash, as mandated in 1996 by the Federal government.
AUDI
NOTE: This table provides a quick reference for self-diagnostic connector locations,
when available from manufacturer, that ARE NOT located at the lower left side
of the dash, as mandated in 1996 by the Federal government.
BENTLEY
NOTE: This table provides a quick reference for self-diagnostic connector locations,
when available from manufacturer, that ARE NOT located at the lower left side
of the dash, as mandated in 1996 by the Federal government.
BMW
NOTE: This table provides a quick reference for self-diagnostic connector locations,
when available from manufacturer, that ARE NOT located at the lower left side
of the dash, as mandated in 1996 by the Federal government.
DAIHATSU
NOTE: This table provides a quick reference for self-diagnostic connector locations,
when available from manufacturer, that ARE NOT located at the lower left side
of the dash, as mandated in 1996 by the Federal government.
NOTE: This table provides a quick reference for self-diagnostic connector locations,
when available from manufacturer, that ARE NOT located at the lower left side
of the dash, as mandated in 1996 by the Federal government.
FERRARI
NOTE: This table provides a quick reference for self-diagnostic connector locations,
when available from manufacturer, that ARE NOT located at the lower left side
of the dash, as mandated in 1996 by the Federal government.
Compartment
1.6L On Right Rear Corner Of Engine
Compartment
1993-94 On Right Rear Corner Of Engine
Compartment
Festiva
1992-93
1.3L On Left Rear Corner Of Engine
Compartment
1.6L On Right Rear Corner Of Engine
Compartment
Merkur XR4Ti On Right Front Fender Apron, Near Battery
Scorpio On Right Rear Corner Of Engine Compartment
Tracer On Left Rear Corner Of Engine Compartment
GENERAL MOTORS
NOTE: This table provides a quick reference for self-diagnostic connector locations,
when available from manufacturer, that ARE NOT located at the lower left side
of the dash, as mandated in 1996 by the Federal government.
HONDA
NOTE: This table provides a quick reference for self-diagnostic connector locations,
when available from manufacturer, that ARE NOT located at the lower left side
of the dash, as mandated in 1996 by the Federal government.
HYUNDAI
NOTE: This table provides a quick reference for self-diagnostic connector locations,
when available from manufacturer, that ARE NOT located at the lower left side
of the dash, as mandated in 1996 by the Federal government.
INFINITI
NOTE: This table provides a quick reference for self-diagnostic connector locations,
when available from manufacturer, that ARE NOT located at the lower left side
of the dash, as mandated in 1996 by the Federal government.
ISUZU
NOTE: This table provides a quick reference for self-diagnostic connector locations,
when available from manufacturer, that ARE NOT located at the lower left side
of the dash, as mandated in 1996 by the Federal government.
JAGUAR
NOTE: This table provides a quick reference for self-diagnostic connector locations,
when available from manufacturer, that ARE NOT located at the lower left side
of the dash, as mandated in 1996 by the Federal government.
KIA
NOTE: This table provides a quick reference for self-diagnostic connector locations,
2009 Mazda CX-7
GENERAL INFORMATION Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
when available from manufacturer, that ARE NOT located at the lower left side
of the dash, as mandated in 1996 by the Federal government.
LAND ROVER
NOTE: This table provides a quick reference for self-diagnostic connector locations,
when available from manufacturer, that ARE NOT located at the lower left side
of the dash, as mandated in 1996 by the Federal government.
LEXUS
NOTE: This table provides a quick reference for self-diagnostic connector locations,
when available from manufacturer, that ARE NOT located at the lower left side
of the dash, as mandated in 1996 by the Federal government.
1992-94
DLC No. 1 On Bracket, Behind Right Front Strut
Tower
DLC No. 2 & 3 Under Left Side Of Dash
1995-97 In Fuse Box At Lower Left Of Dash
GS Series
1990-95
DLC No. 1 On Bracket, On Top Of Engine
DLC No. 2 Under Left Side Of Dash
1996-00 In Fuse Box At Lower Left Of Dash
LS Series
1990-94
DLC No. 1 On Bracket, On Top Of Engine
DLC No. 2 Under Left Side Of Dash
1995-00 In Fuse Box At Lower Left Of Dash
SC Series
1992-95
DLC No. 1 On Bracket, Behind Right Front Strut
Tower
DLC No. 2 & 3 Under Left Side Of Dash
1996-00 In Fuse Box At Lower Left Of Dash
MAZDA
NOTE: This table provides a quick reference for self-diagnostic connector locations,
when available from manufacturer, that ARE NOT located at the lower left side
of the dash, as mandated in 1996 by the Federal government.
MERCEDES-BENZ
NOTE: This table provides a quick reference for self-diagnostic connector locations,
when available from manufacturer, that ARE NOT located at the lower left side
of the dash, as mandated in 1996 by the Federal government.
MITSUBISHI
NOTE: This table provides a quick reference for self-diagnostic connector locations,
when available from manufacturer, that ARE NOT located at the lower left side
of the dash, as mandated in 1996 by the Federal government.
NISSAN
NOTE: This table provides a quick reference for self-diagnostic connector locations,
when available from manufacturer, that ARE NOT located at the lower left side
of the dash, as mandated in 1996 by the Federal government.
PEUGEOT
NOTE: This table provides a quick reference for self-diagnostic connector locations,
when available from manufacturer, that ARE NOT located at the lower left side
of the dash, as mandated in 1996 by the Federal government.
PORSCHE
NOTE: This table provides a quick reference for self-diagnostic connector locations,
when available from manufacturer, that ARE NOT located at the lower left side
of the dash, as mandated in 1996 by the Federal government.
RENAULT
NOTE: This table provides a quick reference for self-diagnostic connector locations,
when available from manufacturer, that ARE NOT located at the lower left side
of the dash, as mandated in 1996 by the Federal government.
ROLLS-ROYCE
NOTE: This table provides a quick reference for self-diagnostic connector locations,
when available from manufacturer, that ARE NOT located at the lower left side
of the dash, as mandated in 1996 by the Federal government.
SAAB
NOTE: This table provides a quick reference for self-diagnostic connector locations,
when available from manufacturer, that ARE NOT located at the lower left side
of the dash, as mandated in 1996 by the Federal government.
SUBARU
NOTE: This table provides a quick reference for self-diagnostic connector locations,
when available from manufacturer, that ARE NOT located at the lower left side
of the dash, as mandated in 1996 by the Federal government.
Loyale
1990-91
MFI (5-Pin Connector) In Front Of ECU
SMFI (Yellow 9-Pin & Black Near Brake Booster
13-Pin Connectors)
1992-95
Diagnostic Check Connector Behind Brake Booster
(Yellow 9-Pin & Black 13-Pin
Connectors)
Diagnostic Read-Memory Behind Left Front Strut Tower
Connector
(2-Single Wire Connectors)
Outback & Outback Sport Under Center Of Dash
SVX
1992-96 Under Left Side Of Dash
1997 Right Of Steering Column, On Center Console
SUZUKI
NOTE: This table provides a quick reference for self-diagnostic connector locations,
when available from manufacturer, that ARE NOT located at the lower left side
of the dash, as mandated in 1996 by the Federal government.
TOYOTA
NOTE: This table provides a quick reference for self-diagnostic connector locations,
when available from manufacturer, that ARE NOT located at the lower left side
of the dash, as mandated in 1996 by the Federal government.
VOLKSWAGEN
NOTE: This table provides a quick reference for self-diagnostic connector locations,
when available from manufacturer, that ARE NOT located at the lower left side
of the dash, as mandated in 1996 by the Federal government.
VOLVO
NOTE: This table provides a quick reference for self-diagnostic connector locations,
when available from manufacturer, that ARE NOT located at the lower left side
of the dash, as mandated in 1996 by the Federal government.
960
1992-95 On Left Front Strut Tower
1996 In Center Console, To Right Of Parking Brake
Lever
1997 Behind Cover, Forward Of Shift Lever
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 MAZDA CX-7
2009 MAZDA
CX-7
CONTROL UNITS
CONTROL UNITS LOCATION
Component Location
Auto Light Control Module Behind left side of dash. See Fig. 39.
AWD Control Module Behind left end of dash. See Fig. 54.
BCM Behind left kick panel. See Fig. 47.
Car-Navigation Unit Under front passenger's seat. See Fig. 27.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 MAZDA CX-7
MOTORS
MOTORS LOCATION
Component Location
Airflow Mode Actuator Behind right side of dash.
Air Intake Actuator Behind right side of dash.
Blower Motor Under right side of dash.
Door Lock Actuator (Left/Right Front) At rear of respective front door.
Door Lock Actuator (Left/Right Rear) At rear of respective rear door.
EVAP System Leak Detection Pump Under rear of vehicle, near fuel pump.
Fuel Pump Unit Under rear seat, on fuel tank.
Headlight Leveling Actuator (Left/Right) In respective headlight assembly.
Liftgate Door Lock Motor Lower center of liftgate.
Power Outer Mirror (Left/Right) On respective front door, at mirror.
Power Window Motor (Left/Right Front) In respective front door.
Power Window Motor (Left/Right Rear) In respective rear door.
Rear Washer Motor In washer fluid reservoir.
Rear Wiper Motor Center of liftgate.
Starter Left rear of engine.
Sunroof Motor Front of roof.
Windshield Washer Motor In washer fluid reservoir.
Windshield Wiper Motor Center rear of engine compartment.
SWITCHES
SWITCHES LOCATION
Component Location
Brake Switch On brake pedal assembly.
Brake Switch No. 2 On brake pedal assembly.
Door Lock-Link Switch (Left/Right Rear) In respective rear door.
Door Switch (Left/Right Front) At respective "B" pillar.
Door Switch (Left/Right Rear) At respective "C" pillar.
Hood Latch Switch Center front of engine compartment.
Oil Pressure Switch Lower left rear of engine.
Parking Brake Switch At base of parking brake assembly.
Power Steering Pressure Switch Left front side of engine.
Refrigerant Pressure Switch Right front corner of engine compartment.
Variable Swirl Shutter Valve Switch Rear of engine.
MISCELLANEOUS
MISCELLANEOUS LOCATION
Component Location
Audio Amplifier Front of luggage compartment.
Audiopilot Microphone Behind left side of dash.
Auto Dimming Mirror Right rear view mirror.
Capacitor Right rear of engine.
Clock Spring In steering column.
Coil Behind left side of dash.
Data Link Connector 2 Under lower left side of dash. See Fig. 44.
Driver-Side Air Bag Module In steering wheel.
Driver-Side Curtain Air Bag Module Top of left "D" pillar.
Driver-Side Pre-Tensioner Seat Belt At left "B" pillar.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 MAZDA CX-7
CONNECTORS
CONNECTORS LOCATION
Component Location
C-01 (6 Pin) Lower left side of dash. See Fig. 59.
C-02 (Blue, 40 Pin) Behind left kick panel. See Fig. 50.
C-03 (Blue, 40 Pin) Behind left kick panel. See Fig. 55.
C-04 (Blue, 40 Pin) Behind right kick panel. See Fig. 38.
C-05 (14 Pin) Behind left kick panel. See Fig. 49.
C-06 (12 Pin) Behind left kick panel. See Fig. 48.
C-07 (Blue, 40 Pin) Under rear of center console. See Fig. 11.
C-08 (16 Pin) Under left front of center console. See Fig. 42.
C-09 (Gray, 14 Pin) At rear of engine. See Fig. 22.
C-10 (Black, 12 Pin) Top rear of engine. See Fig. 23.
C-11 (6 Pin) Behind left kick panel. See Fig. 15.
C-12 (Black, 14 Pin) Under driver's seat. See Fig. 12.
C-13 (14 Pin) Under right side of center console. See Fig. 10.
C-14 (12 Pin) Top left side of liftgate. See Fig. 3.
C-15 (Blue, 40 Pin) Right rear corner of vehicle. See Fig. 2.
C-16 (14 Pin) Top left side of liftgate. See Fig. 4.
C-17 (34 Pin) Behind left kick panel. See Fig. 14.
C-18 (34 Pin) Behind right end of dash. See Fig. 51.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 MAZDA CX-7
GROUNDS
GROUNDS LOCATION
Component Location
G1 Left front of engine compartment. See Fig. 60.
Left rear corner of engine compartment. See Fig.
G2
17.
G3 Right front of engine compartment. See Fig. 33.
Right front corner of engine compartment. See Fig.
G4
34.
G7 Behind left center of dash. See Fig. 41.
G8 Behind left side of dash. See Fig. 43.
G9 Behind center of dash. See Fig. 40.
G10 Under left side of dash. See Fig. 45.
G11 Behind left kick panel. See Fig. 56.
G12 At left "C" pillar. See Fig. 7.
G13 At left "C" pillar. See Fig. 8.
G15 Under driver's seat. See Fig. 13.
G16 Behind right kick panel. See Fig. 53.
G17 Under right rear seat. See Fig. 6.
G18 Right rear of luggage compartment. See Fig. 61.
G19 Top rear of engine. See Fig. 24.
NOTE: Figures may show multiple component locations. Refer to appropriate table for
proper figure references.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 MAZDA CX-7
1F - - - - -
Oil 1.0 or less
pressure z Oil pressure
Ignition switch on
Oil pressure Oil pressure switch
1G switch at
switch signal switch ON Oil B+ z Related wiring
pressure harnesses
switch off
Transmitter LOCK B+ --> 1.0 or
button is pressed twice less --> B+ z Horn relay
1H Horn control Horn relay Related wiring
within 5 s . z
Other B+ harnesses
I1 Power supply Main fuse block Under any condition B+ z Related wiring
harnesses
1J - - - - -
1K Power door Main fuse block Under any condition B+ z Related wiring
lock power harnesses
supply
Rear 1.0 or less
washer z Rear washer
Ignition
Rear washer Rear washer switch on motor
1L switch at
motor control motor Rear B+ Related wiring
ON z
washer harnesses
switch off
Turn
switch Alternates
(RH) on Front turn between 1.0 z Front turn light
Front turn light Front turn light light (RH) (RH)
1M Hazard or less and
(RH) control (RH) flashes Related wiring
warning B+ z
switch on harnesses
Other 1.0 or less
Ignition switch at ON B+ z Ignition switch
Rear washer z Rear washer
Rear washer
1N motor power motor
motor
supply
Ignition switch off 1.0 or less z Related wiring
harnesses
Turn
switch Alternates
(LH) on Front turn between 1.0 z Front turn light
Front turn light Front turn light light (LH) (LH)
1O Hazard or less and
(LH) control (LH) flashes Related wiring
warning B+ z
switch on harnesses
Other 1.0 or less
Back-up light on B+ z Back-up light
relay
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Control System - CX-7
z Back-up light
Back-up light Back-up light
1P Back-up light off 1.0 or less Related wiring
power supply relay z
harnesses
Security light on 1.0 or less z Instrument
Security light Instrument cluster
3A
control cluster z Related wiring
Security light off B+
harnesses
3B - - - - -
z Steering Key inserted B+
lock unit z Steering lock
(with unit (with
advanced advanced
keyless keyless system)
system)
Key reminder z Key reminder
3C z Key
switch signal switch (with
reminder keyless entry
switch system)
(with Key removed 1.0 or less
keyless z Related wiring
entry harnesses
system)
3D Ignition key Ignition key Under any condition B+ z Related wiring
illumination illumination harnesses
power supply
Ignition switch off and 1.0 or less z Ignition key
Ignition key driver-side door illumination
Ignition key opened.
3E illumination bulb
illumination
control 15 s or more after all B+ z Related wiring
doors closed. harnesses
Key reminder Related wiring
Key reminder z
3F switch power switch Under any condition B+ harnesses
supply
Because this terminal z Keyless control
is for communication, module
Serial Keyless control good/no good
3G -
communication module z Related wiring
judgment by terminal
harnesses
voltage is not possible.
Horn switch off B+ z Horn switch
Horn switch
3H Horn switch Related wiring
signal Horn switch on 1.0 or less
z
harnesses
31 Steering angle Steering angle Under any condition 1.0 or less z Related wiring
sensor GND sensor harnesses
Hazard warning switch 1.0 or less
z Hazard
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Control System - CX-7
on warning switch
Hazard warning Hazard warning
3J Hazard warning switch B+ z Related wiring
switch signal switch
off harnesses
3K Steering angle Steering angle Under any condition: Continuity z Related wiring
sensor signal sensor Inspect for continuity detected harnesses
(Z) to steering angle
sensor.
Turn 1.0 or less
Ignition switch at z Turn switch
Turn switch
3L input (LH) Turn switch switch at left z Related wiring
ON position harnesses
Other B+
3M Steering angle Steering angle Under any condition: Continuity z Related wiring
sensor signal sensor Inspect for continuity detected harnesses
(C) to steering angle
sensor.
Turn 1.0 or less
Ignition switch at z Turn switch
Turn switch
3N Turn switch switch at right Related wiring
input (RH) position
z
ON harnesses
Other B+
3O Steering angle Steering angle Under any condition: Continuity z Related wiring
sensor signal sensor Inspect for continuity detected harnesses
(B) to steering angle
sensor.
3P - - - - -
3Q Steering angle Steering angle Under any condition: Continuity z Related wiring
sensor signal sensor Inspect for continuity detected harnesses
(A) to steering angle
sensor.
Rear wiper
z Wiper and
Rear wiper Windshield Ignition switch at
1.0 or less washer switch
3R switch signal wiper and switch at INT
(INT) washer switch ON position z Related wiring
Other B+ harnesses
Fifteen hours after approx. 2.5 z Steering angle
Steering angle
Steering angle key removed and all sensor
3S sensor power doors closed.
sensor Related wiring
supply z
Other 5 harnesses
Rear wiper
switch at z Wiper and
Rear wiper Windshield Ignition 1.0 or less washer switch
3T switch signal wiper and switch at ON
(on) washer switch ON position z Related wiring
Other B+ harnesses
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Control System - CX-7
3U BCM GND Body ground Under any condition: Continuity z Related wiring
Inspect for continuity detected harnesses
to ground.
A/Con 1.0 or less z Climate control
Climate control unit (manual
A/C on request
3V unit (manual air air conditioner)
signal
conditioner) A/C off 5 z Related wiring
harnesses
Because this terminal
is for communication,
3W CAN_H - good/no good - z Related wiring
judgment by terminal harnesses
voltage is not possible.
Because this terminal
is for communication,
3X CAN_L - good/no good - z Related wiring
judgment by terminal harnesses
voltage is not possible.
4A BCM GND Body ground Under any condition: Continuity z Related wiring
Inspect for continuity detected harnesses
to ground.
Light switch at TNS B+
z TNS relay
Tail light power position
4B TNS relay Related wiring
supply Light switch at OFF 1.0 or less z
position harnesses
Ignition switch at ON B+ z Ignition switch
Rear wiper and z Fuse block z Rear wiper
4D washer power z Rear wiper motor
supply motor Related wiring
Ignition switch off 1.0 or less z
harnesses
Rear 1.0 or less
washer z Windshield
Windshield Ignition switch on wiper and
Rear washer
4F wiper and switch at washer switch
switch signal Rear B+
washer switch ON Related wiring
washer z
harnesses
4J BCM power Fuse block Under any condition B+ z Related wiring
supply harnesses
At the moment key 1.0 or less z Driver-side
Driver-side
Driver-side door cylinder is unlocked door key
door key
5A key cylinder At the moment key 2.5 cylinder switch
cylinder switch switch cylinder is locked Related wiring
signal z
Other 5 harnesses
z Power
Because this terminal z Power window
window is for communication, main switch
Serial main good/no good
5B - z Sunroof motor
communication switch judgment by terminal
voltage is not possible. z Related wiring
z Sunroof
harnesses
motor
Because this terminal
is for communication,
5C CAN_L - good/no good - z Related wiring
judgment by terminal harnesses
voltage is not possible.
Rear door (LH) locked 5 z Rear door lock-
Lock/unlock link switch
input (rear door Rear door lock-
5D (LH)
lock-link switch link switch (LH) Rear door (LH)
1.0 or less Related wiring
(LH)) unlocked z
harnesses
Rear door (RH) locked 5 z Rear door lock-
Lock/unlock
link switch
input (rear door Rear door lock-
5E (RH)
lock-link switch link switch (RH) Rear door (RH) 1.0 or less
(RH)) unlocked z Related wiring
harnesses
Because this terminal z Related wiring
is for communication, harnesses
5F CAN_H - good/no good -
judgment by terminal
voltage is not possible.
Driver-side door 1.0 or less z Driver-side
Lock input locked door lock-link
(Driver-side Driver-side door
5G switch
door lock-link lock-link switch Driver-side door
switch) 5 z Related wiring
unlocked harnesses
Passenger-side door 1.0 or less
Lock/unlock Passenger-side z Passenger-side
locked
5H input door lock-link door lock-link
(passenger-side switch switch
5
door lock-link Passenger-side door z Related wiring
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Control System - CX-7
switch on harnesses
Other 1.0 or less
Liftgate is open. B+
(Liftgate latch switch z Liftgate latch
Liftgate latch Liftgate latch off) switch
5P
switch signal switch Liftgate is closed. 1.0 or less z Related wiring
(Liftgate latch switch harnesses
on)
5Q - - - - -
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Control System - CX-7
Turn
switch Alternates
(LH) on Rear turn between 1.0 z Rear turn light
Rear turn light Rear turn light Hazard light (LH) (LH)
5R or less and
(LH) control (LH) flashes Related wiring
warning B+ z
switch on harnesses
Other 1.0 or less
Any rear doors open 1.0 or less z Rear door
Rear door
Rear door switch (Rear door switch on) switches
5S switch (LH)
signal (LH) All rear doors closed B+ z Related wiring
(Rear door switch off) harnesses
Any rear doors open 1.0 or less z Rear door
Rear door
Rear door switch (Rear door switch on) switches
5T switch (RH)
(RH) All rear doors closed B+ Related wiring
signal z
(Rear door switch off) harnesses
Back-up light on B+ z Back-up light
relay
Back-up light Back-up light z Back-up light
5U (RH) control (RH) Back-up light off 1.0 or less (RH)
z Related wiring
harnesses
Front door (passenger- 1.0 or less
side) open (Front door z Front door
Front door switch (passenger- switch
Front door side) on)
switch (passenger-
5V switch
(passenger- side)
(passenger-side) Front door (passenger- B+
side) signal side) closed (Front z Related wiring
door switch harnesses
(passenger-side) off)
5W - - - - -
Back-up light on B+ z Back-up light
relay
Back-up light Back-up light z Back-up light
5X
(LH) control (LH) Back-up light off 1.0 or less (LH)
z Related wiring
harnesses
Front door (driver- 1.0 or less
side) open (Front door
z Front door
Front door Front door switch (driver-side) switch (driver-
5Y switch (driver- switch (driver- on) side)
side) signal side) Front door (driver- B+
side) closed (Front z Related wiring
door switch (driver- harnesses
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Control System - CX-7
side) off)
5Z - - - - -
Rear window defroster B+ z Rear window
relay on defroster relay
Heated outer z Heated outer
Heated outer
5AA mirror (driver- mirror (driver-
mirror control
side) side)
Rear window defroster
1.0 or less Related wiring
relay off z
harnesses
z License Light switch at TNS B+ z License plate
plate light position light (RH)
(RH) z Taillight (RH)
Tail light (RH) z Tail light Rear side
5AB z
control (RH) marker light
z Rear side Light switch at OFF (RH)
1.0 or less
marker position z Related wiring
light (RH) harnesses
z License Light switch at TNS B+ z License plate
plate light position light (LH)
(LH) z Taillight (LH)
Tail light (LH) z Tail light Rear side
5AC z
control (LH) marker light
z Rear side Light switch at OFF (LH)
1.0 or less
marker position z Related wiring
light (LH) harnesses
Rear window defroster B+ z Rear window
relay on defroster relay
Heated outer z Heated outer
Heated outer mirror
5AD mirror
mirror control (passenger-
(passenger-side)
Rear window defroster side)
1.0 or less
relay off z Related wiring
harnesses
Rear wiper moving 1.0 or less z Rear wiper
Rear wiper Rear wiper motor
6A
control motor Rear wiper stopped B+ z Related wiring
harnesses
Within 5 min after any 1.0 or less
z Map light
z Map light door is opened.
Interior light z Interior light
6B Interior 5 min or more after B+
control z
Related wiring
light any door is opened. z
WARNING: z If the steering angle sensor reference point setting is not completed,
it could result in an unexpected accident due to the related systems
being inoperative. Therefore, if the BCM connector or negative
battery cable are disconnected, or the BCM power supply is
interrupted, always perform the steering angle sensor reference
point setting and verify that each system is operational.
NOTE: z The BCM stores the steering angle reference point using battery power
supply. Therefore, if the following operations are performed and the power
supply to the BCM is interrupted, the stored steering angle reference point
will be erased.
{ The negative battery cable is disconnected
{ The wiring harness between the BCM and steering angle sensor
connector is disconnected
1. Inspect the wheel alignment, inflation pressure, and the installation condition of the steering wheel.
z If there is any malfunction, adjust the applicable part.
z If not as specified, replace the audio control switch. (See AUDIO CONTROL SWITCH
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION .)
5. Apply battery positive voltage to cruise control switch terminal E, and connect terminal D to ground.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Cruise Control System - CX-7
Entertainment - CX-7
CAR-NAVIGATION SYSTEM
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Entertainment - CX-7
CAUTION: z When installing the Audio unit, make sure that the wiring
harness and antenna feeder are not caught between the unit
and dashboard. If the wiring harness or the antenna feeder is
caught between the unit and dashboard, it may cause
malfunctions.
2. Pull the Audio unit outward, detach clip B from the dashboard, and then remove the Audio unit.
CAUTION: z Before disassembling the audio unit, spread a cloth on the floor to
put the disassembled parts on. This protects the surface of the panel
from scratches or dirt.
NOTE: z Car-navigation unit is located under the front seat (passenger's side).
2. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initial screen of the M-MDS.
z When using the IDS (laptop PC)
1. Select "Programming".
2. Select "Module Programming".
3. Then, select the "Programmable Module Installation", "AM" from the screen menu.
4. Perform the configuration according to the directions on the screen.
5. Retrieve DTCs by the M-MDS, then verify that there is no DTC present.
z If a DTC (s) is detected, perform the applicable DTC inspection. (See DTC INSPECTION
[AUDIO AMPLIFIER] .)
1. Remove the speaker with the wiring harness passing through the groove of the front door module.
CAUTION: z If the speaker is installed with the wiring harness out of the
groove, an open circuit in the wiring harness could occur.
Fig. 11: Identifying Front Door Speaker Unit, Wiring Harness & Groove
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Resistance
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Entertainment - CX-7
Standard: 4 ohms
Bose®: 2 ohms
2. Connect a 1.5 V battery to the front door speaker and verify that noise is heard from the front door
speaker.
z If no noise is heard, replace the front door speaker.
1. Remove the speaker with the wiring harness passing through the groove of the rear door module.
CAUTION: z If the speaker is installed with the wiring harness out of the
groove, an open circuit in the wiring harness could occur.
Resistance
Standard: 4 ohms
2. Connect a 1.5 V battery to the rear door speaker and verify that noise is heard from the rear door speaker.
z If no noise is heard, replace the rear door speaker.
Resistance
3.6 ohms
2. Connect a 1.5 V battery to the front speaker and verify that noise is heard from the front speaker.
z If no noise is heard, replace the front speaker.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Entertainment - CX-7
Resistance
3.6 ohms
2. Connect a 1.5 V battery to the center speaker and verify that noise is heard from the center speaker.
z If no noise is heard, replace the center speaker.
Resistance
3.6 ohms
2. Connect a 1.5 V battery to the rear speaker and verify that noise is heard from the rear speaker.
z If no noise is heard, replace the rear speaker.
AM/FM type
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Entertainment - CX-7
1 Connector
2 Nut
3 Center Roof Antenna
4 Rubber`
5` Antenna Rod
Fig. 23: Identifying Center Roof Antenna Components With Torque Specifications (AM/FM Type)
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
AM/FM/SIRIUS type
1 Connector
2 Nut
3 Center Roof Antenna
4 Antenna Rod
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Entertainment - CX-7
Fig. 24: Identifying Center Roof Antenna Components With Torque Specifications
(AM/FM/SIRIUS Type)
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
1. Turn the audio unit on and select the radio, then measure the voltage at center roof antenna connector
terminal A.
z If the voltage is B+, go to the FEEDER LINE INSPECTION.
z If the voltage is not B+, inspect the audio unit or antenna feeder.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Entertainment - CX-7
AM/FM Type
1. Verify that there is no continuity between the center roof antenna terminals A and C using an ohmmeter.
2. Inspect for continuity between the center roof antenna terminals using an ohmmeter.
z If not as indicated in the illustration, replace the center roof antenna.
Fig. 27: Identifying Center Roof Antenna Connector Terminals (AM/FM Type)
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
AM/FM/SIRIUS Type
1. Verify that there is no continuity between the center roof antenna terminals A and C using an ohmmeter.
2. Inspect for continuity between the center roof antenna terminals using an ohmmeter.
z If not as indicated in the illustration, replace the center roof antenna.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Entertainment - CX-7
Fig. 29: Identifying Center Roof Antenna Connector Terminals (AM/FM/SIRIUS Type)
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
NOTE: SIRIUS satellite radio unit is located under the front seat (passenger's side).
2. Remove the seat belt anchor (passenger's side). (See FRONT SEAT BELT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION .)
3. Remove the front seat (passenger's side). (See FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION .)
4. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
1 Bolt
2 Connector
3 SIRIUS Satellite Radio Unit
Fig. 30: Identifying SIRIUS Satellite Radio Unit Components With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
CAUTION: If the antenna feeder is installed with tension on the cable and wiring
harness it could result in of the connection areas and poor contact. When
installing and connecting the antenna feeder, always make sure there is
slack on the cable and wiring harness.
NOTE: z The antenna feeder is integrated with the vehicle wiring harness.
z When installing a new antenna feeder, secure it to the vehicle wiring
harness along the installation route of the old antenna feeder.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Entertainment - CX-7
Fig. 37: Identifying SIRIUS Satellite Radio Antenna Feeder Connector Terminals
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Entertainment - CX-7
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
4. Remove the steering wheel. (See STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
5. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
z If the resistance and continuity are not as indicated in the tables, replace the audio control switch.
z If the resistance and continuity are not as indicated in the tables, replace the audio control switch.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Entertainment - CX-7
6. Apply battery positive voltage to audio control switch terminal E, and connect terminal D to ground.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Entertainment - CX-7
7. Verify that the LED illuminates. If the LED does not illuminate, replace the audio control switch.
MICROPHONE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Remove the map light. (See MAP LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
3. Disconnect the connector.
4. Remove in the order in the illustration.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Entertainment - CX-7
1 Connector
2 Bolt
3 HF/TEL unit (See Hands-Free Telephone (HF/TEL) Unit Removal Note.)
Fig. 52: Identifying hands-Free Telephone Unit Components With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
REAR
1. Remove the socket in the direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure while opening the caps in the
direction of the arrow (1) using a tape-wrapped fastener remover.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Entertainment - CX-7
1. Remove the cap in the direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure while pressing the cap tabs in the
direction of the arrow (1).
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Entertainment - CX-7
5. Verify that the continuity between the auxiliary jack terminals is as indicated in the table.
Glass/Windows/Mirrors - CX-7
NOTE: z When installing the front door glass, align the glass edge with the
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Glass/Windows/Mirrors - CX-7
1. When remove the front door glass, align the glass edge with the glass run channel by hand through the
speaker installation hole.
9. Remove the rear door glass guide and glass run channel as a single unit.
Fig. 9: Identifying Front Power Window Regulator Nuts With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
4. Insert a hand through the speaker installation hole, rotate the drum housing in the direction shown in the
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Glass/Windows/Mirrors - CX-7
CAUTION: z Make sure the cable does not unspool from the drum housing
when installing.
Fig. 12: Identifying Rear Power Window Regulator Nuts With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
9. Insert a hand through the speaker installation hole, rotate the drum housing in the direction shown in the
figure to detach the tabs from the rear door unit.
10. Remove the rear power window regulator through the speaker installation hole.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Glass/Windows/Mirrors - CX-7
CAUTION: z Make sure the cable does not unspool from the drum housing
when installing.
Front door
Rear door
Fig. 15: Identifying Power Window Motor Components With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
NOTE: z When installing the power window motor to the power window
regulator drum, the drum housing tabs may detach from the door
module. If this happens, insert a hand through the speaker
installation hole to engage the drum housing tabs, and install the
power window motor to the drum while supporting the drum housing.
1. Apply battery positive voltage and connect the ground to power window motor terminals E and F, and
then inspect the power window motor operation.
Fig. 16: Identifying Power Window Motor Circuit Diagram & Terminals For Front Side
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
z If the power window motor does not operate as indicated in the table, replace it.
2. Connect the battery positive voltage to power window motor terminal D and connect terminal C to
ground.
3. Operate the power window motor and measure the voltage at terminals A and B.
z If there is any malfunction, replace the power window motor.
Voltage
REAR SIDE
1. Apply battery positive voltage and connect the ground to the power window motor terminals, and then
inspect the power window motor operation.
Fig. 17: Identifying Power Window Motor Circuit Diagram & Terminals For Rear Side
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
z If the power window motor does not operate as indicated in the table, replace it.
Terminal
Operation
F E
Open B+ Ground
Close Ground B+
DRIVER'S SIDE
1. Measure the voltage at each terminal (other than terminals 1M and 2A).
z If the voltage is not as specified in the Terminal Voltage Table, inspect the parts under "inspection
item(s)" and related wiring harnesses.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Inspect the power window main switch connector for continuity at terminal 1M and 2A.
4. If the system does not work properly even though the inspection items or related wiring harnesses do not
have any malfunction, replace the power window main switch.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Glass/Windows/Mirrors - CX-7
TERMINAL VOLTAGE
Measured Voltage (V)/
Terminal Signal name Connected to condition Continuity Inspection item (s)
Ignition switch is at B+ z Inspect MIRROR
MIRROR 7.5 ACC position 7.5 A fuse
1C ACC
A Ignition switch is at 1.0 or less z Related wiring
LOCK position harnesses
Ignition switch is at B+ z Inspect IG KEY1 15
IG KEY1 15 ON position A fuse
1E IG1
A fuse Ignition switch is at 1.0 or less z Related wiring
LOCK position harnesses
z Power window
subswitch (See
POWER
Power Ignition switch at
Power-cut WINDOW
1F window ON and power-cut B+
signal SUBSWITCH
subswitch switch at UNLOCK
INSPECTION)
z Related wiring
harnesses
1G Communication Power - - -
window
subswitch
1H Communication BCM - - -
While door glass is 1.0 or less z Power window
opening motor (See
POWER
Power
WINDOW
1I Close output window MOTOR
motor
While door glass is INSPECTION.)
B+
closing z Related wiring
harnesses
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Glass/Windows/Mirrors - CX-7
motor INSPECTION.)
Door glass is not in 0 or B+ z Related wiring
motion
harnesses
REAR SIDE
1. Remove the power window main switch. (See POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. When inspecting the rear, turn the power-cut switch UNLOCK.
3. Inspect for continuity between the power window main switch terminals.
z If not as specified, replace the power window main switch.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Glass/Windows/Mirrors - CX-7
Fig. 20: Power Window Main Switch Circuit Diagram And Continuity Tables
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
REAR SIDE
Fig. 22: Identifying Power Window Subswitch With Screw (Rear Side)
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
1. Measure the voltage at each terminal (other than terminals H and I).
z If the voltage is not as specified in the Terminal Voltage Table, inspect the parts under "Inspection
item(s)" and related wiring harnesses.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Inspect the power window subswitch connector for continuity at terminals H and I.
4. If the system does not work properly even though the inspection items or related wiring harnesses do not
have any malfunction, replace the power window subswitch.
TERMINAL VOLTAGE
Connected Measured Voltage
Terminal Signal name to condition (V)/Continuity Inspection item (s)
z Power window main
switch (See POWER
Ignition switch at WINDOW MAIN
Power-cut Power ON and power-
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Glass/Windows/Mirrors - CX-7
(See POWER
Power Ignition switch at WINDOW MOTOR
B Power supply window ON or during IG- B+ INSPECTION.)
motor OFF timer z Related wiring
harnesses
A Communication Power - - -
window main
switch
REAR SIDE
NOTE: z Initial setting must be performed for the switch of each window front and
rear.
z If the following operations have been performed, initial setting is reset,
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Glass/Windows/Mirrors - CX-7
and auto up/down and two-step down operation are disabled. Therefore,
performing initial setting is necessary.
{ Negative battery cable disconnected or power window system power
supply fuse removed, (perform initial setting for the switches of all
seats.)
{ Power window switch connector disconnected. (Perform initial
setting for the switch connected with the connector.)
{ Prolonged open/close operation of the power window main or sub
switches causes the circuit breaker to activate and automatic
operation is disabled.
NOTE: z By following the procedure below, the two-step down function is switched
to non-operative when it is operative, and to operative when it is non-
operative.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Glass/Windows/Mirrors - CX-7
WINDSHIELD REMOVAL
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Glass/Windows/Mirrors - CX-7
NOTE: z Overlap and adhere the protective tape to the corners to prevent
damage.
NOTE: z For the areas of the sealant that are difficult to cut, use the piano wire and
follow the procedure under "Reusing Windshield" below.
1. Cut out the sealant all around the glass using a sealant remover.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Glass/Windows/Mirrors - CX-7
REUSING WINDSHIELD
WARNING: z Using the piano wire with bare hands can cause injury. Always wear
gloves when using the piano wire.
NOTE: z Before removing the windshield from the body, mark the position of the
windshield by affixing tape to the windshield and body panel.
1. Avoiding the pin on the inside of the vehicle, insert the piano wire which has been cut to sufficient length.
NOTE: z Use a long sawing action to spread the work over the whole length of
the piano wire to prevent it from breaking due to localized heating.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Glass/Windows/Mirrors - CX-7
3. Secure one end of the piano wire, and while pulling the other end, cut the sealant around the windshield.
4. Pinch the pin from the inside of the vehicle and detach it.
5. Remove the windshield.
6. If the pin is damaged, remove the pin.
NOTE: z Before removing the pin from the windshield glass, place an
alignment mark on the windshield.
WINDSHIELD INSTALLATION
WARNING: z Using a razor with bare hands can cause injury. Always wear gloves
when using a razor.
CAUTION: z If a door is opened or closed when all the window glass is closed, the
resulting change in air pressure could cause the sealant to crack
preventing the proper installation of the glass. Keep the door glass
opened until the windshield installation is completed.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Glass/Windows/Mirrors - CX-7
1. Remove the sealant along the perimeter of the glass using a cutting a razor. (When reusing the glass)
2. Clean and degrease an approx. 50 mm {1.97 in} wide strip along the perimeter of the windshield.
3. Inspect the glass for cracks. If it is cracked, chamfer it using sandpaper.
4. Align the marks made before removal and install the pin to the windshield referring to the figure, (when
reusing the glass, and the pin was removed)
6. Use glass primer on the glass, then allow it to dry for approx. 30 min .
NOTE: z Make sure to apply primer to the hollowed marks in the ceramic coating.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Glass/Windows/Mirrors - CX-7
7. Cut away the old sealant using a razor or scraper so that 1-2 mm {0.04-0.07 in} thickness of sealant
remains along the perimeter of the frame.
8. If the sealant has come off completely in any one place, apply some primer after degreasing, and allow it
approx. 30 min to dry. Then apply 2 mm {0.08 in} thickness of new sealant.
9. Clean and degrease along the perimeter of the bonding area on the body.
10. Apply body primer on the body as shown in the figure, then allow it to dry for approx. 30 min.
11. Apply sealant to the area of the glass surface as shown in the figure.
12. Insert the windshield locator pins to the body and install the windshield.
13. Verify that the clearance of the A-pillar is within the range shown in the figure, and press along the
perimeter of the glass.
NOTE: z Overlap and adhere the protective tape to the corners to prevent
damage.
11. Insert the piano wire, which has been cut to sufficient length from inside the vehicle.
WARNING: z Using the piano wire with bare hands can cause injury. Always
wear gloves when using the piano wire.
NOTE: z Before removing the rear window glass from the body, mark the
position of the glass by affixing tape to the glass and body panel.
NOTE: z Use a long sawing action to spread the work over the whole length of
the piano wire to prevent it from breaking due to localized heating.
13. Secure one end of the piano wire, and while pulling the other end, cut the sealant around the rear window
glass.
NOTE: z Place alignment marks on the rear window glass before removing the
fasteners from the rear window glass.
CAUTION: z If a door is opened or closed when all the window glass is closed, the
resulting change in air pressure could cause the sealant to crack
preventing the proper installation of the glass. Keep the door glass
open until the rear window glass installation is completed.
1. Remove the sealant along the perimeter of the glass using a razor or scraper, (when reusing the glass)
2. Clean and degrease an approx. 50 mm {1.97 in} wide strip along the perimeter of the glass.
3. Inspect the glass for cracks. If it is cracked, chamfer it using sandpaper.
4. Install the spacers and pin to the glass as shown in the figure.
When reusing the glass, align with the alignment mark marked before removing.
5. Apply glass primer on the glass as shown in the figure then allow it to dry for approx. 30 min.
6. Cut away the old sealant using a razor or scraper so that 1-2 mm {0.04-0.07 in} thickness of sealant
remains along the perimeter of the frame.
7. Clean and degrease the bonding area along the perimeter of the body.
8. When reusing the liftgate, apply primer to the area where the sealant has come off completely and allow it
to dry for approx. 30 min .
9. Apply body primer on the body as shown in the figure, then allow it to dry for 30 min.
10. Apply sealant to the area of the glass surface as shown in the figure.
NOTE: z For the areas of the sealant that are difficult to cut, use the piano wire and
follow the procedure under "Reusing Windshield".
1. Cut out the sealant all around the glass from inside the vehicle using a sealant remover.
WARNING: z Using a razor with bare hands can cause injury. Always wear
gloves when using a razor.
REUSING WINDSHIELD
WARNING: z Using the piano wire with bare hands can cause injury. Always wear
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Glass/Windows/Mirrors - CX-7
1. Avoiding the pin on the inside of the vehicle, insert the piano wire which has been cut to sufficient length.
2. Wind each end of the piano wire around a bar.
NOTE: z Use a long sawing action to spread the work over the whole length of
the piano wire to prevent it from breaking due to localized heating.
3. Secure one end of the piano wire, and while pulling the other end, cut the sealant around the side window
glass.
4. Pull the side window glass outward and detach the pins from the body.
5. If a pin or spacer is damaged, remove it.
NOTE: z Before removing the pins or spacers from the quarter window glass,
place alignment marks on the side window glass.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Glass/Windows/Mirrors - CX-7
WARNING: z Using a razor with bare hands can cause injury. Always wear gloves
when using a razor.
CAUTION: z If a door is opened or closed when all the window glass is closed, the
resulting change in air pressure could cause the sealant to crack
preventing the proper installation of the glass. Keep the door glass
open until the side window glass installation is completed.
1. Remove sealant along the perimeter of the glass using a razor or scraper, (when reusing the glass)
2. Clean and degrease the ceramic part along the perimeter of the glass.
3. Inspect the glass for cracks. If it is cracked, chamfer it using sandpaper.
4. Press pin A until it locks, then press pin B and fastener C simultaneously until they lock as shown in the
figure.
Align with the alignment marks marked before removing the glass.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Glass/Windows/Mirrors - CX-7
5. Apply glass primer along the hollowed marks in the ceramic coating on the new glass, along the sealant
tracks on the reused glass, then allow it to dry for approx. 30 min .
6. Cut away the old sealant using a razor or scraper so that 1-2 mm {0.04-0.079 in} thickness of sealant
remains along the perimeter of the frame.
7. If the sealant has come off completely in any one place, apply some primer after degreasing, and allow it
approx. 30 min to dry. Then apply 2 mm {0.079 in} thickness of new sealant.
8. Clean and degrease the bonding surface along the perimeter of the body.
9. Apply body primer on the body as shown in the figure, then allow it to dry for approx. 30 min.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Glass/Windows/Mirrors - CX-7
10. After the primer has dried, apply 11 mm {0.43 in} in thickness, 5 mm {0.20 in} in width of sealant using
a sealant gun. Where it is not applied properly, correctly apply it using a spatula.
11. Insert the positioning pins to the body and install the side window glass.
12. Install the A-pillar trim. (See A-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
13. Install the A-pillar lower trim. (See A-PILLAR LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
14. Allow the sealant to harden completely.
NOTE: z For the areas of the sealant that are difficult to cut, use the piano wire and
follow the procedure under "Reusing Windshield" below.
1. Cut out the sealant all around the glass from inside the vehicle using a sealant remover.
WARNING: z Using a razor with bare hands can cause injury. Always wear
gloves when using a razor.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Glass/Windows/Mirrors - CX-7
WARNING: z Using the piano wire with bare hands can cause injury. Always wear
gloves when using the piano wire.
1. Avoiding the pin on the inside of the vehicle, insert the piano wire which has been cut to sufficient length.
NOTE: z Use a long sawing action to spread the work over the whole length of
the piano wire to prevent it from breaking due to localized heating.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Glass/Windows/Mirrors - CX-7
3. Secure one end of the piano wire, and while pulling the other end, cut the sealant around the quarter
window glass.
4. Pull the quarter window glass outward and detach the pins from the body.
5. If a pin or spacer is damaged, remove it.
NOTE: z Before removing the pins or spacers from the quarter window glass,
place alignment marks on the quarter window glass.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Glass/Windows/Mirrors - CX-7
WARNING: z Using a razor with bare hands can cause injury. Always wear gloves
when using a razor.
CAUTION: z If a door is opened or closed when all the window glass is closed, the
resulting change in air pressure could cause the sealant to crack
preventing the proper installation of the glass. Keep the door glass
open until the quarter window glass installation is completed.
1. Remove sealant along the perimeter of the glass using a razor or scraper, (when reusing the glass)
2. Clean and degrease the ceramic part along the perimeter of the glass.
3. Inspect the glass for cracks. If it is cracked, chamfer it using sandpaper.
4. If the glass is reused, attach the pins and fastener to the glass as shown in the figure.
Align with the alignment marks marked before removing the glass.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Glass/Windows/Mirrors - CX-7
5. Apply glass primer along the hollowed marks in the ceramic coating on the new glass, along the sealant
tracks on the reused glass, then allow it to dry for approx. 30 min.
6. Cut away the old sealant using a razor or scraper so that 1-2 mm {0.04-0.079 in} thickness of sealant
remains along the perimeter of the frame.
7. If the sealant has come off completely in any one place, apply some primer after degreasing, and allow it
approx. 30 min to dry. Then apply 2 mm {0.079 in} thickness of new sealant.
8. Clean and degrease the bonding surface along the perimeter of the body.
9. Apply body primer on the body as shown in the figure, then allow it to dry for approx. 30 min.
10. After the primer has dried, apply 11 mm {0.43 in} in thickness, 5 mm {0.20 in} in width of sealant using
a sealant gun. Where it is not applied properly, correctly apply it using a spatula.
11. Insert the positioning pins to the body and install the quarter window glass.
12. Install the following parts:
1. D-pillar trim (See D-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
2. C-pillar trim (See C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
3. Trunk side trim (See TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
4. Trunk end trim (See TRUNK END TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
5. Trunk side trim (See TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
6. Sub trunk box (See SUB TRUNK BOX REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
7. Rear seat (See REAR SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Glass/Windows/Mirrors - CX-7
FILAMENT INSPECTION
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
2. Turn the rear window defroster switch on.
CAUTION: z Directly touching the rear window defroster filament with the
lead of the tester could damage it. Wrap aluminum foil around
the end of the lead and inspect the filament by touching it with
the foil.
3. Connect the positive lead of the tester to the positive side of each filament and the negative lead to
ground.
4. Gradually slide the positive lead from the positive side to the negative side and verify that the voltage
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Glass/Windows/Mirrors - CX-7
decreases accordingly.
z If the voltage changes rapidly, the filament has a malfunction. Repair the filament.
VOLTAGE REFERENCE
Measured part Voltage (Reference)
(1)to(2) Approx. 11 V to 0 V
FILAMENT REPAIR
1. Clean the filament using isopropyl alcohol.
2. Attach tape to both sides of the filament.
3. Using a small brush or marking pen, apply silver paint.
4. After 2-3 min , carefully remove the tape without damaging the applied area.
CAUTION: z Do not operate the rear window defroster until the paint is
completely dry. It may cause other malfunctions if it is used
before the paint is dry.
z When a hot air blower is used, dry with the 150°C {302°F} air for 30 min .
6. Push the power outer mirror against the vehicle and detach the tab while lifting the mirror up to remove.
7. Install in the reverse order of removal.
Fig. 70: Identifying Power Outer Mirror Fasteners With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
2. Detach pin A while lifting up the inside of the mirror glass holder.
3. Pull the mirror glass holder and remove pins B.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Glass/Windows/Mirrors - CX-7
MIRROR OPERATION
terminal
Mirror operation
B+ GND
Up A B
Down B A
Left C B
Right B C
2. Inspect for continuity between the power outer mirror heater terminals.
z If not as specified, replace the power outer mirror.
NOTE: z The power outer mirror switch is integrated with the power window main
switch.
BASE REMOVAL
1. Remove the rearview mirror. (See REARVIEW MIRROR REMOVAL.)
2. Wind each end of a wire around a bar.
WARNING: z Using the piano wire with bare hands can cause injury. Always
wear gloves when using the piano wire.
NOTE: z Use a long sawing action to spread the work over the whole length of
the piano wire to prevent it from breaking.
3. Fix one end of the piano wire, and while pulling the other end, cut the sealant to remove the base.
BASE INSTALLATION
1. Cut away all of the original sealant using a razor.
WARNING: z Using a razor with bare hands can cause injury. Always wear
gloves when using a razor.
2. Clean and degrease the ceramic coating on the glass and the base.
CAUTION: z Keep the area free of dirt and grease, and do not touch the
surface. Otherwise, the primer may not properly bond to the
surface of the glass.
3. Apply primer to the bonding area of the glass and the base.
4. Use only glass primer on the glass, and body primer on the base. Allow the primer to dry for approx. 30
min.
5. Apply 3.0 mm {0.12 in} layer of sealant to the base.
6. Center the base in the ceramic coating and press it onto the glass.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Glass/Windows/Mirrors - CX-7
ground. harnesses
z ROOM 15 A
Power ROOM 15 A fuse
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Glass/Windows/Mirrors - CX-7
AUTO-DIMMING MIRROR
AUTO-DIMMING MIRROR
1. Perform the instrument cluster configuration when replacing it. (See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
CONFIGURATION.)
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Instrumentation/Driver Info - CX-7
NOTE: z The odometer data (total traveled distance) in the previous instrument
cluster is automatically transferred to a new instrument cluster during the
configuration.
2. After the vehicle is identified, select the folllowing items from the M-MDS.
z When using the IDS (laptop PC)
1. Select "Programming"
2. Select "Module Programming"
3. Then select items from the screen menu in the following order.
1. Select "Programmable Module Installation"
2. Select "IC"
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Instrumentation/Driver Info - CX-7
CAUTION: z Do not drop the instrument cluster or damage the printed board. This
will lead to a system malfunction.
1. Inspect the speedometer by setting it to check code 12 of the input/output check mode. (See
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER INPUT/OUTPUT CHECK MODE.)
3. Verify that the speedometer reading is within the range indicated in the table.
z If the speedometer does not move or the indication is not within the allowable range, inspect the
PCM and related wiring harnesses.
{ If the PCM and related wiring harnesses are normal, replace the instrument cluster.
TACHOMETER
1. Inspect the tachometer by setting it to check code 13 of the input/output check mode. (See
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER INPUT/OUTPUT CHECK MODE.)
Using M-MDS
CAUTION: z If the engine speed exceeds the allowable range, the engine could be
damaged. Therefore, when inspecting the tachometer, do not allow
the engine speed to exceed the allowable range indication on the
tachometer.
2. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS.
z Select "DataLogger".
z Select "Modules".
z Select "IC".
z Select "IC".
z Select "DataLogger".
3. Compare the data monitor item (IC_TACHO) with the tachometer indication.
z If the tachometer does not operate properly, inspect the PCM and related wiring harnesses.
{ If the PCM and related harnesses do not have any malfunction, replace the instrument cluster.
FUEL GAUGE
1. Inspect the fuel gauge by setting it to check code 23 of the input/output check mode. (See
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER INPUT/OUTPUT CHECK MODE.)
1. Inspect the water temperature gauge by setting it to check code 25 of the input/output check mode. (See
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER INPUT/OUTPUT CHECK MODE.)
NOTE: z In this mode, it is possible to verify the items in the following chart.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Instrumentation/Driver Info - CX-7
12 Speedometer Speedometer
13 Tachometer Tachometer
14 Buzzer Buzzer
16 Fuel-level warning light Fuel-level warning light
22 Fuel gauge sender unit Fuel gauge
23 Fuel gauge Fuel gauge
25 Water temperature gauge Water temperature gauge
z Odometer/tripmeter (LCD) z Odometer/tripmeter (LCD)
26
z Warning and indicator light z Warning and indicator light
55 Panel light control switch (dimmer Panel light control switch (dimmer switch)
switch)
57 Panel light control Illumination light bulb
z CAN system z CAN system
59
z Fuel gauge sender unit z Fuel system
NOTE: z Check codes which are not listed may be indicated, but they cannot be
inspected.
z The check codes are displayed in numerical order. (While performing the
inspection, if you want to inspect a check code with a number smaller than
the code number you are currently inspecting, terminate the check mode
then repeat the inspection from the beginning.)
z If a speed signal is input to the instrument cluster (the wheels are rotated),
the input/output check mode will be cancelled.
z The check codes can be fast-forwarded by pushing and holding the
odometer/tripmeter switch for 1 s or more .
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Instrumentation/Driver Info - CX-7
CHECKING ORDER
NOTE: z When inspecting more than two check codes, begin with the code with the
highest ranking.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Instrumentation/Driver Info - CX-7
CHECK CODE 08
Check
code 08 TNS relay ON/OFF signal
INSPECTION
STEP CONDITION DISPLAY ACTION
1 Turn the headlight Go to the next step.
switch to the TNS
position. (TNS relay
ON)
{ Wiring harness
(Battery-TNS relay-
instrument cluster)
2 Turn the headlight Verify that the voltage of the
switch off. (TNS instrument cluster terminal 2l is 1.0
relay OFF) V or less .
CHECK CODE 12
Check code 12 Speedometer display signal
INSPECTION
CONDITION DISPLAY ACTION
After selecting check The speedometer needle The speedometer is
code 12, wait for moves full scale then normal.
approx. 2 s . returns to approx. 60
km/h (37 mph) .
CHECK CODE 13
Check code 13 Tachometer operation signal
INSPECTION
CONDITION DISPLAY ACTION
After selecting check The tachometer needle The tachometer is
code 13, wait for moves full scale then normal.
approx. 2 s . returns to approx. 3,000
rpm .
CHECK CODE 14
Check code 14 Buzzer operation signal
INSPECTION CONDITION DISPLAY ACTION
The buzzer
The buzzer is normal.
sounds.
After selecting check code 14,
wait approx. 2 s .
The buzzer does Replace the
not sound. instrument cluster.
CHECK CODE 16
Check code 16 Fuel-level warning light flashing signal
INSPECTION DISPLAY ACTION
CONDITION
After selecting check Fuel-level warning light The fuel-level
code 16, wait approx. flashes three times . warning light is
2s. normal.
CHECK CODE 22
Check code
22 Fuel level signal
STEP INSPECTION CONDITION DISPLAY ACTION
1 Select check code 22 with the fuel Go to the next step.
gauge sender unit connector
disconnected.
CHECK CODE 23
Check code 23 Fuel gauge operation signal
INSPECTION
CONDITION DISPLAY ACTION
After selecting check The fuel gauge indicates The fuel gauge is
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Instrumentation/Driver Info - CX-7
F-->1/2-->E-->F
z
(fixed)
Except above Replace the
instrument cluster.
Replace the instrument cluster.
CHECK CODE 25
Check code 25 Water temperature gauge operation signal
INSPECTION
CONDITION DISPLAY ACTION
After selecting check The water temperature The water
code 25, wait approx. gauge indicates status in the temperature gauge
2s. following order approx. is normal.
every 2 s .
CHECK CODE 26
Check code 26 Odometer/tripmeter display signal
INSPECTION
CONDITION DISPLAY ACTION
Select check code z Display is normal. z The
26. odometer/tripmeter
z Warning and
indicator light is normal.
illuminated. z Warning and
{ Generator
indicator is normal.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Instrumentation/Driver Info - CX-7
warning
light
{ DSC/TCS
indicator
light
{ ABS
warning
light
{ Brake
system
warning
light
{ Cruise set
indicator
light
{ Cruise main
indicator
light
{ TCS OFF
light
{ Selector
indicator
light
{ Door ajar
warning
light
{ Seat belt
warning
light
{ Air bag
system
warning
light
{ Turn
indicator
light
{ Oil pressure
warning
light
{ MIL
{ Keyless
indicator
light
{ Keyless
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Instrumentation/Driver Info - CX-7
warning
light
{ Security
light
{ AT warning
light
Except above Replace the instrument
cluster.
CHECK CODE 55
Check code
55 Dimmer switch ON/OFF signal
INSPECTION
STEP CONDITION DISPLAY ACTION
1 After selecting the check code Go to the next step.
55, press and hold the dimmer
switch. (Dimmer switch ON)
CHECK CODE 57
Check code 57 Panel light control signal
INSPECTION
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Instrumentation/Driver Info - CX-7
z If the voltage is as
specified, replace the
instrument cluster.
z If the voltage is not as
specified, inspect the
following parts:
{ Illumination
light (hazard
warning switch,
center panel
unit, etc.)
{ Wiring harness
(Instrument
cluster-
illumination
lights-TNS
relay)
Diagnostic procedure
CHECK CODE 59
Check
code 59 CAN system/fuel system
STEP INSPECTION INDICATION ACTION
1 The three digits number is The CAN system is okay.
indicated after selecting Go to next step.
check code 59. Confirm
the first digit from the
right.
detected.
Perform the DTC inspection.
(See DTC TABLE
[MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM] )
Go to next step.
2 Confirm the second digit The wiring harnesses between
from the right. the fuel gauge sender unit and
instrument cluster are okay.
Go to next step.
Go to next step.
3 Confirm the third digit The fuel pulse signal from the
from the right. PCM is okay.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Instrumentation/Driver Info - CX-7
1. Remove the fuel gauge sender unit. (See FUEL PUMP UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC] )
2. Install in the reverse order of removal.
WARNING: z Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause
serious injuries or death and damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and
eyes. To prevent this, always complete the "FUEL LINE SAFETY
PROCEDURE ".
z Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause
serious injuries or death and damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and
eyes. To prevent this, before performing the fuel pump unit
removal/installation, always complete the "FUEL LEAKAGE
INSPECTION " after fuel pump unit installation.
z A person charged with static electricity could cause a fire or
explosion, resulting in death or serious injury. Before draining fuel,
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Instrumentation/Driver Info - CX-7
CAUTION: z Because the fuel tank is constructed such that the fuel level is higher
than the installation surface of the fuel pump, fuel leakage could
occur. If the fuel gauge indicates a fuel level of half or more, perform
the following Steps 1-6 to drain approx. 10 L {11 US gal, 8.8 Imp gal}
of fuel.
z Disconnecting/connecting the quick release connector without
cleaning it may possibly cause damage to the fuel pipe and quick
release connector. Always clean the quick release connector joint
area before disconnecting/connecting using a cloth or soft brush,
and make sure that it is free of foreign material.
z To prevent the SST from coming off the fuel pump cap while
performing the work, always perform the removal/installation
procedure with 2 people. One person presses the SST against cap
from directly above, while the other person rotates the SST.
1. Complete the "BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE". (See BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION [L3
WITH TC] ).
2. Remove the service hole cover.
Using M-MDS
2. Using a jumper wire, short fuel pump relay terminals C and D in the main fuse block.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Instrumentation/Driver Info - CX-7
3. Connect the negative battery cable and operate the fuel pump.
Using M-MDS
1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK position to stop the fuel pump.
2. Disconnect the jumper wire from the check connector.
8. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
9. Remove in the order indicated in the figure.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Instrumentation/Driver Info - CX-7
Fig. 13: Identifying Fuel Gauge Sender Unit Positions With Resistance Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
z If they are not as indicated, replace the fuel gauge sender unit or fuel gauge sender sub-unit.
1. Verify that the oil pressure warning light illuminates when the ignition switch is at the ON position.
2. Verify that the oil pressure warning light goes out when the engine is started.
z If the oil pressure warning light does not illuminate or remains illuminated, inspect the BCM and
related wiring harness.
{ If the BCM and related wiring harness are normal, inspect the oil pressure. (See OIL
PRESSURE INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC] ).
z If the oil pressure is normal, replace the oil pressure switch.
HORN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Slightly bend back the mudguard.
3. Remove in the order indicated in the figure.
NOTE: z In this mode, it is possible to verify the items in the following chart.
NOTE: z The check codes are displayed in numerical order. (While performing the
inspection, if you want to inspect a check code with a number smaller than
the code number you are currently inspecting, terminate the check mode
then repeat the inspection from the beginning.)
CHECK CODE 01
Check code 01 CAN system
INSPECTION
CONDITION DISPLAY ACTION
Select the check code CAN system of information display
01 is normal.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Instrumentation/Driver Info - CX-7
CHECK CODE 02
z Communication status to audio unit
Check code 02 z Communication status to climate control unit
z Communication status to instrument cluster
INSPECTION
CONDITION DISPLAY ACTION
Select the All communications
check code 02. are normal.
(The
diagnostic
results will be
displayed once
each in the
order of audio
unit, heater
control unit,
and instrument
cluster.)
Communication to
audio unit is normal.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Instrumentation/Driver Info - CX-7
Communication error
to audio unit. (DTC
U0184)
Audio unit (See DTC TABLE
[MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM] )
Vehicle without audio
unit.
Communication to
climate control unit is
normal.
Communication error
to climate control unit.
(DTC U0166)
Climate control unit (See DTC TABLE
[MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM] )
Vehicle without
climate control unit.
Communication to
instrument cluster is
normal.
Communication error
Instrument cluster
to instrument cluster.
(DTC U0181)
(See DTC TABLE
[MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM] )
CHECK CODE 04
Check
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Instrumentation/Driver Info - CX-7
LCD
Check code - LCD
DISPLAY ACTION
All segments and dots illuminated. LCD is normal.
Except above Replace the information display.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB On-Board Diagnostic (Advanced Keyless And Start System) - CX-7
2. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS.
z When using the IDS (laptop PC)
1. Select "Datalogger".
2. Select "Modules".
3. Select "RKE".
z When using the PDS (Pocket PC)
DTC
description
M-MDS display
DTC B1342 Keyless control module internal malfunction
DTC B1134 Unprogrammed card key
DTC B2477 Configuration error
DTC B1317 Keyless control module power supply voltage increases.
B1318 Keyless control module power supply voltage decreases
DTC B2170 Push switch (Steering lock unit)
DTC B1126 Steering lock unit internal malfunction
DTC U0236 Steering lock unit communication system
DTC B1093 Steering lock unit communication error
DTC U0214 Keyless receiver
DTC B1133 Keyless antenna (exterior, RF)
DTC B1132 Keyless antenna (exterior, LF)
DTC B1128 Keyless antenna (Interior, rear)
DTC B1131 Keyless antenna (exterior, rear)
DTC B1129 Keyless antenna (Interior, middle)
DTC B112A Keyless antenna (Interior, front)
U0323 Communication error to instrument cluster (See DTC TABLE [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM]
U0100 Communication error to PCM (See DTC TABLE [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM]
U0073 Control module communication error (See DTC TABLE [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM]
U0140 Abnormal message from BCM (See DTC TABLE [MULTIPLEX
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB On-Board Diagnostic (Advanced Keyless And Start System) - CX-7
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM]
U2023 Error signal from CAN related module (See DTC TABLE [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM]
2. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS.
z When using the IDS (laptop PC)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
2 INSPECT STEERING LOCK UNIT Yes Replace the steering lock unit and perform
the resetting procedure for the steering lock
z Turn the ignition switch to the unit.
ON position. (See STEERING WHEEL AND
z Is the DTC displayed? COLUMN
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
{ M-MDS: B1093
Go to the next step
No DTC troubleshooting completed.
3 INSPECT KEYLESS CONTROL Yes Replace the keyless control module and
MODULE perform the resetting procedure for the
advanced keyless system when replacing
z Turn the ignition switch to the the keyless control module.
ON position. (See KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE
z Is the DTC displayed? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND
{ M-MDS: B1093
START SYSTEM] ).
No DTC troubleshooting completed.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
{ Open circuit
z Is there continuity?
2 INSPECT KEYLESS CONTROL Yes Replace the keyless control module and
MODULE perform the resetting procedure for the
advanced keyless system when replacing
z Turn the ignition switch to the ON the keyless control module.
position. (See KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE
z Is the DTC displayed? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND
{ M-MDS: B112A
START SYSTEM] ).
No DTC troubleshooting completed.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
{ Open circuit
z Is there continuity?
2 INSPECT KEYLESS CONTROL Yes Replace the keyless control module and
MODULE perform the resetting procedure for the
advanced keyless system when replacing
z Turn the ignition switch to the ON the keyless control module.
position. (See KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE
z Is the DTC displayed? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND
{ M-MDS: B1128
START SYSTEM] ).
No DTC troubleshooting completed.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
{Short to ground
{ Short to power supply
{ Open circuit
z Is there continuity?
2 INSPECT KEYLESS CONTROL Yes Replace the keyless control module and
MODULE perform the resetting procedure for the
advanced keyless system when replacing
z Turn the ignition switch to the ON the keyless control module.
position. (See KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE
z Is the DTC displayed? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND
{ M-MDS: B1129
START SYSTEM] ).
No DTC troubleshooting completed.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
z Is there continuity?
2 INSPECT KEYLESS CONTROL Yes Replace the keyless control module and
MODULE perform the resetting procedure for the
advanced keyless system when replacing
z Turn the ignition switch to the ON the keyless control module.
position. (See KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE
z Is the DTC displayed? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND
{ M-MDS: B1131
START SYSTEM] ).
No DTC troubleshooting completed.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
z Is there continuity?
2 INSPECT KEYLESS CONTROL Yes Replace the keyless control module and
MODULE perform the resetting procedure for the
advanced keyless system when replacing
z Turn the ignition switch to the ON the keyless control module.
position. (See KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE
z Is the DTC displayed? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND
{ M-MDS: B1132
START SYSTEM] ).
No DTC troubleshooting completed.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
z Is there continuity?
2 INSPECT KEYLESS CONTROL Yes Replace the keyless control module and
MODULE perform the resetting procedure for the
advanced keyless system when replacing
z Turn the ignition switch to the the keyless control module.
ON position. (See KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE
z Is the DTC displayed? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND
{ M-MDS: B1133
START SYSTEM] ).
No DTC troubleshooting completed.
z Open or short circuit in wiring harness between battery and keyless control
module
POSSIBLE CAUSE z ROOM 15 A fuse malfunction
z Battery malfunction
z Keyless control module malfunction
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
3 INSPECT WIRING HARNESS Yes Replace the keyless control module and
BETWEEN BATTERY AND perform the resetting procedure for the
KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE advanced keyless system when replacing
the keyless control module.
z Inspect the wiring harnesses (See KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB On-Board Diagnostic (Advanced Keyless And Start System) - CX-7
{ Open circuit
No DTC troubleshooting completed.
z Is the wiring harness normal?
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
CIRCUIT FOR CONTINUITY the resetting procedure for the steering lock
unit.
zDisconnect keyless control (See STEERING WHEEL AND
module connector and steering COLUMN
lock unit connector. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
z Inspect the wiring harness
between the keyless control
module connector terminal 3E
and steering lock unit terminal E
for the following: No Repair the wiring harness between the
steering lock unit and keyless control
{ Short to ground
module.
{ Short to power supply
{ Open circuit
z Is there continuity?
2 INSPECT KEYLESS CONTROL Yes Replace the keyless control module and
MODULE perform the resetting procedure for the
advanced keyless system when replacing
z Turn the ignition switch to the the keyless control module.
ON position. (See KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE
z Is the DTC displayed? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND
{ M-MDS: B2170
START SYSTEM] ).
No DTC troubleshooting completed.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
{Open circuit
z Is there continuity?
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
z Is there continuity?
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB On-Board Diagnostic (Advanced Keyless And Start System) - CX-7
2 INSPECT KEYLESS CONTROL Yes Replace the keyless control module and
MODULE perform the resetting procedure for the
advanced keyless system when replacing
z Turn the ignition switch to the the keyless control module.
ON position. (See KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE
z Is the DTC displayed? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND
{ M-MDS: U0236
START SYSTEM] ).
No DTC troubleshooting completed.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
{ Select "Module".
{ Select "AM".
{ Select "AM".
2. Select "Modules".
3. Select "AM".
z When using the PDS (pocket PC)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
NOTE: z If several DTCs are in the memory, they can be displayed using the
SEEK switch (up).
Current malfunction
4. To stop the on-board diagnostic test mode, turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB On-Board Diagnostic (Hands-Free Telephone) - CX-7
4. To stop the on-board diagnostic test mode, switch the ignition to the LOCK position.
CAUTION: z Before clearing the memory, be sure to enter all of the DTCs
displayed in the on-board diagnostic test mode in the Audio Repair
Order Form.
NOTE: z Because the audio unit only displays the currently occurring DTC, it is not
necessary to clear DTCs.
NOTE: z Because the audio unit only displays the currently occurring DTC, it is not
necessary to clear DTCs.
Content/function
Software Version Verification
Connection Condition Verification
Password Reset
3. While pressing the POWER/VOLUME switch, simultaneously press the PRESET switch 6 and the SEEK
switch (down) for 3 s or more .
Password Reset
Content/function
Software Version Verification
Touch Panel Type Audio Connection Condition Verification
Password Reset
Audio Amplifier Connection Condition Verification
6. Turn the audio OFF or the ignition switch to the LOCK position to stop the diagnostic assist function.
6. Turn the audio OFF or the ignition switch to the LOCK position to stop the diagnostic assist function.
Password Reset
1. With the audio power on, press the POWER/VOLUME switch and simultaneously press the AUDIO
switch for approx. 2 s or more .
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB On-Board Diagnostic (Hands-Free Telephone) - CX-7
4. Turn the audio OFF or the ignition switch to the LOCK position to stop the diagnostic assist function.
1. With the audio power on, press the POWER/VOLUME switch and simultaneously press the AUDIO
switch for approx. 2 s or more .
4. Turn the audio OFF or the ignition switch to the LOCK position to stop the diagnostic assist function.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB On-Board Diagnostic [Audio (Standard Audio)] - CX-7
NOTE: z If several DTCs are in the memory, they can be displayed using the
SEEK switch (up or down).
4. To stop the on-board diagnostic test mode, turn the ignition switch off.
NOTE: z The supplier can vary with the module. When asking the supplier (service
center) for repair or replacement, identify the supplier and fill in the Audio
Repair Order Form with the following procedures.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB On-Board Diagnostic [Audio (Standard Audio)] - CX-7
SUPPLIER INFORMATION
Supplier code Supplier name
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB On-Board Diagnostic [Audio (Standard Audio)] - CX-7
1 SANYO Automedia
2 Panasonic
3 Clarion
4 Pioneer
NOTE: z The supplier code can also be identified from the DTC displays
screen.
5. Cancel the diagnostic assist function by either turning OFF the audio unit power or by ignition to
switched OFF.
CAUTION: z Before clearing the memory, be sure to enter all of the DTCs
displayed in the onboard diagnostic test mode in the Audio Repair
Order Form.
1. Start the on-board diagnostic test mode. (See STARTING PROCEDURE FOR ON-BOARD
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE [AUDIO (STANDARD AUDIO)].)
2. While pressing the POWER/VOLUME switch, simultaneously press the AUDIO CONT switch for 2 s or
more .
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB On-Board Diagnostic [Audio (Standard Audio)] - CX-7
3. To stop the on-board diagnostic test mode, turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Screen display
DTC
(When starting on- Detection condition Possible cause/inspection
board diagnostic test
function)
09: Er20 Audio system does not operate. Voltage at audio unit is low.
09: Er21 Broken sound/No sound Inspect the audio system operation according to
vehicle condition.
09: Er22 No radio reception Inspect the radio operation according to vehicle
condition.
10: Er01 MP3 applicable CD player MP3 applicable CD player malfunction
cannot implement insert and
eject commands
10: Er02 Cannot change tracks MP3 applicable CD player malfunction
10: Er07 MP3 CD reading error Incorrect format CD
10: Er10 MP3 applicable CD player does Malfunction of connectors between audio unit
not operate and MP3 applicable CD player
MP3 applicable CD player communication error
11: Er01 SSI bus communication error Poor connection of the connectors
Center roof antenna malfunction
(AM/FM/SIRIUS type)
Audio unit malfunction
Sirius satellite radio unit malfunction
11: Er03 Poor connection of antenna Poor connection of the connectors
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB On-Board Diagnostic [Audio (Standard Audio)] - CX-7
1. With the audio power ON, press the POWER/VOLUME switch and simultaneously press the SEEK
switch (up) for approx. 1 s.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB On-Board Diagnostic [Audio (Standard Audio)] - CX-7
3. Turn the audio OFF or the ignition switch to the LOCK position to stop the diagnostic assist function.
SWITCH INSPECTION
1. With the audio power ON, press the POWER/VOLUME switch and simultaneously press the CLOCK
switch for approx. 1 s .
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB On-Board Diagnostic [Audio (Standard Audio)] - CX-7
INFORMATION
INSPECTION DISPLAY ACTION
z Launch the switch Yes The switch is normal.
inspection mode. No Remove the audio cover
z Operate all of the See AUDIO UNIT
- REMOVAL/INSTALLATION .
switches.
See AUDIO UNIT
z Does the buzzer DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY .
sound?
3. Turn the audio OFF or the ignition switch to the LOCK position to stop the diagnostic assist function.
SPEAKER INSPECTION
1. With the audio power ON, press the POWER/VOLUME switch and simultaneously press the AUTO-M
switch for approx. 1 s.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB On-Board Diagnostic [Audio (Standard Audio)] - CX-7
INFORMATION
INSPECTION DISPLAY ACTION
z Launch the speaker Yes Speakers, and wiring harness
inspection mode. between the base unit and
speakers are normal.
z Does each speaker output
sound in the following
order?
z If no sound is produced
from all of the speakers,
With Bose
see NO SOUND FROM
ALL SPEAKERS
1. Front door speaker and
[ENTIRE AUDIO
front speaker (LH)
SYSTEM] .
2. Center speaker z If no sound is produced
3. Front door speaker and - from some of the
front speaker (RH) speakers, see NO SOUND
4. Rear door speaker (RH) FROM CERTAIN
No SPEAKER [ENTIRE
5. Rear speaker (RH)
AUDIO SYSTEM] .
6. Rear speaker (LH)
7. Rear door speaker (LH)
Without Bose
3. Turn the audio off or the ignition switch to the LOCK position to stop the diagnostic assist function.
5. Turn the audio OFF or the ignition switch to the LOCK position to stop the diagnostic assist function.
1. With the audio power on and at radio mode, press the POWER/VOLUME switch and simultaneously
press the SAT switch for approx. 1 s .
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB On-Board Diagnostic [Audio (Standard Audio)] - CX-7
INFORMATION
INSPECTION DISPLAY ACTION
Start antenna control ANT-ON Sound quality is good. System is okay.
condition inspection Sound quality is poor. Inspect following parts.
mode.
Center roof antenna
z
z Antenna feeder
3. Turn the audio off or the ignition switch to the LOCK position to stop the diagnostic assist function.
1. With the audio power ON, press the POWER/VOLUME switch and simultaneously press the SEEK
switch for approx. 3 s.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB On-Board Diagnostic [Audio (Standard Audio)] - CX-7
3. Turn the audio off or the ignition switch to the LOCK position to stop the diagnostic assist function.
5. Turn the audio OFF or the ignition switch to the LOCK position to stop the diagnostic assist function.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB On-Board Diagnostic [Audio (Touch Panel Type Audio)] - CX-7
NOTE: z If several DTCs are in the memory, they can be displayed using the
SEEK switch (up or down).
4. To stop the on-board diagnostic test mode, turn the ignition switch off.
NOTE: z The supplier can vary with the module. When asking the supplier (service
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB On-Board Diagnostic [Audio (Touch Panel Type Audio)] - CX-7
center) for repair or replacement, identify the supplier and fill in the Audio
Repair Order Form with the following procedures.
NOTE: z The supplier code can also be identified from the DTC displays
screen.
6. Cancel the diagnostic assist function by either turning OFF the audio unit power or by ignition to
switched OFF.
CAUTION: z Before clearing the memory, be sure to enter all of the DTCs
displayed in the onboard diagnostic test mode in the Audio
Repair Order Form.
3. To stop the on-board diagnostic test mode, turn the ignition switch off.
Screen display
DTC
(When starting on- Detection condition Possible cause/inspection
board diagnostic test
function)
09: Er20 Audio system does not operate. Voltage at base unit is low.
09: Er21 Broken sound/No sound Inspect the audio system operation according to
vehicle condition.
09: Er22 No radio reception Inspect the radio operation according to vehicle
condition.
10: Er01 MP3 applicable CD player MP3 applicable CD player malfunction
cannot implement insert and
eject commands
10: Er02 Cannot change tracks MP3 applicable CD player malfunction
10: Er07 MP3 CD reading error Incorrect format CD
10: Er10 MP3 applicable CD player does Malfunction of connectors between base unit and
not operate MP3 applicable CD player
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB On-Board Diagnostic [Audio (Touch Panel Type Audio)] - CX-7
DISPLAY INSPECTION
1. With the audio power on, press the POWER/VOLUME switch and simultaneously press the AUDIO
switch for approx. 2 s or more .
4. Turn the audio off or the ignition switch to the LOCK position to stop the diagnostic assist function.
SWITCH INSPECTION
1. With the audio power on, press the POWER/VOLUME switch and simultaneously press the AUDIO
switch for approx. 2 s or more .
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB On-Board Diagnostic [Immobilizer System (Advanced Keyless And Start System)] -
CX-7
On-Board Diagnostic [Immobilizer System (Advanced Keyless And Start System)] - CX-7
CAUTION: z Always use the M-MDS or equivalent to verify DTCs even if the
security light displays a DTC. If the security light itself has a
malfunction, it is possible that a DTC may not be properly displayed.
There are certain DTCs which can only be verified using the M-MDS,
not the security light.
z DTCs for the immobilizer system that are stored in the keyless unit
and PCM are cleared when the ignition switch is turned from the ON
to the LOCK (ACC) position.
z If DTCs are not displayed even though the engine does not start or
stalls, perform the following symptom troubleshooting:
{ NO. 3 WILL NOT CRANK [L3 WITH TC]
z Spare keys
{ After any malfunction is detected, the security light will function as follows for approx. 1
min.
z DTC 16 and lower: Flashes
z If there is no malfunction:
3. When any malfunction has been detected, read DTCs via flashing patterns displayed after the security
light flashes or is illuminated for approx. 1 min.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB On-Board Diagnostic [Immobilizer System (Advanced Keyless And Start System)] -
CX-7
M-MDS
2. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS.
z When using the IDS (laptop PC)
2. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS.
z When using the IDS (laptop PC)
DTC
M-MDS display(1) Detection
See
Security light flashing condition
pattern Keyless control
module PCM
11 B1681 P1260 No detected SECURITY LIGHT 11, DTC
communication B1681/P1260
with the coil [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
(ADVANCED KEYLESS
AND START SYSTEM)].)
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB On-Board Diagnostic [Immobilizer System (Advanced Keyless And Start System)] -
CX-7
2. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS.
z When using the IDS (laptop PC)
1. Select "DataLogger".
2. Select "Modules".
3. Select "RKE".
z When using the PDS (Pocket PC)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB On-Board Diagnostic [Immobilizer System (Advanced Keyless And Start System)] -
CX-7
z Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK No Repair or replace the wiring harness,
position. then go to Step 8.
z Disconnect the negative battery cable.
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR Yes Replace the keyless control module and
program the immobilizer system-related
z Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK parts.
position. (See KEYLESS CONTROL
z Disconnect the negative battery cable. MODULE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
z Reconnect the disconnected [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY
connectors. AND START SYSTEM] ).
z Connect the negative battery cable. (See IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-
z Clear DTCs using the M-MDS. (See RELATED PARTS
CLEARING DTC PROGRAMMING (ADVANCED
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM KEYLESS ENTRY AND START
(ADVANCED KEYLESS AND SYSTEM) ).
START SYSTEM)].) Go to the next step.
z Verify DTCs using the M-MDS. (See
DTC
INSPECTION/IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB On-Board Diagnostic [Immobilizer System (Advanced Keyless And Start System)] -
CX-7
{ PCM: P1260
9 VERIFY THAT NO OTHER DTCs ARE Yes Perform the corresponding DTC
PRESENT inspection.
DTC: B2103/P1260 z The PCM determined a malfunction in the coil antenna even
though it is normal.
z Coil antenna malfunction
DETECTION CONDITION z The PCM determined a malfunction in the coil antenna even
though it is normal.
z Coil antenna malfunction
POSSIBLE CAUSE z Poor connection of the coil antenna connector
z PCM malfunction
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
z Turn the ignition switch to the procedure for the immobilizer system when
ON position. replacing the PCM.
(See PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
z Is the DTC displayed? [L3 WITH TC] ).
{ Security light: 12 (See IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-
{ M-MDS: B2103/P1260 RELATED PARTS PROGRAMMING
(ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND
START SYSTEM) ).
No DTC troubleshooting completed.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB On-Board Diagnostic [Immobilizer System (Advanced Keyless And Start System)] -
CX-7
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
{ Security light: 14
{ M-MDS: B1602/P1260
2 INSPECT KEYLESS CONTROL Yes Replace the keyless control module and
MODULE perform the resetting procedure for the
immobilizer system when replacing the
z Using another registered key, turn keyless control module keyless control
the ignition switch to the ON module.
position. (See KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE
z Is the DTC displayed again? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB On-Board Diagnostic [Immobilizer System (Advanced Keyless And Start System)] -
CX-7
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
3 INSPECT KEYLESS CONTROL Yes Replace the keyless control module and
MODULE perform the resetting procedure for the
immobilizer system when replacing the
z Using the M-MDS, register the keyless control module.
key ID number. (See KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
(See IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM- [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND
RELATED PARTS START SYSTEM] ).
PROGRAMMING (See IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-
(ADVANCED KEYLESS RELATED PARTS PROGRAMMING
ENTRY AND START (ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND
SYSTEM) ). START SYSTEM) ).
NOTE:
z Two or more keys must be
registered to start the
engine.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
{ M-MDS B2141/P1260
(See KEYLESS CONTROL
MODULE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY
AND START SYSTEM] ).
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB On-Board Diagnostic [Immobilizer System (Advanced Keyless And Start System)] -
CX-7
{ M-MDS: B2141/P1260
(See PCM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC] ).
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
{ Security light: 23
z Go to the next step.
{ M-MDS: B2139/P1260 No DTC troubleshooting completed.
3 VERIFY DTC Yes z Replace the PCM and perform the
resetting procedure for the immobilizer
z Is the DTC displayed again? system when replacing the PCM.
{ Security light: 23
{ M-MDS: B2139/P1260
(See PCM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC] ).
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
ACTION
Replace the Keyless control module.
(See KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS
ENTRY AND START SYSTEM] ).
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB On-Board Diagnostic [Immobilizer System (Keyless Entry System)] - CX-7
CAUTION: z Always use the M-MDS to verify DTCs even if the DTCs are
verified by the security light display. If the security light has a
malfunction, it is possible that a DTC may not be properly
displayed.
z Always use the M-MDS to verify DTCs because there are certain
DTCs which cannot be verified using the security light.
z If any of the following items are touching or near the key head,
signal communication between the key and vehicle is negatively
affected, resulting in the engine not starting. Do not start the
engine if any of the following items are touching or near the key
head.
{ Any metallic object
{ After any malfunction is detected, the security light will function as follows for approx. 1
min.
z DTC 16 and lower: Flashes
z If there is no malfunction:
3. When any malfunction has been detected, read DTCs via flashing patterns displayed after the security
light flashes or is illuminated for approx. 1 min.
z Perform troubleshooting according to the corresponding DTC inspection.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB On-Board Diagnostic [Immobilizer System (Keyless Entry System)] - CX-7
M-MDS
2. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS.
z When using the IDS (laptop PC)
2. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS.
z When using the IDS (laptop PC)
DTC
M-MDS display(1) Detection condition See
Security light flashing
pattern Instrument
cluster PCM
SECURITY LIGHT 11,
No detected DTC B1681/P1260
11 B1681 P1260 communication with [IMMOBILIZER
the coil SYSTEM (KEYLESS
ENTRY SYSTEM)].
z Coil antenna SECURITY LIGHT 12,
malfunction DTC B2103/P1260
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB On-Board Diagnostic [Immobilizer System (Keyless Entry System)] - CX-7
2. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS.
z When using the IDS (laptop PC)
1. Select "DataLogger".
2. Select "Modules".
3. Select "IC".
z When using the PDS (Pocket PC)
NOTE: The PID data screen function is used for monitoring the calculated value of
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB On-Board Diagnostic [Immobilizer System (Keyless Entry System)] - CX-7
SECURITY LIGHT: 11
No detected communication with the coil antenna
DTC: B1681/P1260
DETECTION CONDITION z No detected communication with the coil antenna
z The Coil antenna is pulled out
z Cockle antenna malfunction
POSSIBLE CAUSE
z Instrument cluster malfunction
z Malfunction in the related wiring harnesses
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB On-Board Diagnostic [Immobilizer System (Keyless Entry System)] - CX-7
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR Yes Replace the instrument cluster and program
the immobilizer system-related parts.
z Turn the ignition switch to the (See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
LOCK position. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
z Disconnect the negative battery (See IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-
cable. RELATED PARTS PROGRAMMING
(KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM) .)
z Reconnect the disconnected Go to the next step.
connectors.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB On-Board Diagnostic [Immobilizer System (Keyless Entry System)] - CX-7
{ PCM: P1260
9 VERIFY THAT NO OTHER DTCs Yes Perform the corresponding DTC inspection.
ARE PRESENT
DTC: B2103/P1260 z The PCM determined a malfunction in the coil antenna even
though it is normal.
z Coil antenna malfunction
DETECTION CONDITION z The PCM determined a malfunction in the coil antenna even
though it is normal.
z Coil antenna malfunction
POSSIBLE CAUSE z Poor connection of the coil antenna connector
z PCM malfunction
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
{ Spare keys
{ Keys for other vehicles equipped with an immobilizer system
{ Any metallic object
{ Any electronic device, or any credit or other cards with
magnetic strips
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
{ Security light: 14
{ M-MDS: B1602/P1260
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
NOTE:
z Two or more keys must
be registered to start the
engine.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB On-Board Diagnostic [Immobilizer System (Keyless Entry System)] - CX-7
DETECTION CONDITION z Communication error between the instrument cluster and the PCM
(data transfer error)
z Malfunction in the wiring harness (CAN line) between the
instrument cluster and the PCM
POSSIBLE CAUSE
z Instrument cluster malfunction
z PCM malfunction
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB On-Board Diagnostic [Immobilizer System (Keyless Entry System)] - CX-7
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
{ M-MDS: B2141/P1260
(See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
{ M-MDS: B2141/P1260
(See PCM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC] ).
ENTRY SYSTEM) ).
No DTC troubleshooting completed.
DETECTION CONDITION z ID number data in the instrument cluster and the PCM are
different.
z Necessary procedures were not performed using the M-MDS after
replacing the PCM.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
z Instrument cluster malfunction
z PCM malfunction
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
{ M-MDS: B2139/P1260
No DTC troubleshooting completed.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB On-Board Diagnostic [Immobilizer System (Keyless Entry System)] - CX-7
{ M-MDS: B2139/P1260
(See PCM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC] ).
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
ACTION
Replace the instrument cluster.
(See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB On-Board Diagnostic [Instrument Cluster] - CX-7
z If any DTCs are displayed, perform troubleshooting according to the corresponding DTC
inspection.
4. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the instrument cluster.
Freeze
DTC Malfunction location frame data Page
Fuel gauge sender unit circuit (See DTC B1202 [INSTRUMENT
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB On-Board Diagnostic [Instrument Cluster] - CX-7
2. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS.
2. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS.
z Select "DataLogger".
z Select "Modules".
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB On-Board Diagnostic [Instrument Cluster] - CX-7
z Select "IC".
z Select "DataLogger".
NOTE: The PID data screen function is used for monitoring the calculated value of
input/output signals in the module. Therefore, if the monitored value of the
output parts is not within the specification, it is necessary to inspect the
monitored value of input parts corresponding to the applicable output part
control. In addition, because the system does not display an output part
malfunction as an abnormality in the monitored value, it is necessary to
inspect the output parts individually.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
CONNECTOR part.
4 INSPECT WIRING HARNESS Yes Inspect the fuel gauge sender unit and
fuel gauge sender sub-unit.
z Turn the ignition switch to the
LOCK position. z Repair or replace if necessary.
z Inspect for continuity between
following terminals:
{ Instrument cluster terminal
2U - fuel gauge sender unit
terminal A (wiring harness-
side)
{ Instrument cluster terminal
2W - fuel gauge sender unit
terminal C (wiring harness-
side)
{ Fuel gauge sender unit
terminal C - fuel gauge sender
sub-unit terminal A (wiring
harness-side)
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB On-Board Diagnostic [Instrument Cluster] - CX-7
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB On-Board Diagnostic [Instrument Cluster] - CX-7
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
2. After set up the IDS (laptop PC) (including the vehicle recognition), the following can be selected
from the IDS (laptop PC) screen.
z Select the "Toolbox" tab.
z Select "Electrical".
2. Determine which unit is thought to be malfunctioning based on the freeze frame data.
NOTE: z If several warning light illumination requests are received, they will
be recorded in one freeze frame data.
z If any DTCs are displayed, perform troubleshooting according to the corresponding DTC
inspection.
4. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the instrument cluster.
Freeze
DTC Malfunction location frame data Page
Fuel gauge sender unit circuit (See DTC B1202 [INSTRUMENT
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB On-Board Diagnostic [Instrument Cluster] - CX-7
2. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS.
2. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS.
z Select "DataLogger".
z Select "Modules".
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB On-Board Diagnostic [Instrument Cluster] - CX-7
z Select "IC".
z Select "DataLogger".
NOTE: The PID data screen function is used for monitoring the calculated value of
input/output signals in the module. Therefore, if the monitored value of the
output parts is not within the specification, it is necessary to inspect the
monitored value of input parts corresponding to the applicable output part
control. In addition, because the system does not display an output part
malfunction as an abnormality in the monitored value, it is necessary to
inspect the output parts individually.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
CONNECTOR part.
4 INSPECT WIRING HARNESS Yes Inspect the fuel gauge sender unit and
fuel gauge sender sub-unit.
z Turn the ignition switch to the
LOCK position. z Repair or replace if necessary.
z Inspect for continuity between
following terminals:
{ Instrument cluster terminal
2U - fuel gauge sender unit
terminal A (wiring harness-
side)
{ Instrument cluster terminal
2W - fuel gauge sender unit
terminal C (wiring harness-
side)
{ Fuel gauge sender unit
terminal C - fuel gauge sender
sub-unit terminal A (wiring
harness-side)
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB On-Board Diagnostic [Instrument Cluster] - CX-7
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB On-Board Diagnostic [Instrument Cluster] - CX-7
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
2. After set up the IDS (laptop PC) (including the vehicle recognition), the following can be selected
from the IDS (laptop PC) screen.
z Select the "Toolbox" tab.
z Select "Electrical".
2. Determine which unit is thought to be malfunctioning based on the freeze frame data.
NOTE: z If several warning light illumination requests are received, they will
be recorded in one freeze frame data.
z If the controller area network (CAN) system is malfunctioning, read the DTCs of the following modules,
using the M-MDS to determine the malfunctioning system.
HS-CAN
{ PCM
{ TCM
{ DSC HU/CM
{ AWD control module
{ BCM
{ SAS control module
{ Keyless control module
{ Instrument cluster
MS-CAN
{ Instrument cluster
{ Audio amplifier
{ Climate control unit
{ Audio unit (base unit)
{ Information display
{ HF/TEL unit
{ SIRIUS satellite radio unit
FLOWCHART
HS/CAN
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 INSPECT DTC INDICATION Yes Go to the next step.
module: No Go to Step 5.
{ PCM
{ TCM
{ DSC HU/CM
{ BCM
{ Instrument cluster
{ U0100
{ U0101
{ U0114
{ U0121
{ U0140
{ U0151
{ U0155
{ U0214
{ U0516
{ U1900
{ U2023
{ TCM
{ BCM
{ Instrument cluster
PCM- DLC-2
z 1AM-F
z 1AI-E
TCM- DLC-2
z A14-F
z A6-E
z X-F
z W-E
z G-F
z H-E
BCM--DLC-2
z 3X, 5L-F
No Go to the next step.
z 3W, 5l-E
z 2E-F
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB On-Board Diagnostic [Multiplex Communication System] - CX-7
z 2F-E
z 3X-F
z 3W-E
z2R-F
z 2T-E
zTurn the ignition switch to the No Retry this step with other module
LOCK position. connector disconnected. If all units that
z Disconnect the connector of any unit do not respond are disconnected, go to
that does not respond. (If there are Step 14.
two or more units that do not
respond, disconnect only one of the
units.)
z Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position.
z Measure the voltage between the
following terminals.
{ DLC-2 terminals F and GND
PCM- DLC-2
TCM- DLC-2
z X- other terminals
z W- other terminals
z G- other terminals
z H- other terminals
BCM- DLC-2
z Is there continuity?
14 INSPECT CAN RELATED WIRING Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness,
HARNESS then go back to Step 1.
MS-CAN
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 INSPECT DTC INDICATION Yes Go to the next step.
{ Information display
{ HF/TEL unit
{ U0164
{ U0166
{ U0181
{ U0184
{ U0516
{ 17:Er11
{ 26:Er81
{ Audio amplifier
No Go to the next step.
{ Climate control unit
{ Information display
{ HF/TEL unit
zInspect the power supply and the No Repair the malfunctioning part, then go
back to Step 1.
ground circuit for any units that do
not respond.
z Are they normal?
z 2O-L
z 2P-K
z B-L
z A-K
z 1O-L
z 1Q-K
Car-navigation unit-DLC-2
z 1O-L
z 1Q-K
z J-L
z I-K
z L-L
z K-K
z Q-L
z RI-K
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB On-Board Diagnostic [Multiplex Communication System] - CX-7
z Turn the ignition switch to the No Retry this step with other module
LOCK position. connector disconnected. If all units that
z Disconnect the connector of any unit do not respond are disconnected, go to
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB On-Board Diagnostic [Multiplex Communication System] - CX-7
z B- other terminals
z A- other terminals
z J- other terminals
z I- other terminals
z L- other terminals
z K- other terminals
z Is there continuity?
14 INSPECT CAN RELATED WIRING Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness,
HARNESS then go back to Step 1.
MS-CAN
DTC Output Unit DTC Malfunction Location See
Audio unit (base 16:Er12 CAN system communication DTC U0516, U2516, 16: Er12,
unit) error 26:Er81 [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM]
17:Er11 Communication error to PROCEDURES FOR
instrument cluster DETERMINING THE LOCATION
OF A MALFUNCTION
Climate control U0155 Communication error to [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
unit instrument cluster SYSTEM]
U0516 CAN system communication DTC U0516, U2516, 16: Er12,
error 26:Er81 [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM]
Information U0166 Communication error to climate PROCEDURES FOR
display control unit DETERMINING THE LOCATION
U0181 Communication error to OF A MALFUNCTION
instrument cluster [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
U0184 Communication error to audio SYSTEM]
unit (base unit)
U2516 CAN system communication DTC U0516, U2516, 16: Er12,
error 26:Er81 [MULTIPLEX
HF/TEL unit 26:Er81 CAN system communication COMMUNICATION SYSTEM]
error
PCM
1. Inspect the display of DTC U0101, U0121 and/or U0155, using the M-MDS.
2. Referring to the following table, determine the malfunctioning part of the CAN system.
D
x - x
z DSC HU/CM
x - - z Wiring harness
C
z Wiring harness
E
z BCM
z Wiring harness
PCM F
z Wiring harness
H
x x -
z Wiring harness J
z Wiring harness
K
z Wiring harness
M
z Instrument
cluster
TCM
1. Inspect the display of DTC U0100, U0121, U0140 and/or U0415 using the M-MDS. (See DTC TABLE
[MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM].)
2. Referring to the following table, determine the malfunctioning part of the CAN system.
x - - z Wiring harness
C
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB On-Board Diagnostic [Multiplex Communication System] - CX-7
z Wiring harness
E
z BCM
z Wiring harness
F
z Wiring harness
H
TCM x x -
z Wiring harness J
z Wiring harness
K
z Wiring harness
M
z Instrument
cluster
DSC HU/CM
1. Inspect the display of DTC U0100, U0101, U0114, U0140, U1900 and/or U2023 using the M-MDS. (See
DTC TABLE [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM].)
CAUTION: DTC U2023 may not be cleared during engine starting even if DTC
clearing is done using the M-MDS. When clearing DTC U2023,
execute with the ignition switch in the ON position (Engine off.)
NOTE: You may want to check which unit is malfunctioning according to Freeze
Frame Data. "Electrical" > "IC Service Function" > "Freeze Frame Data".
This function is supported on IDS, not PDS.
2. Referring to the following table, determine the malfunctioning part of the CAN system.
- - x x z Wiring harness C
z Wiring harness G
x x - x z AWD control
module
z Wiring harness E
DSC HU/CM
x x - - z BCM
z Wiring harness F
z Wiring harness H
x x x - z Wiring harness J
z BCM
1. Inspect the display of DTC U0100, U0101, U0121 and/or U0155 using the M-MDS. (See DTC TABLE
[MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM].)
2. Referring to the following table, determine the malfunctioning part of the CAN system.
z BCM
z Wiring harness K
x x x -
z Wiring harness M
z Instrument cluster
BCM
NOTE: z There is no DTC in the BCM that determines signal quality between it and
the other module. Due to this, determine the malfunction location using
the DTC on the other module side.
1. Referring to the following table, determine the malfunctioning part of the CAN system.
2. Referring to the following table, determine the malfunctioning part of the CAN system.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB On-Board Diagnostic [Multiplex Communication System] - CX-7
1. Inspect the display of DTC U0100, U0140, U0323 and/or U2023 using the M-MDS.
CAUTION: DTC U2023 may not be cleared during engine starting even if DTC
clearing is done using the M-MDS. When clearing DTC U2023,
execute with the ignition switch in the ON position (Engine off.)
NOTE: You may want to check which unit is malfunctioning according to Freeze
Frame Data. "Electrical" > "IC Service Function" > "Freeze Frame Data".
This function is supported on IDS, not PDS.
2. Referring to the following table, determine the malfunctioning part of the CAN system.
z BCM
z Wiring harness F
- x x z Wiring harness H
z Wiring harness J
Keyless control z PCM
module z Wiring harness K
- - x
z BCM
x - x z BCM
z Wiring harness M
x x -
z Instrument cluster
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
1. Inspect the display of DTC U0100, U0101, U0114, U0121, U0140, U0151 and/or U0214 using the M-
MDS. (See DTC TABLE [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM].)
2. Referring to the following table, determine the malfunctioning part of the CAN system.
z Wiring
harness F
z Wiring
x x - x x x x harness D
z DSC HU/CM
- - - - x x x z Wiring
harness H
z Wiring
harness G
x x x - x x x
z AWD control
module
z Wiring
- - - - - x x harness J
Instrument
cluster z BCM
z Wiring
harness I
x x x x - x x
z SAS control
module
z Wiring
- - - - - - x harness K
z BCM
x x x x x - x z BCM
z Wiring
harness L
x x x x x x - z Keyless
control
module
3. Inspect the display of DTC U0164 using the M-MDS. (See DTC TABLE [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM].)
4. Referring to the following table, determine the malfunctioning part of the CAN system.
z Wiring harness Q
z Wiring harness S
- - z Wiring harness U
z Wiring harness W
Instrument cluster z Instrument cluster
z Wiring harness O
- x
z Climate control unit
z Wiring harness N
x -
z Information display
NOTE: z There is no DTC in the climate control unit that determines signal quality
between it and the information display. Due to this, determine the
malfunction location using the DTC on the information display.
1. Inspect the display of DTC U0155 using the M-MDS. (See DTC TABLE [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM].)
2. Referring to the following table, determine the malfunctioning part of the CAN system.
NOTE: z There is no DTC in the audio unit (base unit) that determines signal quality
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB On-Board Diagnostic [Multiplex Communication System] - CX-7
1. Inspect the display of DTC 17:Er11 using the M-MDS. (See DTC TABLE [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM].)
2. Referring to the following table, determine the malfunctioning part of the CAN system.
AUDIO AMPLIFIER
NOTE: There is no DTC in the audio amplifier that determines signal quality between it
and the audio unit (base unit). Due to this, determine the malfunction location
using the DTC on the audio unit (base unit).
1. Referring to the following table, determine the malfunctioning part of the CAN system.
z Wiring harness V
z Audio amplifier
z Audio unit (base unit)
HF/TEL UNIT
NOTE: There is no DTC in the HF/TEL that determines signal quality between it and the
audio unit (base unit). Due to this, determine the malfunction location using the
DTC on the audio unit (base unit).
1. Referring to the following table, determine the malfunctioning part of the CAN system.
NOTE: There is no DTC in the SIRIUS satellite radio unit that determines signal quality
between it and the audio unit (base unit). Due to this, determine the malfunction
location using the DTC on the audio unit (base unit).
1. Referring to the following table, determine the malfunctioning part of the CAN system.
INFORMATION DISPLAY
1. Inspect the display of DTC U0166, U0181 and/or U0184 using the input/output check mode. (See
INFORMATION DISPLAY INPUT/OUTPUT CHECK MODE ).
2. Referring to the following table, determine the malfunctioning part of the CAN system.
REPAIR PROCEDURE
{ Short to GND
{ Open circuit
5. Verify if the CAN system related DTCs are displayed using the M-MDS.
z If the same following DTCs are present, replace the malfunctioning module.
{ U0073 (PCM, TCM, DSC HU/CM, AWD control module, BCM, SAS control module,
keyless control module, instrument cluster)
{ U0516 (Climate control unit)
z If other DTC is present, perform the appropriate DTC inspection. (See DTC TABLE
[MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM].)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
zInspect the connector of the module No Repair or replace the connector, then go
that outputs the DTC. to Step 4.
z Is it normal?
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
{ 16: Er12
{ 26:Er81
No Go to the next step.
2 INSPECT CONNECTOR Yes Go to the next step.
zInspect the connector of the module No Repair or replace the connector, then go
that outputs the DTC. to Step 4.
z Is it normal?
{ Open circuit
NOTE: If the engine is not running, the BCM determines that the oil pressure
switch malfunctioned.
4. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS.
2. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS.
DTC TABLE
DTC No. Description Detection condition See
B1317 Battery voltage high Input voltage from the battery is (See DTC B1317 [BCM].)
excessively high
B1318 Battery voltage low Input voltage from the battery is (See DTC B1318 [BCM].)
excessively low
B1322 Driver door ajar circuit Short to GND in wiring harness (See DTC B1322 [BCM].)
short to ground between BCM and front door
switch (driver-side)
B1330 Passenger door ajar circuit Short to GND in wiring harness (See DTC B1330 [BCM].)
short to ground between BCM and front door
latch switch (passenger-side)
B1342 ECU is faulted BCM microcomputer (See DTC B1342 [BCM].)
malfunction
B1502 Turn signal left circuit Short to GND in wiring harness (See DTC B1502 [BCM].)
short to ground between BCM and turn switch
(LH)
B1506 Turn signal right circuit Short to GND in wiring harness (See DTC B1506 [BCM].)
short to ground between BCM and turn switch
(RH)
B1520 Hood switch circuit open Open circuit in wiring harness (See DTC B1520 [BCM].)
between BCM and hood latch
switch
B1566 Door ajar circuit short to Short to GND in wiring harness (See DTC B1566 [BCM].)
ground between BCM and rear door
switches
B1614 Rear wiper interval switch Short to GND in wiring harness (See DTC B1614 [BCM].)
input circuit short to between BCM and rear wiper and
ground washer switch (INT)
B1873 Hazard switch input Short to GND in wiring harness (See DTC B1873 [BCM].)
circuit short to ground between BCM and hazard
warning switch
B2175 A/C request switch circuit Short to GND in wiring harness (See DTC B2175 [BCM].)
short to ground between BCM and climate
control unit (A/C ON request)
B2218 Door lock switch circuit Short to GND in wiring harness (See DTC B2218 [BCM].)
short to ground between BCM and door lock
switches
B2574 Driver door lock switch Short to GND in wiring harness (See DTC B2574 [BCM].)
short to ground between BCM and driver-side
door lock-link switch
B2721 Liftgate ajar output short Short to GND in wiring harness (See DTC B2721 [BCM].)
to ground between BCM and liftgate latch
switch
B2982 Park brake switch circuit Open circuit in wiring harness (See DTC B2982 [BCM].)
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB On-Board Diagnostic [BCM] - CX-7
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
z Disconnect the negative battery No Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
cable. possible open circuit, then go to Step 5.
z Disconnect the positive battery
cable.
z Turn the ignition switch to ON.
4 INSPECT BCM POWER SUPPLY Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GND possible short to GND, then go to the next
step.
zInspect for continuity between
following terminals:
{ BCM terminal 4I (wiring
harness-side) - body GND
{ BCM terminal 4J (wiring
harness-side) - body GND
{ BCM terminal 1I (wiring No Go to the next step.
harness-side) - body GND
z Is there continuity?
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
3 INSPECT FRONT DOOR SWITCH Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
(DRIVER-SIDE) SIGNAL CIRCUIT possible open circuit, then go to Step 5.
FOR SHORT TO GND
4 INSPECT FRONT DOOR LATCH Yes Replace the front door switch (driver-side),
AND LOCK ACTUATOR (DRIVER- then go to the next step.
SIDE) (See FRONT DOOR LATCH AND
LOCK ACTUATOR
z Inspect the front door switch REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
(driver-side).
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
3 INSPECT FRONT DOOR SWITCH Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
(PASSENGER-SIDE) SIGNAL possible open circuit, then go to Step 5.
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GND
4 INSPECT FRONT DOOR LATCH Yes Replace the front door switch (passenger-
AND LOCK ACTUATOR side), then go to the next step.
(PASSENGER-SIDE) (See FRONT DOOR LATCH AND
LOCK ACTUATOR
z Inspect the front door switch REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
(passenger-side).
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
4 INSPECT LIGHT SWITCH Yes Replace the light switch, then go to the
next step. (See LIGHT SWITCH
zInspect the light switch. INSPECTION ).
z Is there any malfunction? No Go to the next step.
5 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING Yes Replace the BCM.
COMPLETED (See BODY CONTROL MODULE
(BCM) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
z Make sure to reconnect all
disconnected connectors.
z Clear the DTC from the BCM
memory using the M-MDS.
z Perform the self-test.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
4 INSPECT LIGHT SWITCH Yes Replace the light switch, then go to the
next step. (See LIGHT SWITCH
zInspect the light switch. INSPECTION ).
z Is there any malfunction? No Go to the next step.
5 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING Yes Replace the BCM.
COMPLETED (See BODY CONTROL MODULE
(BCM) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
z Make sure to reconnect all
disconnected connectors.
z Clear the DTC from the BCM
memory using the M-MDS.
z Perform the self-test.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
z Inspect for continuity between No Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
BCM terminal 1A (wiring possible open circuit, then go to Step 6.
harness-side) and hood latch
switch terminal A (wiring
harness-side).
z Is there continuity?
5 INSPECT HOOD LATCH SWITCH Yes Replace the hood latch switch, then go to
the next step.
z Inspect the hood latch switch. (See FRONT DOOR LATCH AND
LOCK ACTUATOR
(See FRONT DOOR LATCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
AND LOCK ACTUATOR
INSPECTION ).
No Go to the next step.
zIs there any malfunction?
6 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING Yes Replace the BCM.
COMPLETED (See BODY CONTROL MODULE
(BCM) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
z Make sure to reconnect all
disconnected connectors.
z Clear the DTC from the BCM
memory using the M-MDS.
z Perform the self-test.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1 INSPECT REAR DOOR SWITCH Yes Repair or replace the terminal, then go to
CONNECTOR Step 5.
3 INSPECT SLIDING DOOR Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR possible open circuit, then go to Step 5.
SHORT TO GND
4 INSPECT REAR DOOR SWITCH Yes Replace the rear door switch, then go to the
next step.
z Inspect the rear door switch. (See DOOR SWITCH
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )
(See DOOR SWITCH
INSPECTION ).
No Go to the next step.
zIs there any malfunction?
5 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING Yes Replace the BCM.
COMPLETED (See BODY CONTROL MODULE
(BCM) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
z Make sure to reconnect all
disconnected connectors.
z Clear the DTC from the BCM
memory using the M-MDS.
z Perform the self-test.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB On-Board Diagnostic [BCM] - CX-7
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
3 INSPECT WINDSHIELD WIPER Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
AND WASHER SWITCH SIGNAL possible short to GND, then go to Step 5.
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GND
4 INSPECT WINDSHIELD WIPER Yes Replace the windshield wiper and washer
AND WASHER SWITCH switch, then go to the next step.
(See WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH
z Inspect the windshield wiper and REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
washer switch.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
3 INSPECT HAZARD WARNING Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR possible short to GND, then go to Step 5.
SHORT TO GND
4 INSPECT HAZARD WARNING Yes Replace the hazard warning switch, then go
SWITCH to the next step.
(See HAZARD WARNING SWITCH
z Inspect the hazard warning switch. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
3 INSPECT CLIMATE CONTROL Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
UNIT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR possible short to GND, then go to Step 5.
SHORT TO GND
4 INSPECT CLIMATE CONTROL Yes Replace the climate control unit, then go to
UNIT the next step.
(See CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT
z Inspect the climate control unit. REMOVAL [MANUAL AIR
CONDITIONER] , CLIMATE
(See CLIMATE CONTROL CONTROL UNIT INSTALLATION
UNIT INSPECTION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER] ).
[MANUAL AIR
CONDITIONER] ).
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
3 INSPECT DOOR LOCK SWITCH Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO possible short to GND, then go to Step 5.
GND
4 INSPECT DOOR LOCK SWITCH Yes Replace the door lock switch, then go to
the next step. (See DOOR LOCK
z Inspect the door lock switch. SWITCH
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
(See DOOR LOCK SWITCH
INSPECTION ).
No Go to the next step.
Is there any malfunction?
z
z Short to GND in wiring harness between BCM terminal 5G and front door latch a
lock actuator (driver-side) terminal E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
z Front door latch and lock actuator (driver-side) malfunction
z BCM malfunction
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
connection (such as
damaged/pulled-out pins, and
corrosion).
z Is there any malfunction?
3 INSPECT FRONT DOOR LATCH Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
AND LOCK ACTUATOR (DRIVER- possible short to GND, then go to Step 5.
SIDE) SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR
SHORT TO GND
4 INSPECT FRONT DOOR LATCH Yes Replace the front door latch and lock
AND LOCK ACTUATOR (DRIVER- actuator (driver-side), then go to the next
SIDE) step.
(See FRONT DOOR LATCH AND
z Inspect the front door latch and LOCK ACTUATOR
lock actuator (driver-side). REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
3 INSPECT LIFTGATE LATCH Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR possible short to GND, then go to Step 5.
SHORT TO GND
4 INSPECT LIFTGATE LATCH Yes Replace the liftgate latch switch, then go to
SWITCH the next step.
(See LIFTGATE LATCH AND LOCK
z Inspect the liftgate latch switch. ACTUATOR
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
(See LIFTGATE LATCH
SWITCH INSPECTION ).
No Go to the next step.
zIs there any malfunction?
5 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING Yes Replace the BCM.
COMPLETED (See BODY CONTROL MODULE
(BCM) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
z Make sure to reconnect all
disconnected connectors.
z Clear the DTC from the BCM
memory using the M-MDS.
z Perform the self-test.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
z Inspect for continuity between No Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
BCM terminal 1C (wiring possible open circuit, then go to Step 5.
harness-side) and parking brake
switch terminal A (wiring
harness-side).
z Is there continuity?
4 INSPECT PARKING BRAKE Yes Replace the parking brake switch, then go
SWITCH to the next step.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
3 INSPECT BRAKE FLUID LEVEL Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR possible short to GND, then go to Step 5.
SHORT TO GND
4 INSPECT BRAKE FLUID LEVEL Yes Replace the brake fluid level sensor, then
SENSOR go to the next step.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
z Inspect for continuity between No Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
BCM terminal 1G (wiring possible open circuit, then go to Step 5.
harness-side) and oil pressure
switch terminal A (wiring
harness-side).
z Is there continuity?
4 INSPECT OIL PRESSURE SWITCH Yes Replace the oil pressure switch, then go to
the next step.
z Inspect the oil pressure switch.
DTC C1295, C1307, C1441, C1442, C1443, C1444, C144A, C144C [BCM]
DETECTION & POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC C1295, C1307,
C1441, C1442, C1443,
C1444, C144A,
C144C Steering angle sensor system
C1295
C1307
z Open circuit in wiring harness between BCM and steering angle sensor
z Short to GND in wiring harness between BCM and steering angle sensor
z Improper installation or positioning of the steering angle sensor
z Steering wheel is off-center
z Open circuit in wiring harness between BCM terminal 3S and steering angle senso
terminal F
z Open circuit or short to power supply in wiring harness between BCM terminal 3Q
steering angle sensor terminal A
z Open circuit or short to power supply in wiring harness between BCM terminal 3O
steering angle sensor terminal C
z Open circuit or short to power supply in wiring harness between BCM terminal 3M
POSSIBLE CAUSE and steering angle sensor terminal E
z Open circuit or short to power supply in wiring harness between BCM terminal 3K
steering angle sensor terminal D
z Open circuit in wiring harness between BCM terminal 3I and steering angle senso
terminal B
z Short to GND in wiring harness between BCM terminal 3S and steering angle sen
terminal F
z Short to GND in wiring harness between BCM terminal 3Q and steering angle sen
terminal A
z Short to GND in wiring harness between BCM terminal 3O and steering angle sen
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB On-Board Diagnostic [BCM] - CX-7
terminal C
z Short to GND in wiring harness between BCM terminal 3M and steering angle sen
terminal E
z Short to GND in wiring harness between BCM terminal 3K and steering angle sen
terminal D
z Steering angle sensor malfunction
z BCM malfunction
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
z Turn the ignition switch to the ON No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then
position. go to Step 9.
z Measure the voltage between the
steering angle sensor terminal F
and body GND.
z Is the voltage 5 V ?
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
CAUTION: z Determine and correct the cause of the burnt fuse before replacing it
with the specified type. If the fuse is replaced before doing this, it
may burn again.
RELAY LOCATION
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Power Systems - CX-7
RELAY INSPECTION
RELAY TYPE
z Blower relay
z Headlight relay
TYPE A
TYPE B
Seats - CX-7
LOCATION INDEX
WARNING: z Handling the front seats improperly can accidentally deploy the side
air bag, which may seriously injure you. Read air bag system service
warnings and cautions before handling the front seats. (See AIR
BAG SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS .) (See AIR BAG SYSTEM
SERVICE CAUTIONS ).
CAUTION: z When the passenger's seat is removed, perform the seat weight
sensor inspection using the M-MDS after installing the passenger's
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Seats - CX-7
WARNING: z Handling the front seats improperly can accidentally deploy the side
air bag, which may seriously injure you. Read AIR BAG SYSTEM
SERVICE WARNINGS before handling the front seats. (See AIR BAG
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Seats - CX-7
CAUTION: z If any of the following work is performed, perform the seat weight
sensor calibration using the M-MDS. (See SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR
CALIBRATION ).
{ Replacement with a new seat weight sensor
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable and wait for more than 1 minute .
2. Disassemble in the order indicated in the table.
3. Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly.
Fig. 3: Exploded View Of Drivers Seat (Manual Seat) Components With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Fig. 4: Exploded View Of Drivers Seat (Power Seat) Components With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
1. Remove the pin from the lumbar support lever installation part with rag.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Seats - CX-7
PASSENGER'S SEAT
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Seats - CX-7
B+ GND
Forward A B
Backward B A
1. Squeeze the tabs of seat warmer switch and pull it outward to remove it.
4. When the ohmmeter indicates that there is no continuity, turn off the dryer, then use a thermometer to
measure the temperature of the thermostat.
5. Verify that the temperature is approx. 37°C {99°F} .
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Seats - CX-7
6. Using an ohmmeter, verify that there is continuity between the seat warmer unit connector terminals
when temperature drops to approx. 28°C {82°F} .
z If not as indicated in the table, replace the seat warmer unit.
SEAT BACK
8. Pull out the front side of the front outer handle from the front door.
9. Install in the reverse order of removal.
3. Detach the cables from the inner handle and door lock knob.
Fig. 7: Identifying Hood Latch & Release Lever Fasteners With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
2. While pulling hood release lever, insert a tape-wrapped, small flathead screwdriver as shown in the
figure, press the ends of the tabs with the screwdriver in the direction of the arrows (1), pull the hood
release lever in the direction of arrow (2), and then disconnect the lower panel.
CAUTION: z Be careful not to damage the hood release cable with the
flathead screwdriver when removing the hood release lever.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Security and Locks - CX-7
3. Pull the latch release lever outward, remove it from the lower panel, and then disconnect the hood release
cable.
1. When inspecting the latch, press the latch lever using a flathead screwdriver or a similar tool.
Fig. 17: Identifying Front Door Latch & Lock Actuator Fasteners
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
z Front door key cylinder switch (Driver's side) (See FRONT DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH
INSPECTION.)
z Door lock-link switch (See DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH INSPECTION.)
Fig. 18: Identifying Front Door Latch & Lock Actuator Terminals
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Fig. 23: Identifying Door Lock Striker Fasteners With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Fig. 26: Identifying Rear Door Latch & Lock Actuator Fasteners
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Fig. 27: Identifying Rear Door Latch And Lock Actuator Terminals
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
1. Apply battery positive voltage and connect ground to the corresponding front door lock actuator
terminals, and inspect the front door lock actuator operation.
z If not as specified, replace the front door latch and lock actuator.
Fig. 29: Identifying Liftgate Latch & Lock Actuator Fasteners With Torque Specifications
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Security and Locks - CX-7
Fig. 33: Identifying Liftgate Lock Striker Fasteners With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Fig. 35: Identifying Liftgate Outer Handle Fasteners With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Fig. 36: Identifying Keyless Control Module Components With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
(interior, front) (interior, front) based on terminal voltage inspection not possible.
1O
(+)
keyless antenna
keyless antenna Terminal used for communication therefore determination
1P (interior, front) (-
(interior, front) based on terminal voltage inspection not possible.
)
2A Power supply ROOM 15 A Under any condition B+ ROOM 15 A
fuse FUSE
Under any condition: 1.0 or less
2B GND Body ground Inspect for continuity GND
to ground.
Ignition switch is at B+
ON position
2C IG1 IG1 10 A fuse Ignition switch is at 1.0 or less IG1 10 A fuse
LOCK or ACC
position
Ignition switch is at B+
ACC position
METER 7.5 A METER 7.5 A
2E ACC Ignition switch is at 1.0 or less
fuse fuse
LOCK or ON
position
Beeper operated 1.0 or less
2K Beeper Keyless beeper Keyless beeper
Other 5.0
Power supply Keyless Under any condition
3A B+ Keyless receiver
(keyless receiver) receiver
Communication Keyless Terminal used for communication therefore determination
3C
(keyless receiver) receiver based on terminal voltage inspection not possible.
Start knob (push Steering lock Start knob is Pushed B+
3E Steering lock unit
switch) unit Other 1.0 or less
Key reminder switch B+
Key reminder Steering lock is ON
3F Steering lock unit
switch unit
Other 1.0 or less
Communication Terminal used for communication therefore determination
Steering lock
3H (steering lock based on terminal voltage inspection not possible.
unit
unit)
Passenger-side
request switch is ON:
5.0
Request switch Inspect for continuity
Request switch to ground. Request switch
input
3I input (passenger- input (passenger-
(passenger- Passenger-side
side) side)
side) request switch is
1.0 or less
OFF: Inspect for
continuity to ground.
Driver-side request
switch is ON: Inspect 5.0
for continuity to
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Security and Locks - CX-7
ground.
Request switch Request switch Driver-side request
Request switch
3K input (driver- input (driver- switch is OFF:
1.0 or less input (driver-side)
side) side) Inspect for continuity
to ground.
Liftgate request
switch is ON: Inspect
5.0
for continuity to
Request switch Request switch ground. Request switch
3M
input (liftgate) input (liftgate) Liftgate request input (liftgate)
switch is OFF:
1.0 or less
Inspect for continuity
to ground.
Driver-side door is
locked: Inspect for 1.0 or less
Door lock-link continuity to ground. Door lock-link
3N Lock signal input
switch Driver-side door is switch
unlocked: Inspect for 5.0
continuity to ground.
3Q Communication BCM Terminal used for communication therefore determination
(BCM) based on terminal voltage inspection not possible.
Ignition switch is at B+
ON position
3U Tx-SKE Coil antenna Ignition switch is at 1.0 or less Coil antenna
LOCK or ACC
position
Ignition switch is at B+
ON position
3V Rx-SKE Coil antenna Ignition switch is at 1.0 or less Coil antenna
LOCK or ACC
position
Terminal used for communication therefore determination
3W HS-CAN+ PCM
based on terminal voltage inspection not possible.
Terminal used for communication therefore determination
3X HS-CAN- PCM
based on terminal voltage inspection not possible.
2. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS.
z When using the IDS (laptop PC)
1. Select "Programming".
2. Select "Module Programming".
3. Then, select items from the screen menu in the following order.
1. Select "Programmable Module Installation".
2. Select "RKE".
4. Perform the configuration according to the directions on the screen.
5. Retrieve DTCs by the M-MDS, then verify that there are no DTC present. If a DTC is present, perform
the applicable DTC inspection. See DTC INSPECTION/IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM)]
CAUTION: The initialization must be performed when the BCM is replaced with a new
one. If the initialization is not performed, the transition time from the initial
mode to the stand-by mode (approx. 20 s) cannot be set, resulting in the
possibility of the theft-deterrent system activating immediately due to a
mis-operation after an occupant gets out of the vehicle.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Security and Locks - CX-7
NOTE: If a warning alarm is triggered, the transition time setting from the initial mode
to stand-by mode 1 has not been completed. In this case, repeat the theft-
deterrent system initialization procedure.
2. Insert a small flathead screwdriver into the transmitter notch and the transmitter.
4. Install the new battery (CR1620) with the positive pole facing down.
5. Align the upper and lower cover and close the transmitter.
Used battery
Battery life
NOTE: z When attaching the key to the transmitter, Squeeze them together
until a click sound is heard.
z If the key is not securely attached it will separate from the
transmitter.
NOTE: z When registering the ID code into a keyless control module, verify that
other transmitters are not being operated in the vicinity.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Security and Locks - CX-7
z After ID code registering, remove the key from the steering lock and verify
that all doors lock/unlock normally using the transmitter.
{ M-MDS
{ Personal computer
z Verify that the other transmitter is not being operated around the
servicing area during card key programming.
NOTE: z Use the M-MDS and start programming if the condition corresponds to the
following:
{ One or No Programmed Card Keys
z If six card keys are already programmed, the programming mode does not
activate. If programming is needed, use the M-MDS to erase the
unnecessary card key programming.
1. Bring the programmed card keys (2) and an unprogrammed card key into the vehicle.
2. Close all doors.
3. Insert the supplementary key into the ignition key cylinder.
NOTE: z After Step 3 is completed and the card key programming mode is
activated, the door lock actuator operates to lock, and then operates
to unlock.
z If the door lock actuator does not operate, repeat the procedure from
Step 2.
NOTE: z After Step 8 is completed and the card key is programmed, the door
lock actuator operates to lock, and then operates to unlock.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Security and Locks - CX-7
10. If programming more card keys, remove the supplementary key once, and then repeat the procedure from
Step 2.
USING M-MDS
3. Pull out the M-MDS cable from the door glass opening and set the M-MDS outside the vehicle.
CAUTION: z Protect the cable and body contact area with a clean rag,
otherwise they could be damaged.
4. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS.
z When using the IDS (notebook PC)
1. Select "Body".
2. Select "Security".
3. Select "PATS Functions".
z When using the PDS (pocket PC)
1. Select "Programming".
2. Select "PATS Functions".
5. Then, select an item from the screen menu.
1. Select the "Program Additional card key".
6. Perform the security access according to the directions on the M-MDS screen. (See SECURITY
ACCESS PROCEDURE.)
7. The security access is initiated and the M-MDS displays "Acquire security access".
NOTE: z When "OUT-CODE" is first displayed, turning the ignition switch from
the LOCK to the ON position 5 times will change the "OUT-CODE".
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Security and Locks - CX-7
8. Follow the instructions on the M-MDS screen, obtain the "Incode" that corresponds to the "Outcode".
9. Input the "Incode" that corresponds to the "Outcode" displayed on the M-MDS screen.
10. Press UNLOCK button of the unprogrammed advanced key 2 times while in the vehicle.
NOTE: z After Step 10 is completed and the advanced key is programmed, the
door lock actuator operates to lock, and then operates to unlock.
11. If additional advanced keys are to be programmed, go to the advanced key programming mode according
to the instructions on the M-MDS screen.
3. Pull out the M-MDS cable from the door glass opening and set the M-MDS outside the vehicle.
CAUTION: z Protect the cable and body contact area with a clean rag,
otherwise they could be damaged.
4. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS.
z When using the IDS (notebook PC)
1. Select "Body".
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Security and Locks - CX-7
2. Select "Security".
3. Select "PATS Functions".
z When using the PDS (pocket PC)
1. Select "Programming".
2. Select "PATS Functions".
5. Then, select items from the screen menu in the following order.
1. Card Key Code Erase and Program
6. Security access begins and the M-MDS displays "OUT-CODE".
NOTE: z When "OUT-CODE" is first displayed, turning the ignition switch from
the LOCK to the ON position 5 times will change the "OUT-CODE".
7. Input the "IN-CODE" that corresponds to the "OUT-CODE" displayed in the M-MDS screen.
8. Perform procedures according to the directions on the M-MDS screen.
9. If the advanced key needs to be reprogrammed, program it according to the instructions on the M-MDS
screen.
CAUTION: z Do not place the following devices in the vehicle while programming,
otherwise programming cannot be performed.
{ M-MDS
{ Personal computer
NOTE: z The steering lock unit and steering lock component are a single unit.
Therefore, replace the steering lock component when replacing steering
lock unit. (See STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
z For this procedure, a programmed card key is necessary. If there is no
programmed card key, perform the steering lock unit programming after
the card key programming.
4. Pull out the M-MDS cable from the door glass opening and set the M-MDS outside the vehicle.
CAUTION: Cover the vehicle body with a clean rag so as not to damage the
vehicle body with the cable.
5. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS.
z When using the IDS (laptop PC)
1. Select "Body"
2. Select "Security"
3. Select "PATS Functions"
z When using the PDS (Pocket PC)
1. Select "Programming"
2. Select "PATS Functions"
6. Then, select items from the screen menu in the following order.
1. Select "Steering Lock Unit Programming"
7. The security access begins and the M-MDS displays "OUT-CODE".
NOTE: z When "OUT-CODE" is first displayed, turning the ignition switch from
the LOCK to the ON position 5 times will change the "OUT-CODE".
8. Input the "IN-CODE" that corresponds to the "OUT-CODE" displayed on the M-MDS screen.
9. Perform procedures according to the directions on the M-MDS screen.
2. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS.
z When using the IDS (notebook PC)
1. Select "Programming".
2. Select "Module programming".
3. Then, select items from the screen menu in the following order.
1. Select "Pragrammable Parameters".
2. Select "RKE".
4. Select the item name, and than select either "Disable/Enable".
Items
z Automatic Locks
z Answer Back Buzzer
z Card Key Battery Low Alarm
z BCM
KEYLESS ENTRY
Power Under any z Related wiring
A SYSTEM B+
supply condition harnesses
z BCM
ADVANCED
KEYLESS SYSTEM
z Keyless control
module Terminal used for communication therefore
C Data determination based on terminal voltage inspection not
possible.
KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM
z BCM
Under any
condition:
E GND Body ground Inspect for 1.0 or less GND
continuity to
ground.
EXTERIOR, REAR
Fig. 53: Identifying Keyless Antenna & Connector With Torque Specifications (Exterior)
INTERIOR, FRONT
INTERIOR, MIDDLE
INTERIOR, REAR
Fig. 57: Identifying Keyless Beeper & Connector With Torque Specifications
LIFTGATE
2. Replace the cap using a flathead screwdriver, then rotate and remove the cap.
CAUTION: Do not turn the cap excessively. The cap may be damaged.
3. Insert a flathead screwdriver into the crack and press the battery out.
4. Insert the new battery (CR2025) with the positive pole (+) facing the (+) mark on the cap.
Battery specification
Lithium CR2025 x 1
NOTE: z The batteries will last about 1 years when used 10 times a day .
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Security and Locks - CX-7
NOTE: z Do not remove the coil antenna unless you are replacing it.
When replacing immobilizer system-reltated parts or programming an additional key, program the immobilizer
system-related parts so that the system operates normally. For immobilizer system-related parts programming,
select the programming procedures according to the service. (See Selection of Procedure for Immobilizer
System-Related Parts Programming.)
CAUTION: z The engine cannot be started if any step or procedure for each
service operation is skipped. Perform all procedures in the order of
the steps.
z If any metallic or magnetic object is near the key, communication
between the key and the vehicle may be obstructed, resulting in a
failure to program the immobilizer system-related parts. Remove any
metallic or magnetic objects, such as key holders, from the key when
programming immobilizer system-related parts.
z If any of the following devices are inside the vehicle, programming of
immobilizer system-related parts may fail. Do not bring any of the
following devices or similar products inside the vehicle when
programming immobilizer system-related parts.
{ M-MDS
{ Personal computer
NOTE: z The "Valid key" referred to in this manual indicates the key that can start
the engine.
z Two or more key ID numbers must be programmed for the engine to start.
z A maximum of eight key ID numbers can be programmed for one vehicle.
z The number of programmed key ID numbers can be verified using the M-
MDS.
z Do not select any screen menu other than the ones indicated in the
procedure during M-MDS operation.
CAUTION:
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Security and Locks - CX-7
CAUTION: z Protect the cable and body contact area with a clean rag,
otherwise they could be damaged.
Condition
Procedure
2. Verify that the security light illuminates for approx. 3 s No Go to the next
and turns off. step.
3. Remove key 3.
4. Are there other keys to be programmed?
3 VERIFY KEY PROGRAMMING IS CORRECT
Verify that the engine can start and run for approx. 5 s or more
using all the programmed keys.
Procedure is completed
NOTE:
When verifying that the engine starts, wait at least approx. 5
s or more before starting the engine using the next key.
CAUTION: The engine cannot be started of any step or procedure is skipped. Perform
all procedures in the order of the steps.
Conditions
Procedure
3. After vehicle identification, select the following from No Go to the next step.
the M-MDS initial screen.
{ Using an IDS (laptop PC)
NOTE:
After executing the above menu, "This operation is
successful" is displayed. This indicates that the
programming of the key currently in the ignition
switch ON position has been completed.
NOTE:
When verifying that the engine starts, wait at least
approx. 5 s or more before starting the engine using the
key.
NOTE: z This procedure is performed for disabling the No. 1 Additional Key
Programming Procedure (Using Two Valid Keys).
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Security and Locks - CX-7
Procedure
NOTE:
If an unprogrammed key is used, the security light start flashing
and DTC 15 is displayed after approx. 1 min. However, this does
not indicate an improper procedure. Continue to perform the
procedure as indicated.
CAUTION: The engine cannot be started if any step or procedure is skipped. Perform
all procedures in the order of the steps.
Conditions
Procedure
NOTE:
Although the security light remains illuminated
and DTC 23 is displayed after approx. 1 min.
continue to perform the procedure as indicated.
CAUTION:
At this time, do not select the other parts from the
M-MDS menu.
CAUTION: The engine cannot be started if any step or procedure is skipped. Perform
all procedures in the order of the steps.
NOTE: Since two or more keys need to be programmed to start the engine, program
two or more keys after the replacement.
Condition
Procedure
NOTE:
Although the security light remains illuminated and DTC
15 is displayed after approx. 1 min. , continue to perform
the procedure as indicated.
CAUTION:
At this time, do not select the other parts from the M-MDS
menu.
CAUTION: The engine cannot be started if any step or procedure is skipped. Perform
all procedures in the order of the steps.
NOTE: Since two or more keys need to be programmed to start the engine, program
two or more keys after the replacement.
Conditions
Procedure
TC] .)
3 PERFORM PARAMETER RESET
NOTE:
Although the security light remains illuminated and DTC
15 is displayed after approx. 1 min. , continue to perform
the procedure as indicated.
CAUTION:
At this time, do not select the other parts from the M-MDS
menu.
1. Select "Ignition Key Code Erase and Program" from the M- Go to the next step.
MDS screen menu.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Security and Locks - CX-7
When replacing immobilizer system-related parts or programming an additional key, program the immobilizer
system-related parts so that the system operates normally. For immobilizer system-related parts programming,
select the programming procedures according to the service. (See Selection of Procedure for Immobilizer
System-Related Parts Programming.)
CAUTION: z The engine cannot be started if any step or procedure for each
service operation is skipped. Perform all procedures in the order of
the steps.
z If any metallic or magnetic object is near the key, communication
between the key and the vehicle may be obstructed, resulting in a
failure to program the immobilizer system-related parts. Remove any
metallic or magnetic objects, such as key holders, from the key when
programming immobilizer system-related parts.
z If any of the following devices are inside the vehicle, programming of
immobilizer system-related parts may fail. Do not bring any of the
following devices or similar products inside the vehicle when
programming immobilizer system-related parts.
{ Card key
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Security and Locks - CX-7
{ M-MDS
{ Personal computer
NOTE: z The "Valid key" or "Valid card key" referred to in this manual indicates the
key that can start the engine.
z Two or more key ID numbers must be programmed for the engine to start.
z A maximum of eight key ID numbers can be programmed for one vehicle.
z The number of programmed key ID numbers can be verified using the M-
MDS.
z Do not select any screen menu other than the ones indicated in the
procedure during M-MDS operation.
Conditions
Procedure
Conditions
z There is only one valid key. Or, there is a card key which can start the engine.
Procedure
CAUTION:
z When starting the engine with key 1,
key programming may not be
performed correctly if the card key is
inside the vehicle. Do not place the
card key in the vehicle when starting
the engine with key 1.
z When starting the engine with the card
key, remove the card key from the
vehicle after the engine is started.
NOTE:
After executing the above menu, "This
operation is successful" is displayed. This
indicates that the programming of the key
currently in the ignition switch ON position
has been completed.
NOTE:
When verifying that the engine starts, wait at least
approx. 5 s or more before starting the engine
using the next key.
Procedure is completed
NOTE: z This procedure is performed for disabling the No. 1 Additional Key
Programming Procedure (Using Two Valid Keys).
z The setting is "Customer spare key programming enable" when the
vehicle is new or the keyless control module is replaced with a new one.
Procedure
NOTE:
If an unprogrammed key is used, the security light start flashing
and DTC 15 is displayed after approx. 1 min. However, this does
not indicate an improper procedure. Continue to perform the
procedure as indicated.
Procedure is
completed
3. After vehicle identification, select the following from the M-MDS
initial screen.
{ Using an IDS (laptop PC)
CAUTION: The engine cannot be started if any step or procedure is skipped. Perform
all procedures in the order of the steps.
Conditions
Prepare a valid key or a card key that can start the engine.
Procedure
NOTE:
Although the security light remains illuminated
and DTC 23 is displayed after approx. 1 min.
continue to perform the procedure as indicated.
CAUTION:
At this time, do not select the other parts from the
M-MDS menu.
CAUTION: The engine cannot be started if any step or procedure is skipped. Perform
all procedures in the order of the steps.
NOTE: Since two or more keys need to be programmed to start the engine, program
two or more keys after the replacement.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Security and Locks - CX-7
Conditions
Procedure
NOTE:
Although the security light starts flashing and DTC 15 is
displayed after approx. 1 min. , this does not indicate an
improper procedure. Continue to perform the procedure as
indicated.
1. Program two keys according to the directions on the M-MDS. Go to the next step.
2. Verify that the PATS function menu is displayed again on the
M-MDS screen.
4 PERFORM STEERING LOCK UNIT PROGRAMMING
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Security and Locks - CX-7
CAUTION: The engine cannot be started if any step or procedure is skipped. Perform
all procedures in the order of the steps.
NOTE: z Before beginning the procedure, verify that the customer has turned in all
of the card keys and keys for the vehicle.
z The engine cannot be started unless a card key and two or more keys are
programmed after the replacement.
Conditions
Procedure
Fig. 71: Key Reference Chart (Due To Keyless Control Module Replacement)
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
NOTE:
Although the security light remains illuminated and DTC 15
is displayed after approx. 1 min. , continue to perform the
procedure as indicated. Go to the next step.
CAUTION:
At this time, do not select the other parts from the M-MDS
menu.
1. Program two keys according to the directions on the M-MDS. Go to the next step.
2. Verify that the PATS function menu is displayed again on the
M-MDS screen.
5 PERFORM CARD KEY PROGRAMMING
No
CORRECTLY
M-MDS menu
Procedure
NOTE:
Although the security light remains illuminated and DTC 15
or 23 is displayed after approx. 1 min. , continue to perform
the procedure as indicated.
CAUTION:
At this time, do not select the other parts from the M-MDS
menu.
3 CLEAR IGNITION KEY ID NUMBERS Go to the next step.
No
2. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initial screen of the M-MDS.
{ Using an IDS (laptop PC)
1. Select "Body"
2. Select "Security"
3. Select "PATS function"
{ Using a PDS (Pocket PC)
1. Select "Programming"
2. Select "PATS functions"
3. Select the items to be performed from the following:
z "Program Additional card key"
4. The security access begins and the M-MDS displays the "OUT-CODE".
NOTE: When "OUT-CODE" is first displayed, turning the ignition switch from the
LOCK to the ON position 5 times will change the "OUT-CODE".
49 N088 0A0
- -
Fuel and Thermometer checker
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Symptom Troubleshooting (Car-Navigation System) - CX-7
z Use the chart below and verify the trouble in order to diagnose the appropriate area.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
1 Display screen changes to black.
z Open or short circuit in car-navigation unit (power supply (B+)) wiring
harness
z Open or short circuit in car-navigation unit (power supply (ACC)) wiring
harness
z Open or short circuit in car-navigation unit (GND) wiring harness
z Open or short circuit in wiring harness between audio unit and car-
navigation unit
z Poor connection of rear view monitor control module connector, terminal
damage
POSSIBLE CAUSE z Open or short circuit in audio unit (power supply (B+)) wiring harness
z Open or short circuit in audio unit (power supply (ACC)) wiring harness
z Open or short circuit in audio unit (power supply (IG1)) wiring harness
z Open or short circuit in audio unit (GND) wiring harness
z Open or short circuit in wiring harness between audio unit and rear view
monitor
z Poor connection of car-navigation unit connector, terminal damage
z Poor connection of audio unit connector, terminal damage
z Car-navigation unit malfunction
z audio unit malfunction
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
damaged/pulled-out pins,
corrosion). If the wiring harness-side connector is
z Are all the pins normal? wrong:
connected securely?
14 z Disconnect the audio unit connector Yes Go to the next step.
(4-pin). No If the audio unit connector is wrong:
z Inspect both audio unit connector
and wiring harness-side connector z Replace the audio unit.
for poor connection (such as
damaged/pulled-out pins,
corrosion). If the wiring harness-side connector is
wrong:
z Are all the pins normal?
z Repair or replace the pins and/or
the connector.
15 z Verify continuity between rear view Yes Go to the next step.
monitor and audio unit at harness-
side connector.
{ Rear view monitor terminal A
(4-pin, POWER) and audio
unit terminal A (4-pin, No Inspect the suspect wiring harness and
POWER) repair or replace the wiring harness as
{ Rear view monitor terminal B necessary.
(4-pin, P-GND) and audio
unit terminal B (4-pin, P-
GND)
{ Rear view monitor terminal C
(4-pin, V-GND) and audio
unit terminal D (4-pin, V-
GND)
{ Rear view monitor terminal D
(4-pin, CONPOSIDE) and
audio unit terminal C (4-pin,
CONPOSIDE)
z Is there any continuity?
16 z Does system work properly? Yes Troubleshooting is completed.
No Replace the car-navigation unit.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
NOTE:
z If dewdrops are formed inside of the car-navigation unit, the
display screen shows the 'The disc installed is not a map DVD"
POSSIBLE CAUSE message. Remove the map disc, ventilate or remove moisture from
the passenger compartment, and then leave it for approx. 1 h . The
dewdrops will be removed and the car-navigation unit will operate
normally.
z In case of a dirty/damaged map disc or car-navigation unit
malfunction, the display screen will show the "Please insert a map
DVD" message for few seconds to 1 min, then change to "The disc
installed is not a map DVD" message after the ignition switch is
turned to the ACC position.
z If a non-designated disc is inserted, the display screen shows the
"The disc installed is not a map DVD" message.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Symptom Troubleshooting (Car-Navigation System) - CX-7
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
{ Anti-theft device.
{ Other
NOTE:
z If the engine is started after
diagnostic functions
activated, the diagnostic
function mode is reset.
5 CAUTION: Yes The system is normal.
z This procedure requires an
assistant. NOTE:
z The vehicle indicator might be out
z Drive the vehicle and turn the of position in the following areas:
steering wheel to the left and/or right. { Parallel road, high-level road,
loop road, tower type
z Does the vehicle indicator follow the
parking, high-rise buildings
steering direction? lot
No
Replace the car-navigation unit. (See CAR-
NAVIGATION UNIT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
6 z Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK Yes Go to the next step.
position.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Symptom Troubleshooting (Car-Navigation System) - CX-7
z Remove the car-navigation unit. (See No Securely connect the car-navigation unit
CAR-NAVIGATION UNIT connector.
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
z Inspect the connection of the car-
navigation unit connector (16-pin).
z Is the connector securely connected?
7 z Disconnect the car-navigation unit Yes Inspect for vehicle speed signal input
connector (16-pin). circuit.
Repair or replace if necessary.
z Inspect both car-navigation unit
connector and wiring harness-side No If the car-navigation unit connector is
connector terminal H for poor wrong:
connection (such as damaged/ pulled-
z Replace the car-navigation unit. (See
out pins, corrosion).
CAR-NAVIGATION UNIT
z Are all the pins normal? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
connector. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
z Inspect both GPS antenna connector No If the wiring harness-side connector is
and car-navigation unit connector for wrong:
poor connection (such as
damaged/pulled-out pins, corrosion). z Repair or replace the suspect wiring
z Are all the pins normal? harness.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
z Inspect the connection of the driver-
side front door speaker connector (2-
pin).
z Is the connector securely connected?
4 z Disconnect the driver-side front door Yes Go to the next step.
speaker connector (2-pin). No If the driver-side front door speaker side
z Inspect both the driver-side front door connector is wrong:
speaker and wiring harness-side
z Replace the driver-side front door
connector for poor connection (such
as damaged/ pulled-out pins, speaker. (See FRONT DOOR
corrosion). SPEAKER
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
z Are all the pins normal?
NAVIGATION SYSTEM]
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Display screen does not change to the night mode. (Front and rear
6 combination lights operate normally.)
z Improper setting of NAVI map indication
z Open or short circuit in TNS signal wiring harness (TNS signal related)
z audio unit malfunction
z Poor connection of the audio unit connector, terminal damage
z Car-navigation unit malfunction
NOTE:
POSSIBLE CAUSE
z The car-navigation control switch is inoperative if the following
circuit has malfunction
{ audio unit connector (24-pin) terminal I (UART-2)- car-
navigation unit connector (24-pin) terminal N (UART-2)
{ audio unit connector (24-pin) terminal E (UART-1)- car-
navigation unit connector (24-pin) terminal P (UART-1)
z When the ignition switch is turned to OFF, then ACC position,
display screen changes to black.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
NO. 7 DISPLAY DOES NOT CHANGE TO THE BACK CAMERA IMAGE [CAR-
NAVIGATION SYSTEM]
POSSIBLE CAUSE
7 Display does not change to the back camera image
z Back camera malfunction
z Poor connection of the back camera connector, terminal damage
z audio unit malfunction
POSSIBLE CAUSE z Poor connection of the audio unit connector, terminal damage
z Open or short circuit in wiring harness between audio unit and rear view
monitor
z Open or short circuit in reverse signal wiring harness
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Symptom Troubleshooting (Car-Navigation System) - CX-7
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
harnesses between the audio unit No Inspect the suspect wiring harness.
and rear view monitor. Repair or replace if necessary.
{ Terminal A (4-pin, POWER)-
terminal A (4-pin, POWER)
{ Terminal B (4-pin, P-GND)-
terminal B (4-pin, P-GND)
{ Terminal C (4-pin, V-GND)-
terminal D (4-pin, V-GND)
{ Terminal D (4-pin,
COMPOSITE)- terminal C
(4-pin, COMPOSITE)
z Is there open or short circuit?
6 z Turn the ignition switch to the Yes Replace the back camera, then inspect
LOCK position. generating of malfunction symptom.
Even if it exchanges back camera,
z Remove the audio unit. when a fault phenomenon occurs:
z Disconnect the audio unit connector
(24-pin). z Replace the audio unit.
z Turn the ignition switch to ON. z Reinspect the malfunction
z Shift the selector lever in R range. symptom, then repeat from Step 1
z Inspect the voltage between the rear if malfunction recurs.
view monitor control module
terminals M (24-pin, REV) and W No Inspect the suspect wiring harness
(24-pin, GND). (reverse signal). Repair or replace if
z Is the voltage B+ ? necessary.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
NOTE:
z The CD may be malfunctioning if the CD player/changer does not eject the certain CD
only. Inspect the CD player/ changer operation using the CD known to be good.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Sound jumps
4
Possible DTC: 03:Er02, 06:Er02, 22:Er02
Troubleshooting hints
NOTE:
z The CD may be malfunctioning if the sound jumps on the certain CD only. Inspect the CD
player/changer operation using the CD known to be good.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
NOTE:
z The free-software for the MP3-formatted file in the field may cause the deterioration of
sound quality, noise, or defective play, so that the CD player won't play the customer
made MP-3-formatted file.
z The CD player may not play the CD-R/RW properly due to the disc condition.
z If there are MP-3-formatted file and other file in the same disc, the CD player may not
play the disc.
z If there are MP-3-formatted file and audio data in the same disc, the CD player loads and
plays the first session of the data only.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
NOTE: z ID3 is a tagging format for MP3-formatted file. ID3 allows metadata (e.g.,
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Symptom Troubleshooting (CD Player/Changer) - CX-7
LIMITATION ON THE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF CHARACTERS FOR THE TEXT DATA (ID3v1)
Item Maximum number of characters Description
Title 30 Music title
Artist 30 Artist name
Album 30 Album title
Year 4 Album produced year/CD wholesale year
Genre - Music category selection
Comment 30 Free comment
Track 3 Track number
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
NO. 9 CD PLAYER DOES NOT INDICATE THE MP3 TITLE TEXT [CD
PLAYER/CHANGER]
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
NOTE:
z Do not input the title text by two-
bytes character.
5 z Inspect the encode for the folder Yes Go to the next step.
and audio file name in the CD-
R/RW. No Use the correct encode.
z Is the encode correct?
6 z Inspect the number of characters Yes Replace the audio unit.
for the folder and audio file name.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Symptom Troubleshooting (CD Player/Changer) - CX-7
z Is the number of characters within No Input the folder and audio file name
the maximum number of within the maximum number of
characters? characters.
NO. 10 CD PLAYER DOES NOT PLAY THE AUDIO DATA (CDDA) [CD
PLAYER/CHANGER]
NOTE:
z The CD player may not play the CD-R/RW properly due to the disc condition.
z If there are MP-3-formatted file and audio data in the same disc, the CD player loads and
plays the first session of the data only.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Examples:
z Although the same physical size as the compact disc, SACD uses a different kind of digital audio signal,
Direct Stream Digital.
z The CD player/changer may not play the CD-R/ RW properly due to the disc condition (excluding the
MP3).
MP3-FORMATTED FILE
z Definition
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Symptom Troubleshooting (CD Player/Changer) - CX-7
{ CD-R: The CD-R is a non-rewritable version. Once a section of a CD-R is written, it cannot be
erased or rewritten.
{ CD-RW: The CD-RW is a re-writable version of CD-ROM and can be written the data an
unlimited number of times.
{ Since a reflected laser beam amount of the CD-R/RW is less than the reflected laser beam amount
of the conventional CD media, the CD player/changer may not play the CD-R/RW or have the
sound jumped.
{ Since the recording quality of the CD-R/RW vary widely, some CD-R/RW may not be played.
Recording method
z The price of the audio recorder and original audio-CD includes the copyright fee.
{ Recorded the audio data in the conventional data-CD by the personal computer
z The data-CD is cheaper than the audio-CD. But, there is a CD with the low quality.
z It is possible to record the large quantity of music in a disc. The sound quality varies depends
on the audio data compression format. The compressed audio data can be played on the
applicable player only.
{ Type of compression format:
z MP3: MPEG Audio Layer 3 - Mazda genie MP3 applicable CD player is available.
MP3
z The following condition should be met in order to record the MP3-formatted data on the MP3 applicable
CD player:
NOTE: z Record all radio programs set by customer prior to the repairs. Set all
radio programs and adjust the time after repairs.
TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX
No. Symptom Possible DTC
1 AF noise or POP noise on all sources (Radio, CD, 09: Er20, 09: Er21
Cassette tape)
2 No power on the entire audio system 09: Er20
3 No sound at all 03: Er07, 03: Er10, 06:Er07, 06:Er10,
22:Er07, 22:Er10, 09: Er20, 09: Er21
4 No sound from some speaker -
5 Broken sound or poor sound quality 09: Er21
6 Sound becomes loud or weak while driving the -
vehicle
7 ALC function is inoperative (without Bose) 16: EN2
8 Audio pilot function is inoperative (with Bose) 16: Er12
9 Audio system illumination does not illuminate at 09: Er20, 21: Er19
all.
10 LCD does not display at all. 09: Er20, 21: Er19
AUDIO SYSTEM]
z Verify the customer complaint and identify either the center panel malfunction or audio unit malfunction.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 z Press each button on the center
Yes Verify the customer complaint and then
panel. go to the appropriate symptom
troubleshooting procedure.
z Does buzzer sound when pressing
each button? No Go to the next step.
2 z Disassemble and reassemble the
Yes Go to the next step.
center panel and audio unit.
z Activate the audio panel switch
confirmation mode. No Replace the center panel.
z Does buzzer sound when pressing
each button?
3 z Does the audio system operate
Yes The system is normal.
properly? No Verify the customer complaint and then
go to the appropriate symptom
troubleshooting procedure.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 z Is the symptom related to either the
Yes Verify the customer complaint and then
audio control switch or audio panel go to the appropriate symptom
operation? troubleshooting procedure.
No The symptom is related to the audio
panel operation:
z Are all the pins normal? z Repair or replace the pins and/or
the connector.
3 z Inspect the continuity between the Yes Verify the customer complaint and then
audio unit wiring harness-side go to the appropriate symptom
connector terminal N and P while troubleshooting procedure.
operating the audio control switch.
z Does the resistance change? No Go to the next step.
4 z Turn the ignition switch to the Yes Replace the audio control switch.
LOCK position.
z Remove the audio control switch.
z Inspect the continuity between the
audio unit wiring harness-side
connector (24-pin) terminal and the No Repair or replace the suspect wiring
audio control switch wiring harness.
harness-side connector (8-pin)
terminal.
{ Terminal N (24-pin) -
Terminal G (8-pin)
{ Terminal P (24-pin) -
Terminal H (8-pin)
z Is there the continuity?
NOTE:
z AF noise is a snapping noise that generally occurs during ON/OFF switching operations
of electrical equipment other than the audio unit, or a continual rasping noise that
occurs when electrical equipment is operated. This is caused by noise interference in
the power supply wiring, signal wiring, speaker cable or head of cassette deck.
Therefore noise can be heard regardless of radio wave conditions or the audio volume
position. The noise will start after one click from the minimum position of the volume
button but normally does not change even when volume is turned to a higher position.
z POP noise is snapping or popping noise that occurs during ON/OFF switching operation
of the audio unit, or when switching from radio to CD. Even a normal audio unit
sometimes emits a little noise depending on the conditions.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
{ Anti-theft device
{ Other
4 z Remove the after-market Yes Go to the next step.
equipment.
No The system is normal. The after-market
z Turn the audio system to ON. electrical devices might make a noise.
z Is there any noise?
5 z Is there the noise from all Yes Go to the Step 7.
speakers? No Go to the next step.
6 z Inspect the suspect speaker. Yes Go to the next step.
z Is the speaker normal? No If there is any foreign material on the
speaker:
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
2 No power on the entire audio system/Possible DTC: 09: Er20
Troubleshooting hints
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
No sound from all speakers/Possible DTC: 03: Er07, 03: Er10, 06:Er07,
3 06:Er10, 22:Er07, 22:Erv10, 09: Er20, 09: Er21
Troubleshooting hints
Diagnostic procedure
{ Is there contunity?
3 z Remove the speaker. Yes Replace the speaker.
z Disconnect the speaker connector
(2-pin).
z Inspect the continuity between the
speaker wiring harness-side
connector (2-pin) terminal and
ground:
{ Terminal A-GND
{ Terminal B-GND
{ Is there continuity?
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Symptom Troubleshooting (Entire Audio System) - CX-7
No sound from all speakers/Possible DTC: 03: Er07, 03: Er10, 06:Er07,
3 06:Er10, 22:Er07, 22:Erv10, 09: Er20, 09: Er21
Troubleshooting hints
Diagnostic procedure
B (speaker)
z Is there continuity?
5 z Turn the ignition switch to Yes Repair or replace the related wiring harness
LOCK position. or speaker unit.
z Disconnect the audio amplifier
connector (40-pin). NOTE:
z Is there continuity?
6 z Turn the ignition switch to Yes Replace the audio amplifier.
LOCK position.
z Disconnect the audio amplifier
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Symptom Troubleshooting (Entire Audio System) - CX-7
connector (40-pin) and audio unit No Repair or replace the wiring harness
connector (24-pin). between the audio amplifier and audio unit.
z Inspect the continuity between Then go to the next step.
the audio amplifier terminal 3N
(40-pin, vehicle harness-side)
and audio unit terminal J (24-pin,
vehicle harness-side).
z is there continuity?
7 z Is there any sound? Yes The system is normal
No Replace the audio amplifier.
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
4 No sound from certain speaker/Possible DTC: -
Troubleshooting hints
Diagnostic procedure
Specification
Speaker resistance + wiring harness
resistance
4 z Inspect the wiring harness between Yes Go to the next step.
the audio unit and the suspect No Repair or replace the suspect wiring
speaker. harness.
z Is there continuity?
5 z Inspect the suspect speaker. Yes Replace the audio unit.
z Is the speaker normal?
NOTE:
No Go to the next step.
z If the speaker lead wire
contacts to either ground
or vehicle frame, replace
the speaker.
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
4 No sound from certain speaker/Possible DTC: -
Troubleshooting hints
Diagnostic procedure
NOTE:
z If the different speaker has no
sound now, the audio unit is
malfunctioning.
3 z Turn the ignition switch to the Yes Go to the next step.
LOCK position.
z Inspect the connection of the audio No Connect the audio unit connector (24-pin)
unit connector (24-pin), (for sound securely.
signal line)
z Is the connector connected
securely?
4 z Turn the ignition switch to the Yes Go to the next step.
LOCK position.
z Remove the audio unit.
z Disconnect the audio unit
connector (24-pin).
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Symptom Troubleshooting (Entire Audio System) - CX-7
z Is there continuity?
5 z Inspect the continuity between the Yes Go to the next step.
following terminals of the audio
amplifier wiring harness-side
connector (40-pin) and the audio
unit wiring harness-side connector No Repair or replace the related wiring harness
(24-pin). between the audio amplifier and the audio
unit.
Then go to the next step.
For front speaker (audio unit-audio
amplifier)
z Is there continuity?
6 z Inspect the connection of the audio Yes Go to the next step.
amplifier connector (40-pin). No Connect the audio amplifier (40-pin)
z Is the connector connected securely.
securely?
7 z Turn the ignition switch to the Yes Go to the next step.
LOCK position.
z Disconnect the audio amplifier
connector (40-pin).
z Inspect continuity between the
following terminals of the audio
amplifier connector and speaker
connector.
z Is there continuity?
8 z Turn the ignition switch to LOCK Yes Repair or replace the related wiring harness
position. or speaker unit.
(See FRONT DOOR SPEAKER
z Disconnect the audio amplifier REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
connector (40-pin). (See REAR SPEAKER
z Inspect the continuity between the REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
audio amplifier connector and (See CENTER SPEAKER
ground: REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
(See FRONT SPEAKER
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
For front speaker (See REAR SPEAKER
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
{ Terminal 2A (40-pin, FRONT IP
L SP-)- GND NOTE:
{ Terminal 2B (40-pin, FRONT IP L z If there is a short circuit between
SP+)- GND the speaker harness or speaker
{ Terminal 2F (40-pin, FRONT IP R lead wire and ground, the
SP-)- GND protector circuit inside the audio
unit operates to cut the sound.
{ Terminal 2D (40-pin, FRONT IP
R SP+)- GND
z Is there continuity?
9 z Remove the suspect speaker. Yes Replace the audio amplifier.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Symptom Troubleshooting (Entire Audio System) - CX-7
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
NOTE:
z Inspect the ALC function (with Bose)/Audio pilot function (with Bose) while driving the
vehicle with playing the CD, etc.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
NOTE:
z Inspect the ALC function while driving the vehicle with playing the CD, etc.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
5 z Connect the audio unit connector Yes Replace the audio unit.
(24-pin).
z Turn the ignition switch to the ACC No Repair or replace the suspect wiring
position. harness (TNS signal).
z Inspect the voltage at the audio unit
connector terminal E (TNS).
z Is the voltage B+ when the light
switch is turned to the TNS
position?
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
z Open or short circuit in wiring harness between instrument cluster and GND
z Open or short circuit in wiring harness between instrument cluster and fuel
gauge sender unit
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
z Is the fuel gauge sender unit No Reinstall the fuel gauge sender unit.
installed properly?
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
5 z Turn the ignition switch off. Yes Replace the instrument cluster.
z Inspect the instrument cluster
connector terminals for poor
connection (such as damaged/pulled- No Repair or replace the terminal.
out pins, and corrosion).
z Are the terminals normal?
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
corrosion).
z Are the terminals normal?
8 z Disconnect the negative battery Yes Inspect the wiring harness and CAN
cable. system-related module. Repair or
replace the malfunctioning part.
z Measure the resistance between the
instrument cluster connector
terminals 2R and 2T.
z Is the resistance 114-126 ohms?
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
normal?
5 z Disconnect the negative battery cable. Yes Go to the next step.
z Measure the resistance between the
DLC-2 terminals F and E. No Go to Step 7.
z Is the resistance 54-66 ohms?
6 z Disconnect the negative battery cable. Yes Inspect the wiring harness and CAN
system-related module. Repair or
z Inspect the DLC-2 terminals F and E
replace the malfunctioning part.
for short to power supply or GND.
z Is there any malfunction? No Replace the instrument cluster.
7 z Turn the ignition switch off. Yes Go to the next step.
z Inspect the instrument cluster
connector terminals for poor
connection (such as damaged/pulled- No Repair or replace the terminal.
out pins, and corrosion).
z Are the terminals normal?
8 z Disconnect the negative battery cable. Yes Inspect the wiring harness and CAN
system-related module. Repair or
z Measure the resistance between the replace the malfunctioning part.
instrument cluster connector terminals
2R and 2T.
z Is the resistance 114-126 ohms?
FOREWORD [RADIO]
NOTE: z If the case location, time, and broadcasting station etc. can be specified
through interview with the customer, there is the possibility that the signal
reception environment is the cause of the problem.
z Perform confirmation of symptom and evaluation under conditions that
customer reported (location, time, broadcasting station etc.). If not
possible, perform it under equivalent conditions.
z Before inspection or repair, record the broadcasting stations that
customer preset and reset them accordingly after the inspection or repair.
Adjust the clock too.
TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX
NOTE: Use a fluorenscent light type for the inspection. Accurate diagnostic
cannot be done with a different type of light.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Symptom Troubleshooting (Radio) - CX-7
4. If a whirring sound from the speaker synchronized to the work light movement is confirmed, the antenna
system is normal.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Symptom Troubleshooting (Radio) - CX-7
NOTE:
No Go to the Step 8.
z TV antenna located closely
to audio antenna can be
cause of noise. Relocate
TV antenna.
7 z Remove aftermarket electronic Yes The system is normal.
equipment. (Explain to customers that aftermarket
electronic equipment is cause of noise)
z Turn audio unit ON and check
reception condition.
No Go to the next step.
z Is reception improved?
8 z Refer to confirmation step 3 and Yes Replace audio unit.
inspect antenna system. See AUDIO UNIT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION .
z Is a whirring sound present? See AUDIO UNIT
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY .
No Go to the next step.
9 z Inspect antenna plug connection Yes Go to the next step.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Symptom Troubleshooting (Radio) - CX-7
NOTE:
z Due to following
differences, you may feel
difference in reception
efficiency.
{ Volume concern
type: It decreases
change of volume
when signals become
weak. (Noise is easily
noticed)
{ Noise decrease type:
It decreases volume
when signals become
weak, so that noise is
not noticeable.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
position. feeder.
z Measure continuity between
SIRIUS satellite radio antenna No Go to the next step.
feeder axis and ground.
z Is there any continuity?
6 z Inspect the SIRIUS satellite Yes Go to the next step.
radio antenna feeder.
No Replace the SIRIUS satellite radio atenna
feeder.
See CENTER ROOF
See CENTER ROOF ANTENNA
ANTENNA INSPECTION .
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION .
z Is the SIRIUS satellite radio
antenna feeder normal?
7 z Inspect the SIRIUS satellite Yes Go to the next step.
radio antenna.
No Replace the SIRIUS satellite radio antenna.
See CENTER ROOF See CENTER ROOF ANTENNA
ANTENNA INSPECTION . REMOVAL/INSTALLATION .
NOTE:
Due to following differences, you
may feel difference in reception No Replace audio unit.
efficiency. (See AUDIO UNIT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION .)
(Vehicle side factor) (See AUDIO UNIT
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY .)
Antenna installation location, height,
feeder wiring routing, optional
electrical equipment.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
NOTE:
No Go to the Step 4.
z TV antenna located closely
to audio antenna can be
cause of noise. Relocate
TV antenna.
3 z Remove aftermarket electronic Yes The system is normal. (Explain to
equipment. customers that aftermarket electronic
equipment is cause of noise)
z Turn audio unit ON and check
reception condition.
No Go to the next step.
z Is reception improved?
4 z Measure battery voltage. Yes Go to the next step.
z Is battery voltage okay?
NOTE:
z Inspect that battery cables are
connected to terminals securely.
5 z Is noise occurring only when Yes Go to the next step.
vehicle electrical system (e.g. fuel
pump) operates?
NOTE:
z Identify subject electrical
component by
disconnecting fuse, turning No Go to the Step 7.
switch ON & OFF, or
disconnecting &
connecting connector.
z It will be easy when
simulation function on M-
MDS is used.
6 z Inspect power supply, ground Yes Go to the next step.
condition, and noise prevention
No Troubleshooting completed.
capacitor for electrical component.
z Is noise present after inspection? NOTE:
NOTE:
z Due to following
differences, you may
detect a difference in
reception efficiency.
{ Antenna installation
location, height,
feeder wiring routing,
optional electrical
equipment
{ Volume concern
type: It decreases
change of volume
when signals
become weak. (Noise
No Go to the next step.
is easily noticed)
{ Noise decrease type:
It decreases volume
when signals
become weak, so
that noise is not
noticeable.
10 z Retighten ground fixation for Yes Replace audio unit.
antenna installation part and
antenna amplifier. (See AUDIO UNIT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION .)
z Is noise present, after retightening?
(See AUDIO UNIT
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY .)
No Troubleshooting completed.
NOTE:
z FM broadcast has feature "sound quality is good" and "resistant
to noise", but FM broadcast has particular noises. Though audio
unit is designed to reduce noise, there are times noise occurs due
to conditions.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
NOTE:
z Inspect that battery cables are
connected to terminals securely.
5 z Is noise occurring only when Yes Go to the next step.
vehicle electrical system (e.g. fuel
pump) operates?
NOTE:
z Identify subject electrical
component by
disconnecting fuse, turning No Go to the Step 7.
switch ON & OFF, or
disconnecting &
connecting connector.
z It will be easy when
simulation function on M-
MDS is used.
6 z Inspect power supply, ground Yes Go to the next step.
condition, and noise prevention
capacitor for electrical component.
z Is noise present after inspection?
NOTE:
z Inspect following:
{ Power supply to
electrical component
for voltage drop
(compare with No Troubleshooting completed.
battery voltage)
{ Resistance between
ground of electrical
component and
body. (Should be
close to 0 ohm )
{ Installation condition
of noise prevention
capacitor for fuel
pump etc.
7 z Inspect antenna plug connection Yes Go to the next step.
condition.
No Insert antenna plug securely.
z Is connection okay?
8 z Turn ignition switch to LOCK Yes Replace antenna feeder.
position.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Symptom Troubleshooting (Radio) - CX-7
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
NOTE:
z Inspect that battery cables are
connected to terminals securely.
4 z Is noise occurring only when Yes Go to the next step.
vehicle electrical system (e.g. fuel
pump) operates?
NOTE:
z Identify subject electrical
component by
disconnecting fuse, turning No Go to the Step 6.
switch ON & OFF, or
disconnecting &
connecting connector.
z It will be easy when
simulation function on M-
MDS is used.
5 z Inspect power supply, ground Yes Go to the next step.
condition, and noise prevention
capacitor for electrical component. No Troubleshooting completed.
z Is noise present after inspection?
NOTE:
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Symptom Troubleshooting (Radio) - CX-7
conditions. condition).
z Is reception equivalent between
customer's unit and compared unit?
NOTE:
Due to the following differences you
may feel difference in reception
efficiency:
(Vehicle side factor)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
REFERENCE [RADIO]
1. MULTIPATH NOISE
z Signals from an FM transmitter are a high frequency and similar to beams of light because they do not
bend around corners, but they do reflect. Since FM signals can be reflected by obstructions, it is possible
to receive both the direct signal and the reflected signal at the same time. This causes a slight delay in
reception and may be heard as a broken sound or a distortion.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Symptom Troubleshooting (Radio) - CX-7
2. FLUTTER/SKIP NOISE
z Signals become weak in valleys between mountains, tall building, and other obstacles. When the vehicle
passes through such an area, the reception conditions may change suddenly, resulting in annoying noise.
z As signals become weak, noise may appear more in stereo reception. Comparing to stereo reception,
noise in monaural receptions is relatively less striking.
Separation control
z Utilizing the characteristic of monaural reception that noise is relatively less striking than stereo
reception, the audio system automatically changes the reception from stereo to monaural and lessens
annoying noise when signals become weak or a multipath phenomenon occurs.
z When signals become weak or a multipath phenomenon occurs, the audio system restrains volume level
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Symptom Troubleshooting (Radio) - CX-7
z The separation and high tone controls influence sound quality, Therefore they are specifically tuned for
individual model. (Comparison of characteristic must be done on the same models)
Fig. 5: View Of Separation Control & High Tone Control Effect Setting
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Remarks
z Signals tend to reach longer distances at night. It is conspicuous in AM signals, several audio functions
may stop due to foreign broadcasting station or noise. Though the audio system restrains sensitivity of
SEEK and SCAN functions at night, the audio system may select other than desired broadcasting station
when signals are considerably strong. This function is linked to the parking light. When the parking light
or headlight is turned on, SEEK and SCAN may not function for weak signals.
NOTE: z Initial setting must be performed for the switch of each seat.
z If the following operations have been performed, initial setting is reset,
and auto up/down and two-step down operation are disabled. Therefore,
performing initial setting is necessary.
{ Negative battery cable disconnected or power window system power
supply fuse removed. (Perform initial setting for each door glasses.)
{ Power window switch connector disconnected. (perform initial
setting for the switch connected with the connector.)
FUNCTION)].)
4 Abnormal noise during the (See NO. 4 ABNORMAL NOISE WHEN THE DOOR
power window operation GLASS IS OPENING OR CLOSING [POWER WINDOW
SYSTEMS (AUTO-OPEN/CLOSE FUNCTION)].)
z If a malfunction occurs or becomes worse while driving on a rough road or when the engine is vibrating,
perform following the steps:
NOTE: z There are several reasons why vehicle or engine vibration could
cause an electrical malfunction. Some of the things to inspect for:
{ Connectors not fully seated.
z Inspect for DTCs or malfunctions by slightly shaking wiring harnesses and connectors that are suspected
of causing the malfunction.
WINDOW INITIALIZATION
PROCEDURE ).
z If it does not move up and down
upon reinspection, inspect the
following:
{ Wiring harness between
power window main switch
and subswitch
z Repair or replace the
malfunctioning part, then go to the
next step.
4 z Turn the power-cut switch to Yes z Manual mode function is normal.
LOCK. z Go to the automatic mode function
z Push/pull the power window main inspection.
switch (switches for all windows No Replace the power window main switch,
in manual mode). then go to the automatic mode function
z Does only driver-side front door inspection (power-cut switch system
glass move up and down? malfunction).
NOTE: z Perform the following inspection for the power window main switch and
the power window subswitches for each window.
NOTE: z Perform the following inspection for the power window main switch and
the passenger's side power window subswitch for each front door window.
z With the switch held at auto-up, the driver's and passenger's side front
door glass do not automatically reverse even when a foreign object is
encountered.
z Before inspecting the two-step down function, make sure that the two-step down function is turned on (if
the two-step down function is turned off, the power window close not stop once.)
z The distance the door glass opens can be changed using the two-step down function (approx. 20-100 mm
{0.79-3.93 in} ).
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Symptom Troubleshooting [Power Wndow Systems (Auto-Open/Close Function)] -
CX-7
z The two-step down function can be made inoperative. (The function is operative at the initial setting.)
z The two-step down function does not function during IG OFF timer.
NOTE: z Perform the following inspection for the power window main switch
and the power window subswitches for each front window.
NOTE: z Perform the following inspection for the power window system component
parts of windows where the front door glass cannot be operated
automatically.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
1 Door glass does not move up and down in automatic mode
z Power window system in fail-safe function (Power window motor heat
protection circuit is operating)
z No power supply to power window main switch
POSSIBLE CAUSE z Power window main switch malfunction (power window control circuit
malfunction, auto switch malfunction)
z Power window motor malfunction (Sensor inside motor malfunction)
z Malfunction in wiring harness between power window motor (sensor) and
power window main switch
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Symptom Troubleshooting [Power Wndow Systems (Auto-Open/Close Function)] -
CX-7
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Yes
4 z Does the sensor built into the Yes Replace the power window main switch.
(See POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Symptom Troubleshooting [Power Wndow Systems (Auto-Open/Close Function)] -
CX-7
NOTE: z Perform the following inspection for the power window system component
parts of the windows where the door glass does not reverse, even when
encountering a foreign object in its path.
Door glass does not reverse, even when encountering a foreign object in its
2 path.
POSSIBLE CAUSE z Automatic window return range did not reset after battery disconnection:
Step 2
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
NOTE: z Perform the following inspection for the power window system component
parts of windows where the door glass reverses even though the glass
does not encounter a foreign object while it is moving up in automatic
mode.
{ Object caught between the glass run channel and the door glass.
NOTE:
POSSIBLE CAUSE z The auto-reverse pinch protection function is a mechanism tha
reverses (opens) the door glass while it is closing when the po
switch detects the signal from the power window motor indicat
obstructing the door glass movement.
z The auto-reverse pinch protection function may operate if the s
the door glass increases causing the closing speed to decrease
z If the door glass closing speed has changed, concentrate the in
following locations: (Slip occurrence)
{ If the door glass is slipping forward, inspect the front side
or glass run channel.
{ If the door glass is slipping rearward, inspect the rear sid
or glass run channel.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Symptom Troubleshooting [Power Wndow Systems (Auto-Open/Close Function)] -
CX-7
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
3 INSPECT DOOR GLASS CLOSING Yes Mark the point where the door glass closing
SPEED speed changed, then go to Step 5.
4 REINSPECT DOOR GLASS Yes Replace the power window motor, then go
CLOSING SPEED to Step 8 (See POWER WINDOW
MOTOR
Does the door glass hesitate
z REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
periodically (5-6 times) while it is
No Go to Step 8.
closing?
5 INSPECT GLASS RUN CHANNEL Yes Object is caught between glass run
AND DOOR GLASS SLIDING channel and door glass:
SURFACE
z Remove the object.
z Is there an object caught between
the glass run channel and the door
glass, or is there roughness on the Roughness on the sliding surface (rubber
sliding surface (rubber surface)? surface):
NOTE:
z Identify the location of the noise using a stethoscope or similar
device.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Time of Location of
Noise type occurrence Possible cause noise Action
Clanking Door glass Insufficiently tightened Between door Securely tighten the installation
noise begins to move installation screw glass lower screw.
between the door glass edge and
and carrier plate. carrier plate.
Groaning While door Vibration caused by Power window Replace the power window
noise (Sound glass is wear on the resin part regulator regulator (See FRONT POWER
increases operating from cable twisting WINDOW REGULATOR
due to use) due to use of the power REMOVAL/INSTALLATION .)
window regulator. (See REAR POWER WINDOW
REGULATOR
NOTE: REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Symptom Troubleshooting [Power Wndow Systems (Auto-Open/Close Function)] -
CX-7
NOTE: z The exterior open/close function does not operate when the following
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Symptom Troubleshooting [Power Wndow Systems Exterior (Open/Close
Function)] - CX-7
1 Door glass does not operate even though various operations are performed
z Power window main switch malfunction
z Power window motor malfunction
z Battery malfunction (low voltage)
POSSIBLE CAUSE z power window initialization procedure error
z Open circuit in wiring harness between power window main switch and
BCM
z BCM malfunction
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
3 z Verify whether the key is in the Yes System is normal (Does not operate when
steering lock. the key is inserted in the steering wheel
lock)
z Is the reason why they do not
lock/unlock because the key is
No Go to the next step.
inserted in the steering lock?
4 z When the lock/unlock operation Yes Inspect the following parts, and repair or
does not operate for reasons other replace.
than the above Steps 2 and 3.
z Keyless control module (See
KEYLESS CONTROL
MODULE INSPECTION
[ADVANCED KEYLESS
SYSTEM] ).
z Wiring harness between keyless
control module and BCM.
No Reinspect for malfunction recurrence. If
the malfunction is not corrected, repeat
the procedure from Step 1.
NO. 3 DOOR GLASS DOES NOT OPERATE USING THE REQUEST SWITCH
[POWER WINDOW SYSTEMS (EXTERIOR OPEN/CLOSE FUNCTION)]
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
MODULE (BCM)
INSPECTION ).
No Go to the next step.
2 z Verify the open/close condition of Yes The system is normal (When any door or
the doors and the liftgate. the liftgate is open, the system does not
operate).
z Is the reason why they do not
lock/unlock because a door or the
liftgate is open? No Go to the next step.
3 z Verify the start knob position, or if Yes The system is normal (When the start
the key is in the steering lock. knob is in a position other than LOCK, or
the key is inserted in the steering lock, the
z Is the reason why the door system does not operate).
lock/unlock does not operate
because the start knob is in a
position other than LOCK, or the
No Go to the next step.
key is inserted?
4 z The door lock/unlock does not Yes Inspect the following parts, and repair or
operate for reasons other than replace.
Steps 2 and 3 above.
z Keyless control module
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
2 z Inspect the door glass operation by Yes Inspect the wiring harness between the
operating the power window power window main switch and the power
subswitch (passenger's). window subswitch (passenger's).
If there is any malfunction, repair or
z Does it operate in auto? replace the applicable part.
No Perform the power window initialization
procedure. (See POWER WINDOW
INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE ).
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Symptom Troubleshooting [Power Wndow Systems Exterior (Open/Close
Function)] - CX-7
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
NOTE:
z Depending on the
temperature, battery, and
voltage condition, the door
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Symptom Troubleshooting [Power Wndow Systems Exterior (Open/Close
Function)] - CX-7
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
z Go to Step 3.
z Request switch
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
ACTION
Inspect the power window subswitch of the passenger's door glass and repair or replace
(See POWER WINDOW SUBSWITCH INSPECTION ).
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Wiper/Washer System - CX-7
Fig. 2: Identifying Windshield Wiper Arm & Blade Component Removal Sequence With Torque
Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
1. Clean the windshield wiper arm connector shafts using a wire brush before installing the windshield
wiper arms.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Wiper/Washer System - CX-7
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the cowl grille. (See COWL GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
4. Remove in the order indicated in the illustration.
5. Install in the reverse order of removal.
Fig. 5: Identifying Windshield Wiper Motor Removal Order With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
3. Disconnect battery positive voltage from the motor terminal D while the wipers are operating.
4. Verify that the wipers do not stop in the park position.
5. Short between the motor terminals D and C, and connect battery positive voltage to the motor terminal A.
6. Verify that the wipers operate at low speed again, then stop in the park position.
z If there is any malfunction, replace the windshield wiper motor.
Fig. 7: Identifying Washer Tank Removal Order - Vehicles With Washer Fluid-Level Sensor With
Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Fig. 8: Identifying Washer Tank Removal Order - Vehicles Without Washer Fluid-Level Sensor
With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Fig. 13: Identifying Windshield Washer Hoses, Clip & Joint Pipe
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Fig. 18: Windshield Wiper & Washer Switch Terminals Continuity Chart
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Wiper/Washer System - CX-7
Fig. 19: Checking Continuity Between Windshield Wiper & Washer Switch Terminals
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Fig. 20: Rear Wiper & Washer Switch Terminals Continuity Chart
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Wiper/Washer System - CX-7
Fig. 21: Checking Continuity Between Rear Wiper & Washer Switch Terminals
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Fig. 22: Identifying Rear Wiper Arm & Blade Removal Order With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
1. Clean the rear wiper arm connector shaft using a wire brush before installing the rear wiper arm.
Fig. 24: Identifying Rear Wiper Arm & Blade Adjustment Dimension
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
3. Remove the liftgate upper trim. (See LIFTGATE UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
4. Remove the liftgate side trim. (See LIFTGATE SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
5. Remove the liftgate lower trim. (See LIFTGATE LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
6. Remove in the order indicated in the illustration.
7. Install in the reverse order of removal.
Fig. 25: Identifying Removal Order Of Rear Wiper Motor With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
NOTE: z After installing the rear washer hose, reinforce the urethane that was
cut when removing.
17. Remove rear washer hose E from the rear washer nozzle.
18. Install in the reverse order of removal.
Fig. 32: Identifying Rear Washer Hoses, Clip & Pipe Joints
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Body Panels - CX-7
LOCATION INDEX
HOOD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
WARNING: z Removing the hood without supporting it could cause the hood to
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Body Panels - CX-7
fall and cause serious injury. Always perform the procedure with at
least another person to prevent the hood from falling.
HOOD ADJUSTMENT
Gap Adjustment
Standard clearance
Height Adjustment
Clearance
1. Measure the gap and height difference between the fuel-filler lid and the body.
2. Loosen the fuel-filler lid installation bolts and adjust the fuel-filler lid.
Clearance
3. Disconnect the front fog light connector. (Vehicles with front fog lights)
4. Install in the reverse order of removal.
5. Adjust the front fog light aiming for vehicles with front fog lights. (See FRONT FOG LIGHT
AIMING ).
1. Pull the front bumper ends (wheel arch) outward (1) to disengage from the bumper slider.
CAUTION: z When disengaging the front bumper from the bumper slider, the
front bumper could fall and be damaged. Secure the front
bumper so that it does not fall.
Fig. 12: Identifying Front Bumper Reinforcement Fasteners With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
1. Pull the rear bumper ends (wheel arch) outward (1) to disengage from the bumper slider.
CAUTION: z When disengaging the rear bumper from the bumper slider, the
rear bumper could fall and be damaged. Secure the rear bumper
so that it does not fall.
Fig. 18: Identifying Rear Bumper Reinforcement Fasteners With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Fig. 19: Identifying Front Fender Panel Fasteners With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
1. Remove the upper mount rubber bracket while pressing down the upper mount rubber bracket tab in the
direction of the arrow.
LOCATION INDEX
1. Pull down the cover in the direction of the arrow and disconnect the connector.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Doors and Liftgate - CX-7
DOOR ADJUSTMENT
1. Loosen the door hinge installation bolts.
2. Adjust the gap and height difference to the standard range by moving the door back and forth, left and
right.
Clearance
LIFTGATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
WARNING: z When removing the stay damper, serious injury may occur if the stay
damper is removed without supporting the liftgate. Always perform
the procedure with at least another person.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Doors and Liftgate - CX-7
LIFTGATE ADJUSTMENT
1. Measure the gap and height between the liftgate and the body.
2. Loosen the liftgate hinge installation bolts and adjust the gap by moving the liftgate.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Doors and Liftgate - CX-7
Clearance
1. Remove the windshield wiper arm and blade. (See WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
2. Remove the front fender molding.
1. Attach the roof molding to the T-stud at the front portion of section A.
2. Hook the roof molding to clips B, C and press it in to attach.
3. Attach the roof molding to the T-stud at the rear portion of section A.
NOTE: z Install the roof carrier bracket so that the arrow on it faces inward.
WARNING: z Using a razor with bare hands can cause injury. Always wear gloves
when using a razor.
NOTE: z Double-sided adhesive tape has already been attached to the new rear
sash molding.
WARNING: z Using a razor with bare hands can cause injury. Always wear gloves
when using a razor.
1. When installing a new rear sash molding, follow the procedure below:
1. Remove the adhesive remaining on the body using razor.
2. Remove any grease or dirt from the adhesion surface of the body.
2. When reusing the rear sash molding, follow the procedure below:
1. Remove the adhesive remaining on the rear sash molding and the body using a razor.
2. Remove any grease or dirt from the adhesion surface of the rear sash molding and the body.
3. Apply primer to the bonding area of the rear sash molding.
4. Attach double-sided adhesive tape to the rear sash molding as shown.
NOTE: z As for the double-sided adhesive tape, use beta tape 5078 (1
mm {0.04 in} thickness) or equivalent.
Fig. 12: Identifying Double-Sided Adhesive Tape & Rear Sash Molding
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
4. Hook tab C to the body in the position where tabs A and B align with the sash holes.
5. Press the rear sash molding in the direction of the arrow and install tabs A and B to the body.
CAUTION: z Do not press the rear sash molding in any place other than the
rubber areas.
6. Press the rear sash molding from the vehicle front in the direction of the arrow and install tab D.
NOTE: z After installing the front sash molding, verify that tabs C and D are
connected properly to the body.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Exterior Trim - CX-7
1. Pull the side garnish and remove clips A from the vehicle body.
2. Slide the side garnish to the vehicle rear and remove clips B from the side garnish.
3. Remove the side garnish.
4. Remove clips B from the body, then install it to the side garnish.
REAR
1. Pull the side garnish and remove clips A from the vehicle body
2. Slide the side garnish to the vehicle front and remove clips B from the side garnish.
3. Remove the side garnish.
4. Remove clips B from the body, then install it to the side garnish.
1. Install clips A and then B to the vehicle from the front side.
REAR
1. Install clips A and then B to the vehicle from the rear side.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Exterior Trim - CX-7
6. Pull the side step molding front and remove clip C and F from the vehicle body.
7. Detach clip D using a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver as shown in the figure.
8. Slide the side step molding to the vehicle rear and remove clips E from the side step molding.
9. Remove the side step molding.
10. Remove clips E from the body, then install it to the side step molding.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Exterior Trim - CX-7
WARNING: z Using a razor with bare hands can cause injury. Always wear gloves
when using a razor.
NOTE: z Double-sided adhesive tape has already been attached to the new front
sash molding.
WARNING: z Using a razor with bare hands can cause injury. Always wear gloves
when using a razor.
1. When installing a new front sash molding, follow the procedure below:
1. Remove the adhesive remaining on the body using razor.
2. Remove any grease or dirt from the adhesion surface of the body.
2. When reusing the front sash molding, follow the procedure below:
1. Remove the adhesive remaining on the front sash molding and the body using a razor.
2. Remove any grease or dirt from the adhesion surface of the front sash molding and the body.
3. Apply primer to the bonding area of the front sash molding.
4. Attach double-sided adhesive tape to the front sash molding as shown.
NOTE: z As for the double-sided adhesive tape, use beta tape 5078 (1
mm {0.04 in} thickness) or equivalent.
Fig. 25: Identifying Double-Sided Adhesive Tape & Front Sash Molding
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
4. Hook tab A to the body in the position where tabs B align with the sash holes.
5. Press the front sash molding in the direction of the arrow and install tabs B to the body.
CAUTION: z Do not press the front sash molding in any place other than the
rubber areas.
6. Press the front sash molding from the vehicle rear in the direction shown in the arrow and install tab C.
NOTE: z After installing the front sash molding, verify that tabs A and B are
connected properly to the body.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Exterior Trim - CX-7
NOTE: z Slowly remove the door sash film since it may tear easily.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Exterior Trim - CX-7
3. Peel off the backing paper and attach the door sash film onto the door as shown in the figure.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Exterior Trim - CX-7
Standard clearance
DASHBOARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Remove the following parts:
1. Console panel (See CONSOLE PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. Console (See CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Front scuff plate inner (See FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Front side trim (See FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Dashboard under cover
6. Glove compartment (See GLOVE COMPARTMENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
7. Hood release lever (See HOOD LATCH AND RELEASE LEVER
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
8. Lower panel (See LOWER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
9. Center panel (See CENTER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
10. Audio unit (See AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
11. Climate control unit (See CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER] , CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL
[MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER] ), CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT INSTALLATION
[MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER] .
12. Knee bolster (See KNEE BOLSTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
13. Meter hood (See METER HOOD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
14. Column cover (See COLUMN COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Interior Trim - CX-7
1. Take the dashboard out through the opened front driver-side door.
1. Disconnect the connector by pulling it in direction (2) while pressing the tab in direction (1).
DASHBOARD DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
1. Remove the following parts:
1. Passenger-side air bag module (See PASSENGER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
2. Information display (See INFORMATION DISPLAY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
3. Front speaker (See FRONT SPEAKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
4. Center speaker (See CENTER SPEAKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
2. Disassemble in the order indicated in the figure.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Interior Trim - CX-7
NOTE: z The upper column cover is integrated with the meter hood.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Interior Trim - CX-7
Fig. 7: Identifying Lower Column Cover, Ignition Key Illumination & Screw
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
3. After sliding the fiber stick or flathead screwdriver, insert it in the direction of arrow (2) and remove clip
A.
CAUTION: z Insert the fiber stick flathead screwdriver until clip A can be
removed while being careful not to allow the climate control unit
to be damaged.
NOTE: Make sure that all the clips A (3 locations) have been removed and that the
lower end of the center panel has been detached. Then go to Step 5. (It is
difficult to perform Step 5 without the center panel detached.)
5. Insert the fiber stick or tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver into the service hole. While pressing clip B
inward, place your hands on the edge of the center panel and carefully raise until clip B is removed. Do
this work on the other side as well.
NOTE: Clip B needs to be pressed in the direction of the arrow during removal. If
the center panel is pulled without clip B pressed, the clip B will be broken.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Interior Trim - CX-7
6. Make sure that the clips B have been removed. Then pull the center panel toward you and remove clips C.
PASSENGER'S SIDE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. Front side trim (passenger's side) (See FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Console panel (See CONSOLE PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Console (See CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Glove compartment (See GLOVE COMPARTMENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. Remove the screws.
Fig. 12: Identifying Lower Panel Screws & Clips A (Passenger Side)
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
DRIVER'S SIDE
PASSENGER'S SIDE
CENTER
Fig. 18: Identifying Knee Bolster & Bolts With Torque Specification
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Remove the console panel. (See CONSOLE PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Pull the panel upward and detach clips A, B and tabs C.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Interior Trim - CX-7
CONSOLE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
1. Disassemble in the order indicated in the figure.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Interior Trim - CX-7
2. Remove the parts in order of pin B, clip C and tab D from the vehicle rear.
3. Slide the A-pillar trim in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure and remove the A-pillar trim from
clip B.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Interior Trim - CX-7
4. Rotate and pull clip B in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure until it is no longer loose, and
feels tight.
5. Pull clip B and remove it from the grommet.
6. Insert a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver between the body and the grommet.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Interior Trim - CX-7
2. Pull the A-pillar lower trim outward and detach clips B and tab C.
3. Remove the A-pillar lower trim.
4. Install in the reverse order of removal.
4. Pull the front side trim in the direction shown by the arrow, then detach clip A.
5. Remove the front side trim.
6. Install in the reverse order of removal.
4. Pull the B-pillar upper trim outward and detach clip A and locator pin B.
5. Pull the B-pillar upper trim downward and detach the tabs and clip C.
6. Remove the B-pillar upper trim.
7. Turn the clip installed on the body 90° in the direction indicated by the arrow in the figure and pull them
out.
8. Remove clip C from the body, then install it to the B-pillar upper trim.
4. Pull the C-pillar trim outward and detach clip A and pins B, C.
5. Pull the C-pillar upper trim downward and detach the tabs and clip D.
6. Remove the C-pillar trim.
7. Turn the clip installed on the body 90° in the direction indicated by the arrow in the figure and pull them
out.
8. Remove clip D from the body, then install it to the C-pillar trim.
9. Install in the reverse order of removal.
4. Pull the D-pillar trim outward and detach clips A and pin B.
5. Pull the D-pillar trim upward and detach hook C.
6. Remove the D-pillar trim.
7. Install in the reverse order of removal.
1. Pull the front scuff plate inner upward while detaching tabs A, detach clips B, pins C and tab D from the
body, and then remove the front scuff plate inner.
1. Pull the front scuff plate outer upward, detach clips A, pins B and C from the body, and then remove the
front scuff plate outer.
1. Pull the rear scuff plate inner upward while detaching tabs A and B, detach clips C, pins D from the body,
and then remove the rear scuff plate inner.
1. Pull the rear scuff plate outer upward, detach clips A, pins B and C from the body, and then remove the
rear scuff plate outer.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Interior Trim - CX-7
3. Pull the trunk end trim upward, then disengage tabs A, clips B and pins C.
4. Remove the tabs D.
5. Remove the trunk end trim.
6. Remove the bezel.
7. Remove the cover.
8. Install in the reverse order of removal.
Fig. 46: Identifying Bolt, Cargo Net Hook, Screws & Clips
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Fig. 47: Identifying Front Door Trim, Cover & Screw (Driver Side)
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Interior Trim - CX-7
CAUTION: z Remove the front door trim being careful not to scratch area C
of the sash film.
6. Disconnect the power door mirror switch connector and the power window main switch connector.
7. Disconnect the door lock switch connector.
8. Remove the inner handle cover.
PASSENGER'S SIDE
Fig. 49: Identifying Front Door Trim, Cover & Screw (Passenger Side)
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
CAUTION: z Remove the front door trim being careful not to scratch area C
of the sash film.
PASSENGER'S SIDE
CAUTION: z Remove the rear door trim being careful not to scratch areas C
of the sash film.
3. Pull the liftgate side trim toward you, then disengage the clip A and pin B from the body.
4. Remove the tab C, E and clip D.
5. Remove the liftgate side trim.
6. Install in the reverse order of removal.
5. Pull the liftgate lower trim toward you, then disengage the clips A, B and pins C from the body.
6. Remove the liftgate lower trim.
7. Install in the reverse order of removal.
2. Pull the assist handle outward, then remove the assist handle.
SUNVISOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
1. Remove the screw, then the sunvisor.
2. Disengage the center adapter (sunvisor stopper) from the body using a fastener remover.
HEADLINER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Partially peel back the seaming welt.
3. Remove the following parts:
1. A-pillar lower trim (See A-PILLAR LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. A-pillar trim (See A-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Front scuff plate inner (See FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Rear scuff plate inner (See REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. B-pillar lower trim (See B-PILLAR LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
6. Front seat belt upper anchor installation bolt (See FRONT SEAT BELT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
7. B-pillar upper trim (See B-PILLAR UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
8. Rear seat (See REAR SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
9. Sub trunk box (See SUB TRUNK BOX REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
10. Trunk end trim (See TRUNK END TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
11. Trunk side trim (See TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
12. C-pillar trim (See C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
13. D-pillar trim (See D-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
14. Map light (See MAP LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
15. Sunvisor (See SUNVISOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
16. Assist handle (See ASSIST HANDLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Disconnect the rear washer hose.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Interior Trim - CX-7
NOTE: z The cut part does not need to match up when installing the floor
covering.
Sunroof - CX-7
DEFLECTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
1. Fully open the glass panel.
2. Press the spring in the direction shown by the arrow and remove it from the hook.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Sunroof - CX-7
Clearance
b: 0 mm {0 in}
Fig. 5: Measuring Gap & Height Between Glass Panel & Body
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Sunroof - CX-7
CAUTION: z If the sunshade is forced close while the sunroof is open, the
sunshade could be damaged.
3. Disconnect the front and rear drain hose from the sunroof frame.
4. Remove the bolts.
5. Remove the nuts, and then remove the sunroof unit.
6. Install in the reverse order of removal.
7. Adjust the glass panel. (See GLASS PANEL ADJUSTMENT.)
Fig. 7: Identifying Sunroof Unit Nuts & Bolts With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
NOTE: z If the guide or sunroof motor is removed, the glass panel will not be
positioned properly after the re-installation. To ensure proper positioning
of the glass panel, place alignment marks on the guide pin and frame
before removing the guide or sunroof motor.
NOTE: z If the guide or sunroof motor is removed, the sunroof motor initial position
setting has to be performed. After installing the sunroof unit, perform the
initial position setting using the following procedure.
1. The initialization mode starts after approx. 13 s from when the tilt up switch has been pressed and held.
The glass stops after it has moved approx. 30 mm towards the closed position.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Sunroof - CX-7
NOTE: z Only the tilt up switch is available during the initialization mode.
z The initialization may finish at the first inching operation depending
on the glass position when the motor is installed.
z If the glass position is between the closed and semi-tilt positions
when the motor is removed, the glass moves in the tilt up direction
(to the full tilt position stored in the motor). However, if the tilt up
switch is pressed and held, the initialization mode starts.
2. When the tilt up switch is pressed again, the glass continues to move approx. 30 mm and stops.
3. Repeat this procedure several times so that the glass moves to the fully closed, full tilt (normal operation
position), and full tilt (mechanical stopper position) positions.
4. After the glass is moved to the full tilt position (mechanical stopper position), it returns to the tilt down
direction slightly and the initialization is completed.
NOTE: z If the rear drip is removed, butyl seal must be applied when re-installing.
1. Apply a 6.0-8.0 mm {0.24-0.31 in} wide line of butyl seal to the area shown in the figure.
2. Slide the guide to the rear of the sunroof frame, and remove the guide and decoration link as a single unit.
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
7. B-pillar upper trim (See B-PILLAR UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
8. Rear seat (See REAR SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
9. Sub trunk box (See SUB TRUNK BOX REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
10. Trunk end trim (See TRUNK END TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
11. Trunk side trim (See TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
12. C-pillar trim (See C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
13. D-pillar trim (See D-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
14. Map light (See MAP LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
15. Sunvisor (See SUNVISOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
16. Assist handle (See ASSIST HANDLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
17. Headliner (See HEADLINER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
18. Console panel (See CONSOLE PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
19. Console (See CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
20. Front side trim (See FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
21. Dashboard under cover
22. Glove compartment (See GLOVE COMPARTMENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
23. Hood release lever (See HOOD LATCH AND RELEASE LEVER
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
24. Lower panel (See LOWER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
25. Center panel (See CENTER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
26. Audio unit (See AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
27. Climate control unit (See CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER] or CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL
[MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER] ).
28. Knee bolster (See KNEE BOLSTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
29. Meter hood (See METER HOOD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
30. Column cover (See COLUMN COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
31. Instrument cluster (See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
32. Driver-side air bag module (See DRIVER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
33. Steering wheel (See STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
34. Combination switch (See COMBINATION SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
35. Steering shaft (See STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
36. Dashboard (See DASHBOARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
4. Disconnect the front drain hose from the sunroof frame.
5. Remove the front drain hose from the clips.
6. Pull the front drain hose into the room side.
7. Remove the front drain hose.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Sunroof - CX-7
CAUTION: z If the front drain hose is pinched or bent anywhere, the water in the
hose may not discharge and enter the inside of the vehicle. During
and after installation of the trims and the headliner, always make sure
there is no interference with the front drain hose. Fix any problem if
found.
14. Hood release lever (See HOOD LATCH AND RELEASE LEVER
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
15. Glove compartment (See GLOVE COMPARTMENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
16. Dashboard undercover
17. Front side trim (See FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
18. Console (See CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
19. Console panel (See CONSOLE PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
20. Headliner (See HEADLINER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
21. Assist handle (See ASSIST HANDLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
22. Sunvisor (See SUNVISOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
23. Map light (See MAP LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
24. D-pillar trim (See D-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
25. C-pillar trim (See C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
26. Trunk side trim (See TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
27. Trunk end trim (See TRUNK END TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
28. Sub trunk box (See SUB TRUNK BOX REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
29. Rear seat (See REAR SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
30. B-pillar upper trim (See B-PILLAR UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
31. Front seat belt upper anchor installation bolt (See FRONT SEAT BELT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
32. B-pillar lower trim (See B-PILLAR LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
33. Rear scuff plate inner (See REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
34. Front scuff plate inner (See FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
35. A-pillar trim (See A-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
36. A-pillar lower trim (See A-PILLAR LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
6. Install the seaming welt.
CAUTION: z If the rear drain hose is pinched or bent anywhere, the water in the
hose may not discharge and enter the inside of the vehicle. During
and after installation of the trims and the headliner, always make sure
there is no interference with the rear drain hose. Fix any problem if
found.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Sunroof - CX-7
Fig. 16: Identifying Sunroof Motor, Screw & Sunroof Motor Connector
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
NOTE: z If the glass panel or the sunroof motor is moved with the sunroof
motor removed, initial position setting of the sunroof motor will be
required. Perform initial position setting referring to the SUNROOF
MOTOR ASSEMBLY NOTE. (See SUNROOF UNIT
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY.)
Fig. 17: Identifying Sunroof Motor Wiring Harness Side Connector Terminals
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
NOTE: z The sunroof switch is together with the front map light.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Sunroof - CX-7
2009 BRAKES
AIR BLEEDING
CAUTION: z Brake fluid will damage painted surfaces. Be careful not to spill any
on painted surfaces. If it is spilled, wipe it off immediately.
NOTE: z Keep the fluid level in the reserve tank at 3/4 full or more during the air
bleeding.
z Begin air bleeding with the brake caliper that is furthest from the master
cylinder.
1. Remove the bleeder cap on the brake caliper, and attach a vinyl tube to the bleeder screw.
2. Place the other end of the vinyl tube in a clear container and fill the container with fluid during air
bleeding.
3. Working with two people, one should pump the brake pedal several times and depress and hold the pedal
down.
4. While the brake pedal is depressed, the other should loosen the bleeder screw using the SST , drain out
any fluid containing air bubbles, and tighten the bleeder screw.
Tightening torque
z Fluid leakage
z Fluid level
1. Measure the distance from the center of the upper surface of the pedal pad to the insulator and verify that
it is as specified.
z If not within the specification, inspect the following items and repair or replace the applicable part
if there is any malfunction.
{ Power brake unit installation condition
1. Pump the pedal several times to release the vacuum in the power brake unit.
2. Gently depress the pedal by hand and measure the pedal play.
z If not within the specification, inspect the wear of the clevis pin. Replace it if there is any
malfunction.
1. Start the engine and depress the brake pedal with a force of 147 N {15.0 kgf, 33.0 lbf}.
2. Measure the distance from the center of the upper surface of the pedal pad to the floor covering and verify
that it is as specified.
z If it is less than the specification, inspect for air in the brake line.
Brake pedal-to-floor clearance (Brake pedal when depressed at 147 N {15.0 kgf, 33.0 lbf}) 99.1 mm
{3.91 in} or more
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 BRAKES Conventional Brake System - CX-7
CAUTION: z The clearance between the brake switch and the brake pedal is
automatically adjusted to the correct amount when the brake switch
is inserted into the installation hole on the brake pedal and rotated to
fix in place. If the brake switch is not properly installed, the clearance
may be incorrect, causing a brake light malfunction. Therefore,
always verify that the brake pedal is properly installed and fully
released before installing the brake switch to the pedal.
z Once the brake switch clearance has automatically been adjusted, it
cannot be adjusted again. Therefore, replace the switch with a new
one when replacing the power brake unit or the pedal, or performing
any procedure that changes the pedal stroke.
1. Remove the battery and battery tray. (See BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH
TC] ).
2. Remove the battery tray bracket as shown in the figure.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 BRAKES Conventional Brake System - CX-7
Fig. 10: View Of Dashboard Installation Bolts & Nuts With Torque Specification
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
12. Lift up the upper side of the dashboard and move it 20 mm {0.78 in} towards the vehicle rear.
13. Move the power brake unit to the vehicle front where the power brake unit fork does not interfere with
the brake pedal arm.
14. Remove the brake pedal.
CAUTION: z Inspect the brake switch with it installed to the brake pedal,
otherwise the brake switch may not operate normally. If the brake
switch is removed from the brake pedal, replace the brake switch
with a new one.
Fig. 15: Exploded View Of Master Cylinder Components With Torque Specification
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
NOTE: z The following inspection methods are simple inspection methods to judge
the function of the power brake unit.
z If there is any malfunction in the power brake unit, replace the power brake
unit as a single unit.
Operation inspection
USING SST
Pre-inspection preparation
1. Install the SST (49 N043 001) to the master cylinder in the orientation shown in the figure.
NOTE: z When installing the SST (49 N043 001) to the master cylinder, use a
commercially available flare nut wrench.
{ Flare nut across flat: 12 mm {0.47 in}
2. Connect the SSTs , a vacuum gauge, and a pedal force gauge to the master cylinder, and bleed the air
from the SSTs and the brake line. (Bleed the air from the SSTs using air bleed valve A.)
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 BRAKES Conventional Brake System - CX-7
1. If the pedal force and fluid pressure correlation is within the specification with the engine stopped and a
vacuum amount of 0 kPa {0 mmHg, 0 inHg} , the system is normal.
1. Start the engine. Depress the brake pedal when the vacuum reaches 66.7 kPa {500 mmHg, 19.7 inHg} .
2. At this time, apply the indicated pedal force and if the fluid pressure is within the specification, the unit is
normal.
Fig. 22: Identifying Power Brake Unit Components With Torque Specification
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Description
Steering wheel vibrates in the direction of its rotation. This characteristic is most noticeable when applying
brakes at a vehicle speed of 100-140 km/h {62-87 mph}.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 BRAKES Conventional Brake System - CX-7
Floor vibration
When applying brakes, the vehicle body shakes back and forth. The seriousness of shake is not influenced by
vehicle speed.
When applying brakes, a pulsating force tries to push the brake pad back. The pulsation is transmitted to the
brake pedal.
Due to an excessive runout (side-to-side wobble) of disc plate, the thickness of disc plate is uneven.
If the runout is more than 0.05 mm {0.002 in} at the position 10 mm {0.39 in} from the disc plate edge,
uneven wear occurs on the disc plate because of uneven pad/plate contact.
If the runout is less than 0.05 mm {0.002 in} , uneven wear does not occur.
Repeated panic braking may raise the temperature in some portions of disc plate by approx. 1,000 °C {1,832 °
F} . This results in deformed disc plate.
Due to corrosion, the thickness and friction coefficient of disc plate change.
If a vehicle is parked under damp conditions for a long time, corrosion occurs on the friction surface of disc
plate.
The thickness of corrosion is uneven and sometimes appears like a wave pattern, which changes the friction
coefficient and causes a reaction force.
1. To secure the disc plate and the hub, tighten the hub nuts upside down or insert a washer (thickness 10
mm {0.39 in} with an inner diameter more than 12 mm {0.47 in} ) between the hub bolt and the hub nut.
NOTE: z The component parts of the SST (49 B017 001 or 49 G019 003) can be
used as a suitable washer.
2. After tightening all the hub nuts to the same torque, put the dial gauge on the friction surface of disc plate
10 mm {0.39 in} from the disc plate edge.
3. Rotate the disc plate one time and measure the runout.
CAUTION: z Excessive runout may result if the disc plate is removed from the
vehicle then machined. Machine the disc plate while installed on the
vehicle.
Minimum front disc plate thickness after machining using a brake lathe on-vehicle 26.8 mm {1.06
in}
1. Jack up the front of the vehicle and support it with safety stands.
2. Remove the wheels.
3. Verify the remaining thickness of the pads.
z Replace the pads as a set: right and left wheels, if either one is at or less than the minimum
thickness.
Fig. 26: Exploded View Of Front Brake (Disc) Components With Torque Specification
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 BRAKES Conventional Brake System - CX-7
Fig. 28: Identifying Disc Pad (Front) Components With Torque Specification
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Fig. 29: Exploded View Of Caliper (Front) Components With Torque Specification
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
WARNING: z When compressed air is blown into the caliper body, injury to a
finger or other part from pinching could result from the piston
springing up. When blowing in compressed air, do not place your
fingers between the piston and caliper body when performing the
work.
CAUTION: z The piston could be damaged if blown out with great force. Blow the
compressed air slowly to prevent the piston from suddenly popping
out.
1. Place the SST in the caliper, then blow compressed air through the hole to force the piston out of the
caliper.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 BRAKES Conventional Brake System - CX-7
Description
Steering wheel vibrates in the direction of its rotation. This characteristic is most noticeable when applying
brakes at a vehicle speed of 100-140 km/h {62-87 mph}.
Floor vibration
When applying brakes, the vehicle body shakes back and forth. The seriousness of shake is not influenced by
vehicle speed.
When applying brakes, a pulsating force tries to push the brake pad back. The pulsation is transmitted to the
brake pedal.
Due to an excessive runout (side-to-side wobble) of disc plate, the thickness of disc plate is uneven.
If the runout is more than 0.05 mm {0.002 in} at the position 10 mm {0.39 in} from the disc plate edge,
uneven wear occurs on the disc plate because of uneven pad/plate contact.
If the runout is less than 0.05 mm {0.002 in} , uneven wear does not occur.
Repeated panic braking may raise the temperature in some portions of disc plate by approx. 1,000 °C {1,832 °
F} . This results in deformed disc plate.
Due to corrosion, the thickness and friction coefficient of disc plate change.
If a vehicle is parked under damp conditions for a long time, corrosion occurs on the friction surface of disc
plate.
The thickness of corrosion is uneven and sometimes appears like a wave pattern, which changes the friction
coefficient and causes a reaction force.
1. To secure the disc plate and the hub, tighten the hub nuts upside down or insert a washer (thickness 10
mm {0.39 in} with an inner diameter more than 12 mm {0.47 in} ) between the hub bolt and the hub nut.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 BRAKES Conventional Brake System - CX-7
NOTE: z The component parts of the SST (49 B017 001 or 49 G019 003) can be
used as a suitable washer.
2. After tightening all the hub nuts to the same torque, put the dial gauge on the friction surface of disc plate
10 mm {0.39 in} from the disc plate edge.
3. Rotate the disc plate one time and measure the runout.
CAUTION: z Excessive runout may result if the disc plate is removed from the
vehicle then machined. Machine the disc plate while installed on the
vehicle.
Minimum rear disc plate thickness after machining using a brake lathe on-vehicle 16.8 mm {0.66
in}
1. Jack up the rear of the vehicle and support it with safety stands.
2. Remove the wheels.
3. Verify the remaining thickness of the pads.
z Replace the pads as a set: right and left wheels, if either one is at or less than the minimum
thickness.
Fig. 34: Exploded View Of Rear Brake (Disc) Components With Torque Specification
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
1. If any disc plate is difficult to remove, perform the following steps to remove it.
1. Insert a flathead screwdriver into the service hole and turn the adjuster in the direction of the arrow
to compress the parking brake shoe.
2. Remove the disc plate.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 BRAKES Conventional Brake System - CX-7
3. Rotate the disc plate and make sure it does not drag.
Fig. 39: Identifying Disc Pad (Rear) Components With Torque Specification
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 BRAKES Conventional Brake System - CX-7
Fig. 40: Exploded View Of Caliper (Rear) Components With Torque Specification
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
WARNING: z When compressed air is blown into the caliper body, injury to a
finger or other part from pinching could result from the piston
springing up. When blowing in compressed air, do not place your
fingers between the piston and caliper body when performing the
work.
CAUTION: z The piston could be damaged if blown out with great force. Blow the
compressed air slowly to prevent the piston from suddenly popping
out.
1. Place a piece of wood in the caliper, then blow compressed air through the hole to force the piston out of
the caliper.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 BRAKES Conventional Brake System - CX-7
2009 BRAKES
1. Perform "Preparation".
2. Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2.
3. Set up an active command mode inspection according to the combination of commands below.
RF_INLET ON
RF OUTLET
RR INLET OFF OFF ON
OFF
RR_OUTLET
OFF
PMP_MOTOR
CAUTION: z To protect the DSC HU/CM, the solenoid valve and the pump
motor used during active command mode stay on for only 10 s
or less each time they are switched on.
NOTE: z When working with two people, one should press on the brake pedal,
and the other should attempt to rotate the wheel being inspected.
4. Send the command while depressing on the brake pedal and attempting to rotate the wheel being
inspected.
5. While brake pressure is maintained and a DSC HU/CM operation click sound is heard, confirm that the
wheel does not rotate. While brake pressure is being reduced and an DSC HU/CM operation click sound
is heard, confirm that the wheel rotates.
z Performing the inspection above determines the following:
{ The DSC HU/CM hydraulic system is not significantly abnormal (including DSC HU/CM).
{ The DSC HU/CM internal electrical parts (solenoid, motor and other parts) are normal.
{ The DSC unit and DSC HU/CM output system wiring harnesses (solenoid valve, relay
system) are normal.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 BRAKES Dynamic Stability Control - CX-7
1. Perform "Preparation".
2. Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2.
3. Set up an active command mode inspection according to the combination of commands below.
CAUTION: z To protect the DSC HU/CM, the solenoid valve and the pump
motor used during active command mode stay on for only 10 s
or less each time they are switched on.
INSPECTION CHART
Inspected wheels
Command name Understeer control inhibited Oversteer control inhibited
LF RF LR RR
V_TRC_L ON OFF ON
V TRC R OFF ON OFF
V_STB_L
OFF
V_STB_R
LF_INLET ON
OFF
LF OUTLET
OFF
LR_INLET ON
OFF
LR-OUTLET OFF
RF_INLET OFF ON
RF_OUTLET
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 BRAKES Dynamic Stability Control - CX-7
RR_INLET ON
OFF
RR OUTLET OFF
PMP MOTOR ON
4. Send the command while rotating the wheel being inspected by hand in a forward direction.
5. Confirm that the wheel does not rotate easily while a DSC HU/CM operation click sound is heard.
z Performing the inspection above determines the following:
{ The DSC HU/CM hydraulic system is not significantly abnormal (including DSC HU/CM).
{ The DSC HU/CM internal electrical parts (solenoid, motor and other parts) are normal.
{ The DSC unit and DSC HU/CM output system wiring harnesses (solenoid valve, relay
system) are normal.
z However, the following items cannot be verified.
CAUTION: z The DSC may not function normally when the DSC HU/CM is
replaced. After installation, always perform the initialization
procedures for the DSC HU/CM, combined sensor and the steering
angle sensor. (See COMBINED SENSOR INITIALIZATION
PROCEDURE.) (See STEERING ANGLE SENSOR INITIALIZATION
PROCEDURE ).
z The internal parts of the DSC HU/CM could be damaged if dropped.
Be careful not to drop the DSC HU/CM. Replace the DSC HU/CM if it is
subjected to an impact.
1. Remove the battery and battery tray. (See BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH
TC] ).
2. Remove the battery tray bracket as shown in the figure.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 BRAKES Dynamic Stability Control - CX-7
1. Install the rubber mount on DSC HU/CM section A to the bracket as shown in the figure.
2. Install DSC HU/CM section B to the bracket.
3. Install the nuts to DSC HU/CM section A and tighten them.
1. Align the marks made before removal and install the brake pipe to the DSC HU/CM and brake pipe joint
referring to the figure.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 BRAKES Dynamic Stability Control - CX-7
2. Tighten the brake pipe to the specified torque using the commercially available flare nut wrench.
1. After connecting the connector, verify that the lock lever is completely pushed in.
terminal B connector
terminal B)
TCS OFF z Wiring harness
switch P-TCS OFF
TCS OFF switch Continuity (P-TCS OFF
P switch Continuity switch
connector detected
terminal A connector
terminal A)
Q - - - - - -
R - - - - - -
S - - - - - -
T - - - - - -
U - - - - - -
V - - - - - -
W-DLC-2 Continuity z Wiring harness
DLC-2 terminal detected (W-DLC-2
W CAN_L Continuity CAN_L
(CAN_L) terminal
CAN L)
X-DLC-2 Continuity z Wiring harness
DLC-2 terminal detected (X-DLC-2
X CAN_H Continuity CAN_H
(CAN_H) terminal
CAN_H)
Ground Y-combined z Wiring harness
(combined sensor (Y-combined
sensor) Combined Continuity
Y Continuity connector sensor
sensor terminal F detected
connector
terminal F)
Z - - - - - -
AA-combined z Wiring harness
Yaw rate Combined sensor Continuity (AA-combined
AA Continuity sensor
(signal) sensor connector detected
terminal B connector
terminal B)
terminal A)
AF - - - - - -
AG - - - - - -
AH - - - - - -
Fig. 13: Identifying Front ABS Wheel-Speed Sensor Components With Torque Specification
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
CLEARANCE INSPECTION
1. Verify the clearance between the ABS sensor rotor and the ABS wheel-speed sensor.
z If there is any malfunction, check for improper installation, and replace if necessary.
Clearance
Fig. 14: Identifying Clearance Between ABS Sensor Rotor And ABS Wheel-Speed Sensor
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
4. Remove the trunk end trim. (See TRUNK END TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
5. Remove the trunk side trim. (See TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
6. Remove in the order indicated in the figure.
7. Install in the reverse order of removal.
Fig. 16: Identifying Rear ABS Wheel-Speed Sensor Components With Torque Specification
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Fig. 17: Identifying Rear ABS Wheel-Speed Sensor Components With Torque Specification
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
CLEARANCE INSPECTION
4. Verify that the clearance between the ABS sensor rotor and the rear ABS wheel-speed sensor is as
indicated below.
z If there is any malfunction, replace it.
Fig. 18: Identifying Clearance Between Rear ABS Wheel-Speed Sensor Installation Surface &
ABS Sensor Rotor
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Clearance
5. Verify that the display of the M-MDS shows the same value as the speedometer.
z If there is any malfunction, replace the rear ABS wheel-speed sensor.
CLEARANCE INSPECTION
1. Verify the clearance between the ABS sensor rotor and the ABS wheel-speed sensor.
z If there is any malfunction, check for improper installation, and replace if necessary.
Clearance
Fig. 20: Identifying Clearance Between ABS Sensor Rotor & ABS Wheel-Speed Sensor
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
3. Select the following PIDs, then inspect the lateral acceleration speed and the yaw rate.
{ LAT_ACCL: (lateral acceleration speed)
Standard
Standard
5. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initial screen of the M-MDS.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 BRAKES Dynamic Stability Control - CX-7
NOTE: z Install the SST (49 N043 001) to the master cylinder using a
commercially available flare nut wrench.
{ Flare nut across flat: 12 mm {0.47 in}
3. Bleed the air from the SSTs and the brake line. (Bleed air from the SSTs ) through air bleeding valve A.
5. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS.
z When using the IDS (laptop PC)
1. Select "DataLogger".
2. Select "Module".
3. Select "ABS".
z When using the PDS (pocket PC)
1. Access the switch bezel component from behind of the dashboard, and squeeze the tabs of the switch
bezel component.
2. Remove the switch bezel component from the dashboard.
1. When installing the wheels and tires, tighten the wheel nuts in a criss-cross pattern to the following
tightening torque.
Tightening torque
1. If any brake line has been disconnected during the procedures, add brake fluid, bleed the brakes, and
inspect for leakage after the procedure has been completed.
CAUTION: z Brake fluid will damage painted surfaces. Be careful not to spill
any on painted surfaces. If it is spilled, wipe it off immediately.
1. Tighten the brake pipe flare nut using the commercially available flare nut wrench.
CONNECTOR DISCONNECTION
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable before performing any work that requires handling of connectors.
(See BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC] ).
1. Make sure that there are no DTCs in the DSC memory after working on DSC related parts. If there are
any DTCs in the memory, clear them. (See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS ).
WARNING: z If the initialization procedure is not completed, the DSC will not
operate properly and it might cause an unexpected accident.
Therefore, when replacing or removing the following parts, make
sure to perform the initialization procedure to insure proper DSC
operation.
1. When replacing or removing the following parts, perform the initialization procedure. (See COMBINED
SENSOR INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE ).
z DSC HU/CM
z Combined sensor
CAUTION: z The steering angle sensor initialization value of the BCM is stored
using the battery power supply. Therefore, the battery power supply
of the BCM is cut and the stored steering angle initialization value is
cleared when any of the following items are performed.
{ Negative battery cable disconnection
1. When replacing or removing the following parts, perform the initialization procedure. (See STEERING
ANGLE SENSOR INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE ).
z Negative battery cable disconnection
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 GENERAL INFORMATION General Procedures (Brakes) - CX-7
2009 BRAKES
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) TEST DESCRIPTION
z The OBD test inspects the integrity and function of the DSC and outputs the results when requested by
the specific tests.
z On-board diagnostic test also:
{ Provides a quick inspection of the DSC usually performed at the start of each diagnostic procedure.
{ Provides verification after repairs to ensure that no other faults occurred during service.
z This function allows you to read or clear DTCs in the DSC HU/CM memory.
z This function allows you to access certain data values, input signals, calculated values, and system status
information.
2. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 BRAKES On-Board Diagnostic - CX-7
2. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS.
z When using the IDS (laptop PC)
2. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS.
z When using the IDS (laptop PC)
1. Select "DataLogger".
2. Select "Modules".
3. Select "ABS".
z When using the PDS (pocket PC)
NOTE: z The PID/Data monitor function is used for monitoring the calculated
value of input/output signals in the module. Therefore, if the
monitored value of the output parts is not within the specification,
inspection of the monitored value of input parts corresponding to
applicable output part control is necessary. In addition, because the
system does not display an output part malfunction as an
abnormality in the monitored value, it is necessary to inspect the
output parts individually.
2. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS.
z When using the IDS (laptop PC)
1. Select "DataLogger".
2. Select "Modules".
3. Select "ABS".
z When using the PDS (pocket PC)
DTC TABLE
DTC
System malfunction location See
M-MDS
B1317 Power supply system (See DTC B1317, B1318.)
B1318 Power supply system (See DTC B1317, B1318.)
B1342 DSC HU/CM system (See DTC B1342, C1730.)
B1484 Brake switch system (See DTC B1484, C1954.)
C1095 Pump motor, motor relay system (See DTC C1095, C1096.)
C1096 Pump motor, motor relay system (See DTC C1095, C1096.)
C1141 LF ABS sensor rotor system (See DTC C1141, C1142, C1143, C1144.)
C1142 RF ABS sensor rotor system (See DTC C1141, C1142, C1143, C1144.)
C1143 LR ABS sensor rotor system (See DTC C1141, C1142, C1143, C1144.)
C1144 RR ABS sensor rotor system (See DTC C1141, C1142, C1143, C1144.)
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 BRAKES On-Board Diagnostic - CX-7
C1145 RF ABS wheel-speed sensor (open circuit) (See DTC C1145, C1155, C1165, C1175.)
system
C1148 RF ABS wheel-speed sensor/ABS sensor (See DTC C1148, C1158, C1168, C1178.)
rotor system
C1155 LF ABS wheel-speed sensor (open circuit) (See DTC C1145, C1155, C1165, C1175.)
system
C1158 LF ABS wheel-speed sensor/ABS sensor (See DTC C1148, C1158, C1168, C1178.)
rotor system
C1165 RR ABS wheel-speed sensor (open (See DTC C1145, C1155, C1165, C1175.)
circuit) system
C1168 RR ABS wheel-speed sensor/ABS sensor (See DTC C1148, C1158, C1168, C1178.)
rotor system
C1175 LR ABS wheel-speed sensor (open (See DTC C1145, C1155, C1165, C1175.)
circuit) system
C1178 LR ABS wheel-speed sensor/ABS sensor (See DTC C1148, C1158, C1168, C1178.)
rotor system
C1186 Valve relay system (See DTC C1186, C1266.)
C1194 LF outlet solenoid valve system (See DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214, C1242,
C1246, C1250, C1254, C1400, C1410, C1957,
C1958.)
C1198 LF inlet solenoid valve system (See DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214, C1242,
C1246, C1250, C1254, C1400, C1410, C1957,
C1958.)
C1210 RF outlet solenoid valve system (See DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214, C1242,
C1246, C1250, C1254, C1400, C1410, C1957,
C1958.)
C1214 RF inlet solenoid valve system (See DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214, C1242,
C1246, C1250, C1254, C1400, C1410, C1957,
C1958.)
C1222 ABS wheel-speed sensor (slip monitor) (See DTC C1222.)
system
C1233 LF ABS wheel-speed sensor (short to (See DTC C1233, C1234, C1235, C1236.)
ground) system
C1234 RF ABS wheel-speed sensor (short to (See DTC C1233, C1234, C1235, C1236.)
ground) system
C1235 RR ABS wheel-speed sensor (short to (See DTC C1233, C1234, C1235, C1236.)
ground) system
C1236 LR ABS wheel-speed sensor (short to (See DTC C1233, C1234, C1235, C1236.)
ground) system
C1242 LR outlet solenoid valve system (See DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214, C1242,
C1246, C1250, C1254, C1400, C1410, C1957,
C1958.)
C1246 RR outlet solenoid valve system (See DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214, C1242,
C1246, C1250, C1254, C1400, C1410, C1957,
C1958.)
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 BRAKES On-Board Diagnostic - CX-7
C1250 LR inlet solenoid valve system (See DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214, C1242,
C1246, C1250, C1254, C1400, C1410, C1957,
C1958.)
C1254 RR inlet solenoid valve system (See DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214, C1242,
C1246, C1250, C1254, C1400, C1410, C1957,
C1958.)
C1266 Valve relay system (See DTC C1186, C1266.)
C1279 Combined sensor system (See DTC C1279, C1280, C1281, C1282, C1951,
C1952, C1959, C2768.)
C1280 Combined sensor system (See DTC C1279, C1280, C1281, C1282, C1951,
C1952, C1959, C2768.)
C1281 Combined sensor system (See DTC C1279, C1280, C1281, C1282, C1951,
C1952, C1959, C2768.)
C1282 Combined sensor system (See DTC C1279, C1280, C1281, C1282, C1951,
C1952, C1959, C2768.)
C1288 Brake fluid pressure sensor system (See DTC C1288, C1290, C1953.)
C1290 Brake fluid pressure sensor system (See DTC C1288, C1290, C1953.)
C1295 Steering angle sensor system (See DTC C1295, C1307, C1937, C1938.)
C1306 Steering angle sensor (abnormal (See DTC C1306.)
initialization) system
C1307 Steering angle sensor system (See DTC C1295, C1307, C1937, C1938.)
C1400 RF traction control solenoid valve system (See DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214, C1242,
C1246, C1250, C1254, C1400, C1410, C1957,
C1958.)
C1410 LF traction control solenoid valve system (See DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214, C1242,
C1246, C1250, C1254, C1400, C1410, C1957,
C1958.)
C1414 Incorrect DSC HU/CM installed (See DTC C1414.)
C1730 DSC HU/CM system (See DTC B1342, C1730.)
C1937 Steering angle sensor system (See DTC C1295, C1307, C1937, C1938.)
C1938 Steering angle sensor system (See DTC C1295, C1307, C1937, C1938.)
C1951 Combined sensor system (See DTC C1279, C1280, C1281, C1282, C1951,
C1952, C1959, C2768.)
C1952 Combined sensor system (See DTC C1279, C1280, C1281, C1282, C1951,
C1952, C1959, C2768.)
C1953 Brake fluid pressure sensor system (See DTC C1288, C1290, C1953.)
C1954 Brake switch system (See DTC B1484, C1954.)
C1957 RF DSC switch solenoid valve system (See DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214, C1242,
C1246, C1250, C1254, C1400, C1410, C1957,
C1958.)
C1958 LF DSC switch solenoid valve system (See DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214, C1242,
C1246, C1250, C1254, C1400, C1410, C1957,
C1958.)
C1959 Combined sensor system (See DTC C1279, C1280, C1281, C1282, C1951,
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 BRAKES On-Board Diagnostic - CX-7
DSC
PID name Operation condition HU/CM
(definition) Unit/Condition (reference) Action terminal
z ABS warning light
ABS_LAMP (ABS is illuminated: On
Inspect ABS warning
warning light driver On/Off z ABS warning light light.
-
output state) is not illuminated:
Off
z Ignition switch at
Inspect power supply
ON: Approx. 12 circuit. (See DSC
ABS_VOLT (System HU/CM
V V J
battery voltage value) INSPECTION ).
z Idling: Approx.
14 V
z Brake pedal
Inspect the brake switch.
BOO_ABS (Brake depressed: On (See BRAKE SWITCH
On/Off INSPECTION ). N
pedal switch input) z Brake pedal
released: Off
Perform the DTC
CCNTABS (Number Indicates number of inspection. (See ON-
- -
of continuous codes) DTC BOARD
DIAGNOSIS.)
z Vehicle stopped or
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 BRAKES On-Board Diagnostic - CX-7
driving at constant
speed: 0 G
z Cornering to right: Inspect the combined
Changes 0 G- sensor. (See
LAT_ACCL G AI
positive COMBINED SENSOR
z Cornering to left: INSPECTION ).
Changes 0 G-
negative
z Brake pedal
released: 0 Pa, 0
psi Inspect the brake fluid
Brake pedal pressure sensor.
MCYLI P Pa, psi z -
depressed: (See DSC SYSTEM
Changes according INSPECTION ).
to the brake fluid
pressure
z Pump motor Inspect the DSC
PMP_MOTOR HU/CM.
activated: On
(Pump motor output On/Off (See DSC SYSTEM -
state) z Pump motor not INSPECTION ).
activated: Off
z Relay activated: Inspect the DSC
RLY_PMP (Motor On HU/CM.
On/Off (See DSC SYSTEM -
relay output state) z Relay not INSPECTION ).
activated: Off
z Valve relay is Inspect the DSC
RLY_VLV (Valve activated: On HU/CM.
On/Off (See DSC SYSTEM -
relay output state) z Valve relay is INSPECTION ).
deactivated: Off
z Engine stopped: 0 Inspect the PCM.
RPM (See PCM
RPM (Engine speed INSPECTION [L3
signal input) RPM z Engine speed at -
WITH TC] .) Inspect
3,000 rpm: 3,000
the instrument cluster.
RPM
z Steering wheel in
neutral position
(not turned): 0°
Inspect the steering
z Steering wheel angle sensor.
SWA_POS ° turned to left: (See STEERING -
Changes 0°- ANGLE SENSOR
negative INSPECTION ).
z Steering wheel
turned to right:
Changes 0°-
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 BRAKES On-Board Diagnostic - CX-7
positive
z Closed throttle
position: 0%
z Wide open Inspect the throttle
TPI % throttle: Changes -
position sensor.
according to
throttle valve
opening angle
z Solenoid valve Inspect the DSC
VJ_LF_INL (Left
activated: On HU/CM.
front inlet solenoid On/Off -
Solenoid valve not (See DSC SYSTEM
valve output state) z
activated: Off INSPECTION ).
z Solenoid valve Inspect the DSC
V_LF_OTL (Left activated: On HU/CM.
front outlet solenoid On/Off -
Solenoid valve not (See DSC SYSTEM
valve output state) z
activated: Off INSPECTION ).
z Solenoid valve Inspect the DSC
V_LR_INL (Left rear
activated: On HU/CM.
inlet solenoid valve On/Off -
Solenoid valve not (See DSC SYSTEM
output state) z
activated: Off INSPECTION ).
z Solenoid valve Inspect the DSC
V_LR_OTL (Left
activated: On HU/CM.
rear outlet solenoid On/Off -
Solenoid valve not (See DSC SYSTEM
valve output state) z
activated: Off INSPECTION ).
z Solenoid valve Inspect the DSC
V_RF_INL (Right
activated: On HU/CM.
front inlet solenoid On/Off -
Solenoid valve not (See DSC SYSTEM
valve output state) z
INSPECTION ).
activated: Off
z Solenoid valve Inspect the DSC
V_RF_OTL (Right
activated: On HU/CM.
front outlet solenoid On/Off -
Solenoid valve not (See DSC SYSTEM
valve output state) z
activated: Off INSPECTION ).
z Solenoid valve Inspect the DSC
V_RR_INL (Right
activated: On HU/CM.
rear inlet solenoid On/Off -
Solenoid valve not (See DSC SYSTEM
valve output state) z
activated: Off INSPECTION ).
z Solenoid valve Inspect the DSC
V_RR_OTL (Right activated: On HU/CM.
rear outlet solenoid On/Off -
Solenoid valve not (See DSC SYSTEM
valve output state) z
activated: Off INSPECTION ).
Operating
Command name Output part Operation condition
LATACCEL Combined sensor (lateral acceleration) FALSE/TRUE
initialization
PMP MOTOR Pump motor On/Off
SAS_CAL Steering angle sensor initialization FALSE/TRUE
STAB_IND DSC indicator light
TRAC OFF TCS OFF light
V LF INL LF inlet solenoid valve
V_LF_OTL LF outlet solenoid valve
V_LR_INL LR inlet solenoid valve
Ignition switch at
V_LR_OTL LR outlet solenoid valve
ON
V_RF_INL RF inlet solenoid valve
V_RF_OTL RF outlet solenoid valve On/Off
V RR INL RR inlet solenoid valve
V_RR_OTL RR outlet solenoid valve
V_STB_L LF stability control solenoid valve
V_STB_R RF stability control solenoid valve
V TRC L LF traction control solenoid valve
V_TRC_R RF traction control solenoid valve
YAWRATE Combined sensor (yaw rate) initialization
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
(See ON-BOARD
DIAGNOSIS.)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
z Turn the ignition switch off. No Repair or replace the wiring harness for
z Disconnect the DSC HU/CM and
open circuit between DSC HU/CM and
brake switch connector. brake switch, then go to the next step.
z Inspect for continuity DSC
HU/CM terminal N and brake
switch terminal D.
z Is there continuity?
z Inspect the brake switch. No Replace the brake switch, then go to the
next step.
(See BRAKE SWITCH (See BRAKE PEDAL
INSPECTION ). REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
DETECTION z C1096
CONDITION { When the difference between the battery power supply voltage and pu
supply voltage remains at 4.0 V or more for 0.1 s or more while the pu
{ ABS motor monitor OFF signal is input within specified time limit wh
switched from ON to OFF by ABS HU/CM.
z ABS 1 40A fuse malfunction
z Open or short to ground circuit in the wiring harness between the battery and
terminal B
z Open circuit in the wiring harness between the DSC HU/CM terminal A and
POSSIBLE CAUSE
z Open or short circuit in the DSC HU/CM internal motor relay, or stuck moto
z Open or short circuit in the DSC HU/CM internal motor, or frozen motor
z Fail-safe relay malfunction
z Poor connection at connectors (female terminal)
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 BRAKES On-Board Diagnostic - CX-7
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
zIs the ABS 1 40A fuse normal? No Replace the fuse, then go to Step 5.
2 INSPECT MOTOR RELAY POWER Yes Go to the next step.
SUPPLY FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
z Turn the ignition switch off. No Repair or replace the wiring harness for
open circuit between battery positive
z Disconnect DSC HU/CM
connector. terminal and DSC HU/CM terminal B, then
go to Step 5.
z Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position (engine off).
z Measure voltage between DSC
HU/CM terminal B (harness-side)
and ground.
z Is the voltage B+?
zTurn the ignition switch off. open circuit between DSC HU/CM
terminal A and ground, then go to Step 5.
z Inspect for continuity between
DSC HU/CM terminal A
(harness-side) and ground.
z Is there continuity?
zTurn the ignition switch off. No Replace the DSC HU/CM, then go to the
next step.
z Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-
2. (See DSC HU/CM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
z Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position (engine off).
z Access PMP_MOTOR active
command modes using the M-
MDS.
z Does the pump motor operate?
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
WSPD_LF
WSPD_LR
No Go to the next step.
WSPD_RF
WSPD_RR
Clearance
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
WSPD_LF
WSPD_LR
WSPD_RF
WSPD_RR
3 VERIFY THAT THE SAME DTC IS Yes Repeat the inspection from Step 1.
NOT PRESENT If the malfunction recurs, replace the DSC
HU/CM, then go to the next step.
z Clear the DTCs from the (See DSC HU/CM
memory. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
(See ON-BOARD
DIAGNOSIS.)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
z Turn the ignition switch off. No If there is a difference in speeds of the four
wheels, go to the next step.
z Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-
2.
z Select the following PIDs using
the M-MDS:
WSPD_LF
WSPD_LR
WSPD_RF
WSPD_RR
Clearance
in}
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
zTurn the ignition switch off. No Repair or replace the wiring harness for
z Disconnect DSC HU/CM
open circuit between battery positive
connector. terminal and DSC HU/CM terminal C, then
go to the next step.
z Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position (engine off).
z Measure voltage between DSC
HU/CM terminal C (harness-side)
and ground.
z Is voltage B+?
DTC C1194, C1198, C1210, C1214, C1242, C1246, C1250, C1254, C1400,
C1410, C1957, C1958
DETECTION CONDITION AND POSSIBLE CAUSE
C1194 LF outlet solenoid valve system
C1198 LF inlet solenoid valve system
C1210 RF outlet solenoid valve system
C1214 RF inlet solenoid valve system
C1242 LR outlet solenoid valve system
C1246 RR outlet solenoid valve system
DTC
C1250 LR inlet solenoid valve system
C1254 RR inlet solenoid valve system
C1400 RF traction control solenoid valve system
C1410 LF traction control solenoid valve system
C1957 RF stability control solenoid valve system
C1958 LF stability control solenoid valve system
DETECTION z Solenoid valve operation does not correspond to solenoid ON/OFF
CONDITION commands from the DSC HU/CM.
z Open or short circuit in the DSC HU/CM internal solenoid valves
POSSIBLE CAUSE z Solenoid valve malfunction
z Poor connection at connectors (female terminal)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
z Turn the ignition switch off. No Replace the DSC HU/CM, then go to the
next step.
z Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-
2. (See DSC HU/CM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
z Turn the ignition switch to the ON
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 BRAKES On-Board Diagnostic - CX-7
DTC C1222
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
WSPD_LF
WSPD_LR
WSPD_RF
WSPD_RR
Clearance Front:
POSSIBLE CAUSE { DSC HU/CM terminal G-LR ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal A
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
WSPD_LF
WSPD_LR
WSPD_RF
WSPD_RR
3 VERIFY THAT THE SAME DTC IS Yes Repeat the inspection from Step 1.
NOT PRESENT If the malfunction recurs, replace the DSC
HU/CM, then go to the next step.
z Clear the DTCs from the (See DSC HU/CM
memory. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
(See ON-BOARD
DIAGNOSIS.)
z Open circuit in the wiring harness between ignition switch and com
E or short circuit to ground
z Open circuit in the wiring harness between DSC HU/CM terminal
sensor terminal F or short circuit to ground
z Open circuit in the wiring harness between DSC HU/CM terminal
sensor terminal C or short circuit to ground
z Open circuit in the wiring harness between DSC HU/CM terminal
POSSIBLE CAUSE sensor terminal A or short circuit to ground
z Open circuit in the wiring harness between DSC HU/CM terminal
sensor terminal B or short circuit to ground
z Open circuit in the wiring harness between DSC HU/CM terminal
sensor terminal D
z Combined sensor malfunction
z Poor connection at connectors (female terminal)
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 BRAKES On-Board Diagnostic - CX-7
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
z Turn the ignition switch off. No Repair or replace the wiring harness for
open circuit between DSC HU/CM
z Disconnect DSC HU/CM and
terminal Y and combined sensor terminal
combined sensor connectors. F, then go to Step 12.
z Inspect for continuity between
DSC HU/CM terminal Y (harness-
side) and combined sensor
terminal F (harness-side).
z Is there continuity?
4 INSPECT COMBINED SENSOR Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for
(YAW RATE PART) SIGNAL FOR short to ground between DSC HU/CM
SHORT TO GROUND terminal AA and combined sensor terminal
B, then go to Step 12.
z Turn the ignition switch off.
z Inspect for continuity between
DSC HU/CM terminal AA
(harness-side) and ground. No Go to the next step.
z Is there continuity?
6 INSPECT COMBINED SENSOR Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for
(LATERAL-G PART) SIGNAL FOR short to ground between DSC HU/CM
SHORT TO GROUND terminal AI and combined sensor terminal
D, then go to Step 12.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 BRAKES On-Board Diagnostic - CX-7
7 INSPECT REFERENCE SIGNAL Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT open circuit between DSC HU/CM
terminal AE and combined sensor terminal
z Turn the ignition switch off. A, then go to Step 12.
z Inspect for continuity between
DSC HU/CM terminal AE
(harness-side) and combined
sensor terminal A (harness-side). No Go to the next step.
z Is there continuity?
8 INSPECT REFERENCE SIGNAL Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for
FOR SHORT TO GROUND short to ground between DSC HU/CM
terminal AE and combined sensor terminal
z Turn the ignition switch off. A, then go to Step 12.
z Inspect for continuity between
DSC HU/CM terminal AE
(harness-side) and ground.
No Go to the next step.
z Is there continuity?
10 INSPECT TEST SIGNAL FOR Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for
SHORT TO GROUND short to ground between DSC HU/CM
terminal AB and combined sensor terminal
z Turn the ignition switch off. C, then go to Step 12.
z Inspect for continuity between
DSC HU/CM terminal AB
(harness-side) and ground.
No Go to the next step.
z Is there continuity?
INSPECTION ). REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
(See ON-BOARD
DIAGNOSIS.)
z C1307
{ The steering angle sensor detects an abnormality in the signal.
z C1937
DETECTION { The difference between the steering angle calculated by each sensor a
CONDITION from the steering angle sensor exceeds specification.
z C1938
{ The difference between the steering angle previously received and the
received at this time is not within specification.
{ The signal from the steering angle sensor remains unchanged when th
turned to the right and left.
z Improper installation or positioning of the steering angle sensor
POSSIBLE CAUSE z Steering angle sensor malfunction
z Poor connection at connectors (female terminal)
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 BRAKES On-Board Diagnostic - CX-7
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
DTC C1306
NOTE: z The steering angle initialization value of the BCM is stored using the
battery power supply. Therefore, the battery power supply of the BCM is
cut and the stored steering angle initialization value is cleared when any of
the following items are performed. DTC C1306 is stored in the memory.
{ Negative battery cable disconnection
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
DTC C1414
DETECTION CONDITION AND POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC C1414 Incorrect DSC HU/CM installed
DETECTION z Detection of situation where vehicle-type or drive system input signal and
CONDITION DSC HU/CM information remains incongruent through CAN information
POSSIBLE CAUSE z Mismatched installation of DSC HU/CM
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
DTC C1994
DETECTION CONDITION AND POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC C1994 DSC control system
z DSC control for the front wheels continues for 10 s or more.
DETECTION
CONDITION z During DSC control, the pressure increase operation to any of the all four
wheels does not occur for 1.3 s or more.
z This does not indicate a malfunction since constant control over extended
POSSIBLE CAUSE period of time is inhibited to protect the DSC solenoid valve inside the
DSC HU.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
2009 BRAKES
Parking brake pedal stroke when depressed at 180 N {18.4 kgf, 40.5 lbf} 1-3 notches
CAUTION: z Performing the following procedures without first removing the ABS
wheel-speed sensor may possibly cause an open circuit in the
harness if it is pulled by mistake. Before performing the following
procedures, remove the ABS wheel-speed sensor (axle side) and fix it
to an appropriate place where the sensor will not be pulled by
mistake while servicing the vehicle.
1. Perform the following procedure and remove the parking brake pedal.
1. Remove the lower panel. (See LOWER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
2. Perform the following procedure and remove the front parking brake cable.
1. Remove the lower panel. (See LOWER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
2. Remove the joint cover. (See STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
3. Remove the console panel. (See CONSOLE PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
4. Remove the console. (See CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
5. Remove the console bracket as shown in the figure.
6. Turn the floor covering over until the front parking brake cable cover appears.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 BRAKES Parking Brake System - CX-7
7. Disconnect the combined sensor connector and the SAS control module connector.
8. Remove the sensor bracket component shown in the figure.
9. Remove the insulator.
3. Perform the following procedure and remove the rear parking brake cable.
1. Remove the insulator.
4. Perform the following procedure and remove the parking brake plate, back plate and wheel hub.
1. Remove the rear ABS wheel-speed sensor from the rear wheel hub. (See REAR ABS WHEEL-
SPEED SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [2WD] ).
Fig. 5: Exploded View Of Parking Brake Components With Torque Specification (2WD)
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 BRAKES Parking Brake System - CX-7
1. Remove the brake caliper assembly from the trailing link and suspend it with a cable so it does not
interfere.
1. If any disc plate is difficult to remove, perform the following steps to remove it.
1. Insert a flathead screwdriver into the service hole and turn the adjuster in the direction of the arrow
to compress the parking brake shoe.
2. Remove the disc plate.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 BRAKES Parking Brake System - CX-7
1. Pull the parking brake shoe downward and disengage it from the shoe stopper.
2. Press the adjuster bolt and tappet by hand, and slowly remove the parking brake shoe.
NOTE: z When removing the parking brake shoe, firmly press the adjuster bolt
and tappet by hand and slowly remove the parking brake shoe to
prevent the adjuster bolt, tappet, operation lever and other parts from
flying off.
OPERATION LEVER, PIN, ADJUSTER BOLT AND NUT, TAPPET INSTALLATION NOTE
1. Install the operation lever, pin, adjuster bolt and nut, and tappet so that the adjuster nut is facing toward
the vehicle front.
2. Completely tighten the adjuster bolt and nut. adjuster bolt
3. Move the operation lever by hand and verify that it operates properly.
z If proper operation cannot be verified, reinstall.
1. Measure the parking brake lining thickness with a vernier caliper or measuring scale.
z If it is less than the minimum thickness, install a new parking brake shoe.
2. Apply grease to the contact face of the parking brake shoe and the shoe stopper.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 BRAKES Parking Brake System - CX-7
Fig. 11: Identifying Backing Plate, Shoe Stopper & Parking Brake Shoe
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
3. After installing the opening of the parking brake shoe to the adjuster bolt and tappet, push the brake shoe
upward and attach it to the shoe stopper.
1. Measure the inner diameter of the disc plate with a vernier caliper.
z If it exceeds the maximum diameter, install the new disc plate.
3. Rotate the disc plate and make sure it does not drag.
1. Move the rear parking brake cable end in the direction shown in the figure and install it to the end cable.
2. Verify that the end cable tab (rear parking brake cable side) is attached properly to the rear parking brake
cable end.
3. Install the end cable to the operation lever.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 BRAKES Parking Brake System - CX-7
Fig. 15: Identifying End Cable & Rear Parking Brake Cable
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
1. Degrease the parking brake pedal pad installation surface of the parking brake pedal.
2. Apply commercially available instant adhesive to the area (shaded area) shown in the figure of the
parking brake pedal and install the parking brake pedal pad.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 BRAKES Parking Brake System - CX-7
CAUTION: z Performing the following procedures without first removing the ABS
wheel-speed sensor may possibly cause an open circuit in the
harness if it is pulled by mistake. Before performing the following
procedures, remove the ABS wheel-speed sensor (axle side) and fix it
to an appropriate place where the sensor will not be pulled by
mistake while servicing the vehicle.
1. Perform the following procedure and remove the parking brake pedal.
1. Remove the lower panel. (See LOWER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
2. Perform the following procedure and remove the front parking brake cable.
1. Remove the lower panel. (See LOWER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 BRAKES Parking Brake System - CX-7
7. Disconnect the combined sensor connector and the SAS control module connector.
8. Remove the sensor bracket component as shown in the figure.
Fig. 18: View Of Combined Sensor Connector & SAS Control Module Connector With
Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Fig. 19: Exploded View Of Parking Brake Components With Torque Specification (AWD)
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 BRAKES Parking Brake System - CX-7
Fig. 20: Identifying Rear Parking Brake Cable & End Cable
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
1. Remove the brake caliper assembly from the trailing link and suspend it with a cable so it does not
interfere.
1. If any disc plate is difficult to remove, perform the following steps to remove it.
1. Insert a flathead screwdriver into the service hole and turn the adjuster in the direction of the arrow
to compress the parking brake shoe.
2. Remove the disc plate.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 BRAKES Parking Brake System - CX-7
1. Pull the parking brake shoe downward and disengage it from the shoe stopper.
2. Press the adjuster bolt and tappet by hand, and slowly remove the parking brake shoe.
NOTE: z When removing the parking brake shoe, firmly press the adjuster bolt
and tappet by hand and slowly remove the parking brake shoe to
prevent the adjuster bolt, tappet, operation lever and other parts from
flying off.
OPERATION LEVER, PIN, ADJUSTER BOLT AND NUT, TAPPET INSTALLATION NOTE
1. Install the operation lever, pin, adjuster bolt and nut, and tappet so that the adjuster nut is facing toward
the vehicle front.
2. Completely tighten the adjuster bolt and nut.
3. Move the operation lever by hand and verify that it operates properly.
z If proper operation cannot be verified, reinstall.
Fig. 23: Identifying Operation Lever, Pin, Adjuster Bolt & Nut
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
1. Measure the parking brake lining thickness with a vernier caliper or measuring scale.
z If it is less than the minimum thickness, install a new parking brake shoe.
2. Apply grease to the contact face of the parking brake shoe and the shoe stopper.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 BRAKES Parking Brake System - CX-7
3. After installing the opening of the parking brake shoe to the adjuster bolt and tappet, push the brake shoe
upward and attach it to the shoe stopper.
1. Measure the inner diameter of the disc plate with a vernier caliper.
z If it exceeds the maximum diameter, install the new disc plate.
1. Insert a flathead screwdriver into the service hole and turn the adjuster in the direction of the arrow
to expand the parking brake shoe until the disc plate cannot rotate.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 BRAKES Parking Brake System - CX-7
3. Rotate the disc plate and make sure it does not drag.
1. Move the rear parking brake cable end in the direction shown in the figure and install it to the end cable.
2. Verify that the end cable tab (rear parking brake cable side) is attached properly to the rear parking brake
cable end.
3. Install the end cable to the operation lever.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 BRAKES Parking Brake System - CX-7
1. Degrease the parking brake pedal pad installation surface of the parking brake pedal.
2. Apply commercially available instant adhesive to the area (shaded area) shown in the figure of the
parking brake pedal and install the parking brake pedal pad.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 BRAKES Parking Brake System - CX-7
2009 BRAKES
BRAKES SST
BRAKES SST REFERENCE
49 U043
004A
49T033 49 0221 Oil
001A 600C pressure
Disc brake Disc brake gauge (Part
piston expand of 49 U043
stopper tool 0A0A)
49 U043 49 U043 49 N043
006 005 001
Hose (Part Joint (Part Adapter
of 49 U043 of 49 U043
0A0A) 0A0A)
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 BRAKES Symptom Troubleshooting - CX-7
2009 BRAKES
FOREWORD
z Before performing the steps in Symptom Troubleshooting, perform the On-board Diagnostic Inspection.
To check the DTC, follow the DTC Inspection steps. (See ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS ).
PRECAUTION
1. The ABS warning light and/or BRAKE system warning light and/or DSC indicator light and/or TCS OFF
light illuminate even when the system is normal.
DETECTION CONDITION
Warning lights
Conditions under
that may Condition under which the ABS, EBD, TCS and DSC
which the light
illuminate light may illuminate control
will go out
and/or flash
Under any of the following z ABS: Disables control.
conditions:
z EBD:
The DSC is composed of electrical and mechanical parts. It is necessary to categorize malfunctions as
being either electrical or hydraulic when performing troubleshooting.
Also, past and present malfunctions are in the control module. This function can find
malfunctions that do not occur during periodic inspections. Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-
2, the stored malfunctions will be displayed in the order of occurrence. To find out the causes
of DSC malfunctions, use these onboard diagnostic results.
z If a malfunction occurred in the past but is now normal, the cause is likely a temporary poor
connection of the wiring harness.
The control module usually operates normally. Be careful when searching for the cause of
malfunction.
z After repair, it is necessary to clear the DTC from the control module memory.
Also, if the DSC related parts have been replaced, verify that no DTC is displayed after
repairs.
z After repairing the ABS wheel-speed sensor or ABS sensor rotor, or after replacing the
control module, the ABS warning light may not go out even when the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position. In this case, drive the vehicle at a speed of more than 10 km/h
{6.2 mph} , make sure the ABS warning light goes out, and then clear the DTC.
z When repairing, if the DSC related connectors are disconnected and the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position, the control module will mistakenly detect a fault and record it as a
malfunction.
zTo protect the control module, make sure the ignition is off before connecting or
disconnecting the control module connector.
2. Malfunctions in hydraulic system
z Symptoms in a hydraulic system malfunction are similar to those in a conventional brake
malfunction. However, it is necessary to determine if the malfunction is in a DSC component
or the conventional brake system.
z The hydraulic unit contains delicate mechanical parts. If foreign material gets into the
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 BRAKES Symptom Troubleshooting - CX-7
component, the DSC may fail to operate. Also, it will likely become extremely difficult to
find the location of the malfunction in the event that the brakes operate but the DSC does not.
Make sure foreign material does not enter when servicing the DSC (e.g.brake fluid
replacement, pipe removal).
Vibration method
z If a malfunction occurs or becomes worse while driving on a rough road or when the engine is vibrating,
perform the following steps.
NOTE: z There are several reasons why vehicle or engine vibration could
cause an electrical malfunction. Inspect the following:
{ Connectors not fully seated.
NOTE: z If the engine starts and runs, perform the following steps at idle.
NOTE: z If the engine starts and runs, perform the following steps at idle.
NOTE: z If engine starts and runs, perform the following steps at idle.
1. Perform the malfunction reappearance test according to malfunction reappearance mode and malfunction
data monitor. The malfunction cause is found in the malfunction data.
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING
z Verify the symptoms, and perform troubleshooting according to the appropriate number.
No. Symptom
1 Any of the following lights do not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON
position.
3 There is a malfunction in the system even though ABS warning light, BRAKE system
warning light, DSC indicator light and TCS OFF light do not illuminate.
4 ABS or TCS(1) operates frequently.
TCS does not work correctly.
5 DSC(2) operates frequently.
DSC does not work correctly.
(1) DSC system contains traction control function; DSC indicator light illuminates and goes out while
DSC is operating.
(2) DSC indicator light illuminates and goes out while DSC is operating.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 BRAKES Symptom Troubleshooting - CX-7
Any of the following lights do not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position: (ABS warning light, BRAKE system warning light, DSC
1 indicator light and/or TCS OFF light).
[TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS]
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Any of the following lights remain on: (ABS warning light, BRAKE system
2 warning light, DSC indicator light and/or TCS OFF light)
[TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS]
(When DSC HU/CM connector is disconnected, ABS warning light and BRAKE system warning
light illuminate)
(When DSC HU/CM ground is not securely connected, ABS warning light and BRAKE system
warning light illuminate but diagnostic trouble code does not displayed)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
There is a malfunction in the system even though the ABS warning light,
BRAKE system warning light, DSC Indicator light and TCS OFF light do not
3 illuminate.
[TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS]
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
z There is a difference In size or air pressure between the front and rear tires
z Incorrect ABS wheel-speed signal is input to DSC HU/CM
z There is a malfunction in the engine control system (TCS malfunction)
z Tire problem (low or high air pressure, excessive wear, different grip level by four wheels)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
zInspect the tire size and the air No Replace with specified tires and adjust
pressure. tire air pressure.
z Are size and air pressure as
specified?
3 INSPECT ABS WHEEL-SPEED Yes Go to the next step.
SENSOR OUTPUT VALUE
No z ABS wheel-speed sensor
z Inspect the output value from the installation inspection: Inspect the
ABS wheel-speed sensor. sensor for looseness and verify that
it is securely installed.
(See FRONT ABS WHEEL- z Sensor rotor installation inspection:
SPEED SENSOR Inspect the sensor rotor for poor
INSPECTION ). installation and chipping of sensor
rotor teeth. (If sensor rotor is
(See REAR ABS WHEEL- installed poorly, it may cause
SPEED SENSOR INSPECTION output of abnormal wave form at
[2WD] ). high speed.)
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 BRAKES Symptom Troubleshooting - CX-7
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
{ Wear
2009 BRAKES
2009 DRIVELINE/AXLE
1. Measure voltage or resistance at each AWD CM terminal using a voltmeter and an ohmmeter.
z If not as specified, replace the AWD CM.
switch) related
harness
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 DRIVELINE/AXLE All Wheel Drive (AWD) - CX-7
J - - - - - - - -
z Inspect
Power fuse
K supply Input Battery Voltage Any condition B+ z Inspect
(Main) related
harness
L - - - - - - - -
M - - - - - - - -
N Ground - Ground Voltage Any condition 0 z Inspect
related
harness
Ignition key ON B+ z AWD
AWD solenoid
O solenoid Output AWD Voltage Inspect
solenoid Ignition key OFF 1.0 or below z
(+) related
harness
Ignition key ON B+ z AWD
solenoid
AWD AWD
P Output Voltage Inspect
solenoid (-) solenoid Ignition key OFF 1.0 or below z
related
harness
NOTE: z Clean away the old sealant before applying the new sealant.
z Install the coupling unit within 10 min after applying sealant.
z Allow the sealant to set at least 30 min after installation before filling the
differential with the specified oil.
1. Apply sealant to the coupling case surface that contacts the rear differential case.
2. Install the coupling unit to the rear differential so that the two tabs on the coupling unit engage the rear
differential grooves (two locations).
Tightening torque
3. Secure the companion flange using the SST , and remove the locknut.
4. Secure the companion flange using the SST , and remove the bolts.
5. Remove the output shaft.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 DRIVELINE/AXLE All Wheel Drive (AWD) - CX-7
Substitution SST
z 49 S033 108
Outer diameter: 33-55 mm {1.30-2.16 in} Height: 155 mm {6.10 in} or more
1. Install the output shaft to the coupling unit and partially tighten the bolts
2. Install the companion flange to the output shaft.
3. Secure the companion flange using the SST , and tighten the bolts.
Tightening torque
Substitution SST
z 49 G030 796
1. Assemble the coupling unit to the coupling case using the SSTs and a press.
Substitution SST
z 49 S032 333
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 DRIVELINE/AXLE All Wheel Drive (AWD) - CX-7
Substitution SST
z 49 W011 102
1. Secure the companion flange using the SST , and tighten a new locknut.
Tightening torque
WARNING: z Hot differential oil may cause severe burns. Do not perform
maintenance while differential oil is hot.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 DRIVELINE/AXLE All Wheel Drive (AWD) - CX-7
Tightening torque
WARNING: z Hot differential oil may cause severe burns. Do not perform
maintenance while differential oil is hot.
4. Install the differential oil temperature sensor and connect the connector.
5. Connect the negative battery cable.
1.5-2.0 ohms
2009 DRIVELINE/AXLES
Differential - CX-7
Tightening torque
Tightening torque
5. Add the specified differential oil from the filler plug until the level reaches the brim of the plug hole.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 DRIVELINE/AXLES Differential - CX-7
Tightening torque
5. Remove the oil seal from the differential casing using a screwdriver.
Substitution SST
z 49G030 796
8. After installing the new clip onto the drive shaft, insert the drive shaft into the differential. (See REAR
DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
9. Verify that the drive shaft cannot be pulled out.
10. Add the specified differential oil.
11. After adding the oil, perform an oil level inspection. (See DIFFERENTIAL OIL INSPECTION.)
12. Install a new washer and the oil filler plug, and tighten.
Tightening torque
5. After removing the front side of the differential mount, gradually lower the jack and tilt the front side of
the differential downward.
7. Remove the oil seal from the differential carrier using a screwdriver or similar tool.
8. Apply differential oil to the new oil seal lip.
9. Install the new oil seal to the differential carrier using the SST.
Substitution SST
z 49 W011 102
Tightening torque
Tightening torque
1. Remove the bearing inner races (rear bearing) using the SST and a press.
1. Remove the bearing outer races using the 2 grooves in the carrier and alternately tapping the sides of the
races with a brass bar.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 DRIVELINE/AXLES Differential - CX-7
2. Lightly tap around the ring gear using a plastic hammer to remove the ring gear from the gear case.
NOTE: z Mark or otherwise distinguish between the left and right side bearings so
that they are not mixed up at the time of reassembly.
1. Remove the side bearing inner races from the gear case using the SST and a press.
NOTE: z Clean away the old sealant before applying the new sealant.
z Install the rear cover within 10 minutes after applying sealant.
z Allow the sealant to set at least 30 minutes after installation before filling
the differential with the specified oil.
CAUTION: z Do not mix up the left and right side bearing inner races.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 DRIVELINE/AXLES Differential - CX-7
1. Press the side bearing inner races into the gear case using the SSTs.
Substitution SST
z 49G030 338
Fig. 24: Pressing Side Bearing Inner Races Into Gear Case
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
1. Assemble the side gears, thrust washers and pinion gears to the gear case, then assemble the knock pin.
2. After assembling the knock pin, make a crimp so that the pin will not come out of the gear case.
3. Set a dial gauge to the pinion gear as indicated in the figure.
4. Secure one of the side gears.
5. Move the pinion gear and measure the backlash at the end of the pinion gear.
z If the backlash exceeds the standard, use the thrust washers to adjust.
Standard backlash
CAUTION: z The differential gear and ring gear could be damaged if the ring gear
is installed with old thread-locking compound remaining on the bolt
threads. Before installing the ring gear, completely remove the old
thread-locking compound from the bolt threads.
1. Apply a small amount of thread-locking compound to each of points A on the back of the ring gear, and
bolt thread areas B (around the entire ring).
Application amount
Fig. 26: Identifying Thread Locking Compound Application Areas Of Ring Gear
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
2. Align the marks placed on the ring gear case at the time of disassembly and tighten the bolts in diagonal
order.
Tightening torque
1. Press in the bearing outer race using the SSTs and a press.
Substitution SST
z 49 F027 007
z 49 F027 004
1. Assemble the spacer, the bearing inner race (rear bearing), and the SST O-ring to the SST (49 8531 565)
as shown in the figure.
2. Insert the set assembled in Step 1 to the differential gear from the rear.
3. Assemble the bearing inner race (front bearing), SST (49 G027 005), companion flange, washer, and
locknut from the front of the differential gear.
4. Tighten the locknut to the extent that the SST (49 8531 565) can be turned by hand.
5. Place the SST (49 0305 555) on top of the SST (49 8531 565).
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 DRIVELINE/AXLES Differential - CX-7
Fig. 29: Assembling Spacer, Bearing Inner Race (Rear Bearing), & SST O-ring
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
6. Place the SST on the surface plate and set the dial indicator to zero.
9. Add the two (left and right) values obtained by the measurements taken in Step 8 and then divide the total
by 2. From this result, subtract the result obtained by dividing the number inscribed on the end surface of
the drive pinion by 100. (If there is no figure inscribed, use 0.) This is the pinion height adjustment value.
NOTE: z For example, the measured results obtained at Step 8 and 9 are 0.06
mm {0.003 in} and 0.04 mm {0.002 in}, and the figure inscribed on the
end of the drive pinion is 2: ((0.06 mm {0.003 in}+ 0.04 mm {0.002
in}) / 2) - (2/100) = 0.03 mm {0.001 in} (pinion height adjustment value)
Replace with a spacer 0.03 mm {0.001 in} thicker than the currently
used one. Spacer thickness is set at 0.015 mm {0.0006 in}
increments, therefore select the closest spacer thickness and
assemble.
z Install the spacer with the chamfer on the SST side.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 DRIVELINE/AXLES Differential - CX-7
SPACER THICKNESS
Identification mark Thickness (mm {in}) Identification mark Thickness (mm {in})
08 3.08 {0.1213} 29 3.29 {0.1295}
09 3.095 {0.1219} 30 3.305 {0.1301}
11 3.11 {0.1224} 32 3.32 {0.1307}
12 3.125 {0.1230} 33 3.335 {0.1313}
14 3.14 {0.1236} 35 3.35 {0.1319}
15 3.155 {0.1242} 36 3.365 {0.1325}
17 3.17 {0.1248} 38 3.38 {0.1331}
18 3.185 {0.1254} 39 3.395 {0.1337}
20 3.20 {0.1260} 41 3.41 {0.1343}
21 3.215 {0.1266} 42 3.425 {0.1348}
23 3.23 {0.1272} 44 3.44 {0.1354}
24 3.245 {0.1278} 45 3.455 {0.1360}
26 3.26 {0.1283} 47 3.47 {0.1366}
27 3.275 {0.1289} - -
10. Assemble the spacer selected for the pinion height adjustment to the drive pinion.
11. Press the bearing inner race (rear bearing) into the drive pinion using the SSTs and a press.
Substitution SST
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 DRIVELINE/AXLES Differential - CX-7
z 49 V001 525
z If the specified preload cannot be obtained within the specified tightening torque, replace the
collapsible spacer and inspect again.
Tightening torque
4. Measure the width of the installed differential in the differential carrier with the spacer installed. This is
value B.
5. The combined thickness of the left and right adjusting shims is obtained by the following formula.
6. If the combined thickness of the previously installed adjusting shims is between C1 and C2, use the shims
as they are.
7. If the combined thickness of the previously installed adjusting shims is not between C1 and C2, or if the
adjusting shims have to be replaced, select two appropriate adjusting shims from the table below.
CAUTION:
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 DRIVELINE/AXLES Differential - CX-7
8. Assemble the selected adjusting shims to the differential carrier ring gear side, and the spacer to the
opposite side.
9. Assemble the differential and bearing outer race to the differential carrier.
10. Tap the selected adjusting shim between the spacer and the bearing race with a plastic hammer as shown
in the figure.
11. Align the bearing cap alignment marks to assemble the bearing cap, and temporarily tighten the bolts.
12. Place the dial indicator so that the measuring probe contacts the top surface of one of the ring gear teeth
perpendicularly.
13. Secure the drive pinion and measure the backlash from when the ring gear moved.
NOTE: z Measure the backlash at 4 locations around the ring gear. Make sure
one of the 4 locations is within specification, and the minimum value
for the 4 locations is 0.5 mm {0.002 in} or less.
14. If the backlash is not within the specification, adjust the gear case component by moving it in the axial
direction.
NOTE: z When moving the gear case component in the axial direction, replace
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 DRIVELINE/AXLES Differential - CX-7
1. Align the bearing cap alignment marks to assemble the bearing cap.
Tightening torque
2. Inspect the drive pinion and ring gear teeth contact points.
1. Coat both surfaces of the ring gear uniformly with a thin red lead coating.
2. While rotating the ring gear back and forth by hand, rotate the drive pinion several times and
inspect the tooth contact.
3. Inspect the tooth contacts in four locations around the ring gear, and check that the tooth contacts
showing the red lead coating are the same as the pattern indicated in the figure.
z If the tooth contact is good, wipe off the red lead coating.
z If it is not good, adjust the pinion height, then adjust the backlash.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 DRIVELINE/AXLES Differential - CX-7
4. If toe and flank contact appears as shown in the figure, replace the spacer with a thinner one, and
move the drive pinion outward.
5. If heel and face contact appears as indicated in the figure, replace the spacer with a thicker one and
move the drive the pinion inward.
CAUTION: z Clean away the old sealant before applying the new sealant.
z Install the rear differential within 10 minutes after applying sealant.
z Allow the sealant to set at least 30 minutes after installation before
filling the differential with the specified oil.
1. Clean the alignment surface of the carrier and rear cover, and apply a thin coat of sealant.
2. Install the rear cover.
Tightening torque
Substitution SST
z 49 G030 796
2009 DRIVELINE/AXLES
2. Inspect the drive shaft for bends, cracks, and wear in the joint or splines.
z Repair or replace the drive shaft or boot/band as necessary.
CAUTION: z Performing the following procedures without first removing the ABS
wheel-speed sensor may possibly cause an open circuit in the
harness if it is pulled by mistake. Before performing the following
procedures, remove the ABS wheel-speed sensor (axle side) and fix it
to an appropriate place where the sensor will not be pulled by
mistake while the vehicle is being serviced.
1. Install a spare nut onto the drive shaft so that the nut is flush with the end of the drive shaft.
2. Tap the nut with a copper hammer to loosen the drive shaft from the front wheel hub.
3. Separate the drive shaft from the wheel hub.
CAUTION: z The sharp edges of the drive shaft can slice or puncture the oil
seal. Be careful when removing the drive shaft from the
transaxle.
4. Separate the left side drive shaft from the transaxle by prying with a bar inserted between the outer ring
and the transaxle, as shown in the figure.
5. Separate the right side drive shaft from the joint shaft by tapping on a bar inserted between them.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 DRIVELINE/AXLES Drive Shaft - CX-7
1. Install a new clip onto the drive shaft with the opening facing upward. Ensure that the diameter of the clip
does not exceed the specification on installation.
2. After installation, measure the outer diameter. If it exceeds the specification, repeat Steps 1-2 using a new
clip.
CAUTION: z The sharp edges of the drive shaft can slice or puncture the oil seal.
Be careful when installing the drive shaft to the transaxle.
z The oil seals are damaged easily if this procedure is not done
correctly.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 DRIVELINE/AXLES Drive Shaft - CX-7
Left side
1. Apply grease (L2Y1 33247) to the wheel bearing inner race and drive shaft contact surface (Area A in
figure).
5. After installation, pull the transaxle side outer ring forward to confirm that the drive shaft is securely held
by the clip.
Right side
1. Apply grease (L2Y1 33247) to the wheel bearing inner race and drive shaft contact surface (Area A in
figure).
NOTE: z The boot band does not need to be removed unless it is being replaced.
1. Remove the boot clamp with end clamp pliers as shown and discard the clamp.
1. Mark the outer ring and the shaft for proper assembly.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 DRIVELINE/AXLES Drive Shaft - CX-7
NOTE: z The wheel side boot does not need to be removed unless replacing it or
the ball joint and shaft component.
z Do not strip the tape until the boot is assembled.
Standard length
NOTE: z The wheel side and transaxle side boots are different.
CAUTION: z Do not touch grease with your hand. Apply it from the tube to
prevent foreign matter from entering the boot.
Grease amount
2. With the splines of the shaft still wrapped in tape from disassembly, install the boot.
3. Remove the tape.
1. Align the marks and install the tripod joint using a bar and a hammer.
2. Install the new snap ring using snap-ring pliers.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 DRIVELINE/AXLES Drive Shaft - CX-7
CAUTION: z Be sure the snap ring engages correctly in the groove of the
shaft.
1. Fill the outer ring and boot (transaxle side) with the specified grease.
CAUTION: z Do not touch grease with your hand. Apply it from the tube to
prevent foreign matter from entering the boot.
Grease amount
7. Release any trapped air from the boots by carefully lifting up the small end of each boot with a cloth-
wrapped flathead screwdriver.
1. Fold the band in the direction opposite to the forward revolving direction of the drive shaft and use pliers
to pull it tight.
2. Lock the end of the band by bending the locking clips.
Clearance A
2. Crimp the wheel side small boot band using the SST. Verify that clearance B is within the specification.
z If clearance B is more than the specification, reduce clearance A of the SST and crimp the boot
again.
z If clearance B is less than the specification, replace the boot band, increase clearance A of the
SST , and crimp the new boot.
Clearance B
3. Verify that the boot band does not protrude from the boot band installation area.
z If it does, replace the boot band and repeat Steps 2 and 3.
Clearance A
6. Crimp the wheel side big boot band using the SST.
7. Verify that clearance B is within the specification.
z If clearance B is more than the specification, reduce clearance A of the SST and crimp the boot
again.
z If clearance B is less than the specification, replace the boot band, increase clearance A of the SST
and crimp the new boot.
Clearance B
8. Verify that the boot band does not protrude from the boot band installation area.
z If it does, replace the boot band and repeat Steps 7 and 8.
2. Turn the joint shaft by hand and verify that the bearing rotates smoothly and freely.
z Replace it as necessary.
CAUTION: z Performing the following procedures without first removing the ABS
wheel-speed sensor may possibly cause an open circuit in the
harness if it is pulled by mistake. Before performing the following
procedures, remove the ABS wheel-speed sensor (axle side) and fix it
to an appropriate place where the sensor will not be pulled by
mistake while the vehicle is being serviced.
2. Remove the front ABS wheel-speed sensor. (See FRONT ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
3. Remove the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor. (See CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC] ).
4. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
5. Install in the reverse order of removal.
1. Separate the right side drive shaft from the joint shaft by tapping on a brass bar inserted between them.
2. Remove the bolts.
3. Pull the joint shaft straight out.
CAUTION: z The sharp edges of the joint shaft can slice or puncture the oil
seal. Be careful when removing the joint shaft from the
transaxle.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 DRIVELINE/AXLES Drive Shaft - CX-7
1. Install a new clip onto the joint shaft with the opening facing upward. Ensure that the diameter of the clip
does not exceed the specification on installation.
2. After installation, measure the outer diameter. If it exceeds the specification, repeat Step 1 using a new
clip.
CAUTION: z Performing the following procedures without first removing the ABS
wheel-speed sensor may possibly cause an open circuit in the
harness if it is pulled by mistake. Before performing the following
procedures, remove the ABS wheel-speed sensor (axle side) and fix it
to an appropriate place where the sensor will not be pulled by
mistake while the vehicle is being serviced.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 DRIVELINE/AXLES Drive Shaft - CX-7
1. Separate the right side drive shaft from the joint shaft by tapping on a brass bar inserted between them.
2. Remove the bolts.
3. Pull the joint shaft straight out.
CAUTION: z The sharp edges of the joint shaft can slice or puncture the oil
seal. Be careful when removing the joint shaft from the
transaxle.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 DRIVELINE/AXLES Drive Shaft - CX-7
1. Install a new clip onto the joint shaft with the opening facing upward. Ensure that the diameter of the clip
does not exceed the specification on installation.
2. After installation, measure the outer diameter. If it exceeds the specification, repeat Step 1 using a new
clip.
Substitution SST
z 49 B014 001
z 49 W034 301
Substitution SST
z 49 B025 004
Substitution SST
z 49 B025 004
Substitution SST
z 49 G028 203
z 49 W034 301
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 DRIVELINE/AXLES Drive Shaft - CX-7
Substitution SST
z 49 F401 337A
NOTE: z When the bearing is not installed to the bracket by hand, install it
using the SST .
Substitution SST
z 49 V001 525
Substitution SST
z 49 V001 525
Substitution SST
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 DRIVELINE/AXLES Drive Shaft - CX-7
z 49 G028 203
2. Inspect the dust boot on the drive shaft for cracks, damage, leaking grease, and looseness in the boot
band.
3. Inspect the drive shaft for bends, cracks, and wear in the joints or splines.
z Repair or replace the drive shaft or boot band if necessary.
CAUTION: z Performing the following procedures without first removing the ABS
wheel-speed sensor may possibly cause an open circuit in the
harness if it is pulled by mistake. Before performing the following
procedures, remove the ABS wheel-speed sensor (wheel side) and fix
it to an appropriate place where the sensor will not be pulled by
mistake while the vehicle is being serviced.
1. Drain the rear differential oil into a container. (See DIFFERENTIAL OIL REPLACEMENT ).
2. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
3. Install in the reverse order of removal.
4. After installation, add the specified rear differential oil. (See DIFFERENTIAL OIL
REPLACEMENT ).
5. Inspect the rear wheel alignment and adjust it if necessary. (See REAR WHEEL ALIGNMENT ).
Fig. 48: Exploded View Of Rear Drive Shaft With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
1. Install a new clip onto the joint shaft with the opening facing upward. Ensure that the diameter of the clip
does not exceed the specification on installation.
2. After installation, measure the outer diameter. If it exceeds the specification, repeat Steps 1-2 using a new
clip.
NOTE: z The boot band does not need to be removed unless it is being replaced.
1. Remove the boot clamp with end clamp pliers as shown and discard the clamp.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 DRIVELINE/AXLES Drive Shaft - CX-7
1. Mark the drive shaft and outer ring for proper assembly.
1. Mark the drive shaft end and inner ring for proper reassembly.
2. Turn the cage approx. 22.5° and pull the cage and balls from the inner ring.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 DRIVELINE/AXLES Drive Shaft - CX-7
NOTE: z The wheel side and differential side boots are different.
CAUTION: z Do not touch grease with your hand. Apply it from the tube to
prevent foreign matter from entering the boot.
Grease amount
2. With the splines of the shaft wrapped in tape, install the boot.
3. Remove the tape.
1. Align the marks and install the balls and cage to the inner ring in the direction shown in the figure.
CAUTION: z Install the cage so that the major diameter is at the same side as
the snap ring groove. If incorrectly installed, the drive shaft may
become disengaged.
2. Align the marks and install the inner ring to the shaft.
3. Install a new snap ring.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 DRIVELINE/AXLES Drive Shaft - CX-7
Fig. 57: Identifying Cage, Inner Ring, Balls & Snap Ring Assembly
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
1. Fill the outer ring and boot (differential side) with the specified grease.
CAUTION: z Do not touch grease with your hand. Apply it from the tube to
prevent foreign matter from entering the boot.
Grease amount
2. Align the marks, and install the outer ring on to the shaft.
3. Install a new clip to the outer ring clip groove.
4. Install the boot.
5. Release any trapped air from the boots by carefully lifting up the small end of each boot with a cloth
wrapped screwdriver.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 DRIVELINE/AXLES Drive Shaft - CX-7
1. Fold the band in the direction opposite to the forward revolving direction of the drive shaft and use pliers
to pull it tight.
2. Lock the end of the band by bending the locking clips.
Clearance A
2. Crimp the wheel side small boot band using the SST. Verify that clearance B is within the specification.
z If clearance B is more than the specification, reduce clearance A of the SST and crimp the boot
again.
z If clearance B is less than the specification, replace the boot band, increase clearance A of the
SST , and crimp the new boot.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 DRIVELINE/AXLES Drive Shaft - CX-7
Clearance B
3. Verify that the boot band does not protrude from the boot band installation area.
z If it does, replace the boot band and repeat Steps 2 and 3.
Clearance A
6. Crimp the wheel side big boot band using the SST.
7. Verify that clearance B is within the specification.
z If clearance B is more than the specification, reduce clearance A of the SST and crimp the boot
again.
z If clearance B is less than the specification, replace the boot band, increase clearance A of the SST
and crimp the new boot.
Clearance B
8. Verify that the boot band does not protrude from the boot band installation area.
z If it does, replace the boot band and repeat Steps 7 and 8.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 DRIVELINE/AXLES Front Axle - CX-7
2009 DRIVELINE/AXLES
1. Install the magnetic base and dial gauge as shown in the figure and measure the wheel bearing axial
excessive play.
z If it exceeds the maximum specification, replace the wheel hub bearing.
CAUTION: z Performing the following procedures without first removing the ABS
wheel-speed sensor may possibly cause an open circuit in the wiring
harness if it is pulled by mistake. Before performing the following
procedures, disconnect the ABS wheel-speed sensor connector (axle
side) and fix the wiring harness to an appropriate place where it will
not be pulled by mistake while servicing the vehicle.
1. Remove the front ABS wheel-speed sensor. (See FRONT ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
2. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
3. Install in the reverse order of removal.
4. After installation, inspect the front wheel alignment and adjust it if necessary. (See FRONT WHEEL
ALIGNMENT ).
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 DRIVELINE/AXLES Front Axle - CX-7
Fig. 3: Identifying Wheel Hub, Steering Knuckle Components With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
5. Tap the nut with a copper hammer to loosen the drive shaft from the front wheel hub.
6. Separate the drive shaft from the wheel hub.
1. Remove the brake caliper component from the steering knuckle and suspend it out of the way using a
cable.
Substitution SST
z 49 G033 105
2. If the bearing inner race remains on the front wheel hub component, grind a section of the bearing inner
race until approx. 0.5 mm {0.02 in} remains. Then remove it using a chisel.
Substitution SST
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 DRIVELINE/AXLES Front Axle - CX-7
z 49 G033 106
NOTE: z The dust cover does not need to be removed unless it is being replaced.
1. Mark the dust cover and steering knuckle for proper installation.
NOTE: z The hub bolts do not need to be removed unless they are being replaced.
1. Apply grease (L2Y1 33247) to the wheel bearing inner race and drive shaft contact surface (Area A in
figure).
2. Install the wheel hub, steering knuckle component.
1. Mark the new dust cover in the same way as the removed one.
2. Align the marks of the new dust cover and the knuckle.
Substitution SST
z 49 G033 107A
z 49 F027 009
Substitution SST
z 49 F027 004
z 49 F027 009
Substitution SST
z 49 G033 105
z 49 B025 004
4. Remove the wheel hub bolt using the SST as shown in the figure.
1. When installing the wheels and tires, tighten the wheel nuts in a criss-cross pattern to the following
tightening torque.
Tightening torque
1. For the joint sections with rubber bushings, raise the vehicle using a lift, and then temporarily tighten the
installation bolts and nuts. Lower the vehicle to the ground and tighten them completely with the
specified torque.
CONNECTOR DISCONNECTION
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable before performing any work that requires handling of connectors.
(See BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC] ).
1. After servicing the electronic AWD control system parts, verify that no DTC has been stored. Clear any
DTCs remaining in the memory.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 DRIVELINE/AXLES On-Board Diagnostic - CX-7
2009 DRIVELINE/AXLES
2. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS.
z When using the IDS (laptop PC)
2. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS.
z When using the IDS (laptop PC)
4. Press the clear button on the DTC screen to clear the DTC.
5. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
6. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position and wait for 5 s or more.
7. Perform DTC inspection. See Reading DTCs Procedure.
8. Verify that no DTCs are displayed.
DTC TABLE
DTC P1887
DTC P1887 DETECTION CONDITION AND POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC P1887 AWD solenoid circuit
DETECTION z Current detection circuit in AWD CM detects current above specification for more
CONDITION specified period.
z AWD CM detects that AWD solenoid control signal differs from current detected
current detection circuit for more than specified period.
z Relay voltage detection circuit detects that voltage does not concur with relay ON
signal for more than specified period.
POSSIBLE CAUSE z Open circuit or short to GND in harness between battery and AWD CM terminal K
z Open circuit or short to GND between AWD CM terminal O and AWD solenoid
terminal B
z Open circuit or short to GND between AWD CM terminal P and AWD solenoid
terminal A
z Open circuit between AWD CM terminal N and body GND
z Open or short circuit in AWD CM internal circuit
z ENG B+ (25A) fuse malfunction
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 DRIVELINE/AXLES On-Board Diagnostic - CX-7
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
3 INSPECT AWD SOLENOID TO AWD Yes Repair or replace harness for short to
CM (POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT) ground between AWD CM and AWD
FOR SHORT TO GROUND solenoid, then go to Step 7.
5 INSPECT AWD SOLENOID TO AWD Yes Repair or replace harness for short to
CM (GROUND CIRCUIT) FOR ground between AWD CM and AWD
SHORT TO GROUND solenoid, then go to Step 7.
Drive vehicle.
z
DTC P1888
DTC P1888 DETECTION CONDITION AND POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC P1888 Differential oil temperature sensor circuit
DETECTION z Differential oil temperature sensor voltage monitor circuit detects abnormal input
CONDITION voltage.
z Open circuit, or short to battery or GND between AWD CM terminal A and differ
oil temperature sensor terminal A
z Open circuit or short to battery between AWD CM terminal C and differential oil
POSSIBLE CAUSE temperature sensor terminal B
z Differential oil temperature sensor malfunction
z AWD CM malfunction
z Poor connection of connectors (female terminals)
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 DRIVELINE/AXLES On-Board Diagnostic - CX-7
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
zDrive vehicle.
z Is the same DTC present?
2009 DRIVELINE/AXLES
1. Shake the universal joint by hand and verify that there is no excessive play.
2. If there is any excessive play, replace the propeller shaft. (See PROPELLER SHAFT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 DRIVELINE/AXLES Propeller Shaft - CX-7
CAUTION: z Do not rotate the propeller shaft using engine force when inspecting.
1. Before removing the nut, place alignment marks on the companion flange (front) and constant velocity
joint, and on the companion flange (rear) and yoke.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 DRIVELINE/AXLES Propeller Shaft - CX-7
2. When installing a new propeller shaft, align the rear differential companion flange mark with the tag on
the propeller shaft so that they are at the nearest position, and assemble.
3. Perform a road test and verify that there is no abnormal vibration or noise.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 DRIVELINE/AXLES Propeller Shaft - CX-7
2. Inspect the play and rotation of the joint by turning the universal joint in the directions shown by the
arrows.
z If it is not within the specification, replace the propeller shaft.
2009 DRIVELINE/AXLES
6. Install the wheel hub by placing a proper sized washer on the hub, and tightening the nut as shown in the
figure.
1. Install the magnetic base and dial gauge as shown in the figure and measure the wheel bearing axial
excessive play.
z If it exceeds the maximum specification, replace the wheel hub component.
CAUTION: z Performing the following procedures without first removing the ABS
wheel-speed sensor may possibly cause an open circuit in the wiring
harness if it is pulled by mistake. Before performing the following
procedures, disconnect the ABS wheel-speed sensor connector
(body side) and fix the wiring harness to an appropriate place where
it will not be pulled by mistake while servicing the vehicle.
1. Remove the rear ABS wheel-speed sensor. (See REAR ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[2WD] ).
2. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
3. Install in the reverse order of removal.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 DRIVELINE/AXLES Rear Axle - CX-7
1. Remove the brake caliper component from the trailing link and suspend it out of the way using a cable.
NOTE: z The wheel hub bolts do not need to be removed unless they are being
replaced.
CAUTION: z Performing the following procedures without first removing the ABS
wheel-speed sensor may possibly cause an open circuit in the wiring
harness if it is pulled by mistake. Before performing the following
procedures, disconnect the ABS wheel-speed sensor connector
(body side) and fix the wiring harness to an appropriate place where
it will not be pulled by mistake while servicing the vehicle.
1. Remove the rear ABS wheel-speed sensor. (See REAR ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR
INSPECTION[AWD] ).
2. Remove the rear stabilizer. (See REAR STABILIZER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
3. Remove the rear coil spring. (See REAR COIL SPRING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
4. Remove the trailing link. (See TRAILING LINK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[AWD] ).
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 DRIVELINE/AXLES Rear Axle - CX-7
2009 DRIVELINE/AXLES
DRIVELINE/AXLE SST
SPECIAL TOOL SPECIFICATION
49 T028 3A0
49 G033 102 49 G033 105
Ball joint
Handle Attachment
puller set
49 L027 004
49 T032 317 49 T032 316
Gear case
Weight Shaft
remover
49 F401 331
49 L027 006 49 L027 007
Bearing
Serrate socket Hex socket
installer body
49 W010 107A
49 S032 333 49 G027 006
Oil seal Bearing installer Installer
installer
49 G030 796
49 F401 337A 49 B025 010
Oil seal
Attachment C Attachment A
installer
49 0223 630B
49 B025 016
Rear shaft -
Extension puller body
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 DRIVELINE/AXLES Symptom Troubleshooting - CX-7
2009 DRIVELINE/AXLES
FOREWORD
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 DRIVELINE/AXLES Symptom Troubleshooting - CX-7
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING
z Verify the symptoms, and perform troubleshooting according to the appropriate number.
z Tire traction performance is extremely poor for given road friction. (AWD system is normal.)
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 DRIVELINE/AXLES Symptom Troubleshooting - CX-7
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
z Inspect tire air pressure. No Adjust tire air pressure, then go to next step.
z Is it within specification?
5 INSPECT AWD SOLENOID Yes Inspect harness between AWD solenoid and
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 DRIVELINE/AXLES Symptom Troubleshooting - CX-7
z Because the coupling component locks up easily (similar to direct AWD), rotational difference
between the front and rear wheels cannot be absorbed and brake-like phenomenon occurs.
z Due to the coupling component construction, slight tight corner braking effect occurs during tight
cornering on a paved road. (AWD system is okay. Compare with another same model vehicle to
determine malfunction.)
z Coupling component malfunction
z AWD solenoid malfunction
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
zInspect tire air pressure. No Adjust tire air pressure, then go to next step.
z Is it within specification?
Is it okay?
z
6 INSPECT AWD SOLENOID Yes Inspect harness between AWD solenoid and
AWD CM, then go to next step.
z Inspect AWD solenoid.
No Replace coupling component. (See
(See AWD SOLENOID COUPLING COMPONENT
INSPECTION ) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
z Is it okay?
DIAGNOSTICPROCEDURE
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 DRIVELINE/AXLES Symptom Troubleshooting - CX-7
{ Hub bearing
NOTE:
z When tires of another brand are
installed, the same malfunction
can occur due to conditions
different from customer
explanation. Be careful not to No AWD system is okay.
confuse it with customer Reinstall customer's vehicle tire.
complaint.
2009 DRIVELINE/AXLES
2009 ENGINE
Fig. 2: Identifying Battery Components [L3 With TC] With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
1. Install the battery box so that the side with the notch points toward the front fender (LH).
WARNING: z Since battery acid is toxic, be careful when handling the battery.
z Since battery acid is highly corrosive, be careful not to allow it to
contact clothing or the vehicle.
z In case battery acid contacts skin, eyes, or clothing, flush it
immediately with running water. Especially if the acid gets in the
eyes, flush with water for more than 15 min and get prompt medical
attention.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
55D23L(48): 180A
STANDARD SPECIFICATION
Battery temp. (°C {°F}) Minimum voltage (V)
4 {39} 9.3
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Charging System - CX-7
10(50} 9.4
16 {61} 9.5
21 {70} 9.6
BACK-UP CURRENT
1. Verify that the ignition switch is off (key has been removed) and that all doors are closed.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Connect the tester between the negative battery terminal and negative battery cable, leave the battery
undisturbed for 30 min, and then measure the back-up current.
z If not within the specification, measure the back-up current while removing the fuses one by one
from the inside of the main fuse block and the inside of the fuse block.
NOTE: z If the battery is not left undisturbed for 30 min, the tester will indicate
a high value (approx. 300 mA).
z If the key or any electrical accessory is operated within approx. 30
min after the tester is connected, the battery must be left undisturbed
for approx. 30 min from that point.
NOTE: z For vehicles with the immobilizer system, the system periodically
shifts synchronization of the security light flashing. Therefore, 65 mA
(0.1 s) current is supplied when the security light is illuminated, and
55 mA (2 s) current is supplied when the security light is not
illuminated. In addition, the measuring instrument, which shows the
average value, indicates around 60 mA.
Battery back-up current (When the ignition switch is off, the ignition key is removed, and all doors
are closed.)
4. Inspect and repair wiring harnesses and connectors of the fuse where the current has decreased.
WARNING: z Keep all flames away from the battery, otherwise evaporated gas
from the battery fluid may catch fire, and cause serious injury.
z Remove the battery filler caps when recharging to prevent battery
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Charging System - CX-7
deformation or damage.
CAUTION: z Do not quick charge for more than 30 min. It will damage the battery.
55D23L (48): 30 A
80D26L (55): 35 A
3. After the battery is recharged, verify that the voltage is within the specification and remains at the same
value for 1 h or more after the recharging has been completed.
z If not within the specification, replace the battery.
Standard voltage
12.4 V or more
WARNING: z Remove and install all parts when the engine is cold, otherwise they
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Charging System - CX-7
CAUTION: z The generator can be damaged by the heat from the exhaust
manifold. Make sure the generator duct is installed securely.
Fig. 5: Identifying Generator Component Removal Order With Torque Specification [L3 With TC]
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
1. Remove the cooler hose bracket nut and set the cooler hose out of the way before performing the
generator removal/installation.
2. Remove the generator from above the engine compartment.
Fig. 6: Identifying Cooler Hose Bracket Nut & Cooler Hose With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
{ If the generator warning light and the wiring harness are normal, inspect the PCM.
4. Verify that the generator warning light goes out after the engine is started.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Charging System - CX-7
z If it does not go out, inspect if any one of the following DTCs in the on-board diagnostic system are
displayed: P0112, P0113, P2502, P2503, P2504. (See DTC TABLE [L3 WITH TC] ).
GENERATOR
Voltage
Terminal B: B+
Terminal D: Approx. 0 V
Terminal B: 13-15 V
Terminal D: Turn the electrical loads (headlights, blower motor, rear window defroster) on and
verify that the voltage reading increases.
Current
NOTE: z Since the charging current decreases rapidly after starting the engine,
carry out the following procedure quickly, and read the maximum current
value.
NOTE: z When the electrical load on the vehicle is low, the specified current
cannot be verified although the generator is normal. In this case,
increase the electrical load (Leave the headlights turned on for a
while, then discharge the battery, or use a similar method.) and
recheck.
z When the generator itself or the ambient temperature are too high,
the specified current also cannot be verified. In this case, cool down
the generator and recheck.
9. Turn the following electrical loads on and verify that the current reading increases more than the
minimum value indicated below.
{ If it is not as specified, go to the PCM and generator shearing inspection. (See PCM and
generator shearing inspection.)
z Headlights (high-beam)
z Brake lights
[Ambient temp. 20 C {68 °F}, voltage 13.0-15.0 V, both engine and generator are hot]
2. Inspect as follows:
5 Monitor the ALTF PID using the M-MDS, or Yes PCM input error.
calculate the duty value of the PCM terminal 2AI
using an oscilloscope. Is the duty value 0 % ?
No PCM, generator, or both are
not normal.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Charging System - CX-7
(1) Headlights, blower motor, rear window defroster, and brake lights.
(2) If the generator field coil duty value does not change when electrical loads (such as headlights,
blower motor, rear window defroster, brake lights) are on or off, inspection with discharged battery
is needed.
Rotor
1.8-2.2 ohm
2. Verify that there is no continuity between the slip ring and core using a tester.
z If there is continuity, replace the rotor.
Stator coil
2. Verify that there is no continuity between the stator coil leads and core using a tester.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Charging System - CX-7
Fig. 13: Measuring Continuity Between Stator Coil Leads & Core
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Brush
Brush spring
1. Measure the force of the brush spring using a spring pressure gauge.
2. Read the spring pressure gauge at the brush tip projection of 2 mm {0.079 in}.
z Replace the brush spring if necessary.
Bearing
CAUTION: z Melt the solder quickly, otherwise the diodes (rectifier) and regulator
will be damaged by excessive heat.
2009 ELECTRICAL
IDENTIFICATION
The engine compartment main fuse block is located next to the battery, see illustration below.
Fuse Information
FUSE BLOCK
The passenger compartment fuse block is located on the lower dash panel on driver's side, see illustrations
below.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ELECTRICAL Fuses & Circuit Breakers - Mazda CX-7
Fuse Information
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ELECTRICAL Fuses & Circuit Breakers - Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE
WARNING: z Remove and install all parts when the engine is cold, otherwise they
can cause severe burns or serious injury.
z When the battery cables are connected, touching the vehicle body
with starter terminal B will generate sparks. This can cause personal
injury, fire, and damage to the electrical components. Always
disconnect the negative battery cable before performing the
following operation.
1. Remove the battery and battery tray. (See BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
TC] ).
2. Remove the charge air cooler duct, air cleaner and fresh air duct component, and air hose. (See INTAKE
AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC] ).
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Starting System - CX-7
Fig. 2: Identifying Starter Components With Torque Specification [L3 With TC]
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
1. Remove the heater pipe with the water hoses still connected. Position the heater pipe so that it is out of
the way.
NOTE: If there is peeling or damage to the insulator, attach a new insulator using the
following procedure:
1. peel off the insulator from the starter completely using a scraper.
{ Inspect the related wiring harnesses, the ignition switch, and the transaxle range switch.
NO-LOAD TEST
11 V
90 A or less
Pull-out test
NOTE: z Depending on the battery charge condition, the starter motor pinion may
rotate while in an extended state. This is due to current flowing to the
starter motor through the pull-in coil to turn the starter motor, and does
not indicate an abnormality.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Starting System - CX-7
1. Verify that the starter motor pinion is extended while battery positive voltage is connected to terminal S
and the starter body is grounded.
z If the starter motor pinion is not extended, repair or replace the starter.
RETURN TEST
1. Pull out the drive pinion with the battery positive voltage connected to terminal S and the starter body
grounded.
CAUTION: z Applying power for more than 10 s can damage the starter. Do
not apply power for more than 10 s.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Starting System - CX-7
Armature
1. Verify that there is no continuity between the commutator and the core at each segment using a tester.
z If there is continuity, replace the armature.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Starting System - CX-7
2. Verify that there is no continuity between the commutator and the shaft using a tester.
z If there is continuity, replace the armature.
3. Place the armature on V-blocks, and measure the runout using a dial indicator.
Magnetic switch
2. Inspect for continuity between terminal S and the body using a tester.
z If there is no continuity, replace the magnetic switch.
1. Verify that there is no continuity between each insulated brush and plate using a tester.
z If there is continuity, replace the brush holder.
2009 ENGINE
Firing order
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Technical Data - CX-7
2009 ENGINE
WARNING: z Never remove the cooling system cap or loosen the radiator drain
plug while the engine is running, or when the engine and radiator are
hot. Scalding engine coolant and steam may shoot out and cause
serious injury. It may also damage the engine and cooling system.
z Turn off the engine and wait until it is cool. Even then, be very
careful when removing the cap. Wrap a thick cloth around it and
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Cooling System - CX-7
slowly turn it counterclockwise to the first stop. Step back while the
pressure escapes.
z When you are sure all the pressure is gone, press down on the cap
using the cloth, turn it, and remove it.
z Depending on the vehicle, the cooling fan may operate suddenly
even when the ignition switch is turned off. Therefore, keep hands
and tools away from the cooling fan even if the cooling fan is not
operating to prevent injury to personnel or damage to the cooling
fan. Always disconnect the negative battery cable when servicing
the cooling fan or parts near the cooling fan.
WARNING: z Never remove the cooling system cap or loosen the radiator drain
plug while the engine is running, or when the engine and radiator are
hot. Scalding engine coolant and steam may shoot out and cause
serious injury. It may also damage the engine and cooling system.
z Turn off the engine and wait until it is cool. Even then, be very
careful when removing the cap. Wrap a thick cloth around it and
slowly turn it counterclockwise to the first stop. Step back while the
pressure escapes.
z When you are sure all the pressure is gone, press down on the cap
using the cloth, turn it, and remove it.
NOTE: z If the "FL22" mark is shown on or near the cooling system cap, use FL22
type engine coolant.
z FL22 type engine coolant is shipped as a diluted solution (55% coolant,
45% water). Use the solution as is when replacing coolant.
3. Verify that the engine coolant level in the coolant reserve tank is between the FULL and LOW marks.
z If the engine coolant level is below the LOW mark, add engine coolant.
NOTE: z If the "FL22" mark is shown on or near the cooling system cap, use
FL22 type engine coolant.
z FL22 type engine coolant is shipped as a diluted solution (55%
coolant, 45% water). Use the solution as is when replacing coolant.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Cooling System - CX-7
2. Determine the engine coolant protection level by referring to the graph shown in the figure.
z If the engine coolant protection level is not correct, add water or engine coolant.
WARNING: z Never remove the cooling system cap or loosen the radiator drain
plug while the engine is running, or when the engine and radiator are
hot. Scalding engine coolant and steam may shoot out and cause
serious injury. It may also damage the engine and cooling system.
z Turn off the engine and wait until it is cool. Even then, be very
careful when removing the cap. Wrap a thick cloth around it and
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Cooling System - CX-7
slowly turn it counterclockwise to the first stop. Step back while the
pressure escapes.
z When you are sure all the pressure is gone, press down on the cap
using the cloth, turn it, and remove it.
NOTE: z If the "FL22" mark is shown on or near the cooling system cap, use FL22
type engine coolant.
z FL22 type engine coolant is shipped as a diluted solution (55% coolant,
45% water). Use the solution as is when replacing coolant.
Engine coolant capacity (approx. quantity) 9.0 L {9.5 US qt, 7.9 lmp qt}
6. Referring to the following chart, select the correct volume percentage of the water and engine coolant.
7. Refill the engine coolant from the radiator filler neck until it is close to the top of the radiator filler neck.
8. Refill the engine coolant into the coolant reserve tank up to the FULL mark on the tank.
9. Install the cooling system cap.
CAUTION: z If the water temperature gauge rises too high, stop the engine
and decrease the engine coolant temperature to prevent
overheating. Then, verify the malfunctioning part and repair or
replace it.
WARNING: z Never remove the cooling system cap or loosen the radiator drain
plug while the engine is running, or when the engine and radiator are
hot. Scalding engine coolant and steam may shoot out and cause
serious injury. It may also damage the engine and cooling system.
z Turn off the engine and wait until it is cool. Even then, be very
careful when removing the cap. Wrap a thick cloth around it and
slowly turn it counterclockwise to the first stop. Step back while the
pressure escapes.
z When you are sure all the pressure is gone, press down on the cap
using the cloth, turn it, and remove it.
1. Inspect the engine coolant level. (See ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
2. Remove the cooling system cap.
3. Install the SST and a radiator cap tester to the radiator filler neck.
CAUTION:
z Applying more than 142.2 kPa {1.45 kgf/cm2 , 20.6 psi} can
damage the hoses, fittings, and other components, and cause
leakage.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Cooling System - CX-7
Pressure
5. When pressurizing the cooling system, verify that the pressure is maintained.
z If the gauge needle drops, it may indicate water leakage. Repair or replace the applicable part.
3. Attach the cooling system cap to the SST and a radiator cap tester.
4. Hold the cooling system cap downward and apply pressure gradually. Verify that the pressure is held
stable for 10 s .
z If the pressure is not held stable, replace the cooling system cap.
Fig. 10: Identifying Coolant Reserve Tank Components [L3 With TC]
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
1. Remove the coolant reserve tank from the radiator cowling tabs shown in the figure by lifting them with a
flathead screwdriver.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Cooling System - CX-7
WARNING: z Never remove the cooling system cap or loosen the radiator drain
plug while the engine is running, or when the engine and radiator are
hot. Scalding engine coolant and steam may shoot out and cause
serious injury. It may also damage the engine and cooling system.
z Turn off the engine and wait until it is cool. Even then, be very
careful when removing the cap. Wrap a thick cloth around it and
slowly turn it counterclockwise to the first stop. Step back while the
pressure escapes.
z When you are sure all the pressure is gone, press down on the cap
using the cloth, turn it, and remove ft.
CAUTION: z Do not apply force excessively and in the directions that are not
specified, otherwise the upper mount rubber bracket could be
damaged.
RH
1. Remove the upper mount rubber bracket while pressing down the upper mount rubber bracket tab in the
direction of the arrow.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Cooling System - CX-7
LH
1. Insert a flathead screwdriver into the upper mount rubber bracket notch.
Fig. 14: Inserting Flathead Screwdriver Into Upper Mount Rubber Bracket Notch
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Fig. 16: Identifying Thermostat Components [L3 With TC] With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
WARNING: z During inspection, the thermostat and water are extremely hot
and can cause severe burns. Do not touch the thermostat and
water.
80-84°C{176-183°F}
97°C {207°F}
WARNING: z Never remove the cooling system cap or loosen the radiator drain
plug while the engine is running, or when the engine and radiator are
hot. Scalding engine coolant and steam may shoot out and cause
serious injury. It may also damage the engine and cooling system.
z Turn off the engine and wait until it is cool. Even then, be very
careful when removing the cap. Wrap a thick cloth around it and
slowly turn it counterclockwise to the first stop. Step back while the
pressure escapes.
z When you are sure all the pressure is gone, press down on the cap
using the cloth, turn it, and remove it.
Fig. 17: Identifying Water Pump Components [L3 With TC] With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
WARNING: z Never remove the cooling system cap or loosen the radiator drain
plug while the engine is running, or when the engine and radiator are
hot. Scalding engine coolant and steam may shoot out and cause
serious injury. It may also damage the engine and cooling system.
z Turn off the engine and wait until it is cool. Even then, be very
careful when removing the cap. Wrap a thick cloth around it and
slowly turn it counterclockwise to the first stop. Step back while the
pressure escapes.
z When you are sure all the pressure is gone, press down on the cap
using the cloth, turn it, and remove it.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Cooling System - CX-7
Fig. 18: Identifying Cooling Fan Components [L3 With TC] With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
1. Remove the ATF oil cooler pipe with the hoses still connected. Position the ATF oil cooler pipe so that it
is out of the way.
1. Remove the cooling fan component from above the engine compartment.
PART INSPECTION
1. Verify that the battery is fully charged. (See BATTERY INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC] ).
2. Remove the charge air cooler duct. (See INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC] ).
3. Disconnect the cooling fan motor connector (2 terminals).
4. Install a tester and battery to the cooling fan motor connector (2 terminals) as shown in the figure.
5. Verify that each fan motors operate smoothly at the standard current.
z If there is any malfunction, replace the applicable part.
Fig. 19: Installing Tester & Battery To Cooling Fan Motor Connector (2 Terminals)
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
z If not within the specification, inspect the input signals from the following parts.
{ Crankshaft Position (CKP) sensor
6. If all the above parts are normal, replace the fan control module.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Emission System - CX-7
Fig. 1: Identifying Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Control System Components - Engine Compartment
Side
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Fig. 2: Identifying Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Control System Components - Exhaust System Side
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Fig. 3: Identifying Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Control System Components - Fuel Tank Side
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Fig. 4: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Control System Diagram [L3 With TC]
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
1. Perform the following SST (Evaporative Emission System Tester 134-01049) self-test:
NOTE: z If the tester does not work correctly during self-test, refer to the
tester operators manual for more detailed procedures.
1. Verify that the gas cylinder valve is closed and the control valve located on the tester is in the
TEST position. All tester displays should be off at this time.
2. Connect the long hose (part of SST ) to the tester.
3. Connect the manifold assembly (part of SST ) to the long hose as shown.
4. Open the gas cylinder valve and verify the gas cylinder regulator left gauge reads 69- 82 kPa {0.71-
0.83 kgf/cm2 , 10-12 psi} (preset at factory).
z If not, refer to the tester operators manual to contact tester manufacturer.
5. Press the ON/OFF switch to turn on the SST and make sure the left display reads 0.0 .
6. Turn the control valve on the tester to the FILL position.
7. Verify the left display reading is within 13.9 to 14.0 in of water.
z If not, adjust the pressure using the regulator knob located on the right side of the tester.
8. Turn the control valve to TEST position and press the START switch.
9. After the 2-min countdown (left display) is completed, the right display shows the total pressure
loss for that period. A 0.5 in of water loss is acceptable on the self-test.
z If the loss is more than 0.5 in of water, do one or more self-test. If the failed test repeats,
check for leak using the ultrasonic leak detector (part of SST ).
2. Press the RESET switch to set the left display reading to 0.0 .
3. Connect the fuel cap receiver assembly (part of SST) to the manifold assembly and fuel-filler cap from
the vehicle.
z If the fuel-filler cap is not a genuine part, replace it.
z If the reading is far below, the fuel-filler cap has leak. Replace it.
6. Turn the control valve to the TEST position and press the START switch.
7. After the 2-min countdown (left display) is completed, check the test result (the failed/passed light on the
tester).
z If the green light turns on, the fuel-filler cap is normal.
z If the red light turns on, the fuel-filler cap has leakage. Replace it.
3. Blow from port B and verify that there is airflow from port A.
z If not as specified, replace the air filter.
Fig. 8: Identifying Charcoal Canister Components With Torque Specification [L3 With TC]
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
CAUTION:
z Do not apply the pressure more than 20 kPa {0.2 kgf/cm2 ,2.9
psi} to the charcoal canister. Doing so will damage the charcoal
canister.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Emission System - CX-7
Fig. 10: Identifying Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Leak Detection Pump Components [L3
With TC] With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Emission System - CX-7
AWD
NOTE: z Because the AWD EVAP system leak detection pump is installed
surrounded by the rear differential, there is insufficient space for
removing the pump from the vehicle. Therefore, it is necessary to
remove the EVAP system leak detection pump and bracket separately
from the vehicle.
Fig. 11: Identifying AWD EVAP System Leak Detection Pump Components With Torque
Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
NOTE: z Because the AWD EVAP system leak detection pump is installed
surrounded by the rear differential, there is insufficient space for removing
the pump from the vehicle. Therefore, it is necessary to remove the EVAP
system leak detection pump and bracket separately from the vehicle.
Fig. 12: View Of EVAP System Leak Detection Pump & Bracket
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
2. Remove the installation screws from the EVAP system leak detection pump.
3. Remove the EVAP system leak detection pump.
4. Remove the EVAP system leak detection pump bracket.
Fig. 13: Identifying EVAP System Leak Detection Pump, Bracket & Screws
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
4. Blow air into port B and verify that there is airflow from port A.
z If not as specified, replace the EVAP system leak detection pump.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Emission System - CX-7
Fig. 14: Identifying Charcoal Canister Side & Air Filter Side
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
RESISTANCE INSPECTION
RESISTANCE SPECIFICATION
Terminals Resistance (ohm)
A-B 20-50
A-C 26.6-32.4
A-D MAX. 118
1. Disconnect the PCM connector. (See PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC] ).
2. Inspect the following wiring harnesses for an open or short circuit (continuity check).
Fig. 16: Identifying EVAP System Lead Detection Pump Wiring Harness Side Connector
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Open circuit
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Emission System - CX-7
z If there is no continuity, there is an open circuit. Repair or replace the wiring harness.
{ EVAP system leak detection pump terminal A and main relay terminal E
{ EVAP system leak detection pump terminal B and the body ground
{ EVAP system leak detection pump terminal D and PCM terminal 1AS
Short circuit
z If there is continuity, there is a short circuit. Repair or replace the wiring harness.
{ EVAP system leak detection pump terminal A and body ground
Fig. 19: Identifying Purge Solenoid Valve Components [L3 With TC]
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
AIRFLOW INSPECTION
1. Disconnect the PCM connector. (See PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC] ).
2. Inspect the following wiring harnesses for an open or short circuit (continuity check).
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Emission System - CX-7
Fig. 22: Identifying Purge Solenoid Valve Wiring Harness Side Connector
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Open circuit
z If there is no continuity, there is an open circuit. Repair or replace the wiring harness.
{ Purge solenoid valve terminal A and main relay terminal E
Short circuit
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Emission System - CX-7
z If there is continuity, there is a short circuit. Repair or replace the wiring harness.
{ Purge solenoid valve terminal A and body ground
SPECIFICATION CHART
Condition Airflow
Air applied from port A to B Yes
Air applied from port B to A No(1)
(1) The check valve is normal if the aeration to port B is 3.5 kPa/min {0.03 kgf/cm2 min, 0.5 psi/min}
or less when 130 kPa {1.32 kgf/cm2, 18.9 psi} is applied to port A.
5. Drain the engine coolant. (See ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT [L3 WITH TC] ).
6. Remove in the order indicated in the illustration.
7. Install in the reverse order of removal.
Fig. 26: Identifying EGR Valve Components [L3 With TC] With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
TERMINAL SPECIFICATIONS
Terminals Resistance (ohm)
C-E
C-A
8-9
D-B
D-F
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Emission System - CX-7
1. Disconnect the PCM connector. (See PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC] ).
2. Inspect the following wiring harnesses for open or short circuit (continuity check).
Open circuit
z If there is no continuity, there is an open circuit. Repair or replace the wiring harness.
{ EGR valve terminal A and PCM terminal 2AM
Short circuit
z If there is continuity, there is a short circuit. Repair or replace the wiring harness.
{ EGR valve terminal A and power supply
3. Remove the EGR valve, and inspect for any damage or clogging.
z If there is no damage or clogging, replace the EGR valve. (See EGR VALVE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC])
z Air cleaner
z Air hose
z Air duct
5. Set the throttle body out of the way. (SeeINTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC] .)
6. Remove the EGR pipe.
7. Install in the reverse order of removal.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Emission System - CX-7
Fig. 32: View Of EGR Pipe & Connection Points With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
1 Oil Separator
2 Retainer
(See Retainer Removal Note.)
(See Retainer Installation Note.)
3 PCV valve
CAUTION: Be sure to follow the removal procedures below to prevent the leakage of
blow-by gas caused by the damage to the tab of the oil separator or the oil
separator itself.
1. Insert a flat blade screwdriver with its tip wrapped in a waste cloth into the gap between the retainer and
the oil separator as shown in the figure.
2. Spread the side surface of the retainer outward to dismount it with attention to the tab.
CAUTION: Be sure to replace the old retainer with a new one to prevent the escape of
blow-by gas. Reinstalling the old retainer will reduce airtightness.
1. Make sure that the retainer alignment mark is directed as shown in the figure before installing the retainer
to the oil separator.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Emission System - CX-7
z If not as specified, replace the PCV valve. (See POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
(PCV) VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LC WITH TC].)
4. Verify that there is airflow when vacuum is applied to port A.
z If not as specified, replace the PCV valve. (See POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Emission System - CX-7
5. Drive the vehicle for 10 min at 65- 96 km/h {40- 60 mph} to allow the WU-TWC to reach operating
temperature.
6. Stop the vehicle and leave it in a safe space.
7. Access Test ID 10:21:80 on the "Diagnostic Monitoring Test Result" function.
8. Verify that the test result is within the specified indicated on the M-MDS.
z If it is not as specified, replace the WU-TWC. (See EXHAUST SYSTEM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC] ).
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Exhaust System - CX-7
2009 ENGINE
WARNING: z A hot engine and exhaust system can cause severe burns. Turn off
the engine and wait until they are cool before removing the exhaust
system.
1. Remove the seal ring using a flathead screwdriver being careful not to damage the pipe.
2WD
1. Remove the generator duct. (See GENERATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC] )
2. Remove the WU-TWC.
4WD
Tightening torque
Tightening torque
Tightening torque
Tightening torque
CAUTION: z If installation is performed without using the SST, the seal ring will be
damaged and deformed, resulting in an incorrect installation. Always
use the SST to install the seal ring.
1. Temporarily install the seal ring to the pipe so that the seal ring is even with the flange.
2. Install the SST to the seal ring so that the SST is even with the flange.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Exhaust System - CX-7
3. Press in the seal ring by tapping the SST using a plastic hammer until the seal ring contacts the flange.
1. Spray Carbon remover (TB6601 or equivalent) on the flared section of the exhaust pipe.
2. Remove the carbon adhering to the flared section shown in the figure using a nylon brush or sandpaper
(No. 400 or equivalent).
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Exhaust System - CX-7
CAUTION: If installation is performed without using the SST, the seal ring will be
damaged and deformed, resulting in an incorrect installation. Always use
the SST to install the seal ring.
1. Temporarily install the seal ring to the pipe so that the seal ring is even with the flange.
2. Install the SST to the seal ring so that the SST is even with the flange.
3. Press in the seal ring by tapping the SST using a plastic hammer until the seal ring contacts the flange.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Exhaust System - CX-7
1. Spray Carbon remover (TB6601 or equivalent) on the flared section of the exhaust pipe.
2. Remove the carbon adhering to the flared section shown in the figure using a nylon brush or sandpaper
(No. 400 or equivalent).
Fig. 1: Locating Fuel System [L3 With TC] - Engine Room Side
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Fig. 2: Locating Fuel System [L3 With TC] - Fuel Tank Side
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
WARNING: z Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily ignite, causing serious injury
and damage. Always keep sparks and flames away from fuel.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel System - CX-7
z Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause
serious injuries or death and damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and
eyes. To prevent this, always complete the following "Fuel Line
Safety Procedure".
z A person charged with static electricity could cause a fire or
explosion, resulting in death or serious injury. Before performing
work on the fuel system, discharge static electricity by touching the
vehicle body.
NOTE: z Fuel in the fuel system is under high pressure even when the engine is not
running.
1. Remove the fuel-filler cap and release the pressure in the fuel tank.
2. Remove the fuel pump relay.
3. Start the engine.
4. After the engine stalls, crank the engine several times.
5. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
6. Install the fuel pump relay.
WARNING: z Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause
serious injuries or death and damage. When installing the fuel hose,
perform "FUEL LEAKAGE INSPECTION" described below.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel System - CX-7
WARNING: z Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause
serious injuries or death and damage. Always carry out the following
procedure with the engine stopped.
z A person charged with static electricity could cause a fire or
explosion, resulting in death or serious injury. Before performing
work on the fuel system, discharge static electricity by touching the
vehicle body.
Using M-MDS
3. Using a jumper wire, short fuel pump relay terminals C and D in the main fuse block.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel System - CX-7
4. Connect the negative battery cable and operate the fuel pump.
2. Pressurize the system in this manner for at least 5 min to be sure there is no leakage.
z If there is fuel leakage, inspect the fuel hoses, hose clamps, and fuel pipe sealing surface, and
replace if necessary.
3. After repair, assemble the system and repeat Steps 1 to 3.
WARNING: z Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause
serious injuries or death. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To
prevent this, always complete the "BEFORE SERVICE
PRECAUTION". (See BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION [L3 WITH
TC].)
2. Disconnect the vacuum hose from the intake manifold that connecting to the power brake unit.
3. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
4. Disconnect the quick release connector from the fuel tank. (See QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
5. Push the SST quick release connector into the fuel pipe and plastic fuel hose into the SST until a click is
heard.
6. Turn the lever parallel to the hose of the SST as shown.
7. Connect the vacuum hose to the intake manifold that connecting to the brake booster.
8. Connect the negative battery cable.
9. Start the engine and let it idle. Measure the fuel line pressure.
z If not as specified, inspect the following:
Zero or low
{ FP circuit
{ FP
{ Fuel line (clogged)
{ Fuel leakage inside pressure regulator
High
{ FP hold pressure
13. Disconnect the vacuum hose from the intake manifold that connecting to the brake booster.
14. Disconnect the SST .
15. Connect the quick release connector. (See QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
HIGH PRESSURE LINE (FROM THE HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP TO THE FUEL INJECTOR)
1. Inspect the fuel pressure sensor. (See FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TC] ).
2. Inspect the high pressure fuel pump. (See FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC] ).
WARNING: z Repairing a fuel tank that has not been properly steam-cleaned can
be dangerous. Explosion or fire may cause death or serious injury.
Always properly steam clean a fuel tank before repairing it.
z Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause
serious injuries or death and damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and
eyes. To prevent this, do not damage the sealing surface of the fuel
pump unit when removing or installing.
z A person charged with static electricity could cause a fire or
explosion, resulting in death or serious injury. Before draining fuel,
make sure to discharge static electricity by touching the vehicle
body.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel System - CX-7
Fig. 8: Identifying Fuel Tank Components [L3 With TC] With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
CAUTION: z Be careful not to damage the fuel tank when removing the rivet. If the
fuel tank is damaged, it may cause fuel leakage.
WARNING: z Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause
serious injuries or death and damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and
eyes. To prevent this, always complete the "Fuel Line Safety
Procedure".
z Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause
serious injuries or death and damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and
eyes. To prevent this, before performing the fuel pump unit
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel System - CX-7
CAUTION: z Because the fuel tank is constructed such that the fuel level is higher
than the installation surface of the fuel pump, fuel leakage could
occur. If the fuel gauge indicates a fuel level of half or more, perform
the following Steps 1 - 6 to drain approx. 10 L {11 US gal, 8.8 Imp gal}
of fuel.
z Disconnecting/connecting the quick release connector without
cleaning it may possibly cause damage to the fuel pipe and quick
release connector. Always clean the quick release connector joint
area before disconnecting/connecting using a cloth or soft brush,
and make sure that it is free of foreign material.
z To prevent the SST from coming off the fuel pump cap while
performing the work, always perform the removal/installation
procedure with 2 people. One person presses the SST against cap
from directly above, while the other person rotates the SST.
1. Complete the "BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION". (See BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION [L3
WITH TC].)
2. Remove the rear seat cushion.
3. Remove the service hole cover.
4. Disconnect the quick release connector connected to the fuel pump unit.
5. Connect a long hose to the disconnected quick release connector and drain the fuel into a container used
for collecting gasoline.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel System - CX-7
Using M-MDS
2. Using a jumper wire, short fuel pump relay terminals C and D in the main fuse block.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel System - CX-7
3. Connect the negative battery cable and operate the fuel pump.
Using M-MDS
1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK position to stop the fuel pump.
2. Disconnect the jumper wire from the check connector.
8. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
9. Remove the fuel pump bracket installation screws.
10. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel System - CX-7
Fig. 17: Identifying Fuel Pump Unit Components [L3 With TC]
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
WARNING: z Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause
serious injuries or death and damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and
eyes. To prevent this, do not damage the sealing surface of the fuel
pump unit when removing or installing.
Fig. 18: Identifying Fuel Pump Unit Components [L3 With TC]
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
5. Inspect for continuity between fuel pump unit connector terminals B and D.
z If there is no continuity, replace the fuel pump body.
1. Inspect the following wiring harnesses as for open or short circuit (continuity check).
Fig. 21: Identifying Fuel Pump Relay And Unit Connector Terminals
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel System - CX-7
Open circuit
z If there is no continuity, there is an open circuit. Repair or replace the wiring harness.
{ Fuel pump unit terminal B and fuel pump relay terminal A
Short circuit
z If there is continuity, there is a short circuit. Repair or replace the wiring harness.
{ Fuel pump unit terminal B and power supply
WARNING: z Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause
serious injuries or death and damage. Always carry out the following
procedure with the engine stopped.
1. Complete the "BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION". (See BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION [L3
WITH TC].)
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the battery and battery tray.
CAUTION: z The quick release connector may be damaged if the tab is bent
excessively. Do not expand the tab over the stopper.
4. Disconnect the quick release connector from the fuel tank. (See QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
5. Turn the lever 90° against the hose of the SST to plug the SST outlet.
6. Push the SST quick release connector into the fuel pipe until a click is heard.
7. Set the fuel hose into a container to avoid fuel spills.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel System - CX-7
Using M-MDS
2. Using a jumper wire, short fuel pump relay terminals C and D in the main fuse block.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel System - CX-7
3. Connect the negative battery cable and operate the fuel pump.
9. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
10. Measure the fuel pump hold pressure after 5 min.
z If not as specified, replace the fuel pump after inspecting the following:
Tightening torque
NOTE: z If the high pressure fuel pump is removed, replace the O-ring with a new
one.
1. Complete the "BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION". (See BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION [L3
WITH TC].)
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the charge air cooler duct.
4. Disconnect the spill valve control solenoid valve connector.
5. Disconnect the quick release connector on the high pressure fuel pump. (See QUICK RELEASE
CONNECTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
6. Remove the battery and battery tray. (See BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH
TC] ).
7. Remove the air duct. (See INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC] )
WARNING: z If the high pressure fuel pump joint nut is loosened, fuel
leakage may occur resulting in death or serious injury, or
damage to the equipment or the vehicle. Fuel can also irritate
the skin and eyes. When removing the high pressure line pipe,
always tighten the high pressure line pipe installation nut while
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel System - CX-7
fixing the high pressure fuel pump joint nut with a wrench. If
the high pressure fuel pump joint nut has rotated, replace the
high pressure fuel pump with a new one.
8. Disconnect the high pressure line pipe of the high pressure fuel pump.
Fig. 28: Disconnecting High Pressure Line Pipe Of High Pressure Fuel Pump
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
1. Fix the joint nut with a wrench on the high pressure fuel pump side as shown in the figure.
2. Loosen the high pressure line pipe installation nut.
9. Drain engine coolant. (See ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT [L3 WITH TC] ).
10. Loosen the water outlet case installation bolts securing the high pressure line pipe.
11. Remove the following part:
z High pressure fuel pump
z Tension Collar
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel System - CX-7
Fig. 29: Identifying High Pressure Fuel Pump & Tension Collar With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
12. Perform the following procedure when removing the high pressure fuel pump cover.
1. Remove the drain plug and drain the engine oil accumulated in the high-pressure fuel pump cover.
NOTE: 20-30 ml (20-30 cc, 1.3-1.8 cu in) of engine oil will drain out when the
plug is removed so put a cloth under the drain plug beforehand.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel System - CX-7
Fig. 32: Installing High Pressure Fuel Pump Cover With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
4. Apply the silicone sealant to the contact surfaces of the camshaft cap and cylinder head.
Diameter
5 mm (0.2 in)
Tightening torque
Tightening torque
CAUTION: If the high pressure fuel pump installation bolts are tightened
with the high pressure fuel pump tilted, the high pressure fuel
pump may not operate correctly. Tighten the high pressure fuel
pump installation bolts in a few passes with equal torque.
Tightening torque
WARNING: z If the high pressure fuel pump joint nut is loosened, fuel
leakage may occur resulting in death or serious injury, or
damage to the equipment or the vehicle. Fuel can also irritate
the skin and eyes. When installing the high pressure line pipe,
always tighten the high pressure line pipe installation nut while
fixing the high pressure fuel pump joint nut with a wrench. If
the high pressure fuel pump joint nut has rotated, replace the
high pressure fuel pump with a new one.
1. Fix the joint nut with a wrench on the high pressure fuel pump side as shown in the figure.
2. Tighten the high pressure line pipe installation nut.
Tightening torque
Tightening torque
16. Install the quick release connector. (See QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
1. Verify that the fuel pressure sensor is normal. (See FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR INSPECTION [L3
WITH TC] ).
2. Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2.
5. After the LOAD PID is 60% or more while the engine is raced with the accelerator pedal fully
depressed, verify that the FUEL_PRES PID is approx.11.5Mpa.
{ If not as verified, replace the high pressure fuel pump.
WARNING: z Fuel is very flammable liquid. If fuel spills or leaks from the
pressurized fuel system, it will cause serious injury or death and
facility breakage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent
this, always complete the "Fuel Line Safety Procedure", while
referring to the BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION. (See BEFORE
SERVICE PRECAUTION [L3 WITH TC]) .
CAUTION: z There are three types of quick release connectors. Verify the type and
location, and install/remove properly.
TYPE A REMOVAL
1. Follow "BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION" before performing any work operations to prevent fuel
from spilling from the fuel system. (See BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION [L3 WITH TC].)
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel System - CX-7
CAUTION: z The quick release connector may be damaged if the release tab
is bent excessively. Do not expand the release tab over the
stopper.
NOTE: z The fuel hose can be removed by pushing it to the pipe side to
release the lock.
2. Rotate the release tab on the quick release connector to the stopper position.
Fig. 36: Identifying Quick Release Connector Stopper & Release Tab
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
3. Pull out the fuel hose straight from the fuel pipe and disconnect it.
4. Cover the disconnected quick release connector and fuel pipe with vinyl sheeting or a similar material to
prevent it from scratches or dirt.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel System - CX-7
TYPE B REMOVAL
CAUTION: z Be careful not to damage the pipe when unlocking the retainer.
NOTE: z When removing the quick connector, either SST 49 E042 001 or 49 N013
103A.
1. Follow "BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION" and remove dirt from the connecting surfaces before
performing any work operations. (See BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION [L3 WITH TC].)
2. Insert the SST into the quick release connector.
3. Pull out the fuel hose straight from the fuel pipe and disconnect it.
4. Cover the disconnected quick release connector and fuel pipe with vinyl sheeting or a similar material to
prevent it from scratches or dirt.
NOTE: z If the quick release connector is removed, replace the retainer with a new
one.
1. Follow "BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION" and remove dirt from the connecting surfaces before
performing any work operations. (See BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION [L3 WITH TC].)
NOTE: z The retainer is attached to the pipe even after the connector is
disconnected.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel System - CX-7
NOTE: z The quick release connector can be removed by pushing the center
of the retainer tabs.
3. Hold the center of the retainer tabs with the SST ends and press the retainer.
4. Pull the connector side and disconnect the quick release connector.
5. Raise a retainer tab using the SST and remove the retainer.
6. Cover the disconnected quick release connector and evaporative hose with vinyl sheeting or a similar
material to prevent it from scratches or dirt.
TYPE C REMOVAL
1. Follow "BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION" and remove dirt from the connecting surfaces before
performing any work operations. (See BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION [L3 WITH TC].)
2. Move the retainer upward using a small flathead screwdriver or a similar tool.
3. Pull out the fuel hose straight from the fuel pipe and disconnect it.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel System - CX-7
4. Cover the disconnected quick release connector and fuel pipe with vinyl sheeting or a similar material to
prevent it from scratches or dirt.
TYPE A INSTALLATION
NOTE: z If the quick release connector O-ring is damaged or has slipped, replace
the fuel hose.
z A checker tab is integrated with the quick release connector for new fuel
hoses and evaporative hoses. Remove the checker tab from the quick
release connector after the connector is completely engaged with the fuel
pipe.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel System - CX-7
Fig. 44: Identifying Quick Release Connector Checker Tab & New Fuel
Hose
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
1. Inspect the fuel hose and fuel pipe sealing surface for damage and deformation.
z If there is any malfunction, replace it with a new one.
2. Apply a small amount of clean engine oil to the sealing surface of the fuel pipe.
3. Reconnect the fuel hose straight to the fuel pipe until a click is heard.
NOTE: z If the quick release connector does not move at all, disconnect it,
verify that the O-ring is not damaged or has not slipped, and then
reconnect the quick release connector.
4. Lightly pull and push the quick release connector a few times by hand, and then verify that it can move
2.0-3.0 mm {0.08-0.12 in} and is connected securely.
5. Inspect all related parts by performing "AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION". (See AFTER SERVICE
PRECAUTION [L3 WITH TC].)
TYPE B INSTALLATION
NOTE: z If the quick release connector O-ring is damaged or has slipped, replace
the fuel hose.
z A checker tab is integrated with the quick release connector for new fuel
hoses and evaporative hoses. Remove the checker tab from the quick
release connector after the connector is completely engaged with the fuel
pipe.
Fig. 45: Identifying Quick Release Connector Checker Tab & New Fuel
Hose
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
CAUTION: z Be sure to replace the retainer with a new one to prevent gas leakage.
z To prevent evaporative gas leakage, be sure not to damage the
connecting part between the charcoal canister and pipe, and the
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel System - CX-7
TYPE C INSTALLATION
NOTE: z If the quick release connector O-ring is damaged or has slipped, replace
the fuel hose.
1. Inspect the fuel hose and fuel pipe sealing surface for damage and deformation.
z If there is any malfunction, replace it with a new one.
{ If the retainer cannot be pushed down, push the fuel pipe further to the quick release
connector.
3. Lightly pull and push the quick release connector a few times by hand, and then verify that it is connected
securely.
4. Inspect all related parts by performing "AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION". (See AFTER SERVICE
PRECAUTION [L3 WITH TC].)
NOTE: z When the fuel pressure sensor replaces, replace a new fuel delivery pipe
with a new fuel pressure sensor. (See FUEL INJECTOR
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC])
1. Complete the "BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION". (See BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION [L3
WITH TC].)
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the intake manifold. (See INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC] ).
4. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
1. Drain engine coolant. (See ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT [L3 WITH TC] ).
2. Disconnect the high pressure line pipe of the high pressure fuel pump. (See HIGH PRESSURE FUEL
PUMP REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
Fig. 48: Disconnecting High Pressure Line Pipe Of High Pressure Fuel Pump
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
1. Fix the joint nut with a wrench on the high pressure fuel pump side as shown in the figure.
2. Loosen the high pressure line pipe installation nut.
3. Remove the high pressure line pipe.
1. Install the SST to the fuel injector confirming that the SST faces the correct direction as shown in the
figure.
CAUTION: z If the SST slips while ratcheting up the fuel injector, the fuel
injector or surrounding parts could be damaged. Press fit the
SST to the fuel injector firmly and operate carefully.
z When ratcheting up the fuel injector, the fuel injector connector
may contact the cylinder head and damage the fuel injector.
Ratchet up the fuel injector so that the fuel injector connector
does not contact the cylinder head.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel System - CX-7
NOTE: z If fuel injector No. 3 contacts the oil separator, cut the tab on the oil
separator as shown in the figure. Carefully cut the tab so that the oil
separator is not deformed or damaged, with no clearance on the
mating surfaces of the oil separator and engine.
2. Keep ratcheting the SST so that the fuel injector becomes free enough to ratchet up without using the
SST.
5. Clean the fuel injector and around the insertion hole using a vacuum cleaner.
Tightening torque
Fig. 52: Identifying High Pressure Line Pipe Bolt Tightening Sequence
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Tightening torque
1. Fix the joint nut with a wrench on the high pressure fuel pump side as shown in the figure.
2. Tighten the high pressure line pipe installation nut.
Tightening torque
Tightening torque
1. Carry out the "Fuel Injector Operation Inspection". (See ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
OPERATION INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC] ).
z If not as specified, perform the further inspection for the fuel injectors.
RESISTANCE INSPECTION
TC].)
4. Disconnect the fuel injector connectors.
5. Measure the resistance of the fuel injector using a tester.
z If not as specified, replace the fuel injector. (See FUEL INJECTOR
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
z If as specified but "Operation Test" is failed, carry out the "Circuit Open/Short Inspection". Inspect
for open or short circuit.
1. Disconnect the PCM connector. (See PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC] ).
2. Inspect the following wiring harnesses for an open or short circuit (continuity check).
Fig. 55: Identifying Fuel Injector Wiring Harness Side Connector Terminals
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel System - CX-7
Open circuit
z If there is no continuity, there is an open circuit. Repair or replace the wiring harness.
{ No. 1 cylinder fuel injector terminal A and PCM terminal 2BB
Short circuit
z If there is continuity, there is a short circuit. Repair or replace the wiring harness.
{ No. 1 cylinder fuel injector terminal A and power supply
NOTE: z Due to the adoption of the mechanical returnless fuel system, the pressure
regulator cannot be inspected separately.
1. Perform "FUEL LINE PRESSURE INSPECTION". (See FUEL LINE PRESSURE INSPECTION [L3
WITH TC].)
NOTE: z This inspection is for fuel shut-off valve and rollover valve integrated in
the fuel tank.
1. Disconnect the quick release connector and the fuel pump unit connector. (See FUEL PUMP UNIT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
2. Remove the fuel tank with the fuel pump unit. (See FUEL TANK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC].)
3. Plug the port as shown in the figure.
6. Blow through port B and verify that there is no airflow from port A.
z If there is airflow, replace the fuel tank.
WIRE ROUTING
z It is unlikely that all four ignition coils fail to operate properly. To prevent replacing a normal
component, perform the above procedure, identify the malfunctioning ignition coil, and replace it.
4. Measure the resistance between each terminal on the ignition coil connector using an analog circuit tester.
z If the measurement corresponds to the table, replace the ignition coil.
Tightening torque
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Ignition System - CX-7
CAUTION: z To avoid possible damage to the tip, do not adjust the plug gap.
z To prevent damaging the tip, use a wire type plug gap gauge when
inspecting the plug gap.
1. Measure the spark plug gap using a wire type plug gap gauge.
z If not within the specification, replace the spark plug.
CLEANING
CAUTION: z Carbon may adhere to the tip of the spark plug during vehicle
delivery or repeated short distance driving during the winter time. If
there is any malfunction such as rough idling or start difficulty due to
carbon adhesion causing plug fouling, burn off the carbon by
performing no-load racing of the engine.
z When performing the no-load racing, apply the side brake and foot
brake, move the selector lever to P position to prevent an accident
and serious injury.
z To avoid possible damage to the spark plug tip, do not use a wire
brush for cleaning.
NOTE: z To avoid possible damage to the tip, use gasoline to clean the spark plugs
after removing dirt.
z If the accelerator pedal is depressed continuously for a specified time, the
engine speed may decrease to the idle speed. This is due to the fuel cut
control operation, which prevents overheating, and it does not indicate a
malfunction.
z Do not perform no-load racing at high engine speed continuously for 10 s
or more.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Ignition System - CX-7
1. If there is carbon adhering to the spark plug, perform no-load racing at 4,000 rpm for 2 min, 2 times .
VISUAL INSPECTION
{ Insulator breakage
{ Worn electrode
{ Damaged gasket
RESISTANCE INSPECTION
1. Measure the resistance of the spark plug using a tester as shown in the figure.
z If not within the specification, replace the spark plug.
3.0-7.5 kilohms
INTAKE AIR SYSTEM VACUUM HOSE ROUTING DIAGRAM [L3 WITH TC]
{ Air suction (installation areas of throttle body, fuel injector, PCV valve, intake manifold)
NOTE: z If any air suction exists, the change in engine speed can be
made apparent by spraying the penetrant lubricating spray on
the applicable part.
Standard
WARNING: z A hot engine and intake air system can cause severe burns. Turn off
the engine and wait until they are cool before removing the intake air
system.
z Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily ignite, causing serious injury
and damage. Always keep sparks and flames away from fuel.
z Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause
serious injuries or death and damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and
eyes. To prevent this, always complete the "Fuel Line Safety
Procedure". (See BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION [L3 WITH TC] ).
7. Complete the "AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION". (See AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION [L3
WITH TC] ).
Fig. 4: Exploded View Of Intake Air System With Torque Specification [L3 With TC]
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Intake-Air System - CX-7
1. Remove the middle pipe (See EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC] ).
2. Disconnect the rear HO2S connector.
3. Remove the front pipe. (See EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC] ).
CAUTION: z When removing the cowl grille, a part or tool may hit the edge of
the windshield and could damage it. Protect the windshield by
covering it with a clean rag to prevent damage to the
windshield.
11. Remove the insulator (WU-TWC top side). (See EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TC] ).
12. Remove the vacuum hose (Brake master back side).
13. Remove the front HO2S. (See EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH
TC] ).
14. Remove the WU-TWC. (See EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC] ).
15. Remove the oil pipes, water pipe, and insulator.
Tightening torque
2. Install the WU-TWC. (See EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC] ).
3. Install the front HO2S. (See EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC] ).
4. Tighten the oil pipe installation bolt while the stopper of the oil pipe is facing the installation area, then
install the insulator.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Intake-Air System - CX-7
Fig. 9: Identifying Oil Pipe & Insulator Bolts With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
5. Install the oil pipe and water pipe, then insert the water hose until it reaches the stopper.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Intake-Air System - CX-7
Fig. 10: Identifying Oil Pipes, Oil Hose, Stopper & Bolts With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Tightening torque
Fig. 11: Identifying Wastegate Control Solenoid Valve With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
1. Tighten the throttle body installation bolts in the order shown in the figure.
Tightening torque
CAUTION: z Before assembling the air cleaner, verify that the rubber mounts have
not fallen off from the air cleaner bracket (3 locations).
z Always install the air cleaner case using the following procedure.
NOTE: z When inserting the rubber mounts into the air cleaner case, soapy water
can be applied.
1. Verify that the rubber mounts are set in the air cleaner bracket (3 locations).
2. Install the projections on the frame side (2 locations).
3. Verify that the projections on the frame side are installed securely.
4. Install the projection on the engine side (remaining location).
5. Verify that the projection on the engine side installed securely.
Fig. 14: Connecting Vacuum Pump To Vacuum Ports Of Air Bypass Valve
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Vacuum (kPa {mmHg, inHg}) Valve operation condition Airflow between port A - B
-66 {-496, -20} or more Open Yes
-49 {-367, -14} or less Closed No
Approx. value
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Intake-Air System - CX-7
RESISTANCE INSPECTION
Specification
1. Disconnect the PCM connector. (See PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC] ).
2. Inspect the following wiring harnesses for an open or short circuit (continuity check).
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Intake-Air System - CX-7
Fig. 16: Identifying Throttle Actuator Wiring Harness Side Connector Terminals
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Open circuit
z If there is no continuity, there is an open circuit. Repair or replace the wiring harness.
{ Throttle actuator terminal F and PCM terminal 2A
Short circuit
z If there is continuity, there is a short circuit. Repair or replace the wiring harness.
{ Throttle actuator terminal F and power supply
1. Disconnect the PCM connector. (See PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC] ).
2. Inspect the following wiring harness for open or short circuit (continuity check).
Fig. 20: Identifying Variable Swirl Solenoid Valve Wiring Harness Side Connector Terminals
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Intake-Air System - CX-7
Fig. 21: Identifying Fuse Box Connector Terminal (Main Relay) Terminals
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Open circuit
z If there is no continuity, there is an open circuit. Repair or replace the wiring harness.
{ Variable swirl solenoid valve terminal B and PCM terminal 2AS
Short circuit
z If there is continuity, there is a short circuit. Repair or replace the wiring harness.
{ Variable swirl solenoid valve terminal A and body ground
1. Disconnect the PCM connector. (See PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC] ).
2. Inspect the following wiring harness for an open or short circuit (continuity check).
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Intake-Air System - CX-7
Fig. 25: Identifying Wastegate Control Solenoid Valve Wiring Harness Side Connector Terminals
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Fig. 26: Identifying Fuse Box Connector Terminal (Main Relay) Terminals
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Open circuit
z If there is no continuity, there is an open circuit. Repair or replace the wiring harness.
{ Wastegate control solenoid valve terminal B and PCM terminal 2AA
Short circuit
z If there is continuity, there is a short circuit. Repair or replace the wiring harness.
{ Wastegate control solenoid valve terminal A and body ground
5. Raise the pressure slowly and take a measurement of the pressure when the rod stroke is 1.5 mm {0.06
in}.
z If the rod does not move, replace the turbocharger.
Specification (rod stroke: 1.5 mm {0.06 in}) 78.0- 83.4 kPa {586- 625 mmHg, 23.1- 24.6 inHg}
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Intake-Air System - CX-7
1. Remove the turbocharger. (See INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH
TC].)
2. Visually inspect the compressor wheel from view A for the cracks, damage, or bending on all the
compressor wheel blades.
z If there are any cracks or damage, replace the turbocharger.
1. Remove the turbocharger. (See INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH
TC].)
2. Visually inspect the turbine wheel from view B for the cracks, damage, or bending on all the turbine
wheel blades.
z If there are cracks, damage, or bending on the turbine wheel, replace the turbocharger.
NOTE: z If there is contact between the turbine wheel and turbine housing,
there may be cracks, damage, or bending on the blade end area.
z If there are cracks, damage, or bending on the turbine wheel, verify
the following after replacing the turbocharger.
{ Intake air/exhaust system related components
Fig. 32: Identifying Accelerator Pedal Components [L3 With TC] With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
2009 ENGINE
Lubrication - CX-7
on safety stands.
z Continuous exposure to USED engine oil has caused skin cancer in
laboratory mice. Protect your skin by washing with soap and water
immediately after working with engine oil.
NOTE: z The oil pressure can vary with oil viscosity and temperature.
11. Apply silicone sealant to the oil pressure switch threads as shown in the figure.
Fig. 3: Applying Silicone Sealant To Oil Pressure Switch Threads With Specification
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Tightening torque
5. Remove the dipstick and verify that the oil level is between the MIN and MAX marks on the dipstick.
z If the oil level is below the MIN mark, add engine oil.
6. Install the service hole cap by rotating it in the direction shown in the figure.
WARNING: z Hot engines and engine oil can cause severe burns. Turn off the
engine and wait until it and the engine oil have cooled.
z A vehicle that is lifted but not securely supported on safety stands is
dangerous. It can slip or fall, causing death or serious injury. Never
work around or under a lifted vehicle if it is not securely supported
on safety stands.
z Continuous exposure to USED engine oil has caused skin cancer in
laboratory mice. Protect your skin by washing with soap and water
immediately after working with engine oil.
CAUTION: z If engine oil is spilled on the exhaust system, wipe it oft completely. If
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Lubrication - CX-7
you fail to wipe the spilled engine oil, it will produce fumes because
of the heat.
Oil pan drain plug tightening torque 30-41 N.m {3.1-4.1 kgf.m, 23-30 ft.lbf}
NOTE: z The amount of residual oil in the engine can vary according to factors
such as the replacement method and oil temperature. Verify the oil
level after engine oil replacement.
7. Refill with the following type and amount of the engine oil.
Oil and oil filter replacement: 5.7 L {6.0 US qt, 5.0 Imp qt}
10. Inspect the oil level. (See ENGINE OIL LEVEL INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
11. Install the service hole cover.
CAUTION: z If engine oil is spilled on the exhaust system, wipe it off completely. If
you fail to wipe the spilled engine oil, it will produce fumes because
of the heat.
z To avoid damage to the oil filter, use only specified oil filter.
Fig. 8: Identifying Oil Filter Drain Plug & Oil Filter Cover
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
NOTE: z Oil could be easily drained when the air is in the filter.
Tightening torque
Oil filter drain plug: 9-11 N.m {91.8-112.2 kgf.cm, 79.6-97.2 in.lbf}
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Lubrication - CX-7
Fig. 9: Identifying Oil Filter, O-Ring, Oil Filter Cover & Oil Filter Drain Plug
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
12. Start the engine and confirm that there is no oil leakage.
z If there is oil leakage, repair or replace the applicable part.
13. Inspect the oil level. (See ENGINE OIL LEVEL INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC]).
14. Install the undercover.
WARNING: z Hot engines and engine oil can cause severe burns. Turn off the
engine and wait until it and the engine oil have cooled.
z A vehicle that is lifted but not securely supported on safety stands is
dangerous. It can slip or fall, causing death or serious injury. Never
work around or under a lifted vehicle if it is not securely supported
on safety stands.
z Continuous exposure to USED engine oil has caused skin cancer in
laboratory mice. Protect your skin by washing with soap and water
immediately after working with engine oil.
9. Inspect the oil level. (See ENGINE OIL LEVEL INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Lubrication - CX-7
Fig. 10: Identifying Oil Cooler Components [L3 With TC] With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
WARNING: z Hot engines and engine oil can cause severe burns. Turn off the
engine and wait until it and the engine oil have cooled.
z A vehicle that is lifted but not securely supported on safety stands is
dangerous. It can slip or fall, causing death or serious injury. Never
work around or under a lifted vehicle if It is not securely supported
on safety stands.
z Continuous exposure to USED engine oil has caused skin cancer in
laboratory mice. Protect your skin by washing with soap and water
immediately after working with engine oil.
1. Complete the "BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE". (See BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE [L3 WITH
TC] ).
2. Remove the battery and battery tray. (See BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH
TC] ).
3. Remove the under cover.
4. Remove the splash shield (RH).
5. Drain the engine oil. (See ENGINE OIL REPLACEMENTS [L3 WITH TC].)
6. Drain the engine coolant. (See ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT [L3 WITH TC] ).
7. Remove the charge air cooler, air cleaner and fresh air duct component, and air hose. (See INTAKE AIR
SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC] ).
8. Disconnect the quick release connector on the high pressure fuel pump. (See QUICK RELEASE
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Lubrication - CX-7
21. Inspect the oil level. (See ENGINE OIL LEVEL INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC]).
22. Inspect for engine coolant leakage. (See ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE INSPECTION [L3 WITH
TC] ).
23. Inspect for the ignition timing and idle speed. (See ENGINE TUNE-UP [L3 WITH TC] ).
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Lubrication - CX-7
Fig. 11: Identifying Oil Pan Components With Torque Specification [L3 With TC]
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
CAUTION: z Apply the silicon sealant in a single, unbroken line around the whole
perimeter.
z Using bolts with the old seal adhering could cause cracks in the
housing.
1. Completely clean and remove any oil, dirt, sealant or other foreign material that may be adhering to the
housing and oil pan.
2. When reusing the oil pan installation bolts, clean any old sealant from the bolts.
3. Use a square ruler to align the oil pan and the cylinder block junction side on the engine front cover side.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Lubrication - CX-7
4. Apply silicone sealant to the oil pan along the inside of the bolt holes as shown in the figure.
Thickness
Tightening torque
Tightening torque
WARNING: z Hot engines and engine oil can cause severe burns. Turn off the
engine and wait until it and the engine oil have cooled.
z A vehicle that is lifted but not securely supported on safety stands is
dangerous. It can slip or fall, causing death or serious injury. Never
work around or under a lifted vehicle if it is not securely supported
on safety stands.
z Continuous exposure to USED engine oil has caused skin cancer in
laboratory mice. Protect your skin by washing with soap and water
immediately after working with engine oil.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Lubrication - CX-7
1. Complete the "BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE". (See BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE [L3 WITH
TC] ).
2. Remove the battery and battery tray. (See BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH
TC] ).
3. Remove the under cover.
4. Remove the splash shield (RH).
5. Drain the engine oil. (See ENGINE OIL REPLACEMENTS [L3 WITH TC].)
6. Drain the engine coolant. (See ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT [L3 WITH TC] ).
7. Remove the charge air cooler, air cleaner and fresh air duct component, and air hose. (See INTAKE AIR
SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC] ).
8. Disconnect the quick release connector on the high pressure fuel pump. (See QUICK RELEASE
CONNECTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC] ).
9. Remove the high pressure fuel pump. (See HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC] ).
10. Remove the ignition coils. (See IGNITION COIL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC] ).
11. Loosen the water pump pulley bolts before removing the drive belt.
12. Remove the drive belt. (See DRIVE BELT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC] ).
13. Remove the P/S oil pump with hose and pipe still connected. Position the P/S oil pump out of the way.
(See POWER STEERING OIL PUMP REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
14. Remove the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor. (See CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC] ).
15. Remove the engine front cover. (See TIMING CHAIN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH
TC] ).
16. Remove the oil pan. (See OIL PAN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
17. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
18. Install in the reverse order of removal.
19. Refill with the specified type and amount of the engine oil. (See ENGINE OIL REPLACEMENTS [L3
WITH TC].)
20. Refill the engine coolant. (See ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT [L3 WITH TC] ).
21. Start the engine and confirm that there is no oil leakage.
z If there is oil leakage, repair or replace the applicable part.
22. Inspect the oil level. (See ENGINE OIL LEVEL INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
23. Inspect for engine coolant leakage. (See ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE INSPECTION [L3 WITH
TC] ).
24. Inspect for the ignition timing and idle speed. (See ENGINE TUNE-UP [L3 WITH TC] ).
25. Inspect the oil pressure. (See OIL PRESSURE INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC]).
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Lubrication - CX-7
Fig. 18: Identifying Oil Pump Components With Torque Specification [L3 With TC]
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
1. Temporarily install the crankshaft pulley and crankshaft pulley lock bolt to the crankshaft, and lock the
oil pump against rotation as shown in figure.
2. Remove/install the oil pump sprocket, and then remove the crankshaft pulley and crankshaft pulley lock
bolt.
Tightening torque
1. Tighten the oil pump bolts in two steps in the order shown in the figure.
Tightening torque
2009 ENGINE
Mechanical - CX-7
NOTE: z If the accelerator pedal is depressed continuously for a specified time, the
engine speed may decrease to the idle speed. This is due to the fuel cut
control operation, which prevents overheating, and it does not indicate a
malfunction.
1. Verify the ignition timing (M-MDS: SPARKADV) using the PID/data monitor function of the M-MDS.
Ignition timing
2. Verify that ignition timing advances when the engine speed increases gradually.
z If there is malfunction, refer to "ENGINE SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING". (See ENGINE
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [L3 WITH TC] ).
1. Verify that the idle speed (M-MDS: RPM PID) is within the specification using M-MDS.
z If there is malfunction, refer to "ENGINE SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING". (See ENGINE
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [L3 WITH TC] ).
1. Verify that the idle speed and ignition timing are within the specification. (See IDLE SPEED
INSPECTION.) (See IGNITION TIMING INSPECTION.)
2. Insert an exhaust gas analyzer to the tailpipe.
3. Verify that the CO and HC concentrations are within the regulation.
Idle mixture
1. Verify that the drive belt auto tensioner indicator mark does not exceed the limit.
z If it exceeds the limit, replace the drive belt. (See DRIVE BELT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TC].)
3. Rotate the drive belt auto tensioner pulley by hand and verify that it rotates smoothly.
z Replace the drive belt auto tensioner if necessary.
4. Install the drive belt. (See DRIVE BELT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Mechanical - CX-7
3. If it is not within the specification, replace the tappet and adjust the valve clearance to the median
value of the standard.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Mechanical - CX-7
NOTE: z Make sure to note down the measured values for choosing the
suitable replacement tappets.
4. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise 360° so that the NO. 4 cylinder is at TDC of the compression
stroke.
5. Measure the valve clearance of location B shown in the figure.
6. If not within the specification, replace the tappet and adjust the valve clearance to the median value
of the standard.
10. Install the cylinder head cover. (See TIMING CHAIN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH
TC].)
11. Install the ventilation hose.
12. Connect the wiring harness.
13. Install the ignition coils. (See IGNITION COIL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC] ).
14. Install the high pressure fuel pump. (See HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC] ).
15. Install the charge air cooler. (See INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH
TC] ).
16. Install the splash shield (RH).
17. Connect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the charge air cooler. (See INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC] ).
4. Remove the high pressure fuel pump. (See HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC] ).
5. Remove the ignition coils. (See IGNITION COIL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC] ).
6. Disconnect the wiring harness.
7. Remove the ventilation hose.
8. Remove the cylinder head cover. (See TIMING CHAIN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH
TC].)
9. Remove the drive belt. (See DRIVE BELT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
10. Remove the engine front cover lower blind plug.
11. Remove the engine front cover upper blind plug.
12. Remove the cylinder block lower blind plug, and install the SST.
13. Rotate the crankshaft in the direction of the engine rotation so that the NO. 1 piston is at TDC of the
compression stroke. (Until the crank weight contacts SST and stops.)
NOTE: z Verify the ratchet position using the mirror before servicing. If the
ratchet is not tilted, remove the engine front cover before performing
the procedure.
z If the timing chain tension cannot be released with the ratchet tilted,
remove the engine front cover before performing the procedure.
1. Insert a suitable bolt (M6 X 1.0 length 25-35mm {0.99-1.3 in}) into the engine front cover upper
blind plug and tighten it until it contacts the chain tensioner arm, and rotate it back one turn. (set
the bolt slightly away from the chain tensioner arm so that it does not contact it.)
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Mechanical - CX-7
Fig. 10: Inserting Bolt Into Engine Front Cover Upper Blind Plug
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
2. Using the cast hexagon on the exhaust camshaft, apply force counterclockwise to facilitate
unlocking the chain tensioner ratchet.
3. Using a Hex bit socket (2.5 mm (0.098 in)) or T15 Torx bit socket, unlock the chain tensioner
ratchet so that it can be lifted up.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Mechanical - CX-7
4. Using the cast hexagon on the exhaust camshaft, apply force in the direction of the engine rotation
to increase tension on the chain.
NOTE: The chain tensioner ratchet is compressed using the chain tension
generated by applying force to the exhaust camshaft in the direction
of the engine rotation.
NOTE: The ratchet has not been unlocked if the bolt cannot be pressed in
approx. 5 mm (0.2 in).
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Mechanical - CX-7
5. Screw in the bolt set in Step 1 approx. 5 mm (0.2 in) and secure the tensioner arm with the rack
compressed.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Mechanical - CX-7
z If the tensioner arm cannot be secured, return the bolt to its original position and repeat the
procedure from step 3.
15. Fix the exhaust camshaft using a wrench on the cast hexagon, and loosen the camshaft sprocket
installation bolt.
CAUTION: Perform the work carefully so that the washer does not drop out.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Mechanical - CX-7
16. Remove the exhaust camshaft sprocket bolt, exhaust camshaft sprocket and washer as a single unit.
17. Remove the oil control valve (OCV). (See OIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV)
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC] .)
NOTE: The camshaft caps are to be kept ordered for correct reassembly in their
original positions. Do not mix the caps.
18. Loosen the camshaft cap bolts in two or three passes in the order shown in the figure and remove the
camshaft cap.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Mechanical - CX-7
19. Remove the camshafts for the intake and exhaust sides.
20. Remove the tappet.
21. Install an appropriate tappet based on the results of the valve clearance inspection.
Selected tappet = Removed tappet thickness + Measured valve clearance - Standard valve clearance
22. Verify that the No. 1 cylinder is at TDC of the compression stroke. (The position counter weight contacts
the SST.)
23. Apply the gear oil (SAE No. 90 or equivalent) to each journal of the cylinder head as shown in the figure.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Mechanical - CX-7
24. Install the camshaft with No. 1 cylinder cam aligned at TDC of the compression stroke.
25. Apply the gear oil (SAE No. 90 or equivalent) to each journal of the camshaft as shown in the figure.
However, do not apply it to the end journal of the intake camshaft.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Mechanical - CX-7
26. Carefully apply adhesive agent (Loctite 518 or 962) to the area indicated in the figure so that it does not
leak into the sliding part. Then, apply the gear oil (SAE No. 90 or equivalent) to the journal.
Fig. 21: View Of Gear Oil & Adhesive Agent Application Points
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
27. Install the camshaft caps and temporarily tighten the camshaft cap bolts evenly in two or three passes, and
then tighten the camshaft cap bolts in two passes, using the following two steps and in the order shown in
the figure.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Mechanical - CX-7
Tightening procedure
29. Install the exhaust camshaft sprocket bolt, exhaust camshaft sprocket and a new washer as a single unit.
31. Remove the installation bolt for the engine front cover upper blind plug (M6 X 1.0 length 25-35mm
{0.99-1.3 in}) , and apply tension to the timing chain.
32. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise and verify that the NO. 1 cylinder is at TDC of the compression stroke.
(The position crank weight contacts the SST. )
33. Fix the exhaust camshaft using a wrench on the cast hexagon, and tighten the sprocket installation bolt.
Tightening torque
37. Apply the silicone sealant and install the engine front cover upper blind plug.
Tightening torque
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Mechanical - CX-7
Tightening torque
Tightening torque
40. Install the drive belt. (See DRIVE BELT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
41. Install the cylinder head cover. (See TIMING CHAIN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH
TC].)
42. Install the ventilation hose.
43. Connect the wiring harness.
44. Install the ignition coils. (See IGNITION COIL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC] ).
45. Install the high pressure fuel pump. (See HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC] ).
46. Install the charge air cooler. (See INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH
TC] ).
47. Install the splash shield (RH).
48. Connect the negative battery cable.
CAUTION: z Due to the precision interior construction of the variable valve timing
actuator, it cannot be disassembled.
z If under any condition, the variable valve timing actuator always makes a hitting noise directly after
the camshaft exceeds maximum lift while rotating the crankshaft two times in the direction of
engine rotation, replace the variable valve timing actuator as it has not been fixed.
9. Install the cylinder head cover. (See TIMING CHAIN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH
TC].)
10. Install the ventilation hose.
11. Connect the wiring harness.
12. Install the spark plugs. (See SPARK PLUG REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC] ).
13. Install the ignition coils. (See IGNITION COIL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC] ).
14. Install the charge air cooler. (See INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH
TC] ).
15. Connect the negative battery cable.
CAUTION: z Remove the variable valve timing actuator and camshaft sprocket as
a single unit.
NOTE: z The variable valve timing actuator and camshaft sprocket cannot be
disassembled.
1. Referring to the VALVE CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT procedure, remove the variable valve timing
actuator and the camshaft on the intake air side as a single unit.
2. Remove the variable valve timing actuator.
1. Place alignment marks on the camshaft and variable valve timing actuator as shown in the figure so
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Mechanical - CX-7
that the variable valve timing actuator is re-assembled in its original position.
Fig. 30: Identifying Alignment Marks On Camshaft And Variable Valve Timing Actuator
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Tightening Torque
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Mechanical - CX-7
5. Referring to the VALVE CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT procedure, install the variable valve timing
actuator and camshaft on the intake air side as a single unit.
OCV resistance
Fig. 33: Identifying Spool Valve Maximum Valve Timing Retard Position
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
6. Apply battery positive voltage between the OCV terminals and verify that the spool valve operates and
moves to the maximum valve timing advance position.
z If not as specified, replace the OCV.
NOTE: z When applying battery positive voltage between the OCV terminals,
the connection can be either of the following:
{ Positive battery cable to terminal A, Negative battery cable to
terminal B
{ Positive battery cable to terminal B, Negative battery cable to
terminal A
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Mechanical - CX-7
7. Stop applying battery positive voltage and verify that the spool valve returns to the maximum valve
timing retard position.
z If not as specified, replace the OCV. (See OIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV)
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC] .)
8. Connect the OCV connector.
9. Connect the negative battery cable.
Fig. 36: Identifying Oil Control Valve With Bolts Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Tightening torque
WARNING: z Hot engines can cause severe burns. Be careful not to burn yourself
during removal/installation of each component.
z Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can very easily ignite, causing death,
serious injury, or damage. Always keep sparks and flames away
from fuel.
1. Verify that the battery is completely charged. (See BATTERY INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC] ).
2. Warm up the engine.
WARNING: z Fuel line spills and leakage from the pressurized fuel system
are dangerous. Fuel can easily ignite and cause serious injury
or death and damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To
prevent this, always perform the Fuel Line Safety Procedure.
(See BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION [L3 WITH TC] ).
Compression
Maximum difference between cylinders: 196.1 kPa {2.0 kgf/cm2 , 28.5 psi}
NOTE: z Position and secure the P/S oil pump out of the way with a rope or
wire.
12. Remove the bracket shown in the figure, and place the power steering pressure hose outside of the
vehicle.
Fig. 38: Identifying Power Steering Pressure Hose & Steering Gear With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Fig. 39: Exploded View Of Cylinder Head Components With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
1. Loosen the cylinder head cover bolts in the order shown in the figure.
1. Rotate the crankshaft in the direction of the engine rotation and remove the cylinder block lower blind
plug when the No. 1 cylinder is at the point prior to top dead center (TDC) of compression, then install
the SST.
2. Rotate the crankshaft in the direction of the engine rotation so that the NO. 1 piston is at TDC of the
compression stroke. (Until the crank weight contacts SST and stops.)
3. Install the SST to the crankshaft pulley and lock the crankshaft against rotation.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Mechanical - CX-7
1. Remove the windshield wiper arm and blade. (See WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
2. Remove the cowl grille. (See COWL GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
3. Remove the air cleaner and air cleaner bracket. (See INTAKE AIR SYSTEM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC] ).
4. To install the front shaft (RH) of the SST , remove the clip shown the figure.
CAUTION: z Refer to the SST instruction manual for the basic handing
procedure.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Mechanical - CX-7
1. Install the right rear shaft of the SST to the bolt of the right shock absorber as shown in the figure.
2. Install the left rear shaft of the SST to the bolt of the left shock absorber. (Identical position to the
right side)
3. Temporarily tighten the bolt (M6 x 1.0) to the air cleaner bracket installation position and install
front foot No. 2 to the left/right front shaft of the SST , and align the front shaft hole of the SST
with the bolt as shown in the figure.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Mechanical - CX-7
4. Adjust the positions of the SST side bars so that they are the same height (left and right) and
horizontal.
5. Make sure each joint is securely tightened.
6. Support the engine using the SST.
1. Remove the front oil seal using a flathead screwdriver or similar tool.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Mechanical - CX-7
1. Press the timing chain tensioner ratchet to the left using a thin flathead screwdriver (precision
screwdriver) to unlock the plunger.
2. Slowly press the plunger back in the direction shown in the figure while pressing the ratchet.
4. Press-in the plunger until the ratchet position is as indicated in the figure, and then insert the wire to lock
the plunger.
1. Temporarily install the crankshaft pulley and crankshaft pulley lock bolt to the crankshaft, and lock the
oil pump against rotation as shown in figure.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Mechanical - CX-7
Fig. 53: Identifying Crankshaft Pulley & Oil Pump Driven Sprocket
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
2. Remove the oil pump driven sprocket, and then remove the crankshaft pulley and crankshaft pulley lock
bolt.
1. The oil pump drive sprocket has the assembly direction as shown in the figure.
1. Temporarily install the crankshaft pulley and crankshaft pulley lock bolt to the crankshaft, and lock the
oil pump against rotation as shown in figure.
2. Install the oil pump driven sprocket, and then remove the crankshaft pulley and crankshaft pulley lock
bolt.
Tightening torque
Fig. 55: Identifying Crankshaft Pulley & Oil Pump Driven Sprocket
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
CAUTION: z Install the engine front cover within 10 min of applying the
silicone sealant.
z Silicone sealant is not needed in area C shown in the figure.
Thickness
2. Tighten the engine front cover installation bolts in the order shown in the figure.
Tightening torque
NOTE: z If the NO. 3 engine joint bracket and the engine are removed,
retighten the NO. 3 engine mount stud bolt
2. Temporarily tighten the bolts and nuts in the order shown in the figure.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Mechanical - CX-7
3. Tighten the bolts and nuts in the order shown in the figure.
Tightening torque
2. Verify that cylinder NO. 1 is at TDC of the compression stroke. (Position crank weight contacts SST .)
3. To position the crankshaft pulley, temporarily tighten it and, using a suitable bolt (M6 X 1.0 length 25-35
mm {0.99-1.3 in}) , fix the crankshaft pulley to the engine front cover.
4. Install the SSTs to the crankshaft pulley, lock the crankshaft against rotation, and tighten the crankshaft
pulley lock bolt using the following two steps.
Tightening procedure
5. Remove the bolt (M6 X 1.0 length 25-35 mm {0.99-1.3 in}) installed to the crankshaft pulley.
6. Remove the SST from the camshaft.
7. Remove the SST installed in the cylinder block lower blind plug hole.
8. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise two turns and inspect the valve timing.
z If not aligned, repeat from Step 1.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Mechanical - CX-7
Tightening torque
Thickness
2. Tighten the cylinder head cover bolts in the order shown in the figure.
Tightening torque
WARNING: z Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can very easily ignite, causing death,
serious injury, or damage. Always keep sparks and flames away
from fuel.
z Fuel line spills and leakage from the pressurized fuel system are
dangerous. Fuel can easily ignite and cause serious injury or death
and damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this,
always perform the Fuel Line Safety Procedure. (See BEFORE
SERVICE PRECAUTION [L3 WITH TC] ).
1. Remove the timing chain. (See TIMING CHAIN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
2. Remove the generator. (See GENERATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC] ).
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Mechanical - CX-7
NOTE: z Place the generator out of the way with the wiring harnesses
connected.
3. Remove the exhaust manifold. (See EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH
TC] ).
4. Remove the intake manifold. (See INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC] ).
5. Disconnect the heater hose and radiator hose.
6. Disconnect the wiring harness.
7. To firmly support the engine, first set the engine jack and attachment to the oil pan.
NOTE: z The camshaft caps are to be kept ordered for correct reassembly in their
original positions.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Mechanical - CX-7
1. Loosen the camshaft cap bolts in two or three passes in the order shown, and remove them.
1. Loosen the cylinder head installation bolts in two to three passes in the order shown in the figure and
remove them.
Tightening procedure
1. Apply the gear oil (SAE No. 90 or equivalent) to each journal of the cylinder head as shown in the figure.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Mechanical - CX-7
2. Install the camshaft with No. 3 cylinder cam aligned at TDC of compression stroke.
3. Apply the gear oil (SAE No. 90 or equivalent) to each journal of the camshaft as shown in the figure.
However, do not apply it to the end journal of the intake camshaft.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Mechanical - CX-7
4. Carefully apply adhesive agent (Loctite 518 or 962) to the area indicated in the figure so that it does not
leak into the sliding part. Then apply the gear oil (SAE No. 90 or equivalent) to the journal.
Fig. 79: Identifying Gear Oil & Adhesive Agent Application Areas
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
5. Install the camshaft caps and temporarily tighten the camshaft cap bolts evenly in two or three passes, and
then tighten the camshaft cap bolts using the following two steps, in the order shown in the figure.
Tightening procedure
Fig. 81: Identifying Power Steering Pressure Hose & Steering Gear With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
1. Rotate the crankshaft in the direction of the engine rotation and remove the cylinder block lower blind
plug when the No. 1 cylinder is at the point prior to top dead center (TDC) of compression, then install
the SST.
2. Rotate the crankshaft in the direction of the engine rotation so that the NO. 1 piston is at TDC of the
compression stroke. (Until the crank weight contacts SST and stops.)
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Mechanical - CX-7
3. Install the SSTs to the crankshaft pulley and lock the crankshaft against rotation.
3. To position the crankshaft pulley, temporarily tighten it and, using a suitable bolt (M6 x 1.0 ), fix the
crankshaft pulley to the engine front cover.
4. Install the SSTs to the crankshaft pulley and lock the crankshaft against rotation, and tighten the
crankshaft pulley lock bolt using the following two steps.
Tightening procedure
Tightening torque
Fig. 92: Identifying Rear Oil Seal Bolt Removal Order With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
CAUTION: z Install the rear oil seal within 10 min of applying the silicone
sealant.
Thickness
Fig. 94: Installing SST To Non-woven Fabric Side Of Rear Oil Seal
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
4. From the back side of the rear oil seal, verify that there is no damage or separation in the lip area of the
rear oil seal.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Mechanical - CX-7
5. Install the rear oil seal to the engine as shown in the figure.
6. Tighten the rear oil seal installation bolts in the order shown in the figure.
Tightening torque
WARNING: z Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can very easily ignite, causing death,
serious injury, or damage. Always keep sparks and flames away
from fuel.'
z Fuel line spills and leakage from the pressurized fuel system are
dangerous. Fuel can easily ignite and cause serious injury or death
and damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this,
always perform the Fuel Line Safety Procedure. (See BEFORE
SERVICE PRECAUTION [L3 WITH TC] ).
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
NOTE: z Position and secure the A/C compressor out of the way with rope.
z Bleed the air from the cooling system. (See ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT [L3 WITH
TC] ).
z Runout and contact on pulley and belt
z Ignition timing, idle speed and idle mixture (CO and HC)
24. Perform a road test and verify that there is no abnormal vibration or noise.
1. Remove the No. 1 engine mount bracket from the underside of the vehicle.
2. Remove the No. 1 engine mount rubber and the front crossmember as a single unit. (See FRONT
CROSSMEMBER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
NO. 3 ENGINE MOUNT RUBBER, NO. 4 ENGINE MOUNT BRACKET REMOVAL NOTE
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Mechanical - CX-7
1. Secure the engine and transaxle using an engine jack and attachment.
Tightening torque
2. Temporarily Tighten the No. 1 engine mount bracket in the order shown in the figure.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Mechanical - CX-7
Fig. 103: Identifying No. 1 Engine Mount Bracket Temporary Tightening Sequence
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
3. Secure the engine and transaxle using an engine jack and attachment.
4. Temporarily tighten the No. 3 engine mount nuts in the order shown in the figure.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Mechanical - CX-7
5. Tighten the NO. 3 engine mount nuts in the order shown in the figure.
Tightening torque
6. Temporarily tighten the NO. 4 engine mount bracket in the order shown in the figure.
Fig. 107: Identifying No. 4 Engine Mount Bracket Nuts Tightening Order
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Mechanical - CX-7
7. Tighten the No. 4 engine mount bracket in the order shown in the figure.
8. Tighten the No. 1 engine mount bracket bolt A and B in order of A->B
Tightening torque
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Mechanical - CX-7
Tightening torque
NOTE: Bolt C can be tightened on the nut side. When tightening on the nut side,
tighten it according to the following tightening torque.
2007-09 ENGINE
Mechanical - Overhaul - 2.3L (L3 With TC) - CX-7, Mazda 3 (2007-08) Mazda6 (2007)
MECHANICAL
ENGINE OVERHAUL SERVICE WARNING
WARNING: z Continuous exposure to USED engine oil has been shown to cause
skin cancer in laboratory mice. Protect your skin by washing with
soap and water immediately after performing work.
ENGINE MOUNTING/DISMOUNTING
Installation
1. Install the SST (arms) to the four positions as shown in the figure and temporarily tighten the bolts (Part
No.: 9YA20-1003) or M10 x 1.5T length 90 mm {3.55 in}.
2. Install the SSTs (bolts, nuts, hook, and plate) to the four positions as shown in the figure.
3. Install the SST (bolts, nuts, hook, and plate) set in Step 2 to the SST (arms and bolts) set in Step 1.
4. Adjust the bolts so that approx. 20 mm {0.79 in} of thread is exposed from the side of the plate.
5. Adjust the bolts and nuts so that the plate and arms are parallel.
Tightening torque
Removal
1. Install the SST to the ring gear to lock the crankshaft against rotation.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2007-09 ENGINE Mechanical - Overhaul - 2.3L (L3 With TC) - CX-7, Mazda 3 (2007-08) Mazda6 (2007)
1. Press the timing chain tensioner ratchet to the left using a thin flathead screwdriver (precision
screwdriver) to unlock the plunger.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2007-09 ENGINE Mechanical - Overhaul - 2.3L (L3 With TC) - CX-7, Mazda 3 (2007-08) Mazda6 (2007)
2. Slowly press the plunger back in the direction shown in the figure while pressing the ratchet.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2007-09 ENGINE Mechanical - Overhaul - 2.3L (L3 With TC) - CX-7, Mazda 3 (2007-08) Mazda6 (2007)
4. Press-in the plunger until the ratchet position is as indicated in the figure, and then insert the wire to lock
the plunger.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2007-09 ENGINE Mechanical - Overhaul - 2.3L (L3 With TC) - CX-7, Mazda 3 (2007-08) Mazda6 (2007)
1. Install the SST on the oil pump driven sprocket to lock the oil pump against rotation.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2007-09 ENGINE Mechanical - Overhaul - 2.3L (L3 With TC) - CX-7, Mazda 3 (2007-08) Mazda6 (2007)
1. Before removing the camshaft, hold the camshaft using a wrench on the cast hexagon and loosen the
camshaft sprocket installation bolt.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2007-09 ENGINE Mechanical - Overhaul - 2.3L (L3 With TC) - CX-7, Mazda 3 (2007-08) Mazda6 (2007)
1. Before removing the camshaft cap, Inspect the camshaft end play. (See CAMSHAFT INSPECTION).
2. Loosen the camshaft cap bolts in two to three passes in the order shown in the figure and remove the
camshaft caps.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2007-09 ENGINE Mechanical - Overhaul - 2.3L (L3 With TC) - CX-7, Mazda 3 (2007-08) Mazda6 (2007)
1. Loosen the cylinder head installation bolts in two to three passes in the order shown in the figure and
remove them.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2007-09 ENGINE Mechanical - Overhaul - 2.3L (L3 With TC) - CX-7, Mazda 3 (2007-08) Mazda6 (2007)
Fig. 20: Removing Oil Pan Using Oil Pan Seal Cutter
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
NOTE: z The pilot bearing does not need to be removed unless you are replacing it.
1. Before removing the connecting rod cap, inspect the connecting rod side clearance. (See CONNECTING
ROD CLEARANCE INSPECTION).
1. Before removing the connecting rod and piston, remove the carbon in the cylinder.
2. Before removing the connecting rod piston, inspect the oil clearance at the large end of the connecting
rod. (See CONNECTING ROD CLEARANCE INSPECTION).
1. Before removing the piston pin, weigh the connecting rod. (See PISTON, CONNECTING ROD
INSPECTION).
2. Remove the piston pin using the SST .
2009 Mazda CX-7
2007-09 ENGINE Mechanical - Overhaul - 2.3L (L3 With TC) - CX-7, Mazda 3 (2007-08) Mazda6 (2007)
1. Before removing the main bearing cap, inspect the crankshaft end play. (See CRANKSHAFT
INSPECTION).
2. Loosen the main bearing cap bolts in two to three passes in the order shown in the figure and remove
them.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2007-09 ENGINE Mechanical - Overhaul - 2.3L (L3 With TC) - CX-7, Mazda 3 (2007-08) Mazda6 (2007)
1. Inspect the cylinder head surface for cracks and other damage using a red dye penetrant.
z If there is a malfunction, replace the cylinder head.
2. Measure the combustion chamber side of the cylinder head for distortion in six directions as shown in the
figure using a straight edge and feeler gauge.
z If the distortion exceeds the maximum specification, replace the cylinder head.
3. Inspect the contact surface of the exhaust manifold and the intake manifold for distortion by measuring as
shown in the figure using a straight edge and feeler gauge.
z If the distortion exceeds the maximum specification, grind the surface or replace the cylinder head.
Fig. 28: Inspecting Contact Surface Of Exhaust Manifold And Intake Manifold For Distortion
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
1. Measure the contact width of the valve face and the valve seat using the valve lapping compound.
z If it is not within the specification, resurface the valve seat using the 45° valve seat cutter.
2. Verify that the area where the valve seat contacts the valve face is centered.
z If the seating position is too high, resurface the valve seat using a 70° (IN) 65° (EX) valve seat
cutter and a 45° valve seat cutter.
z If the seating position is too low, resurface the valve seat using a 35° (IN) 30° (EX) valve seat
cutter and a 45° valve seat cutter.
IN: 45°
EX: 45°
2009 Mazda CX-7
2007-09 ENGINE Mechanical - Overhaul - 2.3L (L3 With TC) - CX-7, Mazda 3 (2007-08) Mazda6 (2007)
3. Inspect the valve seat for sinkage. Measure the protruding length (dimension L) of the valve stem using a
valve of standard length.
z If it is not within the specification, replace the cylinder head.
3. Measure the stem diameter of each valve using the micrometer. Measurement positions total six and are
in the X and Y directions, at three points (A, B, and C) as shown in the figure.
z If it is less than the minimum specification, replace the valve.
Standard
Minimum
4. Measure the inner diameter of each valve guide using the caliper gauge. Measurement positions total six
and are in the X and Y directions, at three points (A, B, and C) as shown in the figure.
z If it is not within the specification, replace the valve guide.
Fig. 35: Measuring Inner Diameter Of Valve Guide Using Caliper Gauge
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
5. Calculate the clearance between the valve stem and the valve guide by subtracting the inner diameter of
the valve guide from the outer diameter of the corresponding valve stem.
z If it exceeds the maximum specification, replace the valve or valve guide.
Maximum
Fig. 36: Identifying Clearance Between Valve Stem And Valve Guide
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
6. Measure the projection height (dimension A) of each valve guide using the vernier caliper.
z If it is not within the specification, replace the valve guide.
Removal
1. Tap the valve guide out from combustion chamber side using the SST.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2007-09 ENGINE Mechanical - Overhaul - 2.3L (L3 With TC) - CX-7, Mazda 3 (2007-08) Mazda6 (2007)
Fig. 38: Taping Valve Guide Out From Combustion Chamber Side Using SST
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Installation
2. Tap the valve guide in from the cam side using the SSTs assembled in Step 1.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2007-09 ENGINE Mechanical - Overhaul - 2.3L (L3 With TC) - CX-7, Mazda 3 (2007-08) Mazda6 (2007)
Fig. 41: Tapping Valve Guide In From Cam Side Using SSTs
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
1. Rotate the valve spring one full turn and measure A at the point where the gap is the largest.
TAPPET INSPECTION
1. Measure the diameter of each tappet bore using the caliper gauge. Measurement positions total four and
are in the X and Y directions, at two points (A and B) as shown in the figure.
2. Measure the tappet body outer diameter of each valve using the micrometer. Measurement positions total
four and are in the X and Y directions, at two points (A and B) as shown in the figure.
3. Calculate the clearance between the tappet and the related tappet bore by subtracting the outer diameter of
the tappet from the inner diameter of the tappet bore.
z If it exceeds the maximum specification, replace the tappet or cylinder head.
Standard
Maximum
1. Rotate the variable valve timing actuator by hand and verify that the groove of the rotor and notch of the
cover on the variable valve timing actuator are aligned and fitted.
CAUTION: z If the groove and notch are not aligned, rotate the rotor toward the
2009 Mazda CX-7
2007-09 ENGINE Mechanical - Overhaul - 2.3L (L3 With TC) - CX-7, Mazda 3 (2007-08) Mazda6 (2007)
valve timing retard position until a locking sound is heard and verify
that they are set in place.
z If the rotor and cover are not secured even though their notch and groove are aligned, replace the variable
valve timing actuator.
CAUTION: z Due to the precision interior construction of the variable valve timing
actuator, it cannot be disassembled.
1. Verify that the spool valve inside the oil control valve is at the maximum valve timing retard position as
shown in the figure.
z If there is any malfunction, replace the oil control valve.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2007-09 ENGINE Mechanical - Overhaul - 2.3L (L3 With TC) - CX-7, Mazda 3 (2007-08) Mazda6 (2007)
Fig. 48: Identifying Spool Valve (Maximum Valve Timing Retard Position)
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
2. Apply battery positive voltage between the oil control valve terminals A and B and verify that the spool
valve operates and move to the maximum valve timing retard position.
z If there is any malfunction, replace the oil control valve.
NOTE: z When applying battery positive voltage between the oil control valve
terminals, the connection of the positive and negative cables can be
either terminal A or B.
3. Stop applying battery positive voltage and verify that the spool valve returns to the maximum valve
timing retard position.
Fig. 49: Identifying Spool Valve (Maximum Valve Timing Advanced Position)
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
CAMSHAFT INSPECTION
3. Measure the cam height using the micrometer as shown in the figure.
z If it is less than the minimum specification, replace the camshaft.
Cam height
Standard
Minimum
4. Measure the journal diameter using the micrometer. Measurement positions total four and are in the X
and Y directions, at two points (A and B) as shown in the figure.
z If it is less than the minimum specification, replace the camshaft.
Standard
Minimum
5. Measure the camshaft journal oil clearance using the plastigage with the tappet removed.
z If it exceeds the maximum specification, replace the cylinder head.
NOTE: z Clean the camshaft journal and the journal receptacle part.
z Cut the plastigage to the same length as the journal width and
position it parallel to the camshaft.
Standard
Maximum
Standard
Maximum
1. Measure the cylinder block for distortion in six directions as shown in the figure using a straight edge and
feeler gauge.
z If it exceeds the maximum specification, replace the cylinder block.
2. Measure the cylinder bore diameter using the cylinder gauge. The measurement position is in the X and Y
directions at a point 42 mm below the top surface of the cylinder as shown in the figure.
1. Apply 0.17-0.23 MPa or more of compressed air to oil jet valve A and verify that air passes through oil
jet valve B. If this cannot be verified, replace the oil jet valve.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2007-09 ENGINE Mechanical - Overhaul - 2.3L (L3 With TC) - CX-7, Mazda 3 (2007-08) Mazda6 (2007)
PISTON INSPECTION
The measurement position is 10.0 mm {0.40 in} from the lower end of the piston and in the thrust
direction.
2. Calculate the cylinder-to-piston clearance from the cylinder bore diameter and the piston outer diameter.
z If the clearance is at the maximum specification or more, replace the piston or cylinder block.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2007-09 ENGINE Mechanical - Overhaul - 2.3L (L3 With TC) - CX-7, Mazda 3 (2007-08) Mazda6 (2007)
Standard
Maximum
3. Measure the piston-to-ring groove clearance along the perimeter using a feeler gauge.
z If the clearance is at the maximum specification or more, replace the piston or piston ring.
Standard
2009 Mazda CX-7
2007-09 ENGINE Mechanical - Overhaul - 2.3L (L3 With TC) - CX-7, Mazda 3 (2007-08) Mazda6 (2007)
Maximum
Standard
Maximum
Fig. 60: Measuring Piston Ring End Gap Using Feeler Gauge
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
1. Measure the piston pin hole diameter using the caliper gauge. Measurement positions total eight and are
in the X and Y directions, at four points (A, B, C, and D) as shown in the figure.
2. Measure the inner diameter on the small end of the connecting rod using the caliper gauge. Measurement
positions total eight and are in the X and Y directions, at four points (A, B, C, and D) as shown in the
figure.
Fig. 62: Measuring Inner Diameter On Small End Of Connecting Rod Using Caliper Gauge
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
3. Measure the piston pin outer diameter using the micrometer. Measurement positions total eight and are in
the X and Y directions, at four points (A, B, C, and D) as shown in the figure.
4. Calculate the clearance between the piston pin hole diameter and the piston pin outer diameter.
z If it is not within the specification, replace the piston or the piston pin.
Standard clearance between piston pin hole diameter and piston outer diameter
5. Calculate the clearance between the inner diameter on the small end of the connecting rod and the piston
pin outer diameter.
z If it is not within the specification, replace the connecting rod or the piston pin.
Standard clearance between connecting rod small end inner diameter and piston pin outer diameter
0.010-0.026 mm {0.0004-0.0010 in}
1. Measure the side clearance at the large end of the connecting rod using a feeler gauge.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2007-09 ENGINE Mechanical - Overhaul - 2.3L (L3 With TC) - CX-7, Mazda 3 (2007-08) Mazda6 (2007)
Standard
Maximum
2. Using a plastigage, measure the oil clearance at the large end of the connecting rod.
z If it is at the maximum specification or more, replace the bearing or grind the crank pin and use
oversize bearings so that the specified clearance is obtained.
NOTE: z Cut the plastigage as wide as the connecting rod bearing width, place
it parallel to the crankshaft, keeping away from the oil hole.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2007-09 ENGINE Mechanical - Overhaul - 2.3L (L3 With TC) - CX-7, Mazda 3 (2007-08) Mazda6 (2007)
Standard
Maximum
STD
OS0.25
OS0.50
1. Check the oscillation torque as shown in the figure. Verify that the large end drops under its own weight
with no resistance. If the piston shakes heavily or unsmoothly, replace the connecting rod and piston pin.
1. Inspect the connecting rod for bending and distortion using the connecting rod aligner. If it is at the
maximum specification or more, replace the connecting rod.
Fig. 67: Inspecting Connecting Rod For Bending And Distortion Using Connecting Rod Aligner
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
CRANKSHAFT INSPECTION
Standard
2009 Mazda CX-7
2007-09 ENGINE Mechanical - Overhaul - 2.3L (L3 With TC) - CX-7, Mazda 3 (2007-08) Mazda6 (2007)
Maximum
2. Measure the runout of the main journal using a V-block and dial gauge.
z If it is at the maximum specification or more, replace the crankshaft.
3. Inspect the main journal diameter and crank pin diameter. Measurement positions total four and are in the
X and Y directions, at two points (A and B) as shown in the figure.
z If it is not within the specification or if it exceeds the maximum off-round, grind the journal with an
oversized bearing.
STD
OS0.25
Fig. 70: Main Journal And Crank Pin Diameter Measurement Positions
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
STD
OS0.25
4. Inspect the main journal oil clearance using the following procedure.
Tightening procedure
z If it is not within the specification, replace the main bearing, or grind the main journal and use oversized
bearings so that the specified oil clearance is obtained.
Standard
Maximum
STD
OS0.25
OS0.50
STD
OS0.25
OS0.50
1. Without removing the pilot bearing, turn the bearing while applying force in the axial direction.
BOLT INSPECTION
Standard
Maximum
Standard
2009 Mazda CX-7
2007-09 ENGINE Mechanical - Overhaul - 2.3L (L3 With TC) - CX-7, Mazda 3 (2007-08) Mazda6 (2007)
Maximum
46 mm {1.811 in}
1. Turn the crankshaft clockwise so that the No. 1 piston is at TDC of the compression stroke.
2. Measure the valve clearance at A in the figure.
z If it is not within the specification, replace the tappet and adjust the valve clearance to the standard
clearance. (See VALVE CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT).
NOTE: z When replacing the tappet, select the tappet according to the
measured value and note down the measured value.
3. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise 360° so that the No. 4 piston is at the TDC of the compression stroke.
4. Measure the valve clearance at B in the figure.
z If it is not within the specification, replace the tappet and adjust the valve clearance to the standard
clearance. (See VALVE CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT).
NOTE: z When replacing the tappet, select the tappet according to the
measured value and note down the measured value.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2007-09 ENGINE Mechanical - Overhaul - 2.3L (L3 With TC) - CX-7, Mazda 3 (2007-08) Mazda6 (2007)
3. Remove the cylinder block lower blind plug and install the SST .
4. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise so that the No. 1 piston is at TDC of the compression stroke. (The
position crank weight contacts the SST ).
2009 Mazda CX-7
2007-09 ENGINE Mechanical - Overhaul - 2.3L (L3 With TC) - CX-7, Mazda 3 (2007-08) Mazda6 (2007)
3. Using a suitable bolt (M6 X 1.0 length 25-35 mm {0.99-1.37 in}) at the engine front cover upper
blind plug, secure the tensioner arm at the position where the tension is released.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2007-09 ENGINE Mechanical - Overhaul - 2.3L (L3 With TC) - CX-7, Mazda 3 (2007-08) Mazda6 (2007)
6. Secure the exhaust camshaft using a wrench on the cast hexagon and loosen the camshaft sprocket
installation bolt.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2007-09 ENGINE Mechanical - Overhaul - 2.3L (L3 With TC) - CX-7, Mazda 3 (2007-08) Mazda6 (2007)
8. Loosen the camshaft cap bolts in two or three passes in the order shown in the figure, and remove the
camshaft bearing caps.
NOTE: z The camshaft caps are to be kept ordered for correct reassembly in
their original positions. Do not mix the caps.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2007-09 ENGINE Mechanical - Overhaul - 2.3L (L3 With TC) - CX-7, Mazda 3 (2007-08) Mazda6 (2007)
Selected tappet = Removed tappet thickness + Measured valve clearance - Standard valve clearance
12. Install the camshaft with the No. 1 cylinder cam aligned at TDC of the compression stroke.
13. Install the camshaft bearing cap and tighten the camshaft bearing cap bolts in two passes in the order
shown in the figure.
Tightening procedure
2009 Mazda CX-7
2007-09 ENGINE Mechanical - Overhaul - 2.3L (L3 With TC) - CX-7, Mazda 3 (2007-08) Mazda6 (2007)
19. Secure the exhaust camshaft using a wrench on the cast hexagon and tighten the sprocket installation bolt.
Tightening torque
Tightening torque
Tightening torque
Tightening torque
1. Tighten the crank bearing caps in the order shown in the figure.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2007-09 ENGINE Mechanical - Overhaul - 2.3L (L3 With TC) - CX-7, Mazda 3 (2007-08) Mazda6 (2007)
Tightening procedure
1. Position the end gap of each ring so they are not aligned as shown in the figure.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2007-09 ENGINE Mechanical - Overhaul - 2.3L (L3 With TC) - CX-7, Mazda 3 (2007-08) Mazda6 (2007)
2. Insert the piston into the cylinder with the arrow on top of the piston facing the front of the engine.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2007-09 ENGINE Mechanical - Overhaul - 2.3L (L3 With TC) - CX-7, Mazda 3 (2007-08) Mazda6 (2007)
1. Install the connecting rod bearing to the connecting rod and connecting rod caps as shown in the figure.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2007-09 ENGINE Mechanical - Overhaul - 2.3L (L3 With TC) - CX-7, Mazda 3 (2007-08) Mazda6 (2007)
CAUTION: z When assembling the connecting rod caps, align the broken, rough
faces of the connecting rods and connecting rod caps.
1. Tighten the connecting rod installation bolts using the following procedure.
Tightening procedure
1. Confirm by visual inspection that there is no damage to the balancer unit gear and verify that the shaft
rotates smoothly.
z If there is any malfunction, replace the balancer unit.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2007-09 ENGINE Mechanical - Overhaul - 2.3L (L3 With TC) - CX-7, Mazda 3 (2007-08) Mazda6 (2007)
2. Remove the cylinder block lower blind plug and install the SST.
3. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise so that the No. 1 piston is at TDC of the compression stroke. (The
position crank weight contacts the SST. )
4. Install the adjustment shim to the seating face of the balancer unit.
5. With the balancer unit marks at the exact top center, assemble the balancer unit to the cylinder block.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2007-09 ENGINE Mechanical - Overhaul - 2.3L (L3 With TC) - CX-7, Mazda 3 (2007-08) Mazda6 (2007)
6. Set the SST as shown in the figure and measure the gear backlash using a dial gauge.
NOTE: z To measure the backlash precisely, insert a flathead screwdriver into the
crankshaft No. 1 crank weight area and set both the rotation and the thrust
direction with the flathead screwdriver, using a prying action, as shown in
the figure.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2007-09 ENGINE Mechanical - Overhaul - 2.3L (L3 With TC) - CX-7, Mazda 3 (2007-08) Mazda6 (2007)
CAUTION: z When measuring the backlash, rotate the crankshaft one full rotation
and verify that it is within the specified range at all of the following
six positions: 10, 30, 100, 190, 210, 280 ATDC.
1. Using master shim (No.50), assemble the balancer unit to the cylinder block and measure the backlash.
2. Select the proper adjustment shim according to the measured value.
3. Install the selected adjustment shim to the balancer unit and assemble the balancer unit to the cylinder
block.
{0.00968- {0.00417-
18 1.18 {0.0464} 38 1.38{0.0543}
0.00992} 0.00440}
0.239-0.245 0.099-0.105
{0.00940- 19 1.19 {0.0468} {0.00389- 39 1.39 {0.0547}
0.00964} 0.00413}
0.232-0.238 0.092-0.098 .087
{0.00913- 20 1.20 {0.0472} {0.00362- 40 1.40 {0.0551}
0.00937} 0.00385}
0.225-0.231 0.085-0.091
{0.00885- 21 1.21 {0.0476} {0.00334- 41 1.41 {0.0555}
0.00909} 0.00358}
0.218-0.224 0.078-0.084
{0.00858- 22 1.22 {0.0480} {0.00307- 42 1.42 {0.0559}
0.00881} 0.00330}
0.211-0.217 0.071-0.077
{0.00830- 23 1.23 {0.0484} {0.00279- 43 1.43 {0.0562}
0.00854} 0.00303}
0.204-0.210 0.064-0.070
{0.00803- 24 1.24 {0.0488} {0.00251- 44 1.44 {0.0566}
0.00826} 0.00275}
0.197-0.203 0.057-0.063
{0.00775- 25 1.25 {0.492} {0.00224- 45 1.45 {0.0570}
0.00799} 0.00248}
0.190-0.196 0.050-0.056
{0.00748- 26 1.26 {0.496} {0.00196- 46 1.46 {0.0574}
0.00771} 0.00220}
0.183-0.189 0.043-0.049
{0.00720- 27 1.27 {0.499} {0.00169- 47 1.47 {0.0578}
0.00744} 0.00192}
0.176-0.182 0.036-0.042
{0.00692- 28 1.28 {0.503} {0.00141- 48 1.48 {0.0582}
0.00716} 0.00165}
0.169-0.175 0.029-0.035
{0.00665- 29 1.29 {0.507} {0.00114- 49 1.49 {0.0586}
0.00688} 0.00137}
0.162-0.168 0.022-0.028
{0.00637- 30 1.30 {0.511} {0.000866- 50 (master) 1.50 {0.0590}
0.00661} 0.00110}
0.155-0.161 0.015-0.021
{0.00610- 31 1.31 {0.515} {0.00059- 51 1.51 {0.0594}
0.00633} 0.000826}
0.148-0.154 0.008-0.014
{0.00582- 32 1.32 {0.519} {0.000314- 52 1.52 {0.0598}
0.00606} 0.000551}
0.141-0.147 0.001-0.007
2009 Mazda CX-7
2007-09 ENGINE Mechanical - Overhaul - 2.3L (L3 With TC) - CX-7, Mazda 3 (2007-08) Mazda6 (2007)
{0.00555- {0.00003-
33 1.33 {0.523} 53 1.53 {0.0602}
0.00578} 0.000275}
0.134-0.140
{0.00527- 0.000-0.000
34 1.34 {0.527} 54 1.54 {0.0606}
{0.000-0.000}
0.00551}
Tightening torque
Tightening torque
3. Use a straight edge to align the junction of the oil pan and the cylinder block on the engine front cover
side.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2007-09 ENGINE Mechanical - Overhaul - 2.3L (L3 With TC) - CX-7, Mazda 3 (2007-08) Mazda6 (2007)
Fig. 106: Aligning Junction Of Oil Pan And Cylinder Block Using Straight Edge
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Tightening torque
1. Tighten the cylinder head installation bolts in five passes in the order shown in the figure.
Tightening procedure
2009 Mazda CX-7
2007-09 ENGINE Mechanical - Overhaul - 2.3L (L3 With TC) - CX-7, Mazda 3 (2007-08) Mazda6 (2007)
NOTE: z Install the camshaft with the No. 1 cylinder cam aligned at TDC of the
compression stroke.
1. Carefully apply adhesive agent to the area indicated in the figure so that it does not leak into the sliding
part.
Thickness
2. Install the camshaft caps and hand-tighten the camshaft cap bolts evenly in two or three passes, and then
tighten the camshaft cap bolts in two passes, in the order shown in the figure.
Tightening procedure
1. Leave the camshaft sprocket installation bolt temporarily tightened until the timing chain is installed.
After the timing chain is installed, tighten it to the specified torque.
1. The oil pump drive sprocket has the assembly direction as shown in the figure.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2007-09 ENGINE Mechanical - Overhaul - 2.3L (L3 With TC) - CX-7, Mazda 3 (2007-08) Mazda6 (2007)
1. Install the SST on the oil pump driven sprocket to lock the oil pump against rotation.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2007-09 ENGINE Mechanical - Overhaul - 2.3L (L3 With TC) - CX-7, Mazda 3 (2007-08) Mazda6 (2007)
1. Install the SST on the camshaft and align the No. 1 camshaft position at TDC of the compression stroke.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2007-09 ENGINE Mechanical - Overhaul - 2.3L (L3 With TC) - CX-7, Mazda 3 (2007-08) Mazda6 (2007)
2. Remove the cylinder block lower blind plug from the cylinder block and install the SST .
3. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise so that the No. 1 piston is at TDC of the compression stroke. (The
position crank weight contacts the SST ).
4. Install the timing chain.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2007-09 ENGINE Mechanical - Overhaul - 2.3L (L3 With TC) - CX-7, Mazda 3 (2007-08) Mazda6 (2007)
5. After the chain adjuster is installed, remove the paper clip (stopper).
2009 Mazda CX-7
2007-09 ENGINE Mechanical - Overhaul - 2.3L (L3 With TC) - CX-7, Mazda 3 (2007-08) Mazda6 (2007)
1. Lock the camshaft against rotation using a wrench on the cast hexagon.
2. Tighten the camshaft sprocket installation bolt.
Tightening torque
CAUTION: z Install the engine front cover within 10 minutes of applying the
silicone sealant.
z Silicone sealant is not need in area C as indicated below due to
an existing.
NOTE: z Install the engine front cover within 10 min after applying the silicone
sealant.
Thickness
2. Tighten the engine front cover installation bolts in the order shown in the figure.
{kgf.m, ft.lbf}
8.0-11.5 N.m {81.6-117.2
1-18
kgf.cm, 70.9-101.7 in.lbf}
19-22 40-55 {4.1-5.6, 29.7-40.5}
1. Install the crankshaft pulley to the front cover using a bolt (M6 X 1.0) . Temporarily tighten the bolt.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2007-09 ENGINE Mechanical - Overhaul - 2.3L (L3 With TC) - CX-7, Mazda 3 (2007-08) Mazda6 (2007)
Tightening procedure
Thickness
2. Install the cylinder head cover installation bolts in the order shown in the figure.
Tightening torque
Standard
0.04-0.08 mm {0.002-0.003 in}
Camshaft journal oil clearance
Maximum
0.09 mm {0.0035 in}
Standard
0.09-0.24 mm {0.0035-0.0094 in}
Camshaft end play
Maximum
0.25 mm {0.0099 in}
Maximum distortion, head gasket side 0.10 mm {0.004 in}
Maximum bore inner diameter 87.500-87.530 mm {3.4449-3.4460 in}
Standard piston outer diameter 87.465-87.495 mm {3.4435-3.4446 in}
Standard
0.025-0.045 mm {0.0010-0.0017 in}
Clearance between piston and cylinder
Maximum
0.11 mm {0.0043 in}
Standard
Top: 0.005-0.08 mm {0.0020-0.0031
in}
Second: 0.03-0.07 mm {0.0012-
Clearance between piston ring and ring groove 0.0027in}
Oil: 0.02-0.06 mm {0.0008-0.0023 in}
Maximum
Top: 0.17 mm {0.0067 in}
Second, Oil: 0.15 mm {0.0059 in}
Standard
Top: 0.14-0.24 mm {0.0056-0.0094
in}
Second: 0.34-0.44 mm {0.0134-0.0173
Piston ring end gap in}
Oil (rail): 0.15-0.40 mm {0.0060-
0.0157 in}
Maximum
1.0 mm {0.0393 in}
Standard piston pin hole diameter 22.504-22.508 mm {0.8860-0.8861 in}
Standard connecting rod small end inner diameter 22.510-22.521 mm {0.8863-0.8866 in}
Standard piston pin outer diameter 22.495-22.500 mm {0.8857-0.8858 in}
Standard clearance between piston pin hole diameter and piston
0.004-0.013 mm {0.0002-0.0005 in}
outer diameter
Standard clearance between connecting rod small end inner
0.010-0.026 mm {0.0004-0.0010 in}
diameter and piston pin outer diameter
Standard
0.14-0.36 mm {0.0056-0.0141 in}
Connecting rod large end side clearance
Maximum
0.435 mm {0.0172 in}
Standard
0.027-0.051 mm {0.0011-0.0020 in}
2009 Mazda CX-7
2007-09 ENGINE Mechanical - Overhaul - 2.3L (L3 With TC) - CX-7, Mazda 3 (2007-08) Mazda6 (2007)
Maximum
Bearing oil clearance at the large end of connecting rod
0.1 mm {0.0039 in}
STD
1.495-1.519 mm {0.0589-0.0598 in}
OS0.25
Connecting rod bearing size
1.614-1.626 mm {0.0636-0.0640 in}
OS0.50
1.739-1.751 mm {0.0685-0.0689 in}
Maximum connecting rod bending [per 50 mm] 0.070 mm {0.0019 in}
Maximum connecting rod distortion [per 50 mm] 0.060 mm {0.0027 in}
Connecting rod center-to-center distance 150.65-150.75 mm {5.9311-5.9350 in}
Standard
0.22-0.45 mm {0.0087-0.0177 in}
Crankshaft end play
Maximum
0.55 mm {0.021 in}
Maximum main journal runout 0.05 mm {0.0019 in}
STD
51.980-52.000 mm {2.0465-2.0472 in}
Main journal diameter
OS0.25
51.730-51.750 mm {2.0367-2.0374 in}
Maximum main journal off-round 0.05 mm {0.0019 in}
STD
51.980-52.000 mm {2.0465-2.0472 in}
Crank pin diameter
OS0.25
51.730-51.750 mm {2.0367-2.0374 in}
Maximum crank pin off-round 0.05 mm {0.0019 in}
Standard
0.016-0.039 mm {0.0007-0.0015 in}
Main journal oil clearance
Maximum
0.10 mm {0.0039 in}
STD
2.501-2.522 mm {0.0985-0.0992 in}
OS0.25
Main bearing size (UPPER)
2.623-2.629 mm {0.1033-0.1035 in}
OS0.50
2.748-2.754 mm {0.1082-0.1084 in}
STD
2.501-2.529 mm {0.0985-0.0995 in}
OS0.25
Main bearing size (LOWER)
2.624-2.630 mm {0.1034-0.1035 in}
OS0.50
2.749-2.755 mm {0.1083-0.1084 in}
Standard
144.7-145.3 mm {5.696-5.720 in}
Cylinder head bolt length Maximum
146 mm {5.748 in}
2009 Mazda CX-7
2007-09 ENGINE Mechanical - Overhaul - 2.3L (L3 With TC) - CX-7, Mazda 3 (2007-08) Mazda6 (2007)
Standard
43.7-44.3 mm {1.720-1.744 in}
Connecting rod bolt length
Maximum
46 mm {1.811 in}
IN: 0.22-0.28 mm {0.0087-0.0110 in}
Standard valve clearance [when cold]
EX: 0.27-0.33 mm {0.0106-0.0130 in}
Maximum gear backlash 0.005-0.101 mm {0.00019-0.0039 in}
Front oil seal press-in amount 0-0.5 mm {0-0.019 in}
Example
SST EXAMPLE
1: 49 UN30
310610
2: 303-1061
Camshaft alignment timing tool
SST DESCRIPTION
1:-2: 303-507 1:-2: 205-072-02 1: 49 G032 354
Crankshaft TDC Crankshaft 2:-
timing peg holding tool pins Adjusting wrench
installer
Example
set
2009 ENGINE
WARNING: z Remove and install all parts when the engine is cold, otherwise they
can cause severe burns or serious injury.
z When the battery cables are connected, touching the vehicle body
with starter terminal B will generate sparks. This can cause personal
injury, fire, and damage to the electrical components. Always
disconnect the negative battery cable before performing the
following operation.
1. Remove the battery and battery tray. (See BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
TC] ).
2. Remove the charge air cooler duct, air cleaner and fresh air duct component, and air hose. (See INTAKE
AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC] ).
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Starting System - CX-7
Fig. 2: Identifying Starter Components With Torque Specification [L3 With TC]
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
1. Remove the heater pipe with the water hoses still connected. Position the heater pipe so that it is out of
the way.
NOTE: If there is peeling or damage to the insulator, attach a new insulator using the
following procedure:
1. peel off the insulator from the starter completely using a scraper.
{ Inspect the related wiring harnesses, the ignition switch, and the transaxle range switch.
NO-LOAD TEST
11 V
90 A or less
Pull-out test
NOTE: z Depending on the battery charge condition, the starter motor pinion may
rotate while in an extended state. This is due to current flowing to the
starter motor through the pull-in coil to turn the starter motor, and does
not indicate an abnormality.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Starting System - CX-7
1. Verify that the starter motor pinion is extended while battery positive voltage is connected to terminal S
and the starter body is grounded.
z If the starter motor pinion is not extended, repair or replace the starter.
RETURN TEST
1. Pull out the drive pinion with the battery positive voltage connected to terminal S and the starter body
grounded.
CAUTION: z Applying power for more than 10 s can damage the starter. Do
not apply power for more than 10 s.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Starting System - CX-7
Armature
1. Verify that there is no continuity between the commutator and the core at each segment using a tester.
z If there is continuity, replace the armature.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE Starting System - CX-7
2. Verify that there is no continuity between the commutator and the shaft using a tester.
z If there is continuity, replace the armature.
3. Place the armature on V-blocks, and measure the runout using a dial indicator.
Magnetic switch
2. Inspect for continuity between terminal S and the body using a tester.
z If there is no continuity, replace the magnetic switch.
1. Verify that there is no continuity between each insulated brush and plate using a tester.
z If there is continuity, replace the brush holder.
{ If no DTC exists and the MIL does not illuminate or flash, diagnose the applicable symptom
troubleshooting. (See QUICK DIAGNOSTIC CHART [L3 WITH TC].)
z If a malfunction occurs or becomes worse while driving on a rough road or when the engine is vibrating,
perform the steps below.
NOTE: z There are several reasons why the vehicle or engine vibration could
cause an electrical malfunction. Check the following:
{ Connectors are not fully seated.
harnesses pass through the firewall and body panels are the major
areas to be checked.
NOTE: z If engine starts and runs, perform the following steps during idle.
NOTE: z If the engine starts and runs, perform the following steps during
idling.
NOTE: z If the engine starts and runs, perform the following steps during idle.
NOTE: z If engine starts and runs, perform the following steps during idling.
3. Prepare the output state control function for actuators or relays that you are inspecting.
4. Shake the actuator or relay with your finger for 3 s after the output state control function is activated.
z If a variable click sound is heard, check for a poor connection or a poorly mounted actuator or both,
or the relay.
NOTE: z Shake the relays too strongly may result in open circuits.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Symptom Trouble Shooting - CX-7
If a malfunction occurs only during high humidity or rainy/snowy weather, perform the following steps:
1. Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2 if you are inspecting sensors or switches.
2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position (Engine off).
NOTE: z If the engine starts and runs, perform the following steps while idling.
3. Access the PIDs for the sensor or the switch if you are inspecting sensors or switches.
4. If you are inspecting the switch, turn it on manually.
5. Spray water onto the vehicle or run it through a car wash.
z If the PID value is unstable or a malfunction occurs, repair or replace parts if necessary.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Symptom Trouble Shooting - CX-7
DIAGNOSTIC INDEX
DIAGNOSTIC INDEX
No. TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM DESCRIPTION
1 Melting of main or other fuses -
2 MIL illuminates MIL is illuminated.
3 Will not crank Starter does not work.
4 Hard to start/long crank/erratic start/erratic crank Starter cranks engine at normal speed but
engine requires excessive cranking time
before starting.
5 Engine stalls. After start/at idle Engine stops unexpectedly at idle or after
start or both.
6 Cranks normally but will not start Starter cranks engine at normal speed but
engine will not run.
7 Slow return to idle Engine takes more time than normal to
return to idle speed.
8 Engine runs rough/rolling idle Engine speed fluctuates between specified
idle speed and lower speed and engine
shakes excessively.
9 Fast idle/runs on Engine speed continues at fast idle after
warm-up. Engine runs after ignition switch
is turned off.
10 Low idle/stalls during deceleration Engine stops unexpectedly at beginning of
deceleration or recovery from deceleration.
Engine stalls/quits. Acceleration/cruise Engine stops unexpectedly at beginning of
acceleration or during acceleration.
Engine stops unexpectedly while cruising.
Engine runs rough. Acceleration/cruise Engine speed fluctuates during acceleration
or cruising.
Misses Acceleration/cruise Engine misses during acceleration or
11 cruising.
Buck/jerk Acceleration/cruise/deceleration Vehicle bucks/jerks during acceleration,
cruising, or deceleration.
Hesitation/stumble Acceleration Momentary pause at beginning of
acceleration or during acceleration
Surges Acceleration/cruise Momentary minor irregularity in engine
output
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Symptom Trouble Shooting - CX-7
FUSE REFERENCE
Damaged fuse Related wiring harness
MAIN MAIN fuse
z Starter
z Generator
z Room fuse
z Ignition switch
{ Starter relay
{ PCM
zIgnition switch
z Starter relay
{ Engine fuse
{ Meter fuse
{ Starter
zIgnition coil
{ PCM
zMain relay
FAN 1 FAN 1 fuse
{ TCM
z DLC-2
INJ INJ fuse
z Injector relay
{ PCM
zPCM
z Drive-by-wire relay
zPCM
z Drive-by-wire relay
z A/F sensor
z HO2S
{ PCM
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
z Battery connection
z Fuses
z Vacuum leakage
z Poor fuel quality
z Starting system malfunction
z Erratic signal to ignition coils
z Spark plug malfunction
z Air leakage from intake-air system
z Improper air/fuel mixture ratio control
z Incorrect fuel injection timing
z Erratic signal from CKP sensor
z Erratic signal from CMP sensor
z Front and/rear HO2S sensor or related circuit malfunction
z ECT sensor or related circuit malfunction
z MAF sensor or related circuit malfunction
z Intake-air system restriction
z Improper operation of electronic throttle control system
z PCV valve malfunction
z Inadequate fuel pressure (high or low pressure side)
z Relief valve malfunction (built-in delivery pipe)
POSSIBLE CAUSE z Spill valve control solenoid valve malfunction (built-in high pressure fuel
pump)
z Fuel filter clogging
z Fuel line restriction
z Fuel leakage
z Fuel pump (low-side) resister or related circuit malfunction
z Fuel injector malfunction
z Fuel pressure sensor malfunction
z High pressure fuel pump malfunction
z Exhaust system or three-way catalytic converter restriction
z EGR valve malfunction
z Purge solenoid valve malfunction
z Low engine compression
z Improper valve timing
WARNING:
The following troubleshooting flow chart contains the fuel system diagnosis
and repair procedures. Read the following warnings before performing the fuel
system services:
z Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily ignite, causing serious injury and
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Symptom Trouble Shooting - CX-7
CAUTION:
z Disconnecting/connecting the quick release connector without cleaning
it may possibly cause damage to the fuel pipe and quick release
connector. Always clean the quick release connector joint area before
disconnecting/connecting, and make sure that it is free of foreign
material.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
4 Will the engine run smoothly at part Yes Go to the next step.
throttle? No Go to Step 6.
5 Perform the TP sweep inspection. Yes Visually inspect the throttle body
(See ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM (damage/scratching.)
OPERATION INSPECTION [L3 WITH If normal, go to the next step.
TC].) No Inspect or replace the malfunctioning
Does the electronic throttle control system parts, according to the inspection
work properly? results.
6 Perform the EGR system operation Yes Go to the next step.
inspection. (See ENGINE CONTROL No Inspect or replace the malfunctioning
SYSTEM OPERATION INSPECTION parts, according to the inspection
[L3 WITH TC].) results.
Does the EGR system operate properly?
7 Perform the PURGE CONTROL Yes Go to the next step.
SYSTEM OPERATION INSPECTION.
(See ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM No Inspect or replace the malfunctioning
OPERATION INSPECTION [L3 WITH parts, according to the inspection
TC].) results.
Does the purge solenoid valve work
properly?
8 Inspect the CMP and CKP sensor for the Yes Repair or replace the malfunctioning
following; part according to the inspection
results.
z Installation condition
Service if necessary.
20 Inspect the starting system. Yes Replace the injector driver module.
(See STARTER INSPECTION [L3 If the problem remains, overhaul the
WITH TC] ). engine.
Does the starting system work properly? No Repair or replace the malfunctioning
part.
21 Verify test results.
WARNING:
The following troubleshooting flow chart contains the fuel system diagnosis
and repair procedures. Read the following warnings before performing the
fuel system services:
z Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily ignite, causing serious injury and
damage. Always keep sparks and flames away from fuel.
z Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause
serious injury or death and damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and
eyes. To prevent this, always complete "BEFORE REPAIR
PROCEDURE" and "AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE" described in this
manual.
CAUTION:
z Disconnecting/connecting the quick release connector without
cleaning it may possibly cause damage to the fuel pipe and quick
release connector. Always clean the quick release connector joint area
before disconnecting/connecting, and make sure that it is free of
foreign material.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
2 Does the engine stall after approx. 2s from Yes Go to the next step.
when it is started? No Is the immobilizer system is normal?
Go to Step 16.
3 Is the coil connector securely connected to Yes Go to the next step.
coil? No Connect the connector securely, retest
from Step 2.
4 Does the security light illuminate? Yes Go to the next step.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Symptom Trouble Shooting - CX-7
10 Inspect the following wiring harness and Yes Repair or replace malfunction part.
connectors.
With advanced keyless entry system
No With advanced keyless entry system
z Between coil terminal A and keyless
CM terminal 3U Go to the next step.
z Between coil terminal B and keyless Without advanced keyless entry
CM terminal 3V system
Go to Step 14.
z Installation condition
Service if necessary.
38 Verify test results.
NO. 6 CRANKS NORMALLY BUT WILL NOT START [L3 WITH TC]
DESCRIPTION AND POSSIBLE CAUSES
6 CRANKS NORMALLY BUT NOT START
z Starter cranks engine at normal speed but engine will not run.
z Refer to symptom troubleshooting "NO. 5 ENGINE STALLS" if this
DESCRIPTION symptom appears after the engine stalls.
z Fuel is in tank.
z Battery is in normal condition.
z Air leakage from intake-air system
z Open PCM ground or vehicle body ground
z Improper operation of electronic throttle control system
z EGR valve malfunction
z Low engine compression
z Engine overheating
z Vacuum leakage
z Ignition system malfunction
z Poor fuel quality
z PCV valve malfunction
z Intake-air system restriction
z Improper air/fuel mixture ratio control
z No signal from CKP sensor due to sensor, related wire or incorrect
installation
POSSIBLE CAUSE z No signal from CMP sensor due to sensor, related wire or incorrect
installation
z A/F sensor, HO2S or related circuit malfunction
z ECT sensor or related circuit malfunction
z Accelerator position sensor or related circuit malfunction
z MAF sensor or related circuit malfunction
z High pressure fuel pump malfunction
z Exhaust system or three-way catalytic converter (TWC) malfunction
z Disconnected electrical connector
z Open or short in fuel pump (low-side) body and related harness
z Inadequate fuel pressure (high or low pressure side)
z Fuel pressure sensor or related circuit malfunction
z Relief valve malfunction (built-in high pressure fuel pump)
z Fuel line clogging or restriction
z Incorrect fuel injection timing
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Symptom Trouble Shooting - CX-7
WARNING:
The following troubleshooting flow chart contains the fuel system diagnosis
and repair procedures. Read the following warnings before performing the fuel
system services:
z Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily ignite, causing serious injury and
damage. Always keep sparks and flames away from fuel.
z Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause
serious injury or death and damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes.
To prevent this, always complete "BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE" and
"AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE" described in this manual.
CAUTION:
z Disconnecting/connecting the quick release connector without cleaning
it may possibly cause damage to the fuel pipe and quick release
connector. Always clean the quick release connector joint area before
disconnecting/connecting, and make sure that it is free of foreign
material.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
2 Does the engine stall after approx. 2s Yes Go to the next step.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Symptom Trouble Shooting - CX-7
Service if necessary.
37 Verify test results.
WARNING:
The following troubleshooting flow chart contains the fuel system diagnosis
and repair procedures. Read the following warnings before performing the fuel
system services:
z Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily ignite, causing serious injury and
damage. Always keep sparks and flames away from fuel.
z Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause
serious injury or death and damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes.
To prevent this, always complete "BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE" and
"AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE" described in this manual.
CAUTION:
z Disconnecting/connecting the quick release connector without cleaning
it may possibly cause damage to the fuel pipe and quick release
connector. Always clean the quick release connector joint area before
disconnecting/connecting, and make sure that it is free of foreign
material.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
z Installation condition
12 Remove the thermostat and inspection Yes Inspect and repair or replace the
operation. throttle body. If throttle body is
(See THERMOSTAT normal or the problem remains,
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 replace the injector driver module.
WITH TC] ).
(See THERMOSTAT INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TC] ). No Replace thermostat.
Is the thermostat normal?
13 Verify test results.
WARNING:
The following troubleshooting flow chart contains the fuel system diagnosis
and repair procedures. Read the following warnings before performing the fuel
system services:
z Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily ignite, causing serious injury and
damage. Always keep sparks and flames away from fuel.
z Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause
serious injury or death and damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes.
To prevent this, always complete "BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE" and
"AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE" described in this manual.
CAUTION:
z Disconnecting/connecting the quick release connector without cleaning
it may possibly cause damage to the fuel pipe and quick release
connector. Always clean the quick release connector joint area before
disconnecting/connecting, and make sure that it is free of foreign
material.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Symptom Trouble Shooting - CX-7
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Service if necessary.
21 Verify test results.
WARNING:
The following troubleshooting flow chart contains the fuel system diagnosis
and repair procedures. Read the following warnings before performing the fuel
system services:
z Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily ignite, causing serious injury and
POSSIBLE CAUSE damage. Always keep sparks and flames away from fuel.
z Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause
serious injury or death and damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes.
To prevent this, always complete "BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE" and
"AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE" described in this manual.
CAUTION:
z Disconnecting/connecting the quick release connector without cleaning
it may possibly cause damage to the fuel pipe and quick release
connector. Always clean the quick release connector joint area before
disconnecting/connecting, and make sure that it is free of foreign
material.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Turn the ignition switch to the ON (See DTC TABLE [L3 WITH TC] ).
position. No No DTC is displayed:
Retrieve any DTCs. Go to the next step.
Is a DTC displayed?
3 Inspect for leakage in intake-air Yes Repair or replace for leakage.
system.
No Go to the next step.
Is there any leakage found?
4 Perform the TP sweep inspection. Yes Visually inspect the throttle body
(See ENGINE CONTROL (damaged/ scratching.) If normal, go to
SYSTEM OPERATION the next step.
INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
Does the electronic throttle control No Inspect or replace the malfunctioning
system work properly? parts, according to the inspection results.
5 Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2. Yes Go to the next step.
Access and monitor the following
PIDs using the data monitor function. No Inspect and repair or replace suspected
parts and the related harnesses.
z ECT If the malfunction remains, perform the
z APP intermittent concern troubleshooting.
(See INTERMITTENT CONCERN
z ACSW
TROUBLESHOOTING [L3 WITH
z PSP (PCM terminal 2T) TC].)
z If a malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair
Information and perform the repair or diagnosis.
{ If the vehicle is repaired, troubleshooting is completed.
WARNING:
The following troubleshooting flow chart contains the fuel system diagnosis
and repair procedures. Read the following warnings before performing the fuel
system services:
z Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily ignite, causing serious injury and
damage. Always keep sparks and flames away from fuel.
z Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause
serious injury or death and damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes.
To prevent this, always complete "BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE" and
"AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE" described in this manual.
CAUTION:
z Disconnecting/connecting the quick release connector without cleaning
it may possibly cause damage to the fuel pipe and quick release
connector. Always clean the quick release connector joint area before
disconnecting/connecting, and make sure that it is free of foreign
material.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
z Installation condition
z O2S11
z O2S12
z LONGFT1
z SHTFT1
z PSP (PCM terminal 2T)
Service if necessary.
18 Verify test results.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Symptom Trouble Shooting - CX-7
WARNING:
The following troubleshooting flow chart contains the fuel system diagnosis
and repair procedures. Read the following warnings before performing the fuel
system services:
z Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily ignite, causing serious injury and
damage. Always keep sparks and flames away from fuel.
z Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause
serious injury or death and damage. Fuel can also Irritate skin and eyes.
To prevent this, always complete "BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE" and
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Symptom Trouble Shooting - CX-7
CAUTION:
z Disconnecting/connecting the quick release connector without cleaning
it may possibly cause damage to the fuel pipe and quick release
connector. Always clean the quick release connector joint area before
disconnecting/connecting, and make sure that it is free of foreign
material.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
z LONGFT1
z SHTFT1
NOTE:
z Inspect all fins on each turbine No Go to the next step.
wheel.
20 Inspect for restriction in the exhaust Yes Replace the malfunctioning part.
system and three-way catalytic converter
(TWC). No Go to the next step.
Is there any restriction?
21 Remove and shake the PCV valve. Yes Go to the next step.
Does the PCV valve rattle? No Replace the PCV valve.
22 Perform the SPARK TEST. Yes Go to the next step.
(See ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
OPERATION INSPECTION [L3 No Inspect or replace the malfunctioning
WITH TC]). parts, according to the inspection
Is a strong blue spark visible at each results.
cylinder?
23 Access and monitor the FUEL_PRES PID. Yes Go to Step 27.
Is the FUEL_PRES PID value within the
specification?
(See PCM INSPECTION [L3 WITH No Go to the next step.
TC] ).
24 Is the vehicle accelerate performance Yes Go to the next step.
normal? No Go to Step 26.
25 Inspect the fuel pressure sensor. Yes Go to the Step 27.
(See FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR
INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC] ). No Replace the delivery pipe.
Is the fuel pressure sensor normal?
26 Replace the high pressure fuel pump. Yes Troubleshooting is completed.
Monitor FUEL_PRES PID. Go to Step 30.
Is the FUEL_PRES PID value within the
specified?
(See PCM INSPECTION [L3 WITH No Go to the next step.
TC] ).
27 Connect the fuel pressure gauge between Yes Go to the next step.
the fuel pump and the high pressure fuel No Inspect for the following:
pump.
Measure the fuel pressure line of the low z Fuel line restriction
pressure side.
(See FUEL LINE PRESSURE z Fuel filter clogging
INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC] ).
Is the fuel pressure with in the
specification? If normal replace the fuel pump.
28 Inspect the fuel injector for each cylinder. Yes Go to the next step.
(See FUEL INJECTOR INSPECTION No Replace the suspected fuel injector.
[L3 WITH TC] ). (See FUEL INJECTOR
Are fuel injectors normal? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC] ).
29 Measure the compression pressure for each Yes Replace the injector driver module.
cylinder. If the problem remains, overhaul the
(See COMPRESSION INSPECTION engine.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Symptom Trouble Shooting - CX-7
Service if necessary.
30 Verify test results.
WARNING:
The following troubleshooting flow chart contains the fuel system diagnosis
and repair procedures. Read the following warnings before performing the fuel
system services:
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Symptom Trouble Shooting - CX-7
z Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily ignite, causing serious injury and
damage. Always keep sparks and flames away from fuel.
z Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause
serious injury or death and damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes.
To prevent this, always complete "BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE" and
"AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE" described in this manual.
CAUTION:
z Disconnecting/connecting the quick release connector without cleaning
it may possibly cause damage to the fuel pipe and quick release
connector. Always clean the quick release connector joint area before
disconnecting/connecting, and make sure that it is free of foreign
material.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
NOTE:
No Go to the next step.
z Inspect all fins on each turbine
wheel.
specification?
If normal replace the fuel pump.
28 Inspect fuel injector for each cylinder. Yes Go to the next step.
(See FUEL INJECTOR INSPECTION No Replace suspected fuel injector.
[L3 WITH TC] ). (See FUEL INJECTOR
Are fuel injectors normal? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC] ).
29 Measure compression pressure for each Yes Replace the injector driver module.
cylinder. If the problem remains, overhaul the
(See COMPRESSION INSPECTION engine.
[L3 WITH TC] ). No Inspect for the following:
Are compression pressures within the
specification? z Damaged valve seat
z Worn valve stem and valve
guide
z Worn or stuck piston ring
z Worn piston, piston ring or
cylinder
z Improper valve timing
Service if necessary.
30 Verify test results.
WARNING:
The following troubleshooting flow chart contains the fuel system diagnosis
and repair procedures. Read the following warnings before performing the fuel
system services:
z Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily ignite, causing serious injury and
damage. Always keep sparks and flames away from fuel.
z Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause
serious injury or death and damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes.
To prevent this, always complete "BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE" and
"AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE" described in this manual.
CAUTION:
z Disconnecting/connecting the quick release connector without cleaning
it may possibly cause damage to the fuel pipe and quick release
connector. Always clean the quick release connector joint area before
disconnecting/connecting, and make sure that It is free of foreign
material.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Symptom Trouble Shooting - CX-7
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
cylinder
z Improper valve timing
Service as necessary.
17 Verify test results.
z Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily ignite, causing serious injury and
damage. Always keep sparks and flames away from fuel.
z Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause
serious injury or death and damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes.
To prevent this, always complete "BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE" and
"AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE" described in this manual.
CAUTION:
z Disconnecting/connecting the quick release connector without cleaning
it may possibly cause damage to the fuel pipe and quick release
connector. Always clean the quick release connector joint area before
disconnecting/connecting, and make sure that it is free of foreign
material.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
WITH TC].)
Does the variable swirl system work
properly?
6 Perform the WASTEGATE CONTROL Yes Go to the next step.
SYSTEM OPERATION INSPECTION.
(See ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM No Inspect or replace the malfunctioning
OPERATION INSPECTION [L3 parts, according to the inspection
WITH TC].) results.
Does the wastegate control system work
properly?
7 Perform the A/C CUT-OFF Yes Go to the next step.
OPERATION INSPECTION.
(See ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM No Repair or replace malfunctioning
OPERATION INSPECTION [L3 parts, according to the inspection
WITH TC].) results.
Does the A/C Cut-off Operation work
properly?
8 Remove and shake the PCV valve. Yes Go to the next step.
Does the PCV valve rattle? No Replace the PCV valve.
9 Perform the SPARK TEST. Yes Go to the next step.
(See ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
OPERATION INSPECTION [L3 No Inspect or replace the malfunctioning
WITH TC].) parts, according to the inspection
Is the strong blue spark visible at each results.
cylinder?
10 Inspect CMP and CKP sensor for the Yes Repair or replace the malfunctioning
following; part according to the inspection
results.
z Installation condition
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC] ).
18 Measure the compression pressure for each Yes Replace the injector driver module.
cylinder. If the problem remains, overhaul the
(See COMPRESSION INSPECTION engine.
[L3 WITH TC] ). No Inspect for the following:
Are compression pressures within the
specification? z Damaged valve seat
z Worn valve stem and valve
guide
z Worn or stuck piston ring
z Worn piston, piston ring or
cylinder
z Improper valve timing
Service if necessary.
19 Verify test results.
WARNING:
The following troubleshooting flow chart contains the fuel system diagnosis
and repair procedures. Read the following warnings before performing the fuel
system services:
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Symptom Trouble Shooting - CX-7
z Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily Ignite, causing serious injury and
damage. Always keep sparks and flames away from fuel.
z Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause
serious injury or death and damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes.
To prevent this, always complete "BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE" and
"AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE" described In this manual.
CAUTION:
z Disconnecting/connecting the quick release connector without cleaning
it may possibly cause damage to the fuel pipe and quick release
connector. Always clean the quick release connector joint area before
disconnecting/connecting, and make sure that It is free of foreign
material.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
10 Remove and shake the PCV valve. Yes Go to the next step.
Does the PCV valve rattle? No Replace the PCV valve.
11 Perform the SPARK TEST. Yes Go to the next step.
(See ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
OPERATION INSPECTION [L3 WITH No Inspect or replace the malfunctioning
TC].) parts, according to the inspection
Is a strong blue spark visible at each results.
cylinder?
12 Inspect CMP and CKP sensor for the Yes Repair or replace the malfunctioning
following; part according to the inspection
results.
z Installation condition
z LONGFT1
z SHTFT1
guide
z Worn or stuck piston ring
z Worn piston, piston ring or
cylinder
z Improper valve timing
Service if necessary.
22 Verify test results.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
z Proper dipstick
z Proper engine oil viscosity No Service if necessary.
Repeat Step 2.
z Engine oil level
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Symptom Trouble Shooting - CX-7
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
z If a malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair
Information and perform the repair or diagnosis.
{ If the vehicle is repaired, troubleshooting is completed.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
TEMPERATURE (ECT)
SENSOR INSPECTION [L3
WITH TC] ).
If the temperature gauge on
instrument cluster indicates
overheating but ECT PID is normal,
inspect the instrument cluster.
(See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
INSPECTION ).
No Repair or replace malfunctioning
part, according to inspection results.
5 Verify test results.
WARNING:
The following troubleshooting flow chart contains the fuel system diagnosis
and repair procedures. Read the following warnings before performing the fuel
system services:
z Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily Ignite, causing serious injury and
damage. Always keep sparks and flames away from fuel.
POSSIBLE CAUSE z Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause
serious injury or death and damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes.
To prevent this, always complete "BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE" and
"AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE" described in this manual.
CAUTION:
z Disconnecting/connecting the quick release connector without cleaning
it may possibly cause damage to the fuel pipe and quick release
connector. Always clean the quick release connector joint area before
disconnecting/connecting, and make sure that it is free of foreign
material.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Service if necessary.
16 Verify test results.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Symptom Trouble Shooting - CX-7
WARNING:
The following troubleshooting flow chart contains the fuel system diagnosis
and repair procedures. Read the following warnings before performing the fuel
system services:
z Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily ignite, causing serious injury and
POSSIBLE CAUSE damage. Always keep sparks and flames away from fuel.
z Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause
serious injury or death and damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes.
To prevent this, always complete "BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE" and
"AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE" described in this manual.
CAUTION:
z Disconnecting/connecting the quick release connector without cleaning
it may possibly cause damage to the fuel pipe and quick release
connector. Always clean the quick release connector joint area before
disconnecting/connecting, and make sure that it is free of foreign
material.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Symptom Trouble Shooting - CX-7
z Loose parts
z Fluid revel low or air in power the steering fluid
z Improper drive belt tension
z Vacuum leakage
z Loose spark plug
z Air leakage from the intake-air system
Rattle noise:
Other noise:
WARNING:
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Symptom Trouble Shooting - CX-7
The following troubleshooting flow chart contains the fuel system diagnosis
and repair procedures. Read the following warnings before performing the fuel
system services:
z Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily ignite, causing serious injury and
damage. Always keep sparks and flames away from fuel.
z Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause
serious injury or death and damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes.
To prevent this, always complete "BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE" and
"AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE" described in this manual.
CAUTION:
z Disconnecting/connecting the quick release connector without cleaning
it may possibly cause damage to the fuel pipe and quick release
connector. Always clean the quick release connector joint area before
disconnecting/connecting, and make sure that it is free of foreign
material.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
z Vacuum leakage
z Spark plug looseness
z Intake-air system leakage
No Go to the next step.
6 Is rap or roar sound present? Yes Inspect the exhaust system or loose
parts.
No Go to the next step.
7 Is knocking noise present? Yes Go to symptom troubleshooting "NO.
13 KNOCKING/ PINGING".
(See NO. 13 KNOCKING/PINGING
[L3 WITH TC].)
No If noise comes from engine internal,
inspect for the friction gear, timing
chain or MLA noise.
8 Inspect the intake and exhaust housing Yes Repair installation or replace suspected
system for loose installation. part.
Is there any problem found? No Go to the next step.
9 Remove the parts necessary to inspect Yes Replace the turbocharger.
turbocharger without removing the
turbocharger.
Inspect if turbocharger compressor
No Go to the next step.
wheel is bent, damaged, or interfering
with housing on vehicle.
Is there any problem?
10 Inspect the turbocharger compressor Yes Replace the turbocharger.
wheel locknut is loose or has fallen
down inside turbocharger. No Go to the next step.
Is there any problem?
11 Turn the turbocharger compressor Yes Go to the next step.
wheel by hand.
Does the wheel turn easily and No Replace the turbocharger.
smoothly?
12 Visually inspect the turbine housing. Yes Clean built-up carbon or remove
Is there any carbon built-up or foreign foreign materials.
material on turbine housing? If turbine housing damaged, replace the
turbocharger.
No Install the removal parts at Step 9, and
inspect all turbocharger related parts
installed correctly.
13 Verify test results.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
connector. open.
Reconnect connector to refrigerant Replace if necessary.
pressure switch. No Inspect the following and repair or
Start engine and turn A/C switch on. replace if necessary:
Does fan operate?
z Refrigerant charging amount
z A/C compressor for seizure
5 Verify test results.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
NOTE:
z A/C should not work when
disconnecting connector. If A/C
remains working, short to
ground circuit may be present.
No Go to the next step.
NO. 25 A/C IS NOT CUT OFF UNDER WIDE OPEN THROTTLE CONDITIONS
[L3 WITH TC]
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Symptom Trouble Shooting - CX-7
Diagnostic procedure
WARNING:
The following troubleshooting flow chart contains fuel system diagnosis and
repair procedures. Read following warnings before servicing fuel system:
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Symptom Trouble Shooting - CX-7
z Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily ignite, causing serious injury and
damage. Always keep sparks and flames away from fuel.
z Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause
serious injuries or death and damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and
eyes. To prevent this, always complete "BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE"
and "AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE" described in this manual.
CAUTION:
z Disconnecting/connecting the quick release connector without cleaning
it may possibly cause damage to the fuel pipe and quick release
connector. Always clean the quick release connector joint area before
disconnecting/connecting, and make sure that It is free of foreign
material.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
z Electrical connections
z Vacuum lines No Service if necessary.
Repeat Step 2.
z Fuel quality
WARNING:
z The following troubleshooting flow chart contains the fuel system
diagnosis and repair procedures. Read the following warnings before
servicing the fuel system:
{ Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily ignite, causing serious
injury and damage. Always keep sparks and flames away from
fuel.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Symptom Trouble Shooting - CX-7
{ Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and
cause serious injuries or death and damage. Fuel can also irritate
skin and eyes. To prevent this, always complete "BEFORE REPAIR
PROCEDURE" and "AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE" described in
this manual.
CAUTION:
z Disconnecting/connecting the quick release connector without cleaning
it may possibly cause damage to the fuel pipe and quick release
connector. Always clean the quick release connector joint area before
disconnecting/connecting, and make sure that it is free of foreign
material.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
WARNING:
z The following troubleshooting flow chart contains the fuel system
diagnosis and repair procedures. Read the following warnings before
servicing the fuel system:
{ Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily ignite, causing serious injury
and damage. Always keep sparks and flames away from fuel.
{ Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and
POSSIBLE CAUSE
cause serious injuries or death and damage. Fuel can also irritate
skin and eyes. To prevent this, always complete "BEFORE REPAIR
PROCEDURE" and "AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE" described in
this manual.
CAUTION:
z Disconnecting/connecting the quick release connector without cleaning
it may possibly cause damage to the fuel pipe and quick release
connector. Always clean the quick release connector joint area before
disconnecting/connecting, and make sure that it is free of foreign
material.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
z Spark-Spark weak
z Air/fuel mixture-Too rich
z Compression-Low compression
z Clogging in intake/exhaust system
WARNING:
The following troubleshooting flow chart contains the fuel system diagnosis
POSSIBLE CAUSE and repair procedures. Read the following warnings before servicing the fuel
system:
z Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily ignite, causing serious injury and
damage. Always keep sparks and flames away from fuel.
z Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause
serious injuries or death and damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and
eyes. To prevent this, always complete "BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE"
and "AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE" described in this manual.
CAUTION:
z Disconnecting/connecting the quick release connector without cleaning
it may possibly cause damage to the fuel pipe and quick release
connector. Always clean the quick release connector joint area before
disconnecting/connecting, and make sure that it is free of foreign
material.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
z Cracked insulator
z Heat range
z Air gap No Replace the spark plug.
z Worn electrode
9 Inspect the spark plug for the following. Yes Go to the next step.
z Heat range
z Air gap No Replace the spark plug.
z ECT
z O2S11 (When engine can be
No Repair or replace the malfunctioning
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Symptom Trouble Shooting - CX-7
started) parts.
z MAF
While referring to ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST [L3 WITH TC] , use the PID/DATA monitor and
record function to inspect the input signal system relating to the problem.
1. Start the engine and idle the vehicle. You can assume that any signals that are out of specification by a
wide margin are unusual.
2. When recreating the problem, any sudden change in the monitor input signals that is not consciously
created by the driver can be determined as unusual.
CAUTION: z Compare the M-MDS monitor voltage with the measurement voltage
using the digital measurement system function. If you use another
tester, a misreading may occur.
z When measuring the voltage, attach the tester ground to the ground
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Symptom Trouble Shooting - CX-7
of the PCM that is being tested, or to the engine itself. If this is not
done, the measured voltage and actual voltage may differ
z After connecting the pin to a waterproof coupler, confirm continuity
and measure the voltage, and inspect the waterproof connector for
cracks. If there are any, use sealant to fix them. Failure to do this may
result in deterioration of the wiring harness or terminal from water
damage, leading to problems with the vehicle.
Fig. 16: Identifying Thermistor Type (IAT Sensor & ECT Sensor)
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
z If there is a difference of 0.5 V or more , inspect the following points concerning the PCM
connector:
{ Female terminal opening loose
1. Verify that the main relay clicks when the ignition switch is turned to ON position and then off.
z If there is no operation sound, inspect the following:
{ Wiring harness and connector between ignition switch and main relay terminal A.
{ Wiring harness and connector between PCM terminal 1 AT and main relay terminal B.
Specification
NOTE: z Air suction can be located by the engine speed change when
lubricant is sprayed on the area where suction is occurring.
{ Air suction at throttle body, charge air cooler, intake manifold
and PCV valve installation points
{ EGR valve (stuck open)
{ Engine compression
z IAT
z RPM
NOTE: z Excludes temporary idle speed drop just after the loads are turned
on.
5. Verify that the engine speed is within the specification under each load condition.
z If the load condition is not as specified, inspect the following:
CONDITIONER] ).
ENGINE SPEED
Engine speed (RPM)
Load condition
P, N position D position
No load 650-750 575-675
E/L operating (1) 650-750 600-700
P/S operating 650-750 650-750
A/C operating (Low load(2)) 650-750 600-700
A/C operating (High load(3)) 680-780 680-780
(1) When the following electrical loads are on: Headlights, rear defroster, cooling fan NO. 1, cooling fan
NO. 2, and the blower motor (2-step or more.)
(2) Refrigerant pressure switch (middle pressure switch) is off.
{ Verify that the throttle valve opens when the accelerator pedal is depressed.
z If the throttle valve opens, inspect the throttle position sensor and the related wiring
harness.
z If the throttle valve does not open, inspect the throttle actuator control motor and the
related wiring harness.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Symptom Trouble Shooting - CX-7
6. Gradually depress the throttle pedal and verify that the PID reading increases lineally.
z If the PID reading drops momentarily, inspect the following:
7. Fully depress the throttle pedal and verify that the PID reading is within the WOT value. (See PCM
INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC] ).
z If the PID reading is out of range, perform the following:
{ Remove the air duct from throttle valve body with connector connected.
{ Verify that the throttle valve opens when throttle pedal is depressed.
z If the throttle valve opens, inspect the throttle position sensor and the related wiring
harness.
z If the throttle valve does not open, inspect the throttle actuator control motor and the
related wiring harness.
ROD OPERATION
3,750 RPM
Engine speed
Below Above
Shutter valve actuator Operate Not operate
1. Perform the KOER self-test using the M-MDS and verify that DTCs No. P2004, P2006, P2009 or P2010
are not displayed.
z If DTC No. P2004, P2006, P2009 or P2010 are displayed, perform DTC inspection.
z If the variable swirl solenoid valve is not normal, replace the variable swirl solenoid valve.
z If the variable swirl solenoid valve is normal, inspect the following:
{ Vacuum hose and vacuum chamber for looseness or damage
3 Inspect the fuel injector of the Yes Inspect the following for the suspected
suspected cylinder. cylinder.
(See FUEL INJECTOR
INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC] ). z Fuel injector power and/or ground
Is the fuel injector normal? systems related wiring harness and
connectors.
NOTE: z This inspection has to be performed after the Fuel Injector Operation
Inspection.
5. Measure the voltage at the wiring harness side fuel pump connector terminal B with the FIP PID turned
on.
z If the voltage is as specified, inspect the following:
{ Wiring harness between the fuel pump relay and PCM terminal 1H
{ Wiring harness connector (Main relay-fuel pump relay-fuel pump resister-fuel pump.)
Specification
CAUTION: z Connecting the wrong check connector terminal may possibly cause
a malfunction. Carefully connect the specified terminal only.
1. Short the check connector terminal F/P to body ground using a jumper wire.
2. Remove the fuel-filler cap.
3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
4. Verify that the fuel pump operation sound is heard.
z If no operation sound is heard, proceed to the next step.
5. Measure the voltage at wiring harness side fuel pump connector terminal B.
z If the voltage is as specified, inspect the following:
{ Wiring harness between the fuel pump relay and PCM terminal, 1H
{ Wiring harness connector (Main relay-fuel pump relay-fuel pump resister-fuel pump.)
Specification
{ Wiring harness and connectors (Main relay-fuel pump relay-PCM terminal 1H)
1. Crank the engine and verify that the fuel pump relay operation sound is heard.
2. If the operation sound is not heard, inspect the following:
z Fuel pump relay
z Wiring harness and connectors (Main relay-fuel pump relay-PCM terminal 1H)
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Symptom Trouble Shooting - CX-7
{ Wiring harness and connectors (Main relay-fuel pump speed control relay-PCM terminal
1AA)
5. Start the engine and run it is idling.
6. Remove the fuel-filler cap.
7. Turn the fuel pump speed control relay from off to on using the FPRR PID and inspect if the operation
sound frequency of the fuel pump is higher than when the FPRR PID is off.
z If it cannot be verified, inspect the following:
{ Wiring harness and connectors (open circuit at fuel pump speed control relay terminal C-fuel
pump relay terminal D)
{ Wiring harnesses and connectors (Main relay-fuel pump relay-PCM terminal 1H)
{ Wiring harnesses and connectors (open circuit at fuel pump relay terminal C-fuel pump
terminal B)
SPARK TEST
WARNING: z High voltage in the ignition system can cause strong electrical
shock which can result in serious injury. Avoid direct contact
to the vehicle body during the following spark test.
z Go to Step 5.
4 z Inspect the following wiring Yes Inspect and replace the ignition coil.
harnesses for an open or short (See IGNITION COIL INSPECTION
circuit: [L3 WITH TC] ).
{ Ignition coil NO. 1 terminal
C-PCM terminal 2BA
{ Ignition coil NO. 2 terminal
C-PCM terminal 2AW
{ Ignition coil NO. 3 terminal No Repair or replace the malfunctioning
C-PCM terminal 2AX part, then go to Step 1.
{ Ignition coil NO. 4 terminal
C-PCM terminal 2AT
z Are the wiring harnesses normal?
5 z Measure the voltage at terminal A Yes Go to the next step.
in each ignition coils. No Inspect the power supply circuit of
z Is the voltage B+ ? ignition coils.
6 z Does the PCM connector or ignition Yes Repair or replace the connector, then go
to Step 1.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Symptom Trouble Shooting - CX-7
1. Crank the engine and verify that the EGR valve operation (initial operation) sound is heard.
z If the operation sound is not heard, connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2 and verify that the DTC
P0403 is shown. Perform the DTC inspection. (See DTC TABLE [L3 WITH TC] ).
2. Start the engine run it at idling.
3. Increase the step value of the EGR valve from 0 to 57 using the SEGR PID of the simulation function.
4. Operate the EGR valve and inspect if the engine speed becomes unstable or the engine stalls.
z If the engine speed does not change, proceed to the following.
z If the EGR valve does not operate, replace the EGR valve.
1. Verify that EGR valve operation (initial operation) sound is heard when the ignition switch is turned to
the ON position.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Symptom Trouble Shooting - CX-7
z If the operation sound is not heard, connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2 and verify that the DTC
P0403 is shown. Perform the DTC inspection. (See DTC TABLE [L3 WITH TC] ).
2. Start the engine and idle it.
3. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature.
4. Select the following PIDs:
z ECT, RPM, SEGRP, APP1, APP2, TP_REL, VSS
5. Let the vehicle idle and verify that the SEGRP value is 0.
6. Put the vehicle in drive.
7. Depress the accelerator pedal and verify that the SEGRP value is increased.
z If the EGR valve increases, inspect the following:
z If the SEGRP value does not increase, inspect the VSS, APP1, APP2, TP_REL and ECT PIDs.
(See PCM INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC] ).
8. Stop the vehicle and verify that the SEGRP value returns to 0.
4. Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2 and verify that the DTC P0403 is displayed. Perform the DTC
inspection. (See DTC P0403 [L3 WITH TC] ).
5. Select the EVAPCP PID.
6. Increase the duty value of the purge solenoid valve to 50% and inspect if the operation sound of the valve
is heard.
z If the operation sound is heard, inspect for loose or damaged vacuum hoses. (Intake manifold-purge
solenoid valve-charcoal canister)
z If the operation sound is not heard, perform the purge solenoid valve inspection. (See PURGE
SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC] ).
7. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature.
8. Monitor the EVAPCP PID using the M-MDS, and drive the vehicle approx. 2000 RPM for 30 s or more.
z If the EVAPCP PID is 0%, inspect the following.
11. Drive vehicle at an engine speed to approx. 2000 RPM for 30 s or more .
12. Put a finger to the purge solenoid valve and verify that there is no vacuum applied during Step 2.
z If there is no vacuum, inspect the following:
{ Wiring harness and connector (Main relay-purge solenoid valve-PCM terminal 2AB)
zIf it does not actuate, go to symptom troubleshooting "NO. 23 A/C DOES NOT WORK
SUFFICIENTLY".
4. Fully open the throttle valve and verify that the A/C compressor magnetic clutch does not actuate for 2-5
s.
z If it actuates, inspect as follows:
{ A/C relay
{ Open or short to ground circuit in the wiring harness and connectors (Ignition switch-A/C
relay-PCM terminal 11)
{ A/C related parts
4. Verify that the DTC P0480 is not shown and the cooling fan operates during the KOER self-test.
z If DTC P0480 is shown, perform the DTC troubleshooting procedure.
z Inspect the following parts in the indicated order in accordance with fan operation conditions.
{ Open circuit between the fan control module and the cooling fan relay
{ Open circuit between fan control module and ground
{ Poor connection of the fan control module connector
{ Fan control module
{ Open or short to ground circuit between the fan control module and cooling fan motor No. 1
{ Poor connection of the fan control module connector or cooling fan motor No. 1 connector
{ Cooling fan motor No. 1
{ Open or short to ground circuit between the fan control module and the cooling fan motor No. 2
{ Poor connection of the fan control module connector or the cooling fan motor No. 1 connector
{ Cooling fan motor No. 2
{ Wiring harness and connectors (Wastegate control solenoid valve-PCM terminal 2AA)
{ Wiring harness and connectors (Wastegate control solenoid valve-PCM terminal 2AA)
1. Remove the Oil control valve (OCV) and verify that the spool valve is at maximum retard position.
2. Connect the oil control valve (OCV).
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Symptom Trouble Shooting - CX-7
{ Short circuit in wiring harnesses or connectors between the oil control valve (OCV) and the
PCM.
5. Inspect the variable timing actuator.
6. Remove the oil control valve (OCV) while the connector is connected.
7. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
8. Select VT DUTY1 PID.
9. Increase the oil control valve (OCV) duty value and verify that the spool valve operates in the advance
direction.
z If as specified, inspect the following hydraulic passage for clogging and/or leakage.
{ Harness and connectors for open or short circuit (Oil control valve (OCV) -PCM terminal
2AF)
10. If they are normal, replace the intake camshaft pulley (with a built-in variable valve timing actuator).
z If the engine does not idle roughly or stalls, go to the next step.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Symptom Trouble Shooting - CX-7
4. Remove the oil control valve (OCV) and perform the spool valve operation inspection.
{ Harnesses and connectors between oil control valve (OCV) and PCM have an open or short
circuit.
z If as specified, inspect the following hydraulic passages for clogging or leakage or both:
5. If they are normal, replace the camshaft pulley (with built-in variable valve timing actuator).
z To verify that the problem has been fixed properly after repairs, the run-drive cycle or EVAP system leak
inspection must be performed.
z The EVAP system test, which can substituted for the run-drive cycle as an EVAP control system repair
confirmation method, can be done while operating the M-MDS in the KOEO (Key On Engine Off)
condition instead of actually driving the vehicle.
z The EVAP system test finds gas leaks in the system using the PCM to monitor changes in the air pump
load current of the EVAP system leak detection pump. This test starts after sending an on-demand test
signal from the M-MDS to the PCM. The PCM controls the air pump and change-over-valve operation
and also stores the load current of the air pump as follows:
i. The PCM turns the air pump on and retrieves the air pump load current value (LDP_MON PID) as
a reference current (LDP_REF PID).
ii. After retrieving the reference current value, the PCM commands the change-over-valve to open,
then captures the air pump load current value (LDP_MON PID) as the idle current (LDP_IDL
PID). The EVAP system will be pressurized from this phase.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Symptom Trouble Shooting - CX-7
iii. The PCM continues to monitor the air pump load current value (LDP_MON PID) until the end of
the test.
z You can confirm whether any EVAP gas leak has occurred or not by reading the test results.
z The PCM calculates the stored air pump load current value and sends the results to the M-MDS as DTCs:
1. Select the EVAP system test from the Toolbox on the M-MDS display and follow the instructions.
2. Verify that all of the following PIDs are within the specifications at the pre-test confirmation screen.
NOTE: z To successfully perform this procedure, all PIDs must be within the
following specifications before proceeding to the next step.
z The PCM will cancel the EVAP system test if the B+ PID value falls
lower than 11.0 V during the test.
SPECIFICATION
PID PID Range
BARO 72.2 kPa {543 mmHg, 21.3 inHg} or more
FLI 15-85%
IAT 5-45°C{41-113°F}
B+ 11.0 V or more
NOTE: z If the tester does not work correctly during the self-test, refer to the
tester operators manual for a more detailed self-test procedure.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Symptom Trouble Shooting - CX-7
1. Verify that the control valve on the panel is in the HOLD position, then open the nitrogen bottle
valve.
2. Connect the vehicle interface hose (part of the SST ) to the SELF TEST port located on the control
panel. Hand tighten the fitting. (Do not overtighten.)
3. Turn the control valve to the TEST position.
4. The gauge should read 331-381 mm {13-15 in} of water.
z If the gauge is not reading in this range, adjust the pressure by turning the black knob on the
low pressure regulator at the nitrogen bottle.
5. Turn the control valve to the HOLD position.
6. Verify that the gauge holds pressure and that the flow meter reads no flow.
z If there is no drop in pressure and no flow, the tester passes the self-test.
3. Connect the receiver assembly (SST: 134-01059) to the vehicle cap test hose assembly (part of
SST ) and the fuel-filler cap from the vehicle.
4. Connect the cap adaptor (SST: 134-01058) to the vehicle cap test hose assembly (part of the SST )
and to the fuel-filler neck.
5. Connect the vehicle interface hose (part of the SST ) to the center fitting of the vehicle cap test
hose assembly (part of the SST ).
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Symptom Trouble Shooting - CX-7
Fig. 20: Connecting Cap Adaptor To Vehicle Cap Test Hose Assembly
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
NOTE: z The COV is closed for 10 min unless any of the following actions are
performed:
{ The engine is started.
6. Make sure the control valve on the 134-01049 is in the HOLD position and that the valve on the cylinder
of nitrogen gas is open.
7. Turn the control valve to the open position and let the system fill. You should note a drop in the gauge
pressure along with the flow meter being pegged at maximum flow for several minutes depending on how
full or empty the fuel tank is, and how long it takes to completely fill and pressurize the evaporative
emissions system hoses.
8. If the gauge and the flow meter do not settle to a measurable level after 2-3 min , then refer to the Mazda
Workshop Manual to verify that the cut or vent valve is properly closed.
9. Verify the pressure gauge and flow meter reading to determine if there is an evaporative emissions leak:
NO EVAPORATIVE LEAK:
z The flow meter registers "zero flow" and the pressure gauge returns to the pre-set pressure of 356
mm {14 in} of water (H2O).
EVAPORATIVE LEAK:
z The pressure does not return to the preset level of 356 mm {14 in} of water (H2O) when measuring
the flow. See "SETTING LEAK STANDARD FOR TESTING" (.020 to. 040 inch H2O) of the
Evaporative Emissions Tester operators manual (134-01067).
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Symptom Trouble Shooting - CX-7
NOTE: z Turn the control valve to the HOLD position then disconnect the SST.
2009 Mazda CX-7
GENERAL INFORMATION Commonly Used Abbreviations
GENERAL INFORMATION
NOTE: This article is intended for general information purposes only. This information
may not apply to all makes and models. Not all abbreviations are covered as
manufacturers add new ones every day.
"A"
A
Amperes
ABS
Anti-Lock Brakes
ABRS
AC
Alternating Current
A/C
Air Conditioning
ACCS
ACCUM
Accumulator
ACCY
Accessory
ACT
2009 Mazda CX-7
GENERAL INFORMATION Commonly Used Abbreviations
ADJ
Adjust or Adjustable
ADV
Advance
AFS
Airflow Sensor
AI
Air Injection
AIR or A.I.R.
AIS
Alt.
Alternator or Altitude
Amp./amp/amps
Ampere
ASCS
ASD
Auto Shutdown
ASDM
ASV
2009 Mazda CX-7
GENERAL INFORMATION Commonly Used Abbreviations
A/T
Automatic Transmission/Transaxle
ATC
ATDC
ATF
ATS
Aux.
Auxiliary
Avg.
Average
AXOD
"B"
BAC
BAP
BARO
Barometric
2009 Mazda CX-7
GENERAL INFORMATION Commonly Used Abbreviations
Batt.
Battery
Bbl.
BCM
BHP
Brake Horsepower
BMAP
BOO
B/P
Backpressure
BPS
BPT
Backpressure Transducer
BTDC
BTU
BVSV
"C"
°C
Celsius (Degrees)
Calif.
California
CANP
Canister Purge
CARB
CAT
Catalytic Converter
CB
Circuit Breaker
CBD
cc
cubic centimeter
CCC
CCD
CCOT
CCW
2009 Mazda CX-7
GENERAL INFORMATION Commonly Used Abbreviations
Counterclockwise
CDI
CEC
CID
cm
Centimeter
CMP
CO
Carbon Monoxide
CO2
Carbon Dioxide
Cont.
Continued
CONV
Convertible
CP
Canister Purge
CKP
CTS
2009 Mazda CX-7
GENERAL INFORMATION Commonly Used Abbreviations
Cu. In.
Cubic Inch
CVC
CV
CW
Clockwise
CYL or Cyl.
Cylinder
C3 I
C4
"D"
"D"
Drive
DC
DDD
Def.
2009 Mazda CX-7
GENERAL INFORMATION Commonly Used Abbreviations
Defrost
Defog.
Defogger
DERM
DFI
Diag.
Diagnostic
DTC
DIC
DIS
DIST
Distribution
DLC
DOHC
DOT
Department of Transportation
DRB-II
2009 Mazda CX-7
GENERAL INFORMATION Commonly Used Abbreviations
DVOM
Digital Volt-Ohmmeter
"E"
EACV
EATX
EBCM
EBL
ECM
ECT
EDIS
EEC
EECS
EEPROM
EFE
EGO
EGR
ESA
ESC
EST
EVAP
EVIC
EVP
Exc.
Except
"F"
°F
Fahrenheit (Degrees)
F/B
2009 Mazda CX-7
GENERAL INFORMATION Commonly Used Abbreviations
Fuse Block
Fed.
Federal
FI
Fuel Injection
FICU
FIPL
FPR-VSV
Ft. Lbs.
Foot Pounds
FWD
"G"
g
grams
Gals.
gallons
GND or GRND
Ground
"H"
HAC
2009 Mazda CX-7
GENERAL INFORMATION Commonly Used Abbreviations
HC
Hydrocarbons
H/D
Heavy Duty
HO2S
Hg
Mercury
Hgt.
Height
HLDT
Headlight
HO
High Output
HO2S
HP
High Performance
HSC
HSO
HTR
2009 Mazda CX-7
GENERAL INFORMATION Commonly Used Abbreviations
Heater
Hz
"I"
IAC
IACV
IAT
IC
Integrated Circuit
ID
Identification
I.D.
Inside Diameter
Ign.
Ignition
IMRC
In.
Inches
INCH Lbs.
Inch Pounds
2009 Mazda CX-7
GENERAL INFORMATION Commonly Used Abbreviations
in. Hg
Inches of Mercury
Inj.
Injector
IP
Instrument Panel
ISC
IVSV
"J"
J/B
Junction Block
"K"
KAPWR
k/ohms
kg
Kilograms (weight)
kg/cm2
KM/H
2009 Mazda CX-7
GENERAL INFORMATION Commonly Used Abbreviations
KOEO
KOER
KS
Knock Sensor
kW
Kilowatt
kV
Kilovolt
"L"
L
Liter
Pounds
LCD
L/D
Light Duty
LDP
LED
LH
Left Hand
"M"
mA
Milliamps
MA or MAF
Mass Airflow
MAFS
MAP
MAT
Mem.
Memory
MEM-CAL
mfd.
Microfarads
MFI
MIL
MPI
2009 Mazda CX-7
GENERAL INFORMATION Commonly Used Abbreviations
mm
Millimeters
MPH
mV
Millivolts
"N"
NA
Not Available
NCA
No Color Available
NGS
N.m
Newton Meter
No.
Number
Nos.
Numbers
NOx
Oxides of Nitrogen
"O"
2009 Mazda CX-7
GENERAL INFORMATION Commonly Used Abbreviations
O2
Oxygen
OBD
On-Board Diagnostics
OC
Oxidation Catalyst
OD
Overdrive
O.D.
Outside Diameter
OHC
Overhead Camshaft
OSS
O/S
Oversize
oz.
Ounce
ozs.
Ounces
"P"
"P"
Park
2009 Mazda CX-7
GENERAL INFORMATION Commonly Used Abbreviations
P/C
Printed Circuit
PCM
PCS
PC-SOL
PCV
PFI
PGM-FI
PID
Parameter Identification
PIP
PNP
P/N
Park/Neutral
PRNDL
PROM
psi
P/S
Power Steering
PSPS
PTC
PTO
Power Take-Off
Pts.
Pints
Pwr.
Power
"Q"
Qts.
Quarts
"R"
RABS
RECIRC
Recirculation
2009 Mazda CX-7
GENERAL INFORMATION Commonly Used Abbreviations
RH
Right Hand
RPM
RWAL
RWD
"S"
SBC
SBEC
SES
SFI
SIL
SIR
SOHC
SOL or Sol.
2009 Mazda CX-7
GENERAL INFORMATION Commonly Used Abbreviations
Solenoid
SPFI
SPK
Spark Control
SPOUT
Spark Output
SRI
SRS
STAR
STO
Self-Test Output
SUB-O2
Sw.
Switch
Sys.
System
"T"
TAB
2009 Mazda CX-7
GENERAL INFORMATION Commonly Used Abbreviations
TAC
TAD
TBC
TBI
TCC
TDC
Temp.
Temperature
TFI
THERMAC
TPM
TPMS
TPS
2009 Mazda CX-7
GENERAL INFORMATION Commonly Used Abbreviations
TS
Temperature Sensor
TV
Thermovalve
TWC
Three-Way Catalyst
"V"
V
Valve
Vac.
Vacuum
VAF
Vane Airflow
VAPS
VCC
VCRM
VIN
VM
Vacuum Modulator
2009 Mazda CX-7
GENERAL INFORMATION Commonly Used Abbreviations
Volt.
Voltage
VOM
Volt-Ohmmeter (Analog)
VRV
VSS
VSV
"W"
W/
With
W/O
Without
WAC
WOT
z This manual contains procedures for performing all required service operations. The procedures are
divided into the following five basic operations:
{ Removal/Installation
{ Disassembly/Assembly
{ Replacement
{ Inspection
{ Adjustment
z Simple operations which can be performed easily just by looking at the vehicle (i.e., removal/installation
of parts, jacking, vehicle lifting, cleaning of parts, and visual inspection) have been omitted.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 GENERAL INFORMATION General Information - CX-7
SERVICE PROCEDURE
Inspection, adjustment
z Inspection and adjustment procedures are divided into steps. Important points regarding the location and
contents of the procedures are explained in detail and shown in the illustrations.
Repair procedure
1. Most repair operations begin with an overview illustration. It identifies the components, shows how the
parts fit together, and describes visual part inspection. However, only removal/installation procedures that
need to be performed methodically have written instructions.
2. Expendable parts, tightening torques, and symbols for oil, grease, and sealant are shown in the overview
illustration. In addition, symbols indicating parts requiring the use of special service tools or equivalent
are also shown.
3. Procedure steps are numbered and the part that is the main point of that procedure is shown in the
illustration with the corresponding number. Occasionally, there are important points or additional
information concerning a procedure. Refer to this information when servicing the related part.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 GENERAL INFORMATION General Information - CX-7
SYMBOLS
z There are eight symbols indicating oil, grease, fluids, sealant, and the use of SST or equivalent, use.
These symbols show application points or use of these materials during service.
SYMBOLS REFERENCE
Symbol Meaning Kind
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 GENERAL INFORMATION General Information - CX-7
ADVISORY MESSAGES
z You will find several Warnings, Cautions, Notes, Specifications and Upper and Lower Limits in this
manual.
NOTE: z A Note provides added information that will help you to complete a
particular procedure.
SPECIFICATION
z The values indicate the allowable range when performing inspections or adjustments.
z The values indicate the upper and lower limits that must not be exceeded when performing inspections or
adjustments.
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 GENERAL INFORMATION General Information - CX-7
z Diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) are important hints for repairing malfunctions that are difficult to
simulate. Perform the specific DTC diagnostic inspection to quickly and accurately diagnose the
malfunction.
z The on-board diagnostic function is used during inspection. When a DTC is shown specifying the cause
of a malfunction, continue the diagnostic inspection according to the items indicated by the on-board
diagnostic function.
Diagnostic index
z The diagnostic index lists the symptoms of specific malfunctions. Select the symptoms related or most
closely relating to the malfunction.
z The quick diagnosis chart lists diagnosis and inspection procedures to be performed specifically relating
to the cause of the malfunction.
Symptom troubleshooting
z Symptom troubleshooting quickly determines the location of the malfunction according to symptom type.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 GENERAL INFORMATION General Information - CX-7
z DTC troubleshooting flow shows diagnostic procedures, inspection methods, and proper action to take for
each DTC.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 GENERAL INFORMATION General Information - CX-7
z Malfunction symptoms are listed in the diagnostic index under symptom troubleshooting.
z The exact malfunction symptoms can be selected by following the index.
z The chart lists the relation between the symptom and the cause of the malfunction.
z The chart is effective in quickly narrowing down the relation between symptom and cause of the
malfunction. It also specifies a range of common causes when multiple malfunction symptoms occur.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 GENERAL INFORMATION General Information - CX-7
z The appropriate diagnostic inspection relating to a malfunction cause as specified by the symptoms can
be selected by looking down the diagnostic inspection column of the chart.
z Symptom troubleshooting shows diagnostic procedures, inspection methods, and proper action to be
taken for each trouble symptom.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 GENERAL INFORMATION General Information - CX-7
UNITS
z All numerical values in this manual are based on SI units. Numbers shown in conventional units are
converted from these values.
ROUNDING OFF
z Converted values are rounded off to the same number of places as the SI unit value. For example, if the SI
unit value is 17.2 and the value after conversion is 37.84, the converted value will be rounded off to 37.8.
z When the data indicates upper and lower limits, the converted values are rounded down if the SI unit
value is an upper limit, and rounded up if the SI unit value is a lower limit. Therefore, converted values
for the same SI unit value may differ after conversion. For example, consider 2.7 kgf/cm2 in the
following specifications:
z The actual converted values for 2.7 kgf/cm2 are 265 kPa and 38.4 psi. In the first specification, 2.7 is used
as an upper limit, so the converted values are rounded down to 260 and 38. In the second specification,
2.7 is used as a lower limit, so the converted values are rounded up to 270 and 39.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 GENERAL INFORMATION General Information - CX-7
SERVICE CAUTIONS
Injury/damage Prevention Precautions
z Depending on the vehicle, the cooling fan may operate suddenly even when the ignition switch is turned
off. Therefore, keep hands and tools away from the cooling fan even if the cooling fan is not operating to
prevent injury to personnel or damage to the cooling fan. Always disconnect the negative battery cable
when servicing the cooling fan or parts near the cooling fan.
z Always be sure to cover fenders, seats and floor areas before starting work.
z Be sure that all necessary tools and measuring equipment are available before starting any work.
z Use special service tools or the equivalent when they are required.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 GENERAL INFORMATION General Information - CX-7
z Use the Mazda modular diagnostic system (M-MDS) for malfunction diagnosis.
z When working with the negative battery cable disconnected, wait for 1 min or more to allow the back up
power supply of the SAS control module to deplete its stored power after the cable is disconnected.
z Disconnecting the battery cable will delete the memories of the clock, audio, and DTCs, etc. Therefore, it
is necessary to note down the information stored in those memories before disconnecting the cable.
z If the battery had been disconnected during vehicle maintenance or for other reasons, the window will not
fully close automatically. Initialize the power window system for the power window main switch and the
sub switch (FR).
z When the ignition switch is turned on to the ON position with the negative battery cable connected, the
car navigation unit starts program reading. To prevent a car navigation unit malfunction, do no start the
engine while "Program reading Do not turn the power off" is displayed in the screen (approx. 10 sec.).
z Use either of the following procedures to identify the type of oil that is leaking:
NOTE: z Referring to the fluorescent dye instruction manual, mix the specified
amount of dye into the engine oil or ATF (or transaxle/transmission
oil).
2. Pour the fluorescent dye into the engine oil or ATF (or transaxle/transmission oil).
3. Allow the engine to run for 30 min.
4. Inspect for dye leakage by irradiating with UV light (black light), and identify the type of oil that is
leaking.
5. If no dye leakage is found, allow the engine to run for another 30 min. or drive the vehicle then reinspect.
6. Find where the oil is leaking from, then make necessary repairs.
REMOVAL OF PARTS
z While correcting a problem, also try to determine its cause. Begin work only after first learning which
parts and sub-components must be removed and disassembled for replacement or repair. After removing
the part, plug all holes and ports to prevent foreign material from entering.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 GENERAL INFORMATION General Information - CX-7
DISASSEMBLY
z If the disassembly procedure is complex, requiring many parts to be disassembled, all parts should be
marked in a place that will not affect their performance or external appearance, and identified so that
reassembly can be performed easily and efficiently.
z When removed, each part should be carefully inspected for malfunction, deformation, damage and other
problems.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 GENERAL INFORMATION General Information - CX-7
ARRANGEMENT OF PARTS
CLEANING OF PARTS
z All parts to be reused should be carefully and thoroughly cleaned in the appropriate method.
WARNING: z Using compressed air can cause dirt and other particles to fly
out causing injury to the eyes. Wear protective eye wear
whenever using compressed air.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 GENERAL INFORMATION General Information - CX-7
REASSEMBLY
z Standard values, such as torques and certain adjustments, must be strictly observed in the reassembly of
all parts.
z If removed, these parts should be replaced with new ones:
{ Oil seals
{ Gaskets
{ O-rings
{ Lock washers
{ Cotter pins
{ Nylon nuts
z Depending on location:
{ Sealant and gaskets, or both, should be applied to specified locations. When sealant is applied, parts
should be installed before sealant hardens to prevent leakage.
{ Oil should be applied to the moving components of parts.
{ Specified oil or grease should be applied at the prescribed locations (such as oil seals) before
reassembly.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 GENERAL INFORMATION General Information - CX-7
ADJUSTMENT
Fig. 21: Preventing Gasoline Or Oil From Getting On Rubber Parts Or Tubing
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 GENERAL INFORMATION General Information - CX-7
HOSE CLAMPS
z When reinstalling, position the hose clamp in the original location on the hose and squeeze the clamp
lightly with large pliers to ensure a good fit.
TORQUE FORMULAS
z When using a torque wrench-SST or equivalent combination, the specified torque must be recalculated
due to the extra length that the SST or equivalent adds to the torque wrench. Recalculate the torque by
using the following formulas. Choose the formula that applies to you.
TORQUE FORMULAS
Torque Unit Formula
N.m N.m x [L/(L+A)]
kgf.m kgf.m x [L/(L+A)]
kgf.cm kgf.cm x [L/(L+A)]
ft.lbf ft.lbf x [L/(L+A)]
in.lbf in.lbf x [L/(L+A)]
A : The length of the SST past the torque wrench drive.
L : The length of the torque wrench.
VISE
z When using a vise, put protective plates in the jaws of the vise to prevent damage to parts.
DYNAMOMETER
z When inspecting and servicing the power train on the dynamometer or speedometer tester, pay attention
to the following:
{ Place a fan, preferably a vehicle-speed proportional type, in front of the vehicle.
{ Make sure the vehicle is in a facility with an exhaust gas ventilation system.
{ Since the rear bumper might deform from the heat, cool the rear with a fan. (Surface of the bumper
must be below70°C {158°F} degrees.)
{ Keep the area around the vehicle uncluttered so that heat does not build up.
{ Watch the water temperature gauge and do not overheat the engine.
{ Avoid added load to the engine and maintain normal driving conditions as much as possible.
NOTE: z When only the front or rear wheels are rotated on a chassis dynamometer
or equivalent, the DSC CM determines that there is a malfunction in the
DSC and illuminates the following lights:
{ ABS warning light
z If the above lights are illuminated, dismount the vehicle from the chassis
dynamometer and turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. Then, turn
the ignition switch back to the ON position, run the vehicle at 10 km/h or
more and verify that the warning lights go out. In this case, a DTC will be
stored in the memory. Clear the DTC from the memory by following the
memory clearing procedure [DSC] in the on-board diagnostic system. (See
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS ).
AWD INSPECTION/SERVICE
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 GENERAL INFORMATION General Information - CX-7
CAUTION: z Install the tension bar (chain wire) to the tie down hook and secure
the vehicle to prevent it from rolling and running off.
z Do not accelerate suddenly from a standstill or accelerate/decelerate
rapidly.
1. Align the free rollers with the wheel base and tread, then set them on the floor properly.
2. Drive the vehicle slowly onto the tester roller and free rollers.
SST
z Some global SST or equivalent are used as SSTs necessary for vehicle repair. Note that these SSTs are
marked with global SST numbers.
z Note that a global SST number is written together with a corresponding Mazda SST number as shown
below.
z Install the radio set and it's antenna as far away as possible from the control module and control unit.
z The antenna feeder and power cable generate radio waves, therefore, keep them 100 mm or more from the
control module, control unit, and wiring harness. If the antenna feeder and power cable cross over the
wiring harness, place them perpendicular to the wiring harness.
z Do not install a high output radio set.
z Do not use the control module and control unit power source for the radio set. In addition, do not use the
cigar lighter and accessory socket power source.
z Do not attach the antenna feeder or wiring harness of the radio set to the wiring harness, fuel pipe, or
brake tube of the vehicle.
z Do not install any radio set-related devices in the area where the air bag module deploys to prevent a
secondary accident if the air bag were to deploy.
z After installing the radio set, perform a test transmission with the engine idling to verify that it does not
affect engine control.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 GENERAL INFORMATION General Information - CX-7
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
ELECTRICAL PARTS
Battery cable
z Before disconnecting connectors or removing electrical parts, disconnect the negative battery cable.
Wiring Harness
z To remove the wiring harness from the clip in the engine room, pry up the hook of the clip using a
flathead screwdriver.
CONNECTORS
Disconnecting connectors
Locking connector
z When locking connectors, listen for a click indicating they are securely locked.
Inspection
CAUTION: z To prevent damage to the terminal, wrap a thin wire around the tester
probe before inserting into terminal.
z When a tester is used to inspect for continuity or measuring voltage, insert the tester probe from the
wiring harness side.
z Inspect the terminals of waterproof connectors from the connector side since they cannot be accessed
from the wiring harness side.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 GENERAL INFORMATION General Information - CX-7
Fig. 39: Identifying Proper & Improper Method Of Inspecting Waterproof Connectors
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
TERMINALS
Inspection
z Pull lightly on individual wires to verify that they are secured in the terminal.
Replacement
z Use the appropriate tools to remove a terminal as shown. When installing a terminal, be sure to insert it
until it locks securely.
z Insert a thin piece of metal from the terminal side of the connector and with the terminal locking tab
pressed down, pull the terminal out from the connector.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 GENERAL INFORMATION General Information - CX-7
z Handle sensors, switches, and relays carefully. Do not drop them or strike them against other objects.
WIRING HARNESS
GY Gray V Violet
L Blue W White
LB Light Blue Y Yellow
LG Light Green - -
FUSE
Replacement
z When replacing a fuse, be sure to replace it with one of the same capacity. If a fuse malfunctions again,
the circuit probably has a short and the wiring should be inspected.
z Be sure the negative battery terminal is disconnected before replacing a main fuse.
z When replacing a pullout fuse, use the fuse puller.
Part-side connector
The viewing orientation for part-side connectors is from the terminal side.
* : Part names are shown only when there are multiple connector drawings.
The viewing orientation for vehicle wiring harness-side connectors is from the wiring harness side.
* : Part names are shown only when there are multiple connector drawings.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 GENERAL INFORMATION General Information - CX-7
Other
When it is necessary to show the terminal side of the vehicle wiring harness-side connectors, such as the
following connectors, the viewing orientation is from the terminal side.
Fig. 47: Viewing Orientation For Terminal Side Of Vehicle Wiring Harness-Side Connector
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Jumper wire
CAUTION: z Do not connect a jumper wire from the power source line to a body
ground. This may cause burning or other damage to wiring
harnesses or electronic components.
z A jumper wire is used to create a temporary circuit. Connect the jumper wire between the terminals of a
circuit to bypass a switch.
Voltmeter
z The DC voltmeter is used to measure circuit voltage. A voltmeter with a range of 15 V or more is used
by connecting the positive (+) probe (red lead wire) to the point where voltage will be measured and
the negative (-) probe (black lead wire) to a body ground.
Ohmmeter
CAUTION: z Do not connect the ohmmeter to any circuit where voltage is applied.
This will damage the ohmmeter.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 GENERAL INFORMATION General Information - CX-7
z The ohmmeter is used to measure the resistance between two points in a circuit and to inspect for
continuity and short circuits.
A vehicle has various electrical parts. To protect the parts from excessive current generated when welding, be
sure to perform the following procedure.
3. Securely connect the welding machine ground near the welding area.
4. Cover the peripheral parts of the welding area to protect them from weld spatter.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 GENERAL INFORMATION General Information - CX-7
WARNING: z Improperly jacking a vehicle is dangerous. The vehicle can slip off
the jack and cause serious injury. Use only the correct front and rear
jacking points and block the wheels.
z Use safety stands to support the vehicle after it has been lifted.
Front
NOTE: z To prevent obstruction between the jack body and front bumper when the
jack body is inserted, use a low-floor type jack (frame height is 170 mm or
less).
Fig. 53: Identifying Front Jacking Position Near Center Or Front Crossmember
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Rear
2WD
Fig. 54: Identifying Rear 2WD Jacking Position Near Center Of Rear Crossmember
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
AWD
Fig. 55: Identifying Rear AWD Jacking Position At Center Of Rear Differential
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
WARNING: z Lifting a vehicle that is not stabilized is dangerous. The vehicle can
slip off the lift and cause serious injury and/or vehicle damage. Make
sure that the vehicle is on the lift horizontally by adjusting the height
of the support at the end of the arm of the lift.
NOTE: z The arrow at the rear of the vehicle indicates that it is the same as the
illustration for the front of the vehicle.
NOTE:
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 GENERAL INFORMATION General Information - CX-7
z The arrow at the rear of the vehicle indicates that it is the same as the
illustration for the front of the vehicle.
TOWING
z Proper lifting and towing are necessary to prevent damage to the vehicle.
Particularly when towing a AWD vehicle, where all the wheels are connected to the drive train, proper
transporting of the vehicle is absolutely essential to avoid damaging the drive system. Government and
local laws must be followed.
z A towed 2WD vehicle should have its front wheels off the ground. If excessive damage or other
conditions prevent this, use wheel dollies.
z When towing a 2WD vehicle with the rear wheels on the ground, release the parking brake.
z A towed AWD vehicle must have all its wheels off the ground.
CAUTION: z Don't tow with sling-type equipment. This could damage the vehicle.
Use wheel-lift or flatbed equipment.
CAUTION: z Don't tow the vehicle pointed backward with driving wheels on the
ground. This may cause internal damage to the transaxle.
WARNING: z Towing an AWD vehicle with either the front or rear wheels on the
ground is dangerous as the drive train could be damaged, or the
vehicle could trail away from the tow truck and cause an accident.
Always tow a AWD vehicle with all four wheels off the ground. If the
drive train has been damaged, transport the vehicle on a flat bed
truck.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 GENERAL INFORMATION General Information - CX-7
TOWING/TIEDOWN HOOKS
CAUTION: z Don't use the tiedown hooks under the front and rear for towing.
They are designed ONLY for tying down the vehicle when it's being
transported. Using them for towing will damage the bumper.
Tiedown Hooks
1. Remove the tiedown eyelet, lug wrench, and jack lever from the trunk.
2. Wrap a screwdriver or similar tool with a soft cloth to prevent damage to the bumper and open the cap
located on the front and rear bumper.
TIEDOWN HOOK
CAUTION: z Do not use the tie down hook for towing the vehicle. Use it only for
securing the vehicle.
Front
Rear
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 GENERAL INFORMATION General Information - CX-7
SAE STANDARDS
z In accordance with new regulations, SAE (Society of Automotive Engineers) standard names and
abbreviations are now used in this manual. The table below lists the names and abbreviations that have
been used in Mazda manuals up to now and their SAE equivalents.
SAE Standard
Remark
Abbreviation Name
AP Accelerator Pedal
APP Accelerator Pedal Position
ACL Air Cleaner
A/C Air Conditioning
A/F sensor Air Fuel Ratio Sensor
BARO Barometric Pressure
B+ Battery Positive Voltage
CMP sensor Camshaft Position Sensor
CAC Charge Air Cooler
CLS Closed Loop System
CTP Closed Throttle Position
CPP Clutch Pedal Position
CIS Continuous Fuel Injection System
CKP sensor Crankshaft Position Sensor
DLC Data Link Connector
DTM Diagnostic Test Mode (1)
DTC Diagnostic Test Code(s)
DI Distributor Ignition
DLI Distributorless Ignition
EI Electronic Ignition (2)
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATIONS
AAS Active Adaptive Shift
ABS Antilock Brake System
ACC Accessories
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 GENERAL INFORMATION General Information - CX-7
Maximum
MIN Minimum
OCV Oil Control Valve
PCV Positive Crankcase Ventilation
PDS Portable Diagnostic Software
PID Parameter Identification
POWER MOS FET Power Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor
P/S Power Steering
P/W Power Window
RAM Random Access Memory
RF Right Front
RH Right Hand
ROM Read Only Memory
RR Right Rear
SAS Sophisticated Air Bag Sensor
SEN Sensor
SST Special Service Tool
SW Switch
TCS Traction Control System
TDC Top Dead Center
TFT Transaxle Fluid Temperature
TNS Tail Number Side Lights
TPMS Tire Pressure Monitoring System
VENT Ventilation
1GR First Gear
2GR Second Gear
2WD 2-wheel Drive
3GR Third Gear
4GR Fourth Gear
5GR Fifth Gear
6GR Sixth Gear
PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION
PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION TABLE
Exterior
z Flap (front)
z Wheel caps or rings (if equipped)
z Fuel, engine coolant, and hydraulic lines, fittings, connections, and components for leaks
z Engine oil level
z Power steering fluid level
z Brake fluid level
z Washer tank fluid level
z Radiator coolant level and specific gravity
z Tightness of water hose clamps
z Tightness of battery terminals, electrolyte level and specific gravity
z Differential oil level
Interior
z Antenna
z Audio system
z Cigarette lighter and clock
z Power windows (if equipped)
z Heater, defroster, and air conditioner at various mode selections (if equipped)
On hoist
z Underside fuel, coolant and hydraulic lines, fittings, connections, and components for leaks
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 GENERAL INFORMATION General Information - CX-7
Road test
z Brake operation
z Steering control
z Operation of gauges
z Squeaks, rattles, and unusual noises
z Engine general performance
z Emergency locking retractors and automatic locking retractors
z Cruise control system (if equipped)
z Operation of meters and gauges, squeaks, rattles, and abnormal noises
INSPECT for necessary owner information materials, tools, and spare tire in vehicle
The following items must be completed just before delivery to your customer.
z Load test battery and charge if necessary (Load test result: Volts)
z Adjust tire pressure to specification (Specified tire pressure is indicated on the door label.)
z Clean outside of vehicle
z Install fuses for accessories
z Remove seat and cabin carpet protective covers
z Vacuum inside of vehicle
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE TABLE FOR U.S.A., CANADA AND PUERTO RICO SCHEDULE 1:
(NORMAL DRIVING CONDITIONS) FOR U.S.A.
z The vehicle is mainly operated where none of the "unique driving conditions" apply.
z For CANADA and Puerto Rico, follow schedule 2.
ENGINE
Engine valve clearance Audible inspect every 120,000 km (75,000 miles), if noisy, adjust
Drive belts (tension) I
Engine oil R R R R R R R R
Engine oil filter R R R R R R R R
COOLING SYSTEM
FL22 type(1) Replace at first 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 10 years; after that,
every 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 5 years
Engine coolant
Others Replace at first 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 4 years; after that, every
2 years
FUEL SYSTEM
Air cleaner element R
Fuel lines and hoses(2) I I
Hoses and tubes for emission(2) I
IGNITION SYSTEM
Spark plugs Replace every 120,000 km (75,000 miles)
CHASSIS and BODY
Brake lines, hoses and I I
connections
Disc brakes I I I I
Tire (Rotation) Rotate every 12,000 km (7,500 miles)
Steering operation and linkages I I
Front and rear suspension and I I
ball joints
Rear differential oil (3)(4)
z After the prescribed period, continue to follow the described maintenance at the recommended inter
z Refer below for a description of items marked * in the maintenance chart.
(1) Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription "FL22" on the radiator cap itself or the
surrounding area. Use FL22 when replacing the coolant.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 GENERAL INFORMATION General Information - CX-7
(2) According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these it
not void your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services
performed at the recommended time or mileage/kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.
(3) If the vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions, replace the rear differ
oil every 45,000 km (28,100 miles).
(4) If this component has been submerged in water, the oil should be replaced.
SCHEDULE 2: CANADA, PUERTO RICO AND (UNIQUE DRIVING CONDITIONS) FOR U.S.A.
years
Engine coolant level I I I I I I I I I I I I
FUEL SYSTEM
Air cleaner Puerto Rico R R
element Others R
(2) I I
Fuel lines and hoses
Hoses and tubes for emission I
(2)
IGNITION SYSTEM
U.S.A. Replace every 96,000 km (60,000 miles)
Spark plugs
Others(3) Replace every 120,000 km (75,000 miles)
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Function of all lights I I I I I I I I I I I I
CHASSIS and BODY
Brake lines, hoses and I I
connections
Brake fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I
Disc brakes I I I I
Tire (Rotation) Rotate every 8,000 km (5,000 miles)
Tire inflation pressure and tire I I I I I I I I I I I I
wear
Steering operation and I I
linkages
Power steering fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I
Front and rear suspension and I I
ball joints
Rear differential oil (4)(5)
z After the prescribed period, continue to follow the described maintenance at the recommended
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 GENERAL INFORMATION General Information - CX-7
intervals.
z Refer below for a description of items marked * in the maintenance chart.
(1) Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription "FL22" on the radiator cap itself or the
surrounding area. Use FL22 when replacing the coolant.
(2) According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these it
will not void your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance serv
be performed at the recommended time or mileage/kilometer period to ensure long-term reliabil
(3) If the vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions, replace the spark plug
every 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or shorter.
(4) If the vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions, replace the rear differ
oil every 45,000 km (28,100 miles).
(5) If this component has been submerged in water, the oil should be replaced.
z The vehicle is mainly operated where none of the "unique driving conditions" apply.
COOLING SYSTEM
Cooling system I I I
FL22 type Replace at first 190,000 km or 10 years; after that, every 60,000 km or 3
Engine Coolant years
Others R R R
FUEL SYSTEM
Air cleaner element R R R R R R
Fuel lines and hoses I*2 I*2 I
Hoses and tubes for I*2 I*2 I
emission
Fuel filter R R R
IGNITION SYSTEM
Spark Plugs Replace every 60,000 km
CHASSIS and BODY
Brake lines, hoses, and I I I I I I
connections
Brake fluid level I I I I I I I I I
Brake fluid R R R
Disc Brakes I I I I I I I I I I I I
Tire (Rotation) Rotate every 10,000 km
Tire inflation pressure and I I I I I I I I I I I I
tire wear
Steering operation and I I I I I I I I I I I I
linkages
Power steering fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I
Front and rear suspension, I I I I I I
ball joints and wheel bearing
axial play
Rear differential oil (AWD) *3, *4
Transfer oil (AWD) *4
Drive Shaft dust boots I I I I I I
Bolts and nuts on chassis T T T T T T
body
Exhaust system and heat I I I I I I
shields
All locks and hinges L L L L L L L L L L L L
Washer fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I
AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM
Cabin air filter R R R
Chart Symbols
R: Replace
L: Lubricate
C: Clean
T: Tighten
Remarks
z After the prescribed period, continue to follow the described maintenance at the recommended intervals.
z Refer below for a description of items marked * in the maintenance chart.
*1: Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription "FL22" on the radiator cap itself or the
surrounding area. Use FL22 when replacing the coolant.
*2: According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items
will not void your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be
performed at the recommended time or kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.
*3: If the vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions, replace the rear differential
oil at every 40,000 km.
a. Towing a trailer or using a car-top carrier
b. Driving in dusty, sandy or wet conditions
c. Extended periods of idling or low speed operation
d. Repeated short trips of less than 16 km
*4: If this component has been submerged in water, the oil should be replaced.
Interval Months 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36
x1,000 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
km
ENGINE
Engine valve clearance Audible inspect every 120,000 km, if noisy, adjust
Drive belts I I
Engine oil R R R R R R R R R R R R
Engine oil filter R R R R R R R R R R R R
COOLING SYSTEM
Cooling system I
FL22 type Replace at first 190,000 km or 10 years; after that, every 60,000 km or 3
Engine Coolant years
Others R
FUEL SYSTEM
Air cleaner element C R C R C R
Fuel lines and hoses I*2
Hoses and tubes for emission I*2
Fuel filter R
IGNITION SYSTEM
Spark Plugs Replace every 60,000 km
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Function of all lights I I I I I I I I I I I I
CHASSIS and BODY
Brake lines, hoses, and I I I
connections
Brake fluid level I I I I I
Brake fluid R
Disc Brakes I I I I I I
Tire (Rotation) Rotate every 10,000 km
Tire inflation pressure and I I I I I I
tire wear
Steering operation and I I I I I I
linkages
Power steering fluid level I I I I I I
Front and rear suspension, I I I
ball joints and wheel bearing
axial play
Rear differential oil (AWD) *3, *4
Transfer oil (AWD) *4
Drive Shaft dust boots I I I
Bolts and nuts on chassis T T T
body
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 GENERAL INFORMATION General Information - CX-7
Schedule 2: Continued
Maintenance Number of months or kilometers, whichever comes first
Interval Months 39 42 45 48 51 54 57 60 63 66 69 72
x1,000 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120
km
ENGINE
Engine valve clearance Audible inspect every 120,000 km, if noisy, adjust
Drive belts I I
Engine oil R R R R R R R R R R R R
Engine oil filter R R R R R R R R R R R R
COOLING SYSTEM
Cooling system I I
FL22 Replace at first 190,000 km or 10 years; after that, every 60,000 km or 3
Engine Coolant type*1 years
Others R R
FUEL SYSTEM
Air cleaner element C R C R C R
Fuel lines and hoses I*2 I
Hoses and tubes for I*2 I
emission
Fuel filter R R
IGNITION SYSTEM
Spark Plugs Replace every 60,000 km
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Function of all lights I I I I I I I I I I I I
CHASSIS and BODY
Brake lines, hoses, and I I I
connections
Brake fluid level I I I I
Brake fluid R R
Disc Brakes I I I I I I
Tire (Rotation) Rotate every 10,000 km
Tire inflation pressure and I I I I I I
tire wear
Steering operation and I I I I I I
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 GENERAL INFORMATION General Information - CX-7
linkages
Power steering fluid level I I I I I I
Front and rear suspension, I I I
ball joints and wheel bearing
axial play
Rear differential oil (AWD) *3, *4
Transfer oil (AWD) *4
Drive Shaft dust boots I I I
Bolts and nuts on chassis T T T
body
Exhaust system and heat I I I
shields
All locks and hinges L L L L L L
Washer fluid level I I I I I I
AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM
Cabin air filter R R R
Chart Symbols
R: Replace
L: Lubricate
C: Clean
T: Tighten
Remarks
z After the prescribed period, continue to follow the described maintenance at the recommended intervals.
z Refer below for a description of items marked * in the maintenance chart.
*1: Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription "FL22" on the radiator cap itself or the
surrounding area. Use FL22 when replacing the coolant.
*2: According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items
will not void your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be
performed at the recommended time or kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.
*3: If the vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions, replace the rear differential
oil at every 40,000 km.
a. Towing a trailer or using a car-top carrier
b. Driving in dusty, sandy or wet conditions
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 GENERAL INFORMATION General Information - CX-7
*4: If this component has been submerged in water, the oil should be replaced.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 HVAC Basic System - CX-7
2009 HVAC
1. When installing a new A/C unit or evaporator, add a supplemental amount of ATMOS GU10 compressor
oil into the refrigerant cycle.
2. After assembling the evaporator pipe as shown in the figure, attach the adhesive polyurethane (2) so that
it adheres around the high-pressure side of the evaporator pipe.
1. Attach the adhesive polyurethane (4) so that it adheres around the expansion valve.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 HVAC Basic System - CX-7
1. Attach the adhesive polyurethane (3) so that it adheres around the low-pressure side of the evaporator
pipe.
13. Install the screw on the end of the phillips screwdriver with the packing tape.
CAUTION: z If the packing tape remains in the duct (2), it may become a
source of noise. Wind up the packing tape to prevent pinching
when tightening the screw.
14. Install the duct (2) to the A/C unit by inserting a phillips screwdriver, with the screw, into the hole made
after removing the blower motor.
15. Pull out the phillips screwdriver together with the packing tape.
16. Install in the reverse order of removal.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 HVAC Basic System - CX-7
CAUTION: z Apply only the specified grease to the link. Otherwise abnormal n
improper operation may result.
10. Remove the one bolt and shift the evaporator pipe. Do not allow compressor oil to spill.
11. Remove the two bolts.
12. Remove the expansion valve. Do not allow compressor oil to spill.
13. Remove the screws and plate.
14. Remove the adhesive polyurethane (2). (See A/C UNIT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY.)
15. Remove the adhesive polyurethane (3). (See A/C UNIT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY.)
16. Remove the adhesive polyurethane (4). (See A/C UNIT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY.)
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 HVAC Basic System - CX-7
CAUTION: z If the air conditioner is used or the vehicle is driven with the air filter
removed, snow or foreign material can penetrate the blower motor,
causing motor lock or damage. As a result, low visibility due to
window fogging or air conditioner malfunction could occur. Do not
use the air conditioner or drive the vehicle with the air filter removed.
EVAPORATOR INSPECTION
1. Remove the A/C unit. (See A/C UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. Remove the evaporator from the A/C unit.
3. Inspect for cracks, damage, and oil leakage.
z If any problems are found, replace the evaporator.
5. Verify that the heater core inlet and outlet pipe are not distorted or damaged.
z Repair with pliers if necessary.
5. Remove in the order indicated in the table. Do not allow compressor oil to spill.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 HVAC Basic System - CX-7
1. Rotate new A/C compressor shaft six to eight revolutions while collecting refrigerant oil in a clean
measuring device. Use this refrigerant oil to refill new A/C compressor. Do not allow refrigerant oil to
become contaminated.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 HVAC Basic System - CX-7
2. Rotate old A/C compressor shaft six to eight revolutions while collecting refrigerant oil in a separate,
clean measuring device.
3. Compare those oil amounts. The amount of the oil drained from the new A/C compressor should be
greater than the old one.
4. Pour the same amount oil of drained from the old A/C compressor back into the new A/C compressor.
z FD46XG
CONDENSER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Discharge the refrigerant from the system. (See REFRIGERANT RECOVERY .) (See
REFRIGERANT CHARGING ).
3. Remove the air cleaner. (See INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH
TC] ).
4. Remove the splash shield.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 HVAC Basic System - CX-7
5. Drain the engine coolant. (See ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT[L3 WITH TC] ).
6. Remove the following parts:
1. Charge air cooler duct, air cleaner and fresh air duct component (See INTAKE AIR SYSTEM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC] ).
2. Coolant reserve tank (See COOLANT RESERVE TANK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3
WITH TC] ).
3. Dipstick pipe (See OIL PAN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC] ).
4. Cooling fan component (See FAN MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC] ).
7. Remove the radiator. (See RADIATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC] ).
8. Remove in the order indicated in the table. Do not allow compressor oil to spill.
9. Install in the reverse order of removal.
Fig. 22: Identifying Cooler Hose & Condenser With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
10. Perform the refrigerant system performance test. (See REFRIGERANT SYSTEM PERFORMANCE
TEST ).
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 HVAC Basic System - CX-7
1. After replacing the condenser, add compressor oil to the refrigeration cycle.
CONDENSER INSPECTION
1. Inspect for cracks, damage, and oil leakage.
z If any are found, replace the condenser.
RECEIVER/DRIER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Discharge the refrigerant from the system. (See REFRIGERANT RECOVERY .) (See
REFRIGERANT CHARGING ).
3. Remove the front bumper. (See FRONT BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
4. Remove the oil cooler. (See OIL COOLER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC] ).
5. Remove the receiver/drier. Do not allow compressor oil to spill. (See RECEIVER/DRIER REMOVAL
NOTE.)
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 HVAC Basic System - CX-7
1. Disconnect the block joint type pipes by grasping female side of the block with hand and holding firmly,
then tighten the connection bolt.
2. While looking through the inspection hole of the SST , insert the protruding part of the SST until it makes
contact with the cage section.
3. Use the SST to disconnect the male pipe or hose from the female by pulling the male pipe or hose.
Fig. 28: Inserting Protruding Part Of SST Until Contact With Cage Section
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
NOTE: z The male pipe or hose can be disconnected easily from the female
pipe by pulling from the male pipe or hose while maintaining the
pressure of the protruding part of the SST.
1. When installing a new cooler pipe or cooler hose, add a supplemental amount of ATMOS GU10
compressor oil into the refrigeration cycle.
1. Connect the male pipe or hose by pushing it while slightly twisting it onto female pipe until the garter
spring at the male pipe or hose is over the flared end of female pipe.
NOTE: z When the male pipe or hose is replaced, the indicator ring comes out
after connecting to indicate that it is locked.
Fig. 30: Identifying Right & Wrong Method Of Connecting Male Pipe
Or Hose
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 HVAC Basic System - CX-7
2009 HVAC
CAUTION: z If the packing tape remains in the duct (2), it may become a
source of noise. Wind up the packing tape to prevent pinching
when tightening the screw.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 HVAC Control System (HVAC) - CX-7
13. Install the duct (2) to the A/C unit by inserting a phillips screwdriver, with the screw, into the hole made
after removing the blower motor.
14. Pull out the Phillips screwdriver together with the packing tape.
15. Install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION: z If the lever position exceeds the operation range shown in the figure,
the circuit in the actuator could be damaged. Always perform an
actuator operation with the lever movement within the range shown
in the figure.
1. Connect battery positive voltage to terminal D or F and ground to terminal F or D of the air mix actuator.
2. Verify that the air mix actuator operates as shown below.
z If there is any malfunction, replace the air mix actuator.
3. Verify that the resistance between the terminals of the air mix actuator are as shown in the graph.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 HVAC Control System (HVAC) - CX-7
1. Connect battery positive voltage to terminal D or F and ground to terminal F or D of the airflow mode
actuator.
2. Verify that the airflow mode actuator operates as shown below.
z If there is any malfunction, replace the airflow mode actuator.
3. Verify that the resistance between the terminals of the airflow mode actuator is as shown in the graph.
z If there is any malfunction, replace the airflow mode actuator.
Tester lead
Resistance (kilohm)
+ -
A B infinity
A E 6.9
B A Continuity
B E Continuity
E A 6.9
E B infinity
RESISTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Remove the glove compartment. (See RESISTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove in the order indicated in the figure.
RESISTOR INSPECTION
1. Verify that the resistance between the terminals of the resistor is as shown in the table.
z If not as specified, replace the resistor.
1. When removing or installing the bolt, lock the A/C compressor pulley against rotation using the following
procedure:
CAUTION: When connecting the positive battery cable to the magnetic clutch
connector, use a cable with a female terminal of the correct size.
Otherwise, load will be applied to the terminal resulting in
deformation or damage and poor contact. In addition, the positive
battery cable could disconnect from the connector resulting in a
short circuit.
1. Apply battery positive voltage to the magnetic clutch terminal and connect the A/C compressor
body to the ground.
2. Wrap the drive belt, which is no longer of use, tightly around the A/C compressor pulley.
3. Hold the drive belt in place with pliers.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 HVAC Control System (HVAC) - CX-7
Tightening torque
1. Remove the A/C compressor pulley using the SSTs (49 0839 425C, 49 SE01 160).
CAUTION: Be careful that the SST (49 0839 425C) tabs do not hang over the
stator.
1. Install the inner wheel of the pulley using SST (49 D034 202) to the compressor.
CAUTION: If the SST is not properly positioned when the A/C compressor pulley
is press-fit, the A/C compressor axle will interfere with the SST,
possibly damaging component parts. Verify the SST and axle are
properly positioned and perform the procedure very carefully.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 HVAC Control System (HVAC) - CX-7
1. First, insert the 1mm (0.039 in) thick shim into the shaft.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 HVAC Control System (HVAC) - CX-7
shim (0.2 mm {0.008 in}, 0.5 mm {0.02 in}) or the number of shims.
1. After removing the ambient temperature sensor, leave it to the inspection place for 30 min or more.
2. Measure the temperature around the ambient temperature sensor.
3. Measure the resistance between terminals of the ambient temperature sensor.
z If the resistance is not as shown in the graph, replace the ambient temperature sensor.
Fig. 43: Identifying Refrigerant Pressure Switch & Connector With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Fig. 44: Identifying Continuity Between High & Low Pressure Switch Between B & C
Terminal Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Fig. 45: Inspecting Continuity Between Medium Pressure Switch Between A & D Terminal
With Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 HVAC Control System (HVAC) - CX-7
6. Disconnect the climate control unit connectors and remove the climate control unit.
{ If the parts under "Inspection item (s)" are found to be normal (except for terminal T),
replace the climate control unit.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 HVAC Control System (HVAC) - CX-7
{ For terminal T, first try replacing the power MOS FET. If there is still any malfunction,
replace the climate control unit.
Fig. 55: Identifying Climate Control Unit Connector Terminals (Full-Auto Air Conditioner)
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
z Airflow mode
actuator
D GND Body ground Under any 1.0 or z Wiring harness:
condition less continuity
(Climate control
unit-GND: D-
GND)
fluorescent light 0.1-0.45 z Wiring harness:
shined directly on continuity
the solar radiation (Climate control
sensor unit-solar
radiation sensor:
Solar radiation E-B, J-A)
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 HVAC Control System (HVAC) - CX-7
A)
z Wiring harness:
short circuit
(Climate control
Compared with unit-passenger
temperature compartment
Passenger Refer to temperature
Passenger detected by
compartment graph 2 sensor: H-B)
H compartment passenger
temperature (See Fig.
temperature sensor compartment z Passenger
sensor input 56.)
temperature compartment
sensor temperature
sensor
z Climate control
unit: terminal
voltage (D, M)
Moving towards 10.75 z Wiring harness:
RECIRCULATE continuity, short
circuit (Climate
control unit-air
I Motor operation Air intake actuator
Moving towards 0.72 intake actuator: I-
FRESH F, K-D)
z Air intake
actuator
z Wiring harness:
short circuit
(Climate control
unit-air mix
actuator, airflow
mode actuator,
Solar radiation
sensor: J-A, B,
z Air mix actuator
A)
z Airflow mode IG SW ON 5.11
J +5V z Air mix actuator
actuator
z Airflow mode
z Solar radiation actuator
sensor
z Solar radiation
sensor
z Climate control
unit: terminal
voltage (D, M)
IG SW OFF 0.01 z Climate control
unit replacement
Moving towards 10.89
FRESH z Wiring harness:
continuity, short
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 HVAC Control System (HVAC) - CX-7
unit: terminal
voltage (J)
Moving towards 10.39 z Wiring harness:
VENT continuity, short
circuit (Climate
control unit-
O Motor operation Airflow mode actuator airflow mode
Moving towards 0.74 actuator: O-D, Q-
DEFROSTER F)
z Airflow mode
actuator
VENT 4.41 z Wiring harness:
continuity, short
BILEVEL 3.54 circuit (Climate
control unit-
airflow mode
Potentiometer HEAT 2.60
P Airflow mode actuator actuator: P-C)
input
z Airflow mode
HEAT/DEF 1.69 actuator
z Climate control
DEFROSTER 0.74 unit: terminal
voltage (J)
Moving towards 9.98 z Wiring harness:
DEFROSTER continuity, short
circuit (Climate
control unit-
Q Motor operation Airflow mode actuator airflow mode
Moving towards 0.70 actuator: Q-F, O-
VENT D)
z Airflow mode
actuator
z Wiring harness:
continuity, short
Under any circuit (Climate
R B+ ROOM 15 A fuse B+
condition control unit-fuse:
R-ROOM 15 A)
z ROOM 15 A fuse
Moving towards 10.91 z Wiring harness:
HOT continuity, short
circuit (Climate
S Motor operation Air mix actuator control unit-air
Moving towards 0.70 mix actuator: S-
COLD F, U-D)
z Air mix actuator
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 HVAC Control System (HVAC) - CX-7
z TNS relay
z Headlight switch
z Wiring harness:
continuity, short
W TNS signal TNS relay circuit (Climate
Headlight switch control unit-TNS
B+
ON relay: W-C)
z TNS relay
z Headlight switch
z Wiring harness:
continuity
(Climate control
unit-instrument
Headlight switch cluster: X-2H)
ON and panel
0.31 (Instrument
light control
cluster-body
switch at max
Illumination ground: 2A-
X Instrument cluster GND)
control
z Instrument
cluster
{ If the parts under "Inspection item (s)" are found to be normal, replace the climate control
unit.
Fig. 57: Identifying Climate Control Unit Connector Terminals (Manual Air Conditioner)
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
short circuit
(Climate control
unit-airflow mode
actuator: E-B)
IG SW ON 4.91 z Airflow mode
Airflow mode actuator
E +5V
actuator
z Climate control
unit: terminal
voltage (R, L)
IG SW OFF 1.0 or less z Climate control
unit replacement
z Wiring harness:
(Climate control
unit-airflow
Airflow volume
0.06 volume control
control dial ON
dial: F-C)
z Airflow volume
control dial
Airflow volume z Wiring harness:
F FAN ON/OFF continuity (Climate
control dial
control unit-airflow
volume control
Airflow volume dial: F-C)
12.18
control dial OFF z Climate control
unit: terminal
voltage (R)
z Airflow volume
control dial
VENT 4.20 z Wiring harness:
continuity, short
BILEVEL 3.34 circuit (Climate
control unit-airflow
mode actuator: G-
Potentiometer Airflow mode HEAT 2.44
G C)
input actuator
z Airflow mode
HEAT/DEF 1.56 actuator
z Climate control
DEFROSTER 0.68 unit: terminal
voltage (E)
z Wiring harness:
continuity, short
Rear window
B+ circuit (Climate
defroster switch OFF
control unit-rear
window defroster
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 HVAC Control System (HVAC) - CX-7
relay: H-E)
z Rear window
defroster relay
Rear window Rear window
H defroster z Climate control
defroster relay unit: terminal
switch Rear window
0.06 voltage (L, R)
defroster switch ON
z Climate control
unit:
z Wiring harness:
continuity (Climate
control unit-
evaporator
temperature sensor:
I-B, K-A)
z Wiring harness:
Compared with Refer to
Evaporator Evaporator short circuit
temperature detected graph 2.
I temperature temperature (Climate control
by evaporator (See Fig.
sensor input sensor unit-evaporator
temperature sensor 58.)
temperature sensor:
I-B)
z Evaporator
temperature sensor
z Climate control
unit: terminal
voltage (L, R)
z Wiring harness:
A/C switch ON, continuity (Climate
airflow volume 0.03 control unit-BCM:
control dial at 1st J-3V)
z BCM
J A/C BCM
A/C switch OFF 5.02 z Wiring harness:
continuity, short
circuit (Climate
control unit-BCM:
J-3V)
z Evaporator z Climate control
temperature unit: terminal
sensor voltage (L)
z Ambient
K Sensor GND temperature Under any condition 1.0 or less
sensor
z Airflow
mode
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 HVAC Control System (HVAC) - CX-7
actuator
L GND Body ground Under any condition 1.0 or less z Wiring harness:
continuity (Climate
control unit-GND:
L-GND)
M - - - - -
N - - - - -
O - - - - -
z Wiring harness:
continuity, short
circuit (Climate
P B+ ROOM 15 A fuse Under any condition B+
control unit-fuse:
P-ROOM 15 A)
z ROOM 15 A fuse
Moving towards 10.60 z Wiring harness:
DEFROSTER continuity, short
circuit (Climate
Motor Airflow mode control unit-airflow
Q
operation actuator Moving towards 0.69 mode actuator: Q-
VENT F, S-D)
z Airflow mode
actuator
z Wiring harness:
continuity, short
circuit (Climate
IG SW ON B+
control unit-fuse:
R-A/C 10 A)
R IG2 A/C 10A fuse z A/C 10 A fuse
z Wiring harness:
continuity, short
IG SW OFF 1.0 or less circuit (Climate
control unit-fuse:
R-A/C 10 A)
Moving towards 10.64 z Wiring harness:
VENT continuity, short
circuit (Climate
Motor Airflow mode control unit-airflow
S operation actuator mode actuator: S-
Moving towards D, Q-F)
0.68
DEFROSTER z Airflow mode
actuator
T - - - - -
U - - - - -
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 HVAC Control System (HVAC) - CX-7
2. Inspect for continuity between the airflow volume control dial terminals using an ohmmeter.
2009 HVAC
DTC DISPLAY
1. Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2 connector.
NOTE: z If natural sunlight is not shone on the solar radiation sensor, the
climate control unit determines a malfunction and indicates DTC
"B1260, B1261".
3. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS.
z When using the IDS (laptop PC)
{ Select "EATC".
DTC TABLE
Malfunction Memory
DTC location Detected condition function Page
B1251 Passenger compartment X (See DTC B1251, B1253.)
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 HVAC On-Board Diagnostic - CX-7
B2832 Airflow mode Airflow mode actuator motor X (See DTC B2832.)
actuator (motor lock
lock)
B2834 Air mix actuator Air mix actuator motor lock X (See DTC B2834.)
(motor lock)
U0155 CAN Reception error in signal X -
communication from ICM (HEC)
U0516 system BUS OFF error X -
CLEARING DTC
1. Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2 connector.
NOTE: z If natural sunlight is not shone on the solar radiation sensor, the
climate control unit determines a malfunction and indicates DTC
"B1260, B1261".
3. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS.
z When using the IDS (laptop PC)
5. Press the clear button on the DTC screen to clear the DTC
6. Verify that no DTCs are displayed.
2. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS.
z When using the IDS (laptop PC)
NOTE: z The PID data screen function is used for monitoring the calculated
value of input/output signals in the module. Therefore, if the
monitored value of the output parts is not within the specification, it
is necessary to inspect the monitored value of input parts
corresponding to applicable output part control. In addition, because
the system does not display output part malfunction as abnormality
in the monitored value, it is necessary to inspect the output parts
individually.
2. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS.
z When using the IDS (laptop PC)
2. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS.
z When using the IDS (laptop PC)
Air Intake Actuator / Air conditioning Air intake door FRESH <==> REC
compressor A/C compressor ON <==> OFF
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 HVAC On-Board Diagnostic - CX-7
* : Shown on the information display (at the set temperature display) according to each M-MDS display.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
{ C-A
3 z Is there a short circuit to ground in the wiring Yes Repair the wiring harness.
harness between climate control unit terminal No Connect the climate control un
H and passenger compartment temperature to the next step.
sensor terminal B?
4 z Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Yes The system is normal at presen
malfunction from the memory.
z Inspect the voltage at the following climate
control unit terminal (wiring harness-side). No Inspect the connection of the c
{ Terminal H (passenger compartment
connector. (See CLIMATE C
temperature sensor input signal) INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO
CONDITIONER] ).
z Is the voltage normal? (Approx. 5 V)
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 HVAC On-Board Diagnostic - CX-7
DTC B1251, B1253, B1255, B1257, B1274, B1275, B1282, B1283, B1947,
B2014 (MULTIPLE DTCS INDICATED)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC B1251, B1253,
B1255, B1257,
B1947, B2014, Climate control unit (+5 V power supply or sensor ground) system
B1282, B1283,
B1274, B1275
POSSIBLE CAUSE z Open circuit in wiring harnesses between climate control unit and each
temperature sensor, air mix actuator, or airflow mode actuator
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
{ C-A
3 z Is there a short circuit to ground in the wiring Yes Repair the wiring harness.
harness between climate control unit terminal No Connect the climate control un
L and ambient temperature sensor terminal B? to the next step.
4 z Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Yes The system is normal at presen
malfunction from the memory.
z Inspect the voltage at the following climate
control unit terminal (wiring harness-side). No Inspect the connection of the cl
{ Terminal L (ambient temperature sensor
connector. (See CLIMATE C
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 HVAC On-Board Diagnostic - CX-7
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
{ J-A
3 z Is there a short circuit to ground in the wiring Yes Repair the wiring harness.
harness between climate control unit terminal No Inspect the connection of the cl
E and solar radiation sensor terminal B? connector. (See CLIMATE C
INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 HVAC On-Board Diagnostic - CX-7
CONDITIONER] ).
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
{ P-C
{ C-A
3 z Is there a short circuit to ground in the wiring Yes Repair the wiring harness.
harness between climate control unit terminal No The system is normal at presen
P and airflow mode actuator terminal C? malfunction from the memory.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 HVAC On-Board Diagnostic - CX-7
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
{ N-C
{ C-B
3 z Is there a short circuit to ground in the wiring Yes Repair the wiring harness.
harness between climate control unit terminal No The system is normal at presen
N and air mix actuator terminal C? malfunction from the memory.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 HVAC On-Board Diagnostic - CX-7
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
{ C-A
3 z Is there a short circuit to ground in the wiring Yes Repair the wiring harness.
harness between climate control unit terminal No Connect the climate control un
F and evaporator temperature sensor terminal to the next step.
B?
4 z Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Yes The system is normal at presen
malfunction from the memory.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 HVAC On-Board Diagnostic - CX-7
z Inspect the voltage at the following climate No Inspect the connection of the cl
control unit terminal (wiring harness-side). connector. (See CLIMATE C
INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO
{ Terminal F (evaporator temperature
CONDITIONER] ).
sensor input signal)
z Is the voltage normal? (Approx. 5 V)
DTC B2832
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Airflow mode actuator (motor lock) system
NOTE:
DTC B2832
z DTC B2832 will be detected when the ignition switch is turned to the ON
position and approx. 30 s have passed since the mode actuator is
operated.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
DTC B2834
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Air mix actuator (motor lock) system
NOTE:
DTC B2834
z DTC B2834 will be detected when the Ignition switch is turned to the ON
position and approx. 30 s have passed since the mode actuator is
operated.
z Air mix actuator malfunction
POSSIBLE CAUSE z A/C unit (air mix link and air mix crank) malfunction
z Open or short circuit in wiring harness between climate control unit and air
mix actuator
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 HVAC On-Board Diagnostic - CX-7
2009 HVAC
z Using a flammable refrigerant, such as OZ-12, in this vehicle is dangerous. In an accident, the
refrigerant may catch fire, resulting in serious injury or death. When servicing this vehicle, use
only R-134a.
z Checking for system leakage on a vehicle that has been serviced with flammable refrigerant, such
as OZ-12, is dangerous. Conventional leak detectors use an electronically generated arc which can
ignite the refrigerant, causing serious injury or death. If a flammable refrigerant may have been
used to service the system, or if you suspect a flammable refrigerant has been used, contact the
local fire marshal or EPA office for information on handling the refrigerant.
HANDLING REFRIGERANT
z Avoid breathing air conditioning refrigerant or lubricant vapor. Exposure may irritate eyes, nose
and throat. Also, due to environmental concerns, use service equipment certified to meet the
requirements of SAE J2210 (R-134a recycling equipment) when draining R-134a from the air
conditioning system. If accidental system discharge occurs, ventilate work area before resuming
service.
z Do not pressure test or leak test R-134a service equipment and/or vehicle air conditioning system
with compressed air. Some mixtures of air and R-134a have been shown to be combustible at
elevated pressures. These mixtures, if ignited, may cause injury or property damage. Additional
health and safety information may be obtained from refrigerant manufacturers.
z Do not allow the refrigerant to leak near fire or any kind of heat. A poisonous gas may be generated
if the refrigerant gas contacts fire or heat such as from cigarettes and heaters. When carrying out
any operation that can cause refrigerant leakage, extinguish or remove the above-mentioned heat
sources and maintain adequate ventilation.
z Handling liquid refrigerant is dangerous. A drop of it on the skin can result in localized frostbite.
When handling the refrigerant, wear gloves and safety goggles. If refrigerant splashes into the eyes,
immediately wash them with clean water and consult a doctor.
STORING REFRIGERANT
z The refrigerant container is highly pressurized. If it is subjected to high heat, it could explode,
scattering metal fragments and liquid refrigerant that can seriously injure you. Store the
refrigerant at temperatures below 40°C {104°F}.
z Use only FD46XG compressor oil for this vehicle. Using a PAG oil other than FD46XG compressor
oil can damage the A/C compressor.
z Do not spill FD46XG compressor oil on the vehicle. A drop of compressor oil on the vehicle surface
can eat away at the paint. If oil gets on the vehicle, wipe it off immediately.
z FD46XG compressor oil (PAG oil) has a higher moisture absorption efficiency than the previously
used mineral oil. If moisture mixes with the compressor oil, the refrigerant system could be
damaged. Therefore, install caps immediately after using the compressor oil or removing
refrigerant system parts to prevent moisture absorption.
z If the refrigerant gas is completely discharged from the system for reasons such as a malfunction
during A/C operation, repair or replace the malfunctioning part, charge the refrigerant to the
specified amount and always add 60 ml {60 cc, 2.03 f I oz} of A/C compressor. If the compressor oil
is not adequately replenished, the A/C compressor may quickly deteriorate, abnormal noise may
develop, cooling performance may be affected or, in the worst case, the A/C compressor may seize.
REFRIGERANT CHARGING
CAUTION: z Do not exceed the specification when charging the system with
refrigerant. Doing so will decrease the efficiency of the air
conditioner or damage the refrigeration cycle parts.
1. Connect an R-134a recovery/recycling/recharging device to the vehicle and follow the device
manufacturer's instructions.
CHARGING PREPARATION
EVACUATION
CAUTION: z Close the manifold gauge valve immediately after stopping the
vacuum pump. If the valve is left open, the vacuum pump oil will
flow back into the refrigeration cycle and cause a decrease in
the efficiency of the air conditioner.
3. Verify that high-and low-pressure side readings of the manifold gauge are at -101 kPa {-760 mmHg, -
29.9 inHg}. Close each valve of the manifold gauge.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 HVAC Refrigerant System - CX-7
AIRTIGHTNESS CHECK
4. When the low-pressure side reading increases to 0.098 MPa {1.0 kgf/cm2 ,14 psi}, close the high-
pressure side valve of the manifold gauge.
5. Inspect for leakage from the cooler pipe/hose connections using a gas leak tester.
z If there is no leakage, go to Step 7.
z If leakage is found at a loose joint, tighten the joint, then go to the next step.
z If there is still a leakage at the same joint, discharge the refrigerant and then repair the joint. Repeat
the charging procedure from evacuation.
7. Open the high-pressure side valve of the manifold gauge and charge with refrigerant until the weight of
refrigerant tank has decreased 250 g {8.83 oz} from the amount in Step 2.
LEAK TEST
z If leakage is found at a loose joint, tighten the joint, then go to the next step.
z If there is still leakage at the same joint, discharge the refrigerant and then repair the joint. Repeat
the charging procedure from evacuation.
3. Disconnect the manifold gauge from the charging valves.
4. Install the caps to the charging valves.
REFRIGERANT RECOVERY
1. Connect an R-134a recovery/recycling/recharging device to the vehicle and follow the device
manufacturer's instructions.
Stabilized condition
2009 HVAC
HVAC SST
HVAC SST REFERENCE
49 0839 49 SE01 160
425C Valve seal
Bearing pusher
puller set 49 D034
202
Support
block
2009 HVAC
FOREWORD
z The areas for inspection (steps) are given according to various circuit malfunctions. Use the following
chart to verify the symptoms of the trouble in order to diagnose the appropriate area.
TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
z When performing an asterisked (*) troubleshooting inspection, shake the wiring harness and connectors
while performing the inspection to discover whether poor contact points are the cause of any intermittent
malfunctions. If there is a problem, inspect make sure connectors, terminals and wiring harnesses are
connected correctly and undamaged.
Diagnostic procedure
7* INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER Yes Repair the wiring harness between the
MALFUNCTION IS IN WIRING blower relay and blower motor, then go
HARNESS (LACK OF CONTINUITY to Step 15.
BETWEEN BLOWER RELAY AND
BLOWER MOTOR) OR BLOWER
RELAY
12* INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER Yes Replace the power MOS FET, then go to
MALFUNCTION IS IN POWER MOS Step 15.
FET OR ELSEWHERE
terminal.
{ Terminal B (blower motor
control signal)
z Is voltage approx. 10 V?
14* INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER Yes Repair the wiring harness between the
MALFUNCTION IS IN CLIMATE power MOS FET and ground, then go to
CONTROL UNIT OR WIRING the next step.
HARNESS (SHORT TO GROUND IN
WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN
POWER MOS FET AND CLIMATE
CONTROL UNIT)
Diagnostic procedure
{ Resistor
4 INSPECT A/C UNIT INTAKE VENT Yes Remove obstruction, then go to the next
step.
z Is the A/C unit intake vent clogged? No Inspect if there are any obstructions in
the A/C unit passage, then go to the next
step.
5 VERIFY THAT MALFUNCTION Yes Troubleshooting completed.
SYMPTOM OCCURS AFTER Explain repairs to customer.
REPAIR No Recheck malfunction symptoms, then
repeat from Step 1 if the malfunction
z Does air blow out? recurs.
z When performing an asterisked (*) troubleshooting inspection, shake the wiring harness and connectors
while performing the inspection to discover whether poor contact points are the cause of any intermittent
malfunctions. If there is a problem, inspect to make sure connectors, terminals and wiring harnesses are
connected correctly and undamaged.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
(Manual A/C)
(Auto A/C)
(Manual A/C)
z Measure the voltages at the following No Repair the wiring harness between the
air intake actuator terminals. climate control unit and air intake
actuator, then go to Step 9.
(Auto A/C / Manual A/C)
{ Terminal F (RECIRCULATE
motor drive signal)
z Are voltages as shown below?
(Auto A/C)
(Manual A/C)
(Auto A/C)
(Manual A/C)
6 INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER Yes Repair the wiring harness between the
MALFUNCTION IS IN WIRING climate control unit and air intake
HARNESS (SHORT TO GROUND actuator, then go to Step 9.
BETWEEN CLIMATE CONTROL
UNIT AND AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR)
OR ELSEWHERE
(Auto A/C)
{ Terminal V (RECIRCULATE
motor drive signal)
z Is there continuity?
8 INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER Yes Replace the climate control unit, then
MALFUNCTION IS IN CLIMATE go to the next step.
CONTROL UNIT OR AIR INTAKE
DOOR
No Remove obstruction, or install the doors
zInspect the A/C unit air intake door. in the proper position. If any doors are
{ Is the door free of obstructions, cracked or damaged, replace them, then
cracks, and damage? go to the next step.
{ Are the doors securely and
properly installed?
z Are the above items normal?
z A/C unit air intake link, air intake crank, air intake rod, air intake wire, wire
clamp malfunction
POSSIBLE CAUSE z Climate control unit rack-and-pinion, air intake wire malfunction
z A/C unit air intake door malfunction
z Heater piping malfunction
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 HVAC Symptom Troubleshooting - CX-7
zInspect the A/C unit air intake links, No Apply grease or install the links, cranks,
air intake cranks, air intake rods, air and rods securely in their proper
intake actuator, and wire clamp. positions, repair or replace the air intake
actuator or wire clamp, then go to Step
{ Is there grease on links and
8.
cranks?
{ Are links, cranks, and rods
securely installed in their
proper positions?
{ Is wire clamp free of
deformation?
z Are the above items normal?
z When performing an asterisked (*) troubleshooting inspection, shake the wiring harness and connectors
while doing the inspection to discover whether poor contact points are the cause of any intermittent
malfunctions. If there is a problem, inspect to make sure connectors, terminals and wiring harness are
connected correctly and undamaged.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
z Is it normal?
8 INSPECT AIR INTAKE SELECTOR Yes Go to the next step.
SWITCH AND DEFROSTER SWITCH
IN CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT (Auto
A/C)
z Measure the voltage at climate No Replace the climate control unit, then
control unit connector (24-pin) go to Step 14.
terminals K and I.
(Manual A/C)
z Turn the ignition switch to the No Repair the wiring harness between the
LOCK position. climate control unit and air intake
actuator, then go to Step 14.
z Is there continuity between the
following climate control unit
terminals and air intake actuator
terminals?
(Auto A/C)
{ Terminal D - Terminal K
(FRESH signal)
{ Terminal F - Terminal I
(RECIRCULATE signal)
(Manual A/C)
Terminal D - Terminal X
{
(FRESH signal)
{ Terminal F - Terminal V
(RECIRCULATE signal)
*10 INSPECT WIRING HARNESS Yes Repair the wiring harness between the
BETWEEN CLIMATE CONTROL climate control unit and air intake
UNIT AND AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR actuator, then go to Step 14.
FOR SHORT TO GROUND
(Auto A/C)
{ Terminal V (RECIRCULATE
signal)
*11 INSPECT WIRING HARNESS Yes Repair the wiring harness between the
BETWEEN CLIMATE CONTROL climate control unit and air intake
UNIT AND AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR actuator, then go to Step 14.
FOR SHORT TO B+
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 HVAC Symptom Troubleshooting - CX-7
z Turn the ignition switch to the ON No Replace the climate control unit, then
position go to Step 14.
z Measure the voltage at the following
climate control unit terminals.
(Auto A/C)
(Manual A/C)
12 INSPECT A/C UNIT AIR INTAKE Yes Remove obstruction, then go to Step 14.
DOOR
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
zIs it normal?
6 INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER Yes Go to the next step.
MALFUNCTION IS IN EXPANSION
VALVE, RECEIVER/DRIER AND
REFRIGERANT LINES OR
ELSEWHERE No Go to Step 14.
zIs the expansion valve heat- No Install the heat-sensing tube securely in the
sensing tube in the A/C unit proper position, then go to Step 20.
securely installed in the proper
position?
10 INSPECT REFRIGERANT LINE Yes Go to the next step.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 HVAC Symptom Troubleshooting - CX-7
z Inspect the refrigerant lines. No If the piping or A/C component (s) are
damaged or cracked, replace them. Then go
{ Is the piping free of damage
to Step 20. If there is no damage, go to Step
and cracks? 13.
{ Are the piping connections
free of oil grime? (Visual
inspection)
{ Are the piping connections
free of gas leakage?
{ Are the piping installation
points on the condenser free
of gas leakage?
{ Are the piping installation
points on the receiver/drier
free of gas leakage?
{ Are the piping installation
points on the A/C
compressor free of gas
leakage?
{ Are the piping installation
points on the A/C unit free
of gas leakage?
{ Perform gas leakage
inspection using a gas leak
tester.
z Are the above items normal?
11 INSPECT EVAPORATOR PIPING Yes If the vane makes a noise, add 10 ml {10 cc,
CONNECTION IN A/C UNIT FOR 0.34 fl oz} of compressor oil to the A/C
GAS LEAKAGE compressor. Verify that the noise is no
longer heard.
z Are piping the connections for the Adjust refrigerant to the specified amount,
evaporator in the A/C unit free of then go to Step 20.
gas leakage? No If the piping is damaged or cracked, replace
it.
Then go to Step 20.
If there is no damage, go to the next step.
12 INSPECT EVAPORATOR PIPING Yes Tighten the connections to the specified
CONNECTION IN A/C UNIT FOR torque, adjust both compressor oil and
LOOSE refrigerant to the specified amount, then go
to Step 20.
z Are the piping connections for the No If the vane makes a noise, add 10 ml {10 cc,
evaporator in the A/C unit loose? 0.34 fl oz} of compressor oil to the A/C
compressor. Verify that the noise is no
longer heard.
Replace the O-ring on piping, adjust
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 HVAC Symptom Troubleshooting - CX-7
z Are the A/C unit air mix links, air Set temperature control to MAX COLD.
mix cranks, and air mix rods Set VENT mode.
securely and properly installed?
1. Start and run the engine at 1,500 rpm
for 10 min.
2. Run the engine at idle for 1 min.
3. Within 12 s , idle --> 4,000 rpm -->
idle. Perform cycle 5 times.
4. Run the engine at idle for 30 s .
5. Drain the compressor oil completely
from the A/C compressor and verify
the amount.
z If there is approx. 90 ml {90
cc, 3.0 fl oz} of compressor oil,
go to Step 20.
z If there is more than 90 ml
{90 cc, 3.0 fl oz} of compressor
oil, remove surplus oil and fill
the A/C compressor with 90 ml
{90 cc, 3.0 fl oz} of compressor
oil. Repeat Steps (1) to (5).
zIs the expansion valve heat- No Install the heat-sensing tube securely in the
sensing tube in the A/C unit proper position, then go to the next step.
securely installed in the proper
position?
20 VERIFY THAT MALFUNCTION Yes Troubleshooting completed.
SYMPTOM OCCURS AFTER Explain repairs to customer.
REPAIR
No Recheck malfunction symptoms, then
z Does cool air blow out? (Are repeat from Step 1 if the malfunction
results of refrigerant system recurs.
performance test normal?)
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 HVAC Symptom Troubleshooting - CX-7
z When performing an asterisked (*) troubleshooting inspection, shake the wiring harness and connectors
while performing the inspection to discover whether poor contact points are the cause of any intermittent
malfunctions. If there is a problem, check to make sure connectors, terminals and wiring harnesses are
connected correctly and undamaged.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
zStart engine.
z Turn A/C switch and airflow
volume control dial on. No Go to the next step.
z Does A/C compressor operate?
5 INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER Yes Inspect and/or replace the PCM, then go
MALFUNCTION IS IN PCM OR to Step 18.
ELSEWHERE
z Is voltage approx. 12 V ?
7* INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER Yes Repair wiring harness between PCM and
MALFUNCTION (LACK OF refrigerant pressure switch, then go to
CONTINUITY) IS IN WIRING Step 18.
HARNESS (BETWEEN
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE
SWITCH AND PCM) OR PCM
z Is voltage approx. 12 V?
13* INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER Yes Inspect magnetic clutch, then go to Step
MALFUNCTION IS IN MAGNETIC 18.
CLUTCH OR ELSEWHERE
z Are A/C relay power supply fuses No Replace fuse, then go to Step 18. If fuse
okay? burns out immediately, go to the next
step.
15 INSPECT WIRING HARNESS Yes Go to the next step.
BETWEEN FUSE BLOCK AND A/C
RELAY FOR LACK OF
CONTINUITY
No Repair wiring harness between fuse
z Test voltages at following terminals
block and A/C relay, then go to Step 18.
of A/C relay.
{ Terminal A (A/C relay
control signal)
{ Terminal C (A/C control
signal)
z Are voltages approx. 12 V?
z Does cool air blow out? (Are the No Recheck malfunction symptoms, then
repeat from Step 1 if malfunction recurs.
results of refrigerant system
performance test okay?)
DESCRIPTION z Noise from magnetic clutch, A/C compressor, hose or refrigerant line.
z Magnetic clutch operation noise
z A/C compressor vane noise
POSSIBLE CAUSE
z A/C compressor slippage noise
z Hose or refrigerant line interference noise
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
WITH TC] ).
zIs it okay?
7 INSPECT REFRIGERANT AMOUNT Yes Go to Step 10.
zIs it okay?
16 INSPECT DRIVE BELT CONDITION Yes Remove obstruction, remove oil, or
replace drive belt, then go to Step 19.
z Is drive belt worn?
z Does it have foreign material No Go to the next step.
imbedded in it, or have oil on it?
17 INSPECT MAGNETIC CLUTCH Yes Replace A/C compressor (excluding
pressure plate, A/C compressor pulley,
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 HVAC Symptom Troubleshooting - CX-7
z Is it okay?
2009 HVAC
z To prevent electrical shock when replacing the discharge headlight bulb, dry hands thoroughly,
and perform the work in an area out of rain.
z When the light switch is on, approx. 25,000 V of high voltage passes through the discharge
headlight bulb socket. Because of the danger of electrical shock, do not insert fingers or a tester.
z When the headlights are on, high voltage flows around the socket and bulb. When turning on the
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Lighting Systems - CX-7
discharge headlights while working, always leave the headlights in the vehicle-installed condition to
prevent electrical shock.
z Because of the danger of electrical shock, when inspecting with a tester, do not inspect the
discharge headlight control module as a single unit or disassemble it.
z If the discharge headlight control module is dented or damaged in any way, replace the module
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Lighting Systems - CX-7
HEADLIGHT AIMING
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Lighting Systems - CX-7
1. Point the headlight beams to a wall and verify that the headlight beams are as shown in the figure.
2. Make a headlight adjustment screen as shown in the figure using double-weight, white paper.
8. Place an object in front of the headlight not being adjusted to block its light beam.
9. Start the engine so that the battery remains charged.
10. Turn on the low-beam headlight.
11. Set the headlight leveling switch to the 0 position. (Vehicles with headlight leveling switch)
12. Adjust by turning the aiming adjustment screw so that elbow point is in the position shown in the figure.
LOW-BEAM
Halogen type
Discharge type
and the life of the bulb will be shortened. When replacing the
bulb, hold the metal flange, not the glass.
HIGH-BEAM
Terminal layout
Fig. 14: Identifying Discharge headlight Control Module & Headlight Relay Connector Terminals
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Inspection procedure
{ Open circuit
Fig. 15: Identifying Front Side Marker Light Bulb & Socket
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
NOTE: Front side turn lights are integrated with the power outer mirror.
2. Make a front fog light adjustment screen as shown in the figure using double-weight, white paper.
3. Remove the bolt and cut the plastic piece off at the position shaded shown in the figure.
8. Place an object in front of the fog light not being adjusted to block its light beam.
9. Start the engine so that the battery remains charged.
10. Turn the front fog lights on.
11. Loosen the screw, move the front fog light in the direction of the arrows, and adjust the center of the front
fog light to the position shown in the figure.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Lighting Systems - CX-7
Fig. 25: Identifying Rear Combination Light Components With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Fig. 27: Identifying Rear Side Marker Light Bulb, Connector & Socket
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
WARNING: z If the negative battery cable or the steering angle sensor connector
is disconnected, the stored initial position of the steering angle
sensor will be cleared and the DSC will not operate properly, making
the vehicle unsafe to drive. Perform the steering angle sensor
initialization procedure after connecting the negative battery cable.
TURN SWITCH
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Lighting Systems - CX-7
REMOVAL
NOTE: Turning off the hazard warning switch provides better visibility of the
connection area between the hazard warning switch and the hazard
warning switch panel.
6. Insert a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver in the position shown in the figure, lift it up in the direction of
the arrow and shift the tab.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Lighting Systems - CX-7
7. Pull out the hazard warning switch in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure.
Fig. 43: Removing Hazard Warning Switch From Hazard Warning Switch Panel
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
8. Remove the hazard warning witch panel in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure.
INSTALLATION
3 Screw B
4 Connector
5 Hazard Warning Switch Panel
1. Access the switch bezel component from behind the dashboard and squeeze the tabs of the switch bezel
component.
2. Remove the switch bezel component from the dashboard.
WITH DRL
WITHOUT DRL
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Lighting Systems - CX-7
NOTE: z Inspect the auto light sensor from the back side of the connector with the
connector still connected.
1. Measure the voltage at auto light sensor terminal A and verify that the voltage is 5 V .
2. Shine a fluorescent light or expose the auto light sensor to natural sunlight.
3. Connect the positive (+) lead to terminal B and the negative (-) lead to terminal C of the auto light sensor,
and verify that the voltages are as shown in the table.
Fig. 57: Identifying Auto Light Control Module Harness Side Connector
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
CAUTION: z If any of the following occurs, the sensitivity cannot be set properly.
Therefore, resume from Step 1.
z Each procedure and operation interval exceeds 5 s.
z Procedures are performed incorrectly.
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position with the light switch in the OFF position and pulled back
(Flash-to-pass ON).
2. Switch the light switch from the OFF to TNS position five times and return it to the OFF position.
3. Pull the light switch back once. (Flash-to-pass ON)
4. Turn the light switch to the TNS position.
5. Switch the light switch from the TNS to ON position five times and return it to the TNS position.
6. Turn the light switch to the ON position.
7. Switch the light switch from the ON to AUTO position five times and return it to the ON position.
8. Turn the light switch to the TNS position.
NOTE: z Switches to the sensitivity setting mode when the above operations
are performed.
z The headlights turn on for the number of times according to the
current setting conditions.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Lighting Systems - CX-7
9. Switch the sensitivity by pulling the light switch back (Flash-to pass ON).
10. Verify the number of times the headlights turn on and that the sensitivity is set properly.
z Illumination (Two times): Standard sensitivity
Fig. 61: Identifying Map Light Switch & Interior Light Switch Test Terminals
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Fig. 68: Identifying Cargo Compartment Light Bulb & Cargo Compartment Light
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
1 Lens
(See Lens Removal Note.)
2 Vanity mirror illumination bulb
Insert a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver into the service hole and pry it in the direction indicated by the
arrow to remove the lens.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Mazda - 1984-11
NOTE: To determine the appropriate reset procedure, refer to CHECK ENGINE LIGHT
RESET INDEX. Only vehicles listed in this index have a CHECK ENGINE LIGHT
reset.
NOTE: CHECK engine warning light will come on at 60,000 miles (for EGR) and 80,000
miles (for O2S sensor).
To reset warning light after servicing, locate Brown/White, Black, and Green wire connectors under left side of
dash (above relay box). See Fig. 1. At 60,000 mile intervals, unplug Black wire connector from Brown/White
wire connector and plug it into Green wire connector. At 80,000 mile intervals, return Black wire connector to
Brown/White wire connector. See Fig. 1.
2009 Mazda CX-7
GENERAL INFORMATION Mazda - 1984-11
Fig. 1: Resetting Oxygen Sensor Warning Light (1988-93 B2600 EGI - Federal Emissions)
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
NOTE: CHECK engine warning light will come on every 80,000 miles to indicate oxygen
sensor service is needed.
To reset warning light after servicing, remove instrument cluster. Locate lettered reset holes (NC and NO) on
rear of instrument cluster. See Fig. 2. Remove screw from lettered reset hole and install it in other hole. After
each 80,000 miles, reverse screw position.
2009 Mazda CX-7
GENERAL INFORMATION Mazda - 1984-11
NOTE: To determine the appropriate reset procedure, refer to EGR WARNING LIGHT
RESET INDEX. Only vehicles listed in this index have a EGR Warning Light
reset.
Warning light will come on at 60,000 miles, indicating EGR system should be serviced. To disable warning
light (after service), locate Black wire and Green wire connectors under dash (above and left of fuse box).
Unplug connector, and leave it disconnected. Light will not come on again.
2009 Mazda CX-7
GENERAL INFORMATION Mazda - 1984-11
NOTE: The Multi Information Display Maintenance Monitor displays a notification when
a tire rotation or periodic inspection period approaches. Remaining distance
and number of days information is not erased even if the battery is
disconnected. If the multi information display is repaired or replaced, it is
possible that the remaining distance and number of days information will be
erased.
The Maintenance Monitor notification timing can be reset according to either the remaining travel distance or
remaining days by performing the following procedure:
NOTE: z Because the time information is reset after the negative battery cable is
disconnected, the regular inspection period cannot be set using days. If
the time information is reset, move the vehicle outdoors where reception
of time information via GPS is possible.
z After verifying that the time is displayed on the multi information display,
perform the day-setting procedure for the regular inspection period.
z Do not place objects around the GPS antenna, otherwise the GPS signal
cannot be received.
NOTE: To determine the appropriate reset procedure, refer to TIMING BELT WARNING
LIGHT RESET INDEX. Only vehicles listed in this index have a Timing Belt
Warning Light reset.
Replace both timing belts when warning light is illuminated or at 100,000 miles. To reset warning light, locate
Black wire, Black/Yellow and Black/White wire connectors near intermittent wiper control unit. Remove Black
wire connector from either Black/White or Black/Yellow wire connector. Reconnect Black wire to opposite
connector from which it was originally disconnected.
NOTE: To determine the appropriate reset procedure, refer to TPMS RESET INDEX.
Only vehicles listed in this index have a TPMS reset.
NOTE: Whenever tires or wheels are changed (such as changing to and from winter
tires), the tire pressure sensor's unique ID signal code must be registered with
TPM system.
NOTE: When using the M-MDS scan tool to perform the ID registration, record the
initial data and verify the data has changed after driving for 10 minutes or more.
NOTE: If vehicle is driven within 15 minutes of changing tires, the warning light
will flash because the sensor ID signal code would not have been
registered. If this happens, park the vehicle for about 15 minutes, after
which sensor ID signal code will register upon driving vehicle for 10
minutes or more.
NOTE: Whenever tires or wheels are changed (such as changing to and from winter
tires), the tire pressure sensor's unique ID signal code must be registered with
TPM system.
NOTE: If vehicle is driven within 15 minutes of changing tires, the warning light
will flash because the sensor ID signal code would not have been
registered. If this happens, park the vehicle for about 15 minutes, after
which sensor ID signal code will register upon driving vehicle for 10
minutes or more.
NOTE: The tire pressure sensors will go into a "sleep mode" after 30 minutes of
inactivity to conserve battery power. The sensors do not transmit information
while in sleep mode. It will be necessary to wake them up so they will transmit
the latest tire pressure information.
NOTE: The activation tool will provide feedback in the form of a flashing green
light and a beep sound for each successful response from a tire pressure
2009 Mazda CX-7
GENERAL INFORMATION Mazda - 1984-11
sensor.
NOTE: If the vehicle has been stationary for more than 30 minutes, the sensors will go
into a "sleep mode" to conserve battery power. It will be necessary to wake
them up so they will transmit the latest tire pressure information to the smart
junction box (SJB). See Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Sensor
Activation.
NOTE: The tire pressure sensor training procedure must be done on a single vehicle,
in an area without radio frequency noise and at least 1 meter (3 feet) away from
other vehicles equipped with a TPMS. Radio frequency noise is generated by
electrical motor and appliance operation, cellular telephones and remote
transmitters, power inverters and portable entertainment equipment.
NOTE: If a sensor does not respond to the special tool, attempt to activate the same
sensor with the special tool. If the sensor still does not respond, move the
vehicle to rotate the wheels at least 1/4 of a turn and attempt to activate the
same sensor again.
NOTE: The smart junction box (SJB) has a 2-minute time limit between sensor
responses. If the SJB does not recognize any 1 of the 4 tire pressure sensors
during this time limit, the horn will sound twice and the message center (if
equipped) will display TIRES NOT TRAINED - REPEAT and the entire procedure
must be repeated.
1. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position, then press and release the brake pedal.
2. Turn the ignition switch from the OFF position to the RUN position 3 times, ending in the RUN position.
Do not wait more than one minute between each key cycle.
3. Press and release the brake pedal.
4. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position.
5. Turn the ignition switch from the OFF position to the RUN position 3 times, ending in the RUN position.
The horn will sound once and the TPMS indicator will flash if the training mode has been entered
successfully. If equipped, the message center will display TRAIN LF TIRE.
6. Place the activation tool on the LF tire sidewall (180 degrees from the tire valve stem on 2008 vehicles, or
at the sidewall on 2009 and later vehicles). Press and release the test button on the activation tool. The
horn will sound briefly to indicate that the tire pressure sensor has been recognized by the smart junction
box (SJB).
2009 Mazda CX-7
GENERAL INFORMATION Mazda - 1984-11
NOTE: It may take up to 6 seconds to activate a tire pressure sensor. During this
time, the SST AKS-129-3800 must remain in place at the appropriate
position against the sidewall.
7. Within 2 minutes of the horn sounding, place the activation tool on the RF tire sidewall and release the
button to train the RF tire pressure sensor.
8. Repeat Step 7 for the RR and LR tires.
NOTE: The procedure is completed after the last tire has been trained. When the
training procedure is complete, the message center (if equipped) will
display "TIRE TRAINING COMPLETE". For vehicles not equipped with a
message center, successful completion of the training procedure will be
verified by turning the ignition switch to the OFF position without the horn
sounding. If the horn sounds when the switch is turned to the OFF
position, the training procedure was not successful.
NOTE: Do not wait more than 2 minutes between training each sensor or the SJB
will time out and the entire procedure must be repeated.
9. If the sensors are being trained due to the installation of a new SJB, clear any DTCs and carry out the SJB
On-Demand Self-Test.
NOTE: This step is required to clear DTC C2780, causing the SJB to exit the
manufacturing mode and to make sure there are no other concerns with a
newly programmed SJB.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 RESTRAINTS Air Bag System - CX-7
2009 RESTRAINTS
LOCATION INDEX
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 RESTRAINTS Air Bag System - CX-7
z Inspecting an air bag module using a tester can operate (deploy) the air bag module, which may cause
serious injury. Do not use a tester to inspect an air bag module. Always use the on-board diagnostic
function to diagnose the air bag module for malfunctions.
z Before removing the air bag module or disconnecting the air bag module connector, always turn the
ignition switch to the LOCK position, disconnect the negative battery cable, and then wait for 1 min or
more to allow the backup power supply of the SAS control module to deplete its stored power.
z Handling a live (undeployed) air bag module that is pointed toward your body could result in serious
injury if the air bag module were to accidentally operate (deploy). When carrying a live (undeployed) air
bag module, point the deployment surface away from your body to lessen the chance of injury in case it
operates (deploys).
z A live (undeployed) air bag module placed with its deployment surface to ground is dangerous. If the air
bag module were to accidentally operate (deploy), it could cause serious injury. Always place a live
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 RESTRAINTS Air Bag System - CX-7
z Before removing the side air bag module or disconnecting the side air bag module connector, always turn
the ignition switch to the LOCK position, disconnect the negative battery cable, and then wait for 1 min
or more to allow the backup power supply of the SAS control module to deplete its stored power.
z When a side air bag module operates (deploys) due to a collision, the interior of the seat back (pad, frame,
trim) may become damaged. If a side air bag does not operate (deploy) normally from a seat back that has
been reused, a serious accident may result. After a side air bag has operated (deployed), always replace
both the side air bag module and the seat back (pad, frame, trim) with new parts. After servicing, verify
that the seat operates normally and that the wiring harness is not caught.
z The passenger-side seat and the seat weight sensor may become deformed or otherwise damaged due to
operation (deployment) of the front or side air bag in an accident. This may cause the passenger sensing
function to operate improperly and result in a serious accident. Always replace the passenger seat and seat
weight sensor with new ones after the front or side air bags have operated (deployed). After servicing,
verify that the seat operates normally and that the wiring harness is not caught. If the collision is not hard
enough to cause the front or side air bags to operate (deploy), inspect the seat weight sensor and replace it
if there is any malfunction.
z Removing the SAS control module or disconnecting the SAS control module connector with the ignition
switch at the ON position can activate the sensor in the SAS control module and operate (deploy) the air
bags and pre-tensioner seat belts, which may cause serious injury. Before removing the SAS control
module or disconnecting the SAS control module connector, always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK
position, disconnect the negative battery cable, and then wait for 1 min or more to allow the backup
power supply of the SAS control module to deplete its stored power.
z Connecting the SAS control module connector with the SAS control module not securely fixed to the
vehicle is dangerous. The sensor in the SAS control module could send an electrical signal to the air bag
modules and pre-tensioner seat belts. This will operate (deploy) the air bags and pre-tensioner seat belts,
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 RESTRAINTS Air Bag System - CX-7
which may result in serious injury. Therefore, before connecting the connector, securely fix the SAS
control module to the vehicle.
z Because a sensor is built into the SAS control module, once the air bags and pre-tensioner seat belts have
operated (deployed) due to a collision or other causes, the SAS control module must be replaced with a
new one even if the used one does not have any visible external damage or deformation. The used SAS
control module may have been damaged internally, which may cause improper operation. If the SAS
control module is reused, the air bags and pre-tensioner seat belts may not operate (deploy) normally,
which could result in a serious accident. Always replace the SAS control module with a new one. The
SAS control module cannot be bench-checked or self-checked.
z Removing the crash zone sensor or disconnecting the crash zone sensor connector with the ignition
switch at the ON position can activate the crash zone sensor and operate (deploy) the air bags and pre-
tensioner seat belts, which may cause serious injury. Before removing the crash zone sensor or
disconnecting the crash zone sensor connector, always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position,
disconnect the negative battery cable, and then wait for 1 min or more to allow the backup power supply
of the SAS control module to deplete its stored power.
z If the crash zone sensor is subjected to shock or the sensor is disassembled, the air bags and pre-tensioner
seat belts may accidentally operate (deploy) and cause injury, or the system may fail to operate normally
and cause a serious accident. Do not subject the crash zone sensor to shock or disassemble the sensor.
z Because a sensor is built into the crash zone sensor, once the air bags and pre-tensioner seat belts have
operated (deployed) due to a collision or other causes, the crash zone sensor must be replaced with a new
one even if the used one does not have any visible external damage or deformation. If the crash zone
sensor is reused, the air bags and pre-tensioner seat belts may not operate (deploy) normally, which could
result in a serious accident. Always replace the crash zone sensor with a new one. The crash zone sensor
cannot be bench-checked or self-checked.
z Removing the side air bag sensor or disconnecting the side air bag sensor connector with the ignition
switch at the ON position can activate the side air bag sensor and operate (deploy) the side air bag, which
may cause serious injury. Before removing the side air bag sensor or disconnecting the side air bag sensor
connector, always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position, disconnect the negative battery cable,
and then wait for 1 min or more to allow the backup power supply of the SAS control module to deplete
its stored power.
z If the side air bag sensor is subjected to shock or the sensor is disassembled, the side air bag may
accidentally operate (deploy) and cause injury, or the system may fail to operate normally and cause a
serious accident. Do not subject the side air bag sensor to shock or disassemble the sensor.
z Because a sensor is built into the side air bag sensor, once the air bag has operated (deployed) due to a
collision or other causes, the side air bag sensor must be replaced with a new one even if the used one
does not have any visible external damage or deformation. If the side air bag sensor is reused, the side air
bag may not operate (deploy) normally, which could result in a serious accident. Always replace the side
air bag sensor with a new one. The side air bag sensor cannot be bench-checked or self-checked.
z Inspecting a pre-tensioner seat belt using a tester can operate (deploy) the pre-tensioner seat belt, which
may cause serious injury. Do not use a tester to inspect a pre-tensioner seat belt. Always use the on-board
diagnostic function to diagnose the pre-tensioner seat belt for malfunctions.
z Disassembling the air bag system components could cause it to not operate (deploy) normally. Never
disassemble any air bag system components.
z Oil, grease, or water on the air bag modules may cause the air bags and pre-tensioner seat belts to fail to
operate (deploy) in an accident. Never allow oil, grease, or water to get on the air bag modules or pre-
tensioner seat belts.
z Inserting a screwdriver or similar object into the connector of an air bag module or a pre-tensioner seat
belt may damage the connector and cause the air bag module or the pre-tensioner seat belt to operate
(deploy) improperly, which may cause serious injury. Never insert any foreign objects into the air bag
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 RESTRAINTS Air Bag System - CX-7
Fig. 7: Precaution For Air Bag Module, Pre-Tensioner Seat Belt Handling
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
z The seat weight sensor has a built-in strain gauge which may operate improperly if the sensor is dropped
by itself or when installed to the seat. If it is dropped, replace the seat weight sensor with a new one.
z Oil, grease, or water on the seat weight sensor may cause the system to operate (deploy) improperly.
Never allow oil, grease, or water to get on the seat weight sensor.
z Foreign material in the seat weight sensor components may cause the system to operate (deploy)
improperly. Always make sure that no foreign material can get into the seat weight sensor.
z Disassembling the seat weight sensor, or tightening any of the nuts and bolts installed to the sensor body
may cause it to operate (deploy) improperly. Never disassemble the seat weight sensor or tighten any of
the nuts or bolts installed to the body of the sensor.
z Even if an air bag module or a pre-tensioner seat belt does not operate (deploy) in a collision and does not
have any external signs of damage, it may have been damaged internally, which may cause improper
operation. Before reusing a live (undeployed) air bag module and the pre-tensioner seat belts, always use
the on-board diagnostic to diagnose the air bag module and the pre-tensioner seat belts to verify that they
have no malfunction.
z Incorrectly repairing an air bag wiring harness can accidentally operate (deploy) the air bag module and
pre-tensioner seat belts. If a problem is found in the air bag wiring harness, always replace the wiring
harness with a new one.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 RESTRAINTS Air Bag System - CX-7
WARNING: z Handling the air bag module improperly can accidentally deploy the
air bag module, which may seriously injure you. Read the air bag
system service warnings and cautions before handling the air bag
module. (See AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS.) (See AIR
BAG SYSTEM SERVICE CAUTIONS.)
z Due to the adoption of 2-step deployment control in the driver-side
air bag module, depending on the impact force, it is possible that
inflator No. 2 might not deploy. In such cases, before disposing of
the air bag module, make sure to follow the inflator deployment
procedures and verify complete deployment of inflators No. 1 and 2.
Fig. 9: Identifying Driver-Side Air Bag Module Components With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
6. Verify that the air bag system warning light illuminates for approx. 6 s and goes out.
z If the air bag system warning light does not operate normally, refer to the on-board diagnostic
system (air bag system) and perform inspection of the system. (See FLOWCHART .)
1. Using a flathead screwdriver, lift the locking device carefully, however do not remove it.
2. Disconnect the connector.
WARNING: z Handling the air bag module improperly can accidentally deploy the
air bag module, which may seriously injure you. Read the air bag
system service warnings and cautions before handling the air bag
module. (See AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS.) (See AIR
BAG SYSTEM SERVICE CAUTIONS.)
z Due to the adoption of 2-step deployment control in the passenger-
side air bag module, depending on the impact force, it is possible
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 RESTRAINTS Air Bag System - CX-7
that inflator NO. 2 might not deploy. In such cases, before disposing
of the air bag module, make sure to follow the inflator deployment
procedures and verify complete deployment of inflators NO. 1 and 2.
Fig. 11: Identifying Passenger-Side Air Bag Module Components With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
1. Using a flathead screwdriver, lift the locking device carefully, however do not remove it.
2. Disconnect the connector.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 RESTRAINTS Air Bag System - CX-7
Fig. 13: Identifying Side Air Bag Module With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
WARNING: z Handling the air bag module improperly can accidentally deploy the
air bag module, which may seriously injure you. Read the air bag
system service warnings and cautions before handling the air bag
module. (See AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS.) (See AIR
BAG SYSTEM SERVICE CAUTIONS.)
Fig. 14: Removing Curtain Air Bag Module With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
1. Using a flathead screwdriver, lift the locking device carefully, however do not remove it.
2. Disconnect the connector.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 RESTRAINTS Air Bag System - CX-7
Fig. 16: Identifying Crash Zone Sensor Components With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
1. Disconnect the connector from the crash zone sensor by pressing the connector tab and pulling out the
lock lever in the direction of the arrow.
CAUTION: z Handling the SAS control module improperly can accidentally deploy
the air bag modules and pre-tensioner seat belt, which may seriously
injure you. If configuration is not completed before removing the SAS
control module, DTC B2477 or B1017 will be displayed.
1. Perform SAS control module configuration when replacing it. (See SAS CONTROL MODULE
CONFIGURATION.)
2. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
3. Disconnect the negative battery cable and wait for 1 min or more.
4. Remove the console panel. (See CONSOLE PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
5. Remove the console. (See CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
6. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
Fig. 18: Identifying SAS Control Module Components With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
2. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS.
z When using the IDS (laptop PC)
1. Select "Programming".
2. Select "Module Programming".
3. Then, select items from the screen menu in the following order.
1. Select "Programmable Module Installation".
2. Select "RCM".
4. Perform the configuration according to the directions on the screen.
5. Retrieve DTCs by the M-MDS, then verify that there is no DTC present.
z If a DTC (s) is detected, perform the applicable DTC inspection. See ( DTC DISPLAY .)
CAUTION: z When the seat weight sensor control module is replaced with a new
one, perform the seat weight sensor calibration using the M-MDS.
(See SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR CALIBRATION.)
CAUTION: z If any of the following work is performed, perform the seat weight
sensor calibration using the M-MDS.
{ Replacement with a new seat weight sensor
3. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS.
z When using the IDS (notebook PC)
1. Select "Body".
2. Select "Restraints".
z When using the PDS (pocket PC)
CAUTION: z If any of the following work is performed, perform the seat weight
sensor inspection using the M-MDS.
{ Removal of the passenger-side seat
2. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS.
z When using the IDS (notebook PC)
1. Select "Body".
2. Select "Restraints".
z When using the PDS (pocket PC)
WARNING: z Handling the side air bag sensor improperly can accidentally operate
(deploy) the air bag module, which may seriously injure you. Read
the air bag system service warnings and cautions before handling
the side air bag sensor. (See AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE
WARNINGS.) (See AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE CAUTIONS.)
Fig. 23: View Of Side Air Bag Sensor No. 1 With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
system (air bag system) and perform inspection of the system. (See FLOWCHART .)
1. Disconnect the connector from the side air bag sensor NO. 1 by pressing the connector tab and pulling out
the lock lever in the direction of the arrow.
WARNING: z Handling the side air bag sensor improperly can accidentally operate
(deploy) the air bag module, which may seriously injure you. Read
the air bag system service warnings and cautions before handling
the side air bag sensor. (See AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE
WARNINGS.) (See AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE CAUTIONS.)
Fig. 25: View Of Side Air Bag Sensor No. 2 With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
1. Disconnect the connector from the side air bag sensor No. 2 by pressing the connector tab and pulling out
the lock lever in the direction of the arrow.
NOTE: z The adjustment procedure is also specified on the caution label of the
clock spring.
CAUTION: z The clock spring will break if over-wound. Do not forcibly turn
the clock spring.
3. From the stopped position, turn the clock spring counterclockwise 2 3/4 turns.
WARNING: z A live (undeployed) air bag module or pre-tensioner seat belt may
accidentally operate (deploy) when it is disposed of and cause
serious injury. Do not dispose of a live (undeployed) air bag module
and pre-tensioner seat belt. If the SSTs (Deployment tool and
Adapter harness) are not available, consult the nearest Mazda
representative for assistance.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 RESTRAINTS Air Bag System - CX-7
CAUTION: z Deploying the air bag modules and pre-tensioner seat belts inside the
vehicle may cause damage to the vehicle interior. When the vehicle is
not to be scrapped, always deploy the air bag modules and pre-
tensioner seat belts outside the vehicle.
z If the vehicle is to be scrapped, or when disposing of any air bag modules or pre-tensioner seat belts,
operate (deploy) them inside the vehicle by following the deployment procedure below and using the SST
(Deployment tool).
z When disposing of an operated (deployed) air bag module and pre-tensioner seat belt, refer to "AIR BAG
MODULE AND PRE-TENSIONER SEAT BELT DISPOSAL PROCEDURES".
1. Inspect the SST (Deployment tool). (See INSPECTION OF SST (DEPLOYMENT TOOL.)
2. Move the vehicle to an open space, away from strong winds, and close all of the vehicle doors and
windows.
3. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
4. Disconnect the negative battery cable and wait for 1 min or more.
5. Follow the procedure below for operating (deploying) the applicable air bag module or pre-tensioner seat
belt.
WARNING: z The driver-side air bag module is a dual inflator type. If one inflator
is forced to operate (deploy), the other may operate (deploy)
accidentally. To prevent injury while disposing of the air bag
module, make sure to operate (deploy) both driver-side air bag
module inflators simultaneously, following the procedure below.
NOTE: z The SSTs, two types of adopter harnesses (for inflators No. 1 and No. 2)
and two deployment tools are to be used to operate (deploy) the driver-
side air bag module.
2. Connect the SSTs (Adapter harness) to the driver-side air bag module as shown in the figure.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 RESTRAINTS Air Bag System - CX-7
Fig. 33: Connecting SSTs (Adapter Harness) To Driver-Side Air Bag Module
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
5. Connect both SSTs (Deployment tool) to the battery. Connect the power supply red clip to the positive
battery terminal, and the black clip to the negative battery terminal.
6. Verify that the red lamp on both SSTs (Deployment tool) is illuminated.
7. Verify that all persons are standing at least 6 m {20 ft} away from the vehicle.
8. Press the activation switch on the SST (Deployment tool) connected with 49 L066 002 (a yellow
connector) of the SST (Adapter harness), and after 3 s, press the activation switch on the other SST
(Deployment tool) to operate (deploy) the air bag module (both inflators).
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 RESTRAINTS Air Bag System - CX-7
WARNING: z Verify that air bag module operation (explosive) sound occurs
twice. If no operation (explosive) sound was heard or a single
operation (explosive) sound was heard, both inflators would
not have operated (deployed) properly. This may cause serious
injury if the air bag module operates (deploy) unexpectedly. If
the two operation (explosive) sounds are not heard, perform
Step 8 again. If a total of two operation (explosive) sounds
cannot be verified even though Step 8 is performed again,
leave the air bag module alone for 30 min or more before
approaching it again.
z The air bag module is very hot immediately after it is operated
(deployed). You can get burned. Do not touch the air bag
module for at least 15 min after deployment.
9. Disconnect the SSTs (Deployment tool) form the SSTs (Adapter harness).
WARNING: z The passenger-side air bag module is a dual inflator type. If one
inflator is forced to operate (deploy), the other may operate (deploy)
accidentally. To prevent injury while disposing of the air bag
module, make sure to operate (deploy) both passenger-side air bag
module inflators simultaneously, following the procedure below.
NOTE: z The SSTs, two types of adapter harnesses (for inflators No. 1 and No. 2)
and two deployment tools are to be used to operate (deploy) the
passenger-side air bag module.
Fig. 36: Connecting SSTs (Adapter Harness) To Passenger-Side Air Bag Module
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
5. Connect both SSTs (Deployment tool) to the battery. Connect the power supply red clip to the positive
battery terminal, and the black clip to the negative battery terminal.
6. Verify that the red lamp on both SSTs (Deployment tool) is illuminated.
7. Verify that all persons are standing at least 6 m {20 ft} away from the vehicle.
8. Press the activation switch on the SST (Deployment tool) connected with 49 L066 002 (a yellow
connector) of the SST (Adapter harness), and after 3 s, press the activation switch on the other SST
(Deployment tool) to operate (deploy) the air bag module (both inflators).
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 RESTRAINTS Air Bag System - CX-7
WARNING: z Verify that air bag module operation (explosive) sound occurs
twice. If no operation (explosive) sound was heard or a single
operation (explosive) sound was heard, both inflators would
not have operated (deployed) properly. This may cause serious
injury if the air bag module operates (deploy) unexpectedly. If
the two operation (explosive) sounds are not heard, perform
Step 8 again. If a total of two operation (explosive) sounds
cannot be verified even though Step 8 is performed again,
leave the air bag module alone for 30 min or more before
approaching it again.
z The air bag module is very hot immediately after it is operated
(deployed). You can be burned. Do not touch the air bag
module for at least 15 min after deployment.
9. Disconnect the SSTs (Deployment tool) form the SSTs (Adapter harness).
4. Connect the SST (Deployment tool) to the battery. Connect the power supply red clip to the positive
battery terminal, and the black clip to the negative battery terminal.
5. Verify that the red lamp on the SST (Deployment tool) is illuminated.
6. Verify that all persons are standing at least 6 m {20 ft} away from the vehicle.
7. Press the activation switch on the SST (Deployment tool) to operate (deploy) the side air bag module.
8. Disconnect the SSTs (Deployment tool) from the SSTs (Adapter harness).
4. Connect the SST (Adapter harness) to the curtain air bag module as shown in the figure.
6. Connect the SST (Deployment tool) to the battery. Connect the power supply red clip to the positive
battery terminal, and the black clip to the negative battery terminal.
7. Verify that the red lamp on the SST (Deployment tool) is illuminated.
8. Verify that all persons are standing at least 6 m {20 ft} away from the vehicle.
9. Press the activation switch on the SST (Deployment tool) to operate (deploy) the curtain air bag module.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 RESTRAINTS Air Bag System - CX-7
10. Disconnect the SSTs (Deployment tool) from the SSTs (Adapter harness).
2. Remove the pre-tensioner seat belt and connect the SST (Adapter harness) as shown in the figure. (See
FRONT SEAT BELT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
5. Connect the SST (Deployment tool) to the battery. Connect the power supply red clip to the positive
battery terminal, and the black clip to the negative battery terminal.
6. Verify that the red lamp on the SST (Deployment tool) is illuminated.
7. Verify that all persons are standing at least 6 m {20 ft} away from the vehicle.
8. Press the activation switch on the SST (Deployment tool) to operate (deploy) the pre-tensioner seat belt.
9. Disconnect the SSTs (Deployment tool) from the SSTs (Adapter harness).
WARNING: z The driver-side air bag module is a dual inflator type. If one inflator
is forced to operate (deploy), the other may operate (deploy)
accidentally. To prevent injury while disposing of the air bag
module, make sure to operate (deploy) both driver-side air bag
module inflators simultaneously, following the procedure below.
2. Connect the SSTs (Adapter harness) to the driver-side air bag module as shown in the figure.
Fig. 48: Connecting SSTs (Adapter Harness) To Driver-Side Air Bag Module
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
3. Place the driver-side air bag module on the center of the tire wheel with the padded surface facing up. To
secure the air bag module to the tire wheel, wrap a wire (cross section 1.25 mm2 {0.002 in2 } or more)
through the wheel and the bolt installation holes of the air bag module at least 4 times.
Fig. 49: Placing Driver-Side Air Bag Module On Center Of Tire Wheel
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
WARNING: z If the air bag module is not properly installed to the tire wheel,
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 RESTRAINTS Air Bag System - CX-7
4. Stack three tires without wheels on top of the tire with the driver-side air bag module, and then stack
another tire with a wheel on the very top.
Fig. 50: Stacking Tires Top Of Tire With Driver-Side Air Bag Module
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
7. Connect both SSTs (Deployment tool) to the battery. Connect the power supply red clip to the positive
battery terminal, and the black clip to the negative battery terminal.
8. Verify that the red lamp on both SSTs (Deployment tool) is illuminated.
9. Verify that all persons are standing at least 6 m {20 ft} away from the vehicle.
10. Press the activation switch on the SST (Deployment tool) connected with 49 L066 002 (a yellow
connector) of the SST (Adapter harness), and after 3 s, press the activation switch on other SST
(Deployment tool) to operate (deploy) the air bag module (both inflators).
WARNING: z Verify that air bag module operation (explosive) sound occurs
twice. If no operation (explosive) sound was heard or a single
operation (explosive) sound was heard, both inflators would
not have operated (deployed) properly. This may cause serious
injury if the air bag module operates (deploy) unexpectedly. If
the two operation (explosive) sounds are not heard, perform
Step 8 again. If a total of two operation (explosive) sounds
cannot be verified even though Step 8 is performed again,
leave the air bag module alone for 30 min or more before
approaching it again.
z The air bag module is very hot immediately after it is operated
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 RESTRAINTS Air Bag System - CX-7
11. Disconnect the SSTs (Deployment tool) from the SSTs (Adapter harness).
WARNING: z The passenger-side air bag module is a dual inflator type. If one
inflator is forced to operate (deploy), the other may operate (deploy)
accidentally. To prevent injury while disposing of the air bag
module, make sure to operate (deploy) both passenger-side air bag
module inflators simultaneously, following the procedure below.
3. Connect the SSTs (Adapter harness) to the passenger-side air bag module as shown in the figure.
Fig. 55: Connecting SSTs (Adapter Harness) To Passenger-Side Air Bag Module
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 RESTRAINTS Air Bag System - CX-7
4. Place the padded surface of the passenger-side air bag module facing the center of the tire as shown in the
figure. To secure the air bag module to the tire wheel, wrap a wire (cross section 1.25 mm2 {0.002 in2 }
or more) through the tire and around the bolts at least 4 times as shown in the figure.
WARNING: z If the air bag module is not properly secured to the tire, the
tires may fall over by the impact of operation (deployment) and
cause serious injury. To prevent this, secure the air bag
module properly with the padded surface facing the center of
the tire.
5. Stack the tire with the passenger-side air bag module on top of two tires without wheels. Stack a tire
without a wheel on top of the tire with the passenger-side air bag module, and then stack another tire with
a wheel on the very top.
8. Connect both SSTs (Deployment tool) to the battery. Connect the power supply red clip to the positive
battery terminal, and the black clip to the negative battery terminal.
9. Verify that the red lamp on both SSTs (Deployment tool) is illuminated.
10. Verify that all persons are standing at least 6 m {20 ft} away from the vehicle.
11. Press the activation switch on the SST (Deployment tool) connected with 46 L066 002 (a yellow
connector) of the SST (Adapter harness), and after 3 s, press the activation switch on the other SST
(Deployment tool) to operate (deploy) the air bag module (both inflators).
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 RESTRAINTS Air Bag System - CX-7
WARNING: z Verify that air bag module operation (explosive) sound occurs
twice. If no operation (explosive) sound was heard or a single
operation (explosive) sound was heard, both inflators would
not have operated (deployed) properly. This may cause serious
injury if the air bag module operates (deploy) unexpectedly. If
the two operation (explosive) sounds are not heard, perform
Step 8 again. If a total of two operation (explosive) sounds
cannot be verified even though Step 8 is performed again,
leave the air bag module alone for 30 min or more before
approaching it again.
z The air bag module is very hot immediately after it is operated
(deployed). You can be burned. Do not touch the air bag
module for at least 15 min after deployment.
12. Disconnect the SSTs (Deployment tool) from the SSTs (Adapter harness).
2. Install the nuts to the side air bag module as shown in the figure, and connect the SST (Adapter
harness).
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 RESTRAINTS Air Bag System - CX-7
3. Place the padded surface of the side air bag module facing the center of the tire as shown in the figure. To
secure the air bag module to the tire wheel, wrap a wire (cross section 1.25 mm2 {0.002 in2 } or more)
through the tire and around the bolts at least 4 times.
WARNING: z If the air bag module is not properly secured to the tire, the
tires may fall over by the impact of operation (deployment) and
cause serious injury. To prevent this, secure the air bag
module properly with the padded surface facing the center of
the tire.
4. Stack the tire with the side air bag module on top of two tires without wheels. Stack a tire without a wheel
on top of the tire with the side air bag module, and then stack another tire with a wheel on the very top.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 RESTRAINTS Air Bag System - CX-7
7. Connect the SST (Deployment tool) to the battery. Connect the power supply red clip to the positive
battery terminal, and the black clip to the negative battery terminal.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 RESTRAINTS Air Bag System - CX-7
8. Verify that the red lamp on the SST (Deployment tool) is illuminated.
9. Verify that all persons are standing at least 6 m {20 ft} away from the vehicle.
10. Press the activation switch on the SST (Deployment tool) to operate (deploy) the side air bag module.
11. Disconnect the SSTs (Deployment tool) from the SSTs (Adapter harness).
2. Secure the curtain air bag module in a vise, and cut off the deployment section, as shown in the figure.
WARNING: z Be sure not to crush the pipe on the side where it is cut. If it is
crushed completely, the interior pressure of the pipe will build
up and can cause it to explode during air bag module operation
(deployment).
3. Connect the SST (Adapter harness) to the curtain air bag module as shown in the figure.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 RESTRAINTS Air Bag System - CX-7
Fig. 68: Connecting SST (Adapter Harness) To Curtain Air Bag Module
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
4. Secure the curtain air bag module to the tire, by wrapping a wire (cross section 1.25 mm2 {0.002 in2 } or
more) through the tire and the bolt installation holes at least 4 times as shown in the figure.
WARNING: z If the air bag module is not properly installed to the tire, serious
injury may occur when the module is operated (deployed).
Make sure to install the air bag module securely.
5. Stack the tire with the curtain air bag module on top of two tires without wheels. Stack a tire without a
wheel on top of the tire with the curtain air bag module, and then stack another tire with a wheel on the
very top.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 RESTRAINTS Air Bag System - CX-7
8. Connect the SST (Deployment tool) to the battery. Connect the power supply red clip to the positive
battery terminal, and the black clip to the negative battery terminal.
9. Verify that the red lamp on the SST (Deployment tool) is illuminated.
10. Verify that all persons are standing at least 6 m {20 ft} away from the vehicle.
11. Press the activation switch on the SST (Deployment tool) to operate (deploy) the curtain air bag module.
12. Disconnect the SSTs (Deployment tool) from the SSTs (Adapter harness).
2. Connect the SST (Adapter harness) to the pre-tensioner seat belt as shown in the figure.
3. Put the pre-tensioner seat belt inside the tire and secure it to the tire by wrapping a wire (cross section of
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 RESTRAINTS Air Bag System - CX-7
1.25mm2 {0.002in2 } or more) through the tire and the bolt installation holes at least 4 times.
WARNING: z If the pre-tensioner seat belt is not properly installed to the tire,
serious injury may occur when the pre-tensioner part is
operated (deployed). When installing the pre-tensioner seat belt
to the tire, make sure the pre-tensioner part is inside the tire.
4. Stack the tire with the pre-tensioner seat belt on to of two tires without wheels. Stack a tire without a
wheel on top of the tire with the pre-tensioner seat belt, and then stack another tire with a wheel on the
very top.
7. Connect the SST (Deployment tool) to the battery. Connect the power supply red clip to the positive
battery terminal, and the black clip to the negative battery terminal.
8. Verify that the red lamp on the SST (Deployment tool) is illuminated.
9. Verify that all persons are standing at least 6 m {20 ft} away from the vehicle.
10. Press the activation switch on the SST (Deployment tool) to operate (deploy) the pre-tensioner seat belt.
11. Disconnect the SSTs (Deployment tool) from the SSTs (Adapter harness).
WARNING: z A live (undeployed) air bag module or pre-tensioner seat belt may
accidentally operate (deploy) when it is disposed of and cause
serious injury. Always refer to the "AIR BAG MODULE AND PRE-
TENSIONER SEAT BELT DEPLOYMENT PROCEDURES" and dispose
of air bag modules and pre-tensioner seat belts in a deployed
condition.
z The air bag modules and the pre-tensioner seat belts are very hot
immediately after they are deployed. You can be burned. Do not
touch an air bag module and pre-tensioner seat belt for at least 15
min after deployment.
z Pouring water on the deployed air bag module and pre-tensioner
seat belt is dangerous. The water will mix with the residual gases to
form a gas that can make breathing difficult. Do not pour water on
the deployed air bag module and pre-tensioner seat belt.
z The deployed air bag module or pre-tensioner seat belt may contain
deposits of sodium hydroxide, a caustic byproduct of the gas-
generated combustion. If this substance gets into your eyes or on
your hands, it can cause irritation and itching. When handling the
deployed air bag module and pre-tensioner seat belt, wear gloves
and safety glasses.
z Due to the adoption of 2-step deployment control in both the driver
and passenger-side air bag modules, depending on the impact force,
it is possible that inflator No. 2 might not operate (deploy). Before
disposing of the air bag module, always follow the inflator
deployment procedures and verify the complete operation
(deployment) of inflators No. 1 and 2.
Fig. 80: Putting Air Bag Module Or Pre-Tensioner Seat Belt In A Plastic Bag
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1. Follow the steps below to inspect the SST (49 H066 002).
z If not as indicated in the table, replace the SST (49 H066 002) because it has a malfunction.
CAUTION: z Because the permissible voltage for the SST (49 H066 002) is 12
V, do not connect a 24 V power source because it will damage
the SST. Always connect only a 12 V power source.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 RESTRAINTS Air Bag System - CX-7
Light condition
Step Inspection procedure
Green Red
Connect the power supply red clip to the positive
1 battery terminal, and the black clip to the negative On Off
battery terminal.
2 Connect connectors A and B. Off On
3 Press the activation switch. On Off
2009 RESTRAINTS
FOREWORD
OUTLINE
{ Data monitor function: Reads out specific input/output signals and the system status.
NOTE: z When the air bag system is malfunctioning, turn the ignition switch to
the ON position to display the current DTC using the air bag system
warning light on the instrument cluster. However this light is strictly
for reference. Make sure to inspect the system using the M-MDS.
FLOWCHART
z Use the following flowchart to verify the cause of the trouble.
NOTE: z When inspecting past malfunction codes, inspect only the DTCs that
were indicated before beginning the inspection. A mis-diagnosis
could occur as a result of new DTCs being added while performing
an inspection by disconnecting related parts or connectors.
z When DTCs of the present malfunction are no longer output after
present or past malfunctions or both have been repaired, be sure to
clear the past malfunction from memory to prevent repair of
malfunctions that have already been repaired.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 RESTRAINTS On-Board Diagnostic - CX-7
DTC DISPLAY
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 RESTRAINTS On-Board Diagnostic - CX-7
2. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS.
z When using the IDS (laptop PC)
CLEARING DTC
1. Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 RESTRAINTS On-Board Diagnostic - CX-7
2. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS.
z When using the IDS (laptop PC)
DTC TABLE
z DTCs are common for present and past malfunction diagnosis.
NOTE: z When DTCs not shown in the DTC table are displayed, replace the
SAS control module.
z If the air bag system warning light does not illuminate or remains
illuminated when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position,
inspect and repair the air bag system warning light circuit, and then
confirm that the air bag system warning light is operational.
z The air bag system warning light flashes the DTC pattern for five
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 RESTRAINTS On-Board Diagnostic - CX-7
DTC TABLE
DTC
Air bag system warning light
M-MDS System malfunction location See
display Priority
Flashing pattern ranking
Seat weight sensor calibration (See DTC
B1013 16 21
error B1013)
Deployment prohibited
(See DTC
B1017 59 4 because configuration is not
B1017)
set
Driver-side side air bag sensor
B1144 No. 2 system internal circuit
disabled (See DTC
45 11
Driver-side side air bag sensor B1144, B1145)
B1145 No. 2 system communication
error
Passenger-side side air bag
B1146 sensor No. 2 system internal
circuit disabled (See DTC
46 10
Passenger-side side air bag B1146, B1147)
B1147 sensor No. 2 system
communication error
SAS control module
(See DTC
B1231 13 3 activation (deployment)
B1231)
control freeze
Air bag system
SAS control module power
warning light is
B1317 - - supply voltage increases (16.1
illuminated all the
V or more)
time (See DTC
Air bag system B1317, B1318)
SAS control module power
warning light is
B1318 - - supply voltage decreases (less
illuminated all the
than 8 V)
time
SAS control module (internal
12 2 circuit abnormal) (See DTC
B1342
B1342)
Continuously SAS control module (DTC 12
- 1
illuminated detection circuit malfunction)
Air bag system warning light (See DTC
B1868 - - - malfunction B1868)
Driver-side pre-tensioner seat
B1877
belt circuit resistance high
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 RESTRAINTS On-Board Diagnostic - CX-7
2. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS.
z When using the IDS (laptop PC)
1. Select "DataLogger".
2. Select "Modules".
3. Select "RCM".
z When using the PDS (Pocket PC)
NOTE: z The PID data screen function is used for monitoring the calculated
value of input/output signals in the module. Therefore, if the
monitored value of the output parts is not within the specification, it
is necessary to inspect the monitored value of input parts
corresponding to the applicable output part control. In addition,
because the system does not display an output part malfunction as
an abnormality in the monitored value, it is necessary to inspect the
output parts individually.
Voltage malfunction
z
during seat weight
sensor calibration:
NG (Voltage)
z Weight error during
seat weight sensor
calibration: NG
(Weight)
z Seat weight sensor
calibration time
OCS_CAL_ST(2) Starting/Normal End/Commanding/NG
(Voltage)/NG (Weight)/Timeout/In limit passed: 1I
(Seat weight sensor
Process/OCS Fault Timeout
calibration status)
z Seat weight sensor
calibration being
processed: In
Process
z Seat weight sensor
or Seat weight
sensor control
module
malfunction: OCS
Fault
OCS_SYS_ST(1) Empty/SMALL/Indeterminate/LARGE/Invalid Occupant classification 1I
(Seat weight sensor status determined by seat
status) weight sensor
OCSFLT_CAL z Sensor normal: OK
(Passenger sensing Seat weight sensor
OK/FAULT z 1I
system calibration calibration error:
status) FAULT
OCSFLT_COM z Sensor normal: OK
(Passenger sensing z Seat weight sensor
system OK/FAULT control module 1I
communication communication
status) error: FAULT
OCSFLT_L z Sensor normal: OK
(Passenger sensing Seat weight sensor
OK/FAULT z 1I
system (LH) (LH) malfunction:
malfunction status) FAULT
OCSFLT_MDL z Sensor normal: OK
(Passenger sensing z Seat weight sensor
system control OK/FAULT control module 1I
module malfunction:
malfunction status) FAULT
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 RESTRAINTS On-Board Diagnostic - CX-7
RES_PT_D
(Driver-side pre- Under any condition: 1.5-
ohm 2P, 2S
tensioner seat belt 3.7 ohms
resistance)
RES_PT_P
(Passenger-side Under any condition: 1.5-
ohm 2G, 2J
pre-tensioner seat 3.7 ohms
belt resistance)
RES_SAB_D
(Driver-side side Under any condition: 1.4-
ohm 2M, 2O
air bag module 3.9 ohms
resistance)
RES_SAB_P
(Passenger-side Under any condition: 1.4-
ohm 2I, 2L
side air bag module 3.9 ohms
resistance)
Front seat front
z
TRAK_SW (Seat
position: Forward
track position Forward/Rearward 2W, 2X
sensor state) z Front seat rear
position: Rearward
(1) Used during seat weight sensor calibration setting. Not necessary for diagnostic.
(2) When the calibration error is displayed, the error can be cleared by turning the ignition switch to the
LOCK position.
DTC B1013
DETECTION CONDITION & POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC B1013 Seat weight sensor calibration error
WARNING:
z Detection conditions are for understanding the DTC outline
before performing an inspection. Performing an inspection
according to only the detection conditions may cause injury
DETECTION CONDITION due to an operating error, or damage the system. When
performing an inspection, always follow the inspection
procedure.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
"`
4 INSPECT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR Yes Replace the seat weight sensor control
CONTROL MODULE module. (See SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR
CONTROL MODULE
z Replace the seat weight sensor. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )
z After replacement, perform seat
weight sensor calibration. (See zAfter replacement, perform seat
SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR weight sensor calibration and
CALIBRATION ) reperform the DTC inspection. If the
DTC is displayed even though the seat
z Reperform the DTC inspection. weight sensor control module has been
z Is DTC B1013 indicated? replaced, replace the SAS control
module. (See SAS CONTROL
MODULE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )
No DTC troubleshooting completed.
DTC B1017
DETECTION CONDITION & POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC B1017 Deployment prohibited because configuration is not set
WARNING:
z Detection conditions are for understanding the DTC outline
before performing an inspection. Performing an inspection
according to only the detection conditions may cause injury
DETECTION CONDITION due to an operating error, or damage the system. When
performing an inspection, always follow the inspection
procedure.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
z Using the M-MDS perform SAS z When only DTC B1017 is displayed:
control module configuration. (See { Go to the next step.
SAS CONTROL MODULE
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 RESTRAINTS On-Board Diagnostic - CX-7
z Using the M-MDS perform SAS z Replace the SAS control module. (See
control module configuration. (See SAS CONTROL MODULE
SAS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )
CONFIGURATION )
z Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position. [Past malfunction diagnosis]
z Is DTC B1017 indicated?
zDTC troubleshooting completed.
No DTC troubleshooting completed.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
WARNING:
z Handling the air bag system components
improperly can accidentally deploy the air bag
modules and pre-tensioner seat belts, which
may seriously injure you. Read the service
warnings and cautions before handling the air
bag system components.
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )
z Disconnect the driver-side side air bag sensor No.
2 connector.
z Is there any malfunction of the driver-side side
air bag sensor No. 2 connector?
2 INSPECT WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN Yes Go to the next step.
DRIVER-SIDE SIDE AIR BAG SENSOR NO. 2
AND SAS CONTROL MODULE
{ Open circuit
NOTE:
z Inspect for continuity while
shaking the wiring harness
between the SAS control module
and driver-side side air bag sensor
No. 2.
3 INSPECT THE WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN Yes Replace the wiring harness
THE SAS CONTROL MODULE AND DRIVER- between the SAS control module
SIDE SIDE AIR BAG SENSOR NO. 2 FOR A and the driver-side side air bag
SHORT CIRCUIT TO THE POWER SUPPLY sensor No. 2.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
{ Open circuit
NOTE:
z Inspect for continuity while
shaking the wiring harness
between the SAS control module
and passenger-side side air bag
sensor No. 2.
DTC B1231
DETECTION CONDITION & POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC B1231 SAS control module activation (deployment) control freeze
WARNING:
z Detection conditions are for understanding the DTC outline before
performing an inspection. Performing an inspection with only
DETECTION detection conditions may cause injury due to an operating error,
CONDITION or damage the system. When performing an inspection, always
follow the inspection procedure.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
ACTION
Replace the SAS control module.
(See SAS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )
z When the SAS control module power supply voltage is not within 8-
z Battery malfunction
z A/B 7.5 A fuse malfunction
z SAS control module connector malfunction
POSSIBLE CAUSE
z Open or short circuit in wiring harness between battery and SAS con
z Open or short circuit in wiring harness between SAS control module
z SAS control module malfunction
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
3 INSPECT SAS CONTROL MODULE Yes Replace the SAS control module wiring
CONNECTOR harness.
WARNING:
z Handling the component parts
improperly can accidentally operate
(deploy) the air bag module, which may
seriously injure you. Read the service
warnings/cautions and the workshop
manual before handling the air bag
system components.
NOTE:
z Measure the voltage while shaking
the wiring harness between the
SAS control module and fuse
block.
NOTE:
z Inspect for continuity while
shaking the wiring harness
between the SAS control
module and body ground
DTC B1342
DETECTION CONDITION & POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC B1342 SAS control module (internal circuit abnormal)
WARNING:
z Detection conditions are for understanding the DTC outline before
performing an inspection. Performing an inspection according to
DETECTION only the detection conditions may cause injury due to an
CONDITION operating error, or damage the system. When performing an
inspection, always follow the inspection procedure.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
DTC B1868
DETECTION CONDITION & POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC B1868 Air bag warning system light malfunction
WARNING:
z Detection conditions are for understanding the DTC outline before
performing an inspection. Performing an inspection with only detection
DETECTION conditions may cause injury due to an operating error, or damage the
CONDITION system. When performing an inspection, always follow the inspection
procedure.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
ACTION
INSPECT INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Perform the "INSTRUMENT CLUSTER INPUT/OUTPUT CHECK MODE".
(See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER INPUT/OUTPUT CHECK MODE )
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
WARNING:
z Handling the air bag system components
improperly can accidentally deploy the air bag
modules and pre-tensioner seat belts, which
may seriously injure you. Read the service
warnings and cautions before handling the air
bag system components.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 RESTRAINTS On-Board Diagnostic - CX-7
(See CONSOLE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )
{ Open circuit
NOTE:
z Inspect for continuity while
shaking the wiring harness
between the SAS control module
and driver-side pre-tensioner seat
belt.
NOTE:
z Measure the voltage while shaking the
wiring harness between the SAS control
module and driver-side pre-tensioner
No Go to the next step.
seat belt.
z Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No Replace the driver-side pre-
tensioner seat belt.
z Disconnect the negative battery cable and wait
(See FRONT SEAT BELT
for 1 min or more . REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )
z Connect the leads of the SST (Fuel and
thermometer checker) or apply 2 ohms
resistance to driver-side pre-tensioner seat belt
connector terminals A and B.
z Set the resistance of the SST (Fuel and
thermometer checker) to the 2 ohms position .
z Except for the driver-side pre-tensioner seat belt
connector, reconnect all disconnected connectors.
z Connect the negative battery cable.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
WARNING:
z Handling the air bag system components
improperly can accidentally deploy the air bag
modules and pre-tensioner seat belts, which
may seriously injure you. Read the service
warnings and cautions before handling the air
bag system components.
{ Open circuit
NOTE:
z Inspect for continuity while
shaking the wiring harness
between the SAS control module
and passenger-side pre-tensioner
seat belt.
NOTE:
z Measure the voltage while shaking the
wiring harness between the SAS control No Go to the next step.
module and passenger-side pre-
tensioner seat belt.
WARNING:
z Detection conditions are for understanding the DTC outline before performin
DETECTION Performing an inspection according to only the detection conditions may ca
CONDITION operating error, or damage the system. When performing an inspection, alwa
inspection procedure.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
WARNING:
z Handling the air bag system components
improperly can accidentally deploy the air
bag modules and pre-tensioner front
buckles, which may seriously injure you.
Read the service warnings before handling
the air bag system components.
z Remove the glove compartment. (See No Replace the air bag wiring harness.
GLOVE COMPARTMENT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )
z Disconnect the passenger-side air bag module
connector.
z Disconnect the driver and passenger-side seat
connectors.
z Remove the C-pillar trim. (See C-PILLAR
TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )
z Remove the D-pillar trim. (See D-PILLAR
TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )
z Disconnect the driver and passenger-side
curtain air bag module connector.
z Remove the B-pillar lower trim. (See B-
PILLAR LOWER TRIM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )
z Disconnect the driver and passenger-side pre-
tensioner seat belt connectors.
z Remove the console. (See CONSOLE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )
z Disconnect the SAS control module
connector.
z Inspect the wiring harness between
information display connector terminal and
SAS control module connector terminal 1U
for the following:
{ Short to ground
{ Open circuit
NOTE:
z Inspect for continuity while
shaking the wiring harness
between the information
display and SAS control
module.
NOTE:
z Measure the voltage while shaking
the wiring harness between the SAS
control module and information
display.
z Abnormal resistance (other than 1.4-3.9 ohms ) detected in the driver-side air bag m
circuit
z Malfunction in the wiring harness between the driver-side air bag module (inflator N
control module
z Clock spring connector malfunction
z Clock spring malfunction
POSSIBLE CAUSE z Open or short circuit in the wiring harness between the clock spring and SAS contro
z Driver-side air bag module (inflator No. 1) malfunction
z SAS control module malfunction
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
WARNING:
z Handling the air bag system components
improperly can accidentally deploy the air bag
modules and pre-tensioner seat belts, which
may seriously injure you. Read the service
warnings and cautions before handling the air
bag system components.
z Disconnect the negative battery cable and wait No Go to the next step.
for 1 min or more .
z Disconnect the driver-side air bag module, (See
DRIVER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
z Is there any malfunction of the driver-side air bag
module connector?
2 INSPECT CLOCK SPRING Yes Go to the next step.
{ Open circuit
NOTE:
z Inspect for continuity while
shaking the wiring harness
between the SAS control module
and clock spring.
z Disconnect the negative battery cable and wait No Replace the driver-side air bag
for 1 min or more . module.
(See DRIVER-SIDE AIR BAG
z Connect the leads of the SST (Fuel and
MODULE
thermometer checker) or apply 2 ohms REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )
resistance to driver-side air bag module (inflator
No. 1) connector terminals 3A and 3B, and
driver-side air bag module (inflator No. 2)
connector terminals 4A and 4B.
z Set the resistance of the SST (Fuel and
thermometer checker) to the 2 ohms position.
z Except for the driver-side air bag module
connector, reconnect all disconnected connectors.
z Connect the negative battery cable.
Passenger-side air bag module (inflator No. 1) circuit short to body ground (air bag
B1913 DTC 21 is displayed.)
DTC B1925 Passenger-side air bag module (inflator No. 1) circuit short to power supply
B1933 Passenger-side air bag module (inflator No. 1) circuit resistance high
B1935 Passenger-side air bag module (inflator No. 1) circuit resistance low
WARNING:
z Detection conditions are for understanding the DTC outline before performing a
Performing an inspection according to only the detection conditions may cause
operating error, or damage the system. When performing an inspection, always
DETECTION procedure.
CONDITION
z Abnormal resistance (other than 1.4-3.6 ohms ) detected in the passenger-side air b
No. 1) circuit
z Malfunction in the wiring harness between the passenger-side air bag module (infla
control module
z Passenger-side air bag module (inflator No. 1) connector malfunction
z Open or short circuit in the wiring harness between the passenger-side air bag mod
POSSIBLE CAUSE and SAS control module
z Passenger-side air bag module (inflator No. 1) malfunction
z SAS control module malfunction
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 RESTRAINTS On-Board Diagnostic - CX-7
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
WARNING:
z Handling the air bag system components
improperly can accidentally deploy the air bag
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 RESTRAINTS On-Board Diagnostic - CX-7
(See CONSOLE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )
{ Open circuit
NOTE:
z Inspect for continuity while
shaking the wiring harness
between the SAS control module
and passenger-side air bag
module.
3 INSPECT THE WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN Yes Replace the wiring harness
THE SAS CONTROL MODULE AND between the SAS control module
PASSENGER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE and the passenger-side air bag
(INFLATOR NO. 1) FOR A SHORT CIRCUIT TO module.
THE POWER SUPPLY
NOTE:
z Measure the voltage while shaking the
wiring harness between the SAS control No Go to the next step.
module and passenger-side air bag
module.
z Abnormal resistance (other than 1.4-3.9 ohms ) detected in the driver-side side a
z Malfunction in the wiring harness between the driver-side side air bag module an
z Driver-side side air bag module connector malfunction
z Open or short circuit in the wiring harness between the driver-side side air bag m
POSSIBLE CAUSE control module
z Driver-side side air bag module malfunction
z SAS control module malfunction
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 RESTRAINTS On-Board Diagnostic - CX-7
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
WARNING:
z Handling the air bag system components
improperly can accidentally deploy the air bag
modules and pre-tensioner seat belts, which
may seriously injure you. Read the service
warnings and cautions before handling the air
bag system components.
(See CONSOLE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )
{ Open circuit
NOTE:
z Inspect for continuity while
shaking the wiring harness
between the SAS control module
and driver-side side air bag
module.
NOTE:
z Measure the voltage while shaking the
wiring harness between the SAS control
module and driver-side side air bag.
No Go to the next step.
module.
z Detection conditions are for understanding the DTC outline before performing
Performing an inspection according to only the detection conditions may cau
operating error, or damage the system. When performing an inspection, alway
inspection procedure.
DETECTION
CONDITION
z Abnormal resistance (other than 1.4-3.9 ohms ) detected in the passenger-side sid
circuit
z Malfunction in the wiring harness between the passenger-side side air bag modul
module
z Passenger-side side air bag module connector malfunction
z Open or short circuit in the wiring harness between the passenger-side side air ba
POSSIBLE CAUSE control module
z Passenger-side side air bag module malfunction
z SAS control module malfunction
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 RESTRAINTS On-Board Diagnostic - CX-7
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
WARNING:
z Handling the air bag system components
improperly can accidentally deploy the air bag
modules and pre-tensioner seat belts, which
may seriously injure you. Read the service
warnings and cautions before handling the air
bag system components.
(See CONSOLE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )
{ Open circuit
NOTE:
z Inspect for continuity while
shaking the wiring harness
between the SAS control module
and passenger-side side air bag
module.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
WARNING:
z Handling the air bag system components
improperly can accidentally deploy the air bag
modules and pre-tensioner seat belts, which
may seriously injure you. Read the service
warnings and cautions before handling the air
bag system components.
(See CONSOLE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )
{ Open circuit
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 RESTRAINTS On-Board Diagnostic - CX-7
NOTE:
z Inspect for continuity while
shaking the wiring harness
between the SAS control module
and clock spring.
NOTE:
z Measure the voltage while shaking the
wiring harness between the SAS control
module and driver-side air bag module.
z Abnormal resistance (other than 1.4-3.9 ohms ) detected in the passenger-side air ba
2) circuit
z Malfunction in the wiring harness between the passenger-side air bag module (inflato
control module
z Passenger-side air bag module (inflator No. 2) connector malfunction
z Open or short circuit in the wiring harness between the passenger-side air bag modul
POSSIBLE SAS control module
CAUSE
z Passenger-side air bag module (inflator No. 2) malfunction
z SAS control module malfunction
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 RESTRAINTS On-Board Diagnostic - CX-7
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
WARNING:
z Handling the air bag system components
improperly can accidentally deploy the air bag
modules and pre-tensioner seat belts, which
may seriously injure you. Read the service
warnings and cautions before handling the air
bag system components.
(See CONSOLE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )
{ Open circuit
NOTE:
z Inspect for continuity while
shaking the wiring harness
between the SAS control module
and passenger-side air bag
module.
DTC B2290
DTC B2290 DETECTION CONDITION & POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC B2290 Passenger sensing system malfunction
WARNING:
z Detection conditions are for understanding the DTC outline before performing an
DETECTION Performing an inspection according to only the detection conditions may cause in
operating error, or damage the system. When performing an inspection, always fo
CONDITION procedure.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
NOTE:
z Measure the voltage while
shaking the wiring harness
between the fuse block and
seat weight sensor control
module.
NOTE:
z Inspect for continuity
while shaking the wiring
harness between the
SAS control module and
seat weight sensor
control module.
5 INSPECT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR Yes Replace the seat weight sensor on the side in
CONTROL MODULE which the PID/data monitor indicates a
malfunction.
z Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK (See FRONT SEAT
position. DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY )
z Disconnect the negative battery cable
and wait for 1 min or more .
z Disconnect the seat weight sensor
connector from the seat weight sensor
control module.
z Connect the negative battery cable.
z Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position.
z Measure the voltage between the
following terminals:
CAUTION:
z When measuring the voltage at
a terminal of the seat weight
sensor control module,
measure it being careful not to
bend or damage the terminal.
6 INSPECT SAS CONTROL MODULE Yes Replace the SAS control module.
(See SAS CONTROL MODULE
z Reperform the DTC inspection. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )
z Is DTC B2290 indicated? No DTC troubleshooting completed.
DTC B2296
DTC B2296 DETECTION CONDITION & POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC B2296 Crash zone sensor (communication error, internal circuit abnormal)
WARNING:
z Detection conditions are for understanding the DTC outline before performing an
Performing an inspection according to only the detection conditions may cause in
DETECTION operating error, or damage the system. When performing an inspection, always fo
CONDITION procedure.
z Malfunction in the wiring harness between the crash zone sensor and SAS control mo
z Malfunction in the crash zone sensor circuit
z Crash zone sensor connector malfunction
POSSIBLE z Open or short circuit in the wiring harness between the crash zone sensor and SAS co
CAUSE z Crash zone sensor malfunction
z SAS control module malfunction
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 RESTRAINTS On-Board Diagnostic - CX-7
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
connector?
2 INSPECT WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN SAS Yes Go to the next step.
CONTROL MODULE AND CRASH ZONE
SENSOR
{ Open circuit
NOTE:
z Inspect for continuity while
shaking the wiring harness
between the SAS control module
and crash zone sensor.
THE SAS CONTROL MODULE AND CRASH between the SAS control module
ZONE SENSOR FOR A SHORT CIRCUIT TO and the crash zone sensor.
THE POWER SUPPLY
NOTE:
z Measure the voltage while shaking the
wiring harness between the SAS control
module and crash zone sensor.
z Malfunction in the wiring harness between the driver-side side air bag sensor No. 1
module
z Malfunction in the driver-side side air bag sensor circuit
z Driver-side side air bag sensor connector malfunction
z Open or short circuit in the wiring harness between the driver-side side air bag sens
POSSIBLE CAUSE control module
z Driver-side side air bag sensor malfunction
z SAS control module malfunction
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
WARNING:
z Handling the air bag system components
improperly can accidentally deploy the air bag
modules and pre-tensioner seat belts, which
may seriously injure you. Read the service
warnings and cautions before handling the air
bag system components.
(See CONSOLE
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 RESTRAINTS On-Board Diagnostic - CX-7
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )
{ Open circuit
NOTE:
z Inspect for continuity while
shaking the wiring harness
between the SAS control module
and driver-side side air bag
sensor No. 1.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
WARNING:
z Handling the air bag system components
improperly can accidentally deploy the air bag
modules and pre-tensioner seat belts, which
may seriously injure you. Read the service
warnings and cautions before handling the air
bag system components.
(See CONSOLE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )
{ Open circuit
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 RESTRAINTS On-Board Diagnostic - CX-7
NOTE:
z Inspect for continuity while
shaking the wiring harness
between the SAS control module
and passenger-side side air bag
sensor No. 1.
DTC B2477
DETECTION CONDITION & POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC B2477 Configuration error
WARNING:
z Detection conditions are for understanding the DTC outline before
performing an inspection. Performing an inspection according to only the
DETECTION detection conditions may cause injury due to an operating error, or damage
CONDITION the system. When performing an inspection, always follow the inspection
procedure.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
WARNING:
z Handling the air bag system components
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 RESTRAINTS On-Board Diagnostic - CX-7
improperly can accidentally deploy the air bag No Go to the next step.
modules and pre-tensioner seat belts, which
may seriously injure you. Read the service
warnings and cautions before handling the air
bag system components.
(See CONSOLE
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 RESTRAINTS On-Board Diagnostic - CX-7
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )
{ Open circuit
NOTE:
z Inspect for continuity while
shaking the wiring harness
between the SAS control module
and driver-side curtain air bag
module.
NOTE:
z Measure the voltage while shaking the
wiring harness between the SAS control
module and driver-side curtain air bag
No Go to the next step.
module.
z Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No Replace the driver-side curtain air
bag module. (See CURTAIN AIR
z Disconnect the negative battery cable and wait
BAG MODULE
for 1 min or more . REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ))
z Connect the SST (Fuel and thermometer
checker) or apply 2 ohms resistance to the
driver-side curtain air bag module connector
terminals A and B.
z Set the SST (Fuel and thermometer checker) to 2
ohms .
z Except for the driver-side curtain air bag module
connector, reconnect all disconnected connectors.
z Connect the negative battery cable.
B2779 Passenger-side curtain air bag module circuit short to body ground
DTC
B2780 Passenger-side curtain air bag module circuit short to power supply
WARNING:
z Detection conditions are for understanding the DTC outline before performin
Performing an inspection according to only the detection conditions may cau
operating error, or damage the system. When performing an inspection, alwa
DETECTION inspection procedure.
CONDITION
z Abnormal resistance (other than 1.4-3.9 ohms ) detected in the passenger-side c
circuit
z Malfunction in the wiring harness between the passenger-side curtain air bag mo
module
z Passenger-side curtain air bag module connector malfunction
z Open or short circuit in the wiring harness between the passenger-side curtain ai
POSSIBLE CAUSE control module
z Passenger-side curtain air bag module malfunction
z SAS control module malfunction
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 RESTRAINTS On-Board Diagnostic - CX-7
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
WARNING:
z Handling the air bag system components
improperly can accidentally deploy the air bag
modules and pre-tensioner seat belts, which
may seriously injure you. Read the service
warnings and cautions before handling the air
bag system components.
(See CONSOLE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )
{ Open circuit
NOTE:
z Inspect for continuity while
shaking the wiring harness
between the SAS control module
and passenger-side curtain air bag
module.
NOTE:
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 RESTRAINTS On-Board Diagnostic - CX-7
DTC B2867
DETECTION CONDITION & POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC B2867 Poor connection of any SAS control module connectors
WARNING:
z Detection conditions are for understanding the DTC outline before performing an i
DETECTION Performing an inspection according to only the detection conditions may cause in
CONDITION operating error, or damage the system. When performing an inspection, always fo
procedure.
z There is no continuity between the poor connection detector bar terminals of the SAS
z Poor connection of any SAS control module connectors
POSSIBLE
CAUSE z Malfunction of any SAS control module connectors
z SAS control module malfunction
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
WARNING:
z Handling the air bag system components
improperly can accidentally deploy the air bag
modules and pre-tensioner seat belts, which
may seriously injure you. Read the service
warnings and cautions before handling the air
bag system components.
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )
z Disconnect the SAS control module connector.
z Are the poor connection detector bars of SAS
control module connectors normal?
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
WARNING:
z Handling the air bag system components
improperly can accidentally deploy the air bag
modules and pre-tensioner seat belts, which
may seriously injure you. Read the service
warnings and cautions before handling the air
bag system components.
{ Open circuit
NOTE:
z Inspect for continuity while
shaking the wiring harness
between the SAS control module
and seat track position sensor.
2009 RESTRAINTS
LOCATION INDEX
WARNING: z Handling the front seat belt (pre-tensioner seat belt) improperly can
accidentally deploy the pre-tensioner seat belt, which may seriously
injure you. Read the air bag system service warnings and cautions
before handling the front seat belt. (See AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE
WARNINGS .) (See AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE CAUTIONS .)
WARNING: z The side air bag sensor is attached to the lower part of the B-pillar.
When working around the B-pillar, disconnect the negative battery
cable avoiding excessive impact to the lower part of the B-pillar.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 RESTRAINTS Seat Belt - CX-7
CAUTION: z The ELR (emergency locking retractor) has a spring that will unwind
if the retractor cover is removed. The spring cannot be rewound by
hand. If this occurs, the ELR will not work properly. Therefore, do not
disassemble the retractor.
WARNING: z The side air bag sensor is attached to the lower part of the B-pillar.
When working around the B-pillar, disconnect the negative battery
cable or work carefully, avoiding excessive impact to the lower part
of the B-pillar.
NOTE: z Rear seat belts are built into the rear seat back. See rear seat
disassembly/assembly to removal/ installation the rear seat belt. (See
REAR SEAT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY ).
CAUTION: z The ELR (emergency locking retractor) has a spring that will unwind
if the retractor cover is removed. The spring cannot be rewound by
hand. If this occurs, the ELR will not work properly. Therefore, do not
disassemble the retractor.
ELR
1. Verify that the belt can be pulled out smoothly, and that it retracts smoothly.
z If there is any malfunction, replace the seat belt.
2. Verify that the retractor locks when the belt is pulled quickly.
z If there is any malfunction, replace the seat belt.
4. While pulling the seat belt out, make sure that the seat belt does not lock when the retractor is tilted
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 RESTRAINTS Seat Belt - CX-7
slowly up to 15° from the mounted position and locks when the retractor is tilted 40° or more.
z If there is any malfunction, replace the seat belt.
ALR
1. Pull the belt out fully to change the lock mode from ELR to ALR.
2. Verify that retractor makes a clicking sound as the belt slowly retracts. If no sound is heard, the lock
mode has not changed to ALR. If necessary, repeat Step 1.
z If there is any malfunction, replace the seat belt.
4. Verify that the lock mode changes to ELR when the belt is fully pulled out.
z If there is any malfunction, replace the seat belt.
WARNING: z When the load limiter operates, the belt and anchor rub against each
other strongly leaving wear tracks. If the seat belt is used in this
state, the seat belt will not function at its full capability and there is
the possibility of serious injury to passengers. Be sure to replace
the seat belt once the load limiter operates.
1. If the vehicle has been subjected to a shock in an accident, pull the belt from the retractor and confirm
that there are no wear tracks (the load limiter has not operated) by visually inspecting and feeling the belt.
z If there is any malfunction, replace the seat belt.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 RESTRAINTS Seat Belt - CX-7
Fig. 10: Identifying Bolt & Front Buckle With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
2009 RESTRAINTS
RESTRAINTS SST
SERVICE TOOLS REFERENCE
49 L066
49 H066 002 49 B066 004 002
Deployment
Adapter harness Adapter
tool
harness
49 N088 0A0
49 G066 003
Fuel and
Adapter -
Thermometer
harness checker
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 RESTRAINTS Symptom Troubleshooting - CX-7
2009 RESTRAINTS
TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX
z Use the chart below verify the symptoms of the trouble in order to diagnose the appropriate area.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
NO. 1 AIR BAG SYSTEM WARNING LIGHT DOES NOT ILLUMINATE DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 INSPECT OTHER WARNING AND Yes Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK
INDICATOR LIGHTS CIRCUIT IN position, then go to the next step.
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
No Inspect the instrument cluster power
z Turn the ignition switch to the ON supply system and ground system, then
position. go to Step 4.
z Do other warning and indicator lights
illuminate?
2 INSPECT DTCS IN SAS CONTROL Yes Perform the applicable DTC inspection,
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 RESTRAINTS Symptom Troubleshooting - CX-7
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
WARNING:
z Handling the air bag system
components improperly can
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 RESTRAINTS Symptom Troubleshooting - CX-7
accidentally deploy the air bag No Reconnect the connector properly, then
modules and pre-tensioner seat go to Step 10.
belts, which may seriously injure
you. Read the air bag system
service warnings and cautions
before handling the air bag system
components.
z Inspect the instrument cluster warning No Repair or replace the instrument cluster
lights using check code. (See according to inspection results. Then go
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER to Step 10.
INPUT/OUTPUT CHECK
MODE ).
z Are the check results okay?
z Connect the negative battery cable. No Repair the wiring harnesses, then go to
Step 10.
z Turn the ignition switch to ON
position.
z Measure the voltage at instrument
cluster connector terminal 2G.
z Is the voltage 8 V-16 V ?
9 VERIFY THAT SAS CONTROL Yes Replace the SAS control module, then go
MODULE CONNECTOR TERMINAL to the next step. (See SAS CONTROL
1X IS GROUND MODULE
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 RESTRAINTS Symptom Troubleshooting - CX-7
{ Open circuit
1. When installing the wheels and tires, tighten the wheel nuts in a criss-cross pattern to the following
tightening torque.
Tightening torque
1. If any power steering fluid line has been disconnected anytime during the procedure, add ATF M-III, M-
V or equivalent (e.g. Dexron®II), bleed the fluid lines, and inspect for leakage after the procedure has
been completed.
CONNECTOR DISCONNECTION
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable before performing any work that requires handling of connectors.
(See BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION[L3 WITH TC] )
1. Tighten any part of the suspension that uses rubber bushings only after vehicle has been lowered to the
ground and unloaded.
NOTE: z Unloaded: Fuel tank is full. Engine coolant and engine oil are at
specified level. Spare tire, jack, and tools are in designated position.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 STEERING Power Steering - CX-7
2009 STEERING
AIR BLEEDING
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 STEERING Power Steering - CX-7
CAUTION: z Do not turn the steering wheel during the fluid level inspection,
otherwise the fluid level changes and cannot be inspected correctly.
2WD, AWD (except Mexico spec.): 0.89 L {0.94 US qt, 0.78 lmp qt}
CAUTION: z If the steering wheel is kept in the fully turned position for more
than 5 s, the fluid temperature will rise excessively and
adversely affect the oil pump.
NOTE: z The points where fluid leakage may occur are indicated in the figure.
2. Disconnect the pressure pipe from the oil pump, and connect the SSTs.
Tightening torque
CAUTION: z If the valve is left closed for more than 5 s, the fluid temperature
will rise excessively and adversely affect the oil pump.
8. Open the gauge valve fully and increase the engine speed to 1,000-1,500 rpm.
9. Turn the steering wheel fully to the left and right, then measure the fluid pressure generated at the gear
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 STEERING Power Steering - CX-7
housing.
z If the pressure is not within the specification, repair or replace the steering gear component.
CAUTION: z If the steering wheel is kept in the fully turned position for
more than 5 seconds, the fluid temperature will rise
excessively and adversely affect the oil pump.
10. Remove the SSTs. Install and tighten the pressure pipe to the specified torque.
Tightening torque
1. With the wheels in the straight-ahead position, gently turn the steering wheel to the left and right and
verify that the play is within the specification.
z If the play exceeds the specification, either the steering joints are worn or the backlash of the
steering gear is excessive. Correct as necessary.
1. Move the steering wheel as shown in the figure to inspect for column bearing wear, steering shaft joint
play, steering wheel looseness, and column looseness.
z Repair or replace as necessary.
z Fluid level
2. With the vehicle on a hard, level surface, put the wheels in the straight-ahead position.
3. Remove the air bag module.
4. Start the engine and warm the power steering fluid to 50-60°C {122-140°F}.
5. Measure the steering wheel effort using a torque wrench.
z If not within the specification, verify the following:
Steering wheel effort (reference value) 7.8 N.m {80 kgf.cm, 69 in.lbf} max.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 STEERING Power Steering - CX-7
WARNING: z Handling the air bag module improperly can accidentally deploy the
air bag module, which may seriously injure you. Read AIR BAG
SYSTEM WARNINGS before handling the air bag module. (See AIR
BAG SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS .) (See AIR BAG SYSTEM
SERVICE CAUTIONS ).
Fig. 9: Identifying Steering Wheel & Column Components With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
CAUTION: z Do not try to remove the steering wheel by hitting the shaft with a
hammer. The column will collapse.
1. Make a groove in the heads of the steering lock mounting bolts using a chisel and a hammer.
1. Make sure the wheels in the straight-ahead position, and install the steering wheel.
side) and fix the wiring harness to an appropriate place where it will
not be pulled by mistake while servicing the vehicle.
Fig. 16: Identifying Steering Gear & Linkage With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 STEERING Power Steering - CX-7
CAUTION: z Place copper plates, rag, or similar material in a vise, when securing
the mounting bracket portion of the steering gear.
1. Lock the steering rack end (pinion gear side) against rotation with a wrench remove the tie rod using the
SST.
Substitution SST
z 49 H032 351
Width across flats 34mm {1.3 in} (Torque control enabled wrench)
2. Install a wrench to the tie rod end and the flat surface of the steering rack as shown in the figure and
remove the inner ball joint using the SST.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 STEERING Power Steering - CX-7
1. Install two nuts to the bolt across a flat 24 mm {0.94 in} and tighten them using a wrench.
2. Secure the adjusting cover with the bolt and nuts created in Step 1, and remove the locknut using the
SST.
CAUTION: z If a tool such as a torque wrench is installed to the SST (49 E032
308), install the tool so that it is perpendicular to the SST as
shown in the figure. If the tool is not installed as instructed, the
SST can separate from the locknut easily which could cause
damage to the locknut while doing the work.
1. Press out the pinion shaft and oil seal (lower side) component.
1. Press out the upper bearing and oil seal from the valve housing using the SSTs.
Substitution SST
z 49 G033 102
Fig. 23: Pressing Upper Bearing And Oil Seal From Valve Housing With SST
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
1. Remove the clip while pinching both ends of the clip using long-nose pliers as shown in the figure.
2. Using a snap ring plier, withdraw the rack stopper.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 STEERING Power Steering - CX-7
1. Install the SST (49 N032 319A) to the gear housing with the raised part facing up as shown in the figure.
2. Insert the SSTs (49 F032 303, 49 S032 318) into the valve housing side.
3. Remove the oil seal using a press.
1. Press the mounting rubber out from the gear housing using the SSTs and a press.
Substitution SST
z 49 B018 003
z 49 B032 317
Fig. 26: Pressing Out Gear Housing Mounting Rubber With SST
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Large diameter portion (near point A): 0.15 mm {0.006 in} max.
Small diameter portion (near point B): 0.20 mm {0.008 in} max.
1. Inspect the tie-rod end for damage and boot cracks. Replace it if necessary.
2. Inspect the ball joint for looseness. Replace the tie-rod end if necessary.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 STEERING Power Steering - CX-7
Rotation torque
CAUTION: z Place copper plates, rag, or similar material in a vise, when securing
the mounting bracket portion of the steering gear.
3. Press the mounting rubber until the mounting rubber end comes out completely from the gear housing
using the SSTs and a press.
Substitution SST
z 49 B032 317
z 49 B018 003
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 STEERING Power Steering - CX-7
4. Reverse the gear housing, then press the mounting rubber until the mounting rubber end comes out
completely from the other side. At this time, make sure that the mounting rubber and steel pipe are
aligned.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 STEERING Power Steering - CX-7
Fig. 33: Pressing Mounting Rubber End From Gear Housing With SST
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
1. Using an appropriate pipe and a hammer, insert the rack stopper into the gear housing until the clip
installation groove of the gear housing comes out.
2. Apply 53.3 kPa {400 mmHg, 15.8 inHg} vacuum with a vacuum pump and verify that it is held for 30 s.
z If the vacuum is not held, replace the oil seal.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 STEERING Power Steering - CX-7
Substitution SST
z 49 H032 327
z 49 H032 334
Substitution SST
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 STEERING Power Steering - CX-7
z 49 H032 327
Substitution SST
z 49 L032 312A
Outer diameter: 35-36 mm {1.2-1.3 in} Cylindrical shape outer diameter of 40 mm {1.6 in} or
more.
Specified grease
1. Install two nuts to the bolt across a flat 24 mm {0.94 in} and tighten them using a wrench.
2. Using the bolt/nut produced in Step 1, install the adjusting cover.
1. Tighten the adjusting cover with a tightening torque of 20.0 N.m {2.0 kgf.m, 14.8 ft.lbf} .
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 STEERING Power Steering - CX-7
4. Secure the adjusting cover with the bolt and nuts created in Step 1, and tighten the locknut using the SST.
CAUTION: z If a tool such as a torque wrench is installed to the SST (49 E032
308), install the tool so that it is perpendicular to the SST as
shown in the figure. If the tool is not installed as instructed, the
SST can separate from the locknut easily which could cause
damage to the locknut while doing the work.
NOTE: z Be sure that the adjusting cover will not turn together with the
locknut.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 STEERING Power Steering - CX-7
5. Measure the pinion torque using the SST and pull scale.
z If not as specified, remove the locknut and adjust the adjusting cover.
1. Lock the steering rack end against rotation with a suitable wrench and install the tie rod using the SST
Substitution SST
z 49 H032 351
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 STEERING Power Steering - CX-7
Width across flats 34mm {1.3 in} (Torque control enabled wrench)
2. Lock the steering rack end against rotation with a suitable wrench and install the other side tie rod using
the SST.
Substitution SST
z 49 H032 351
Width across flats 34mm {1.3 in} (Torque control enabled wrench)
Fig. 49: Identifying Power Steering Oil Pump Components With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
NOTE: z The following procedure is for replacement of the O-ring and oil seal only.
Replace the pump component if other repairs are necessary.
Fig. 50: Exploded View Of Power Steering Oil Pump With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
CAUTION: z Use the SST to prevent damage to the pump when securing it in
a vise.
1. Tap out the shaft component from the front pump body using a plastic hammer.
1. Remove the oil seal from the front pump body using a flathead screwdriver.
1. Install the oil seal in the front pump body using the SST and plastic hammer.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 STEERING Power Steering - CX-7
1. Install to the front pump body so that area B of the groove is on the rear pump body side as shown in the
figure.
1. Install the cam ring in the front pump body with the mark facing upward.
1. After installing the rear body, manually turn the shaft to verify that it rotates smoothly.
2009 STEERING
STEERING SST
SERVICE TOOLS REFERENCE
49 0180 510B
49 B018 003 Preload 49 H032 334
Body B measuring Collar
attachment
49 L032
312A 49 D032 316 49 G032 3A1
Oil Seal Protractor Joint host set
Installer
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 STEERING Service Tools - CX-7
49 H032 327
Oil seal & 49 H032 351 49 B032 301
bearing Wrench Body
installer
49 E032 308 - -
Wrench
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 STEERING Technical Data (Manual & Power Steering) - CX-7
2009 STEERING
2009 SUSPENSION
CAUTION: z Performing the following procedures without first removing the ABS
wheel-speed sensor may possibly cause an open circuit in the
harness if it is pulled by mistake. Before performing the following
procedures, remove the ABS wheel-speed sensor (axle side) and fix it
to an appropriate place where the sensor will not be pulled by
mistake while servicing the vehicle.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 SUSPENSION Front Suspension - CX-7
1. Remove the windshield wiper arm. (See WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
2. Remove the cowl grille. (See COWL GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
3. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
4. Install in the reverse order of removal.
5. Inspect for front wheel alignment, and adjust it as necessary. (See FRONT WHEEL ALIGNMENT ).
Fig. 2: Identifying Front Shock Absorber & Spring Components With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
1. Install the front shock absorber and coil spring so that the identification mark on the mounting rubber is
facing to the position indicated in the figure.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 SUSPENSION Front Suspension - CX-7
CAUTION: z If the pad in the strut mount area is removed, clean the attachment
surface and install the cap. If the cap is not installed, the front shock
absorber may corrode due to water penetration and cause a
malfunction.
WARNING: z Removing the piston rod nut is dangerous. The shock absorber and
spring could fly off under tremendous pressure and cause serious
injury or death. Secure the shock absorber in the SSTs before
removing the piston rod nut.
1. Protect the coil spring using a piece of cloth, then set the SSTs .
2. Compress the coil spring using the SSTs , and remove the piston rod nut.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 SUSPENSION Front Suspension - CX-7
Fig. 5: View Of Piston Rod Nut & Coil Spring Compression Tool
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
1. Install the upper spring seat so that the notch is facing to the out side of the vehicle.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 SUSPENSION Front Suspension - CX-7
1. Slide the mounting rubber identification mark away from the notch of the spring seat and install.
4. Compress and extend the shock piston at least three times. Verify that the operational force does not
change and that there is no unusual noise.
z If not as specified, replace the shock absorber.
WARNING: z Whenever drilling into a shock absorber, wear protective eye wear.
The gas in the shock absorber is pressurized, and could spray metal
chips into the eyes and face when drilling.
1. Clamp a shock absorber on a flat surface or with the piston pointing downwards.
2. Drill a 2-3 mm {0.08-0.12 in} hole at a point 20-30 mm {0.8-1.2 in} from the bottom of the tube, so that
the gas can escape.
3. Turn the hole downwards.
4. The oil can be collected by moving the piston rod several times up and down and cutting the tube at the
end.
5. Dispose of waste oil according to the waste disposal law.
Fig. 10: Identifying Front Lower Arm Components With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
NOTE: Adjust the bolt insertion direction on the left and right of the vehicle so that
they are the same.
3. Rotate the ball joint stud 5 times . Install the SST and M6 bolt (bolt length (measured from below the
head): 20 mm {0.79 in}) to the ball joint stud, measure the rotational torque using a torque wrench.
z If not within the specification, replace the lower arm.
Front lower arm rotational torque 1.4-2.0 N.m {15-20 kgf.cm, 13-17 in.lbf}
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 SUSPENSION Front Suspension - CX-7
1. Install the stabilizer bar so that the identification mark is on the left side of the vehicle.
1. Align the outer side of the positioning plate with the stabilizer bushing.
Fig. 14: Identifying Positioning Plate With Stabilizer Bushing & Identification Mark
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
1. Install the stabilizer bracket so that the arrow is pointed to the front.
STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE, FRONT STABILIZER, FRONT LOWER ARM AND FRONT
CROSSMEMBER COMPONENT REMOVAL NOTE
1. Install the front crossmember mounting rubber (front) so that the smaller outer diameter is facing upward.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 SUSPENSION Front Suspension - CX-7
1. Install the front crossmember mounting rubber (rear) so that the larger outer diameter is facing upward.
STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE, FRONT STABILIZER, FRONT LOWER ARM AND FRONT
CROSSMEMBER COMPONENT INSTALLATION NOTE
1. Raise the steering gear and linkage, front stabilizer, front lower arm and front crossmember component to
the appropriate level and install the return hose and pressure hose.
Tightening torque
Pressure hose (power steering pump side): 29.4-44.1 N.m {3.00-4.49 kgf.m, 21.7-32.5 ft.lbf}
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 SUSPENSION Front Suspension - CX-7
2. Install the steering gear and linkage, front stabilizer, front lower arm and front crossmember component.
3. Temporarily install the NO. 1 engine mount bracket bolt C in the figure.
4. Tighten the NO. 1 engine mount bolt A and B in order of A then B.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 SUSPENSION Front Suspension - CX-7
Tightening torque
Tightening torque
NOTE: Bolt C can be tightened on the nut side. When tightening on the nut side,
tighten it according to the following tightening torque.
NOTE: When replacing bolt D on the crossmember side, always replace it with a
bolt of the same size as the removed one.
Tightening torque
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 SUSPENSION Front Suspension - CX-7
2. Install the transverse member so that the arrow is pointing to the front of the vehicle.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 SUSPENSION Front Suspension - CX-7
3. Tighten the nut A, then tighten the bolts in the order of B, C to the specified torque.
Tightening torque
PRECAUTION (SUSPENSION)
WHEELS AND TIRES REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
1. Tighten any part of the suspension that uses rubber bushings only after the vehicle has been lowered to
the ground and unloaded.
NOTE: z Unloaded: Fuel tank is full. Engine coolant and engine oil are at
specified levels. Spare tire, jack and tools are in designated position.
CAUTION: z Brake fluid will damage painted surfaces. If brake fluid does get on a
painted surface, wipe it off immediately.
1. Tighten the brake pipe flare nut using the commercially available flare nut wrench. Be sure to modify the
brake pipe flare nut tightening torque to allow for use of a commercially available flare nut wrench. (See
SERVICE CAUTIONS ).
2. If any brake line has been disconnected anytime during the procedure, add brake fluid, bleed the brakes,
and inspect for leakage after the procedure has been completed.
1. If any steering fluid line has been disconnected, perform the following after installation of the power
steering components.
{ Power steering fluid amount inspection
{ Air bleeding
2009 SUSPENSION
Fig. 1: Tire Pressure Monitoring System Wiring Diagram With Advanced Keyless System
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Fig. 2: Tire Pressure Monitoring System Wiring Diagram With Keyless Entry System
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
z The OBD test inspects the integrity and function of the TPMS and outputs the results when requested by
the specific tests.
z On-board diagnostic test also:
{ Provides a quick inspection of the TPMS usually performed at the start of each diagnostic
procedure.
{ Provides verification after repairs to ensure that no other faults occurred during service.
z This function allows you to read or clear DTCs in the instrument cluster memory.
z This function allows you to access certain data values, input signals, calculated values, and system status
information.
2. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS.
z When using the IDS (laptop PC)
2. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS.
z When using the IDS (laptop PC)
2. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS.
z When using the IDS (laptop PC)
1. Select "DataLogger".
2. Select "Module".
3. Select "IC".
z When using the PDS (pocket PC)
NOTE: z The PID data screen function is used for monitoring the calculated
value of input/output signals in the module. Therefore, if the
monitored value of the output parts is not within the specification, it
is necessary to inspect the monitored value of input parts
corresponding to applicable output part control. In addition, because
the system does not display an output part malfunction as an
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 SUSPENSION On-Board Diagnostic - CX-7
2. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS.
z When using the IDS (laptop PC)
1. Select "DataLogger".
2. Select "Molule".
3. Select "IC".
z When using the PDS (Pocket PC)
DTC TABLE
DTC CHART
DTC
Description Page
M-MDS
B1342 Instrument cluster internal malfunction (See DTC B1342 [INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER] ).
B2143 ID registration failure (See DTC B2143.)
B2477 Instrument cluster configuration not (See DTC B2477 [INSTRUMENT
performed CLUSTER] ).
B2868 Wheel unit No. 1 internal malfunction (See DTC B2868, B2869, B2870, B2871.)
B2869 Wheel unit No. 2 internal malfunction (See DTC B2868, B2869, B2870, B2871.)
B2870 Wheel unit No. 3 internal malfunction (See DTC B2868, B2869, B2870, B2871.)
B2871 Wheel unit No. 4 internal malfunction (See DTC B2868, B2869, B2870, B2871.)
U0127 Communication failure between instrument (See DTC U0127.)
cluster and keyless receiver
U2616 Wheel unit No. 1 (No response) (See DTC U2616, U2617, U2618,
U2619.)
U2617 Wheel unit No. 2 (No response) (See DTC U2616, U2617, U2618,
U2619.)
U2618 Wheel unit No. 3 (No response) (See DTC U2616, U2617, U2618,
U2619.)
U2619 Wheel unit No. 4 (No response) (See DTC U2616, U2617, U2618,
U2619.)
PID Name
(Definition) Unit/Condition Condition/Specification Action
AI_WU1_ID
AI_WU2_ID
z Replace the wheel
AI_WU3_ID
Indicates the wheel unit ID code. unit.
AI_WU4_ID -
(During wheel unit ID registration.) Perform the wheel
(Wheel unit ID code z
FFD1_WU1_P
FFD1_WU2_P
FFD1_WU3_P
Indicates the tire pressure. (Freeze Adjust tire pressure.
FFD1_WU4_P Pa/psi
frame PID data 1)
(Tire pressure value
(freeze frame PID data
1))
FFD2_WU1_P
FFD2_WU2_P
FFD2_WU3_P Indicates the tire pressure. (Freeze
FFD2_WU4_P Pa/psi Adjust tire pressure.
frame PID data 2)
(Tire pressure value
(freeze frame PID data
2))
FFD1_WU1_T
FFD1_WU2_T
FFD1_WU3_T Indicates the internal tire air
FFD1_WU4_T
°C/°F temperature. (Freeze frame PID Adjust tire pressure.
(Internal tire air
data 1)
temperature value
(freeze frame PID data
1))
FFD2_WU1_T
FFD2_WU2_T
FFD2_WU3_T
Indicates the internal tire air
FFD2_WU4_T
°C/°F temperature. (Freeze frame PID Adjust tire pressure.
(Internal tire air
data 2)
temperature value
(freeze frame PID data
2))
FFD1_MLG
(Wheel unit mileage Indicates the mileage. (Freeze
m/mi (ft) Adjust tire pressure.
value (freeze frame frame PID data 1)
PID data 1))
FFD2_MLG
(Wheel unit mileage Indicates the mileage. (Freeze
m/mi (ft) Adjust tire pressure.
value (freeze frame frame PID data 2)
PID data 2))
FFD1_SPD
(Wheel unit speed Indicates the speed. (Freeze frame
KPH/MPH Adjust tire pressure.
value (freeze frame PID data 1)
PID data 1))
FFD2_SPD
(Wheel unit speed Indicates the speed. (Freeze frame
KPH/MPH Adjust tire pressure.
value (freeze frame PID data 2)
PID data 2))
IC_DTC_CNT
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 SUSPENSION On-Board Diagnostic - CX-7
NOTE: z The tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) does not identify the location
of the malfunctioning wheel unit on the vehicle (RF, LF, LR, RR). The TPMS
identifies each wheel unit as No. 1, No. 2, No. 3 and No. 4. In order to
identify the location of the wheel unit, perform the following procedure.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 SUSPENSION On-Board Diagnostic - CX-7
{ WU2_P
{ WU3_P
{ WU4_P
7. Determine which wheel unit identification code matches which wheel and tire by comparing the PID
monitor values with the air pressure values set in Step 1.
8. Select the ID_LAST PID using the M-MDS, and take a note of four displayed identification codes.
9. Inspect the DTCs using the M-MDS.
DTC B2143
DTC B2143 DETECTION CONDITION AND POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC B2143 z ID registration failure
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 SUSPENSION On-Board Diagnostic - CX-7
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
{ ID_WU2
{ ID_WU3
{ ID_WU4
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
DTC U0127
WITH ADVANCED KEYLESS SYSTEM
Diagnostic procedure
2 INSPECT WHEEL UNIT SIGNAL Yes Repair or replace the following wiring harness
FOR SHORT TO POWER for a short to power then go to Step 6.
3 INSPECT WHEEL UNIT SIGNAL Yes Repair or replace the following wiring harness
FOR SHORT TO GROUND for a short to ground, then go to Step 6.
Diagnostic procedure
2 INSPECT WHEEL UNIT SIGNAL Yes Repair or replace the following wiring harness
FOR SHORT TO POWER for a short to power, then go to Step 5.
z Turn the ignition switch off. { Between keyless receiver terminal D and
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 SUSPENSION On-Board Diagnostic - CX-7
3 INSPECT WHEEL UNIT SIGNAL Yes Repair or replace the following wiring harness
FOR SHORT TO GROUND for a short to ground, then go to step 5.
z Turn the ignition switch off. { Between keyless receiver terminal D and
z Disconnect keyless receiver,
instrument cluster terminal 2N
instrument cluster and BCM { Between keyless receiver terminal D and
connectors. BCM 3G
z Inspect for continuity between
keyless receiver terminal D No Replace keyless receiver, then go to the next
(harness-side) and ground. step. (See KEYLESS RECEIVER
z Is there continuity?
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
4 INSPECT FOR BCM Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
MALFUNCTION (See DTC TABLE [BCM] .)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
z Go to Step 5.
4 INSPECT FOR KEYLESS CM Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection. (See
MALFUNCTION DTC TABLE[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
(KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)] ).
zTurn the ignition switch off.
z Using the M-MDS, perform the
DTC inspection for the keyless
CM. No Go to the next step.
z Is any DTCs present?
NOTE: z If the installed wheel unit ID number is known, verification of whether the
instrument cluster is receiving data from the wheel unit can be easily
confirmed using the following procedure:
1. Drive the vehicle at 25 km/h {15.5 mph} or more, and send data from
the wheel unit.
2. Select [ID_LAST] from the PID items, and monitor the data.
3. Verification that the instrument cluster is receiving data is possible if
the monitored ID number matches the installed wheel unit ID number.
z If the wheel unit has been newly replaced, the TPMS warning light may
flash before the ID registration is complete, and DTC U2616, U2617, U2618
and U2619 may be stored in the memory. In this case, re-implement the
wheel unit ID registration, and after confirming that the TPMS warning light
is no longer flashing, erase the DTC. If the TPMS warning light does not go
out, a malfunction on any one of the wheel units may have occurred and
the ID registration will not have been correctly performed. Repeat the
diagnostic procedure from Step 1 and perform and inspection.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 SUSPENSION Rear Suspension - CX-7
2009 SUSPENSION
1. Raise the rear trailing link to the unloaded condition with a jack.
WARNING: z Removing the coil spring is dangerous. The coil spring could
fly off, the cause serious injury or death.
1. Position the jack under the lower arm and jack up slowly.
WARNING: z Installing the coil spring is dangerous. The coil spring could fly
off, and cause serious injury or death.
Tightening torque
Tightening torque
1. Remove the middle pipe. (See EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH
TC] ).
2. Remove the rear stabilizer. (See REAR STABILIZER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
4. Install in the reverse order of removal.
5. Inspect the rear wheel alignment. (See REAR WHEEL ALIGNMENT ).
1. Install the rear stabilizer so that the side with the wider marking area points towards the right side of the
vehicle.
Fig. 16: Identifying Rear Stabilizer Side With Wider Marking Area
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
1. Align the outer side of the marking with the stabilizer bushing.
1. Install the control link with white marking to the left side of the vehicle.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 SUSPENSION Rear Suspension - CX-7
CAUTION: z Performing the following procedures without first removing the ABS
wheel-speed sensor may possibly cause an open circuit in the
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 SUSPENSION Rear Suspension - CX-7
1. Remove the middle pipe. (See EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH
TC] ).
2. Remove the rear stabilizer. (See REAR STABILIZER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the rear coil spring. (See REAR COIL SPRING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
5. Install in the reverse order of removal.
6. Inspect the rear wheel alignment. (See REAR WHEEL ALIGNMENT ).
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 SUSPENSION Rear Suspension - CX-7
1. Remove the rear ABS wheel-speed sensor and rear ABS wheel-speed sensor harness connected to the rear
trailing link.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 SUSPENSION Rear Suspension - CX-7
BOLTS (REAR LATERAL LINK OUTER SIDE & REAR UPPER ARM OUTER SIDE) REMOVAL
NOTE
2. Remove the bolts (rear lateral link outer side and rear upper arm outer side).
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 SUSPENSION Rear Suspension - CX-7
BOLTS (REAR LATERAL LINK OUTER SIDE & REAR UPPER ARM OUTER SIDE)
INSTALLATION NOTE
1. Raise the rear trailing link to the unloaded condition with a jack.
2. Tighten the bolts (rear lateral link outer side and rear upper arm outer side).
CAUTION: z Performing the following procedures without first removing the ABS
wheel-speed sensor may possibly cause an open circuit in the
harness if it is pulled by mistake. Before performing the following
procedures, remove the ABS wheel-speed sensor (axle side) and fix it
to an appropriate place where the sensor will not be pulled by
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 SUSPENSION Rear Suspension - CX-7
1. Remove the middle pipe. (See EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC] )
2. Remove the rear stabilizer. (See REAR STABILIZER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
3. Remove the rear coil spring. (See REAR COIL SPRING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
5. Install in the reverse order of removal.
6. Inspect the rear wheel alignment. (See REAR WHEEL ALIGNMENT ).
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 SUSPENSION Rear Suspension - CX-7
1. Remove the rear ABS wheel-speed sensor and rear ABS wheel-speed sensor harness connected to the rear
trailing link.
BOLTS (REAR LATERAL LINK OUTER SIDE & REAR UPPER ARM OUTER SIDE) REMOVAL
NOTE
lighten the force on the bushing and make it easier to perform the
procedure.
2. Remove the bolts (rear lateral link outer side and rear upper arm outer side).
CAUTION: z Removing the trailing link is dangerous. The trailing link could
fall and cause serious injury or death. Verify that the jack
securely supports the trailing link.
2. Separate the rear drive shaft (rear axle side) from the wheel hub.
3. Remove the rear trailing link.
BOLTS (REAR LATERAL LINK OUTER SIDE & REAR UPPER ARM OUTER SIDE)
INSTALLATION NOTE
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 SUSPENSION Rear Suspension - CX-7
1. Raise the rear trailing link to the unloaded condition with a jack.
2. Tighten the bolts (rear lateral link outer side and rear upper arm outer side).
CAUTION: z Performing the following procedures without first removing the ABS
wheel-speed sensor may possibly cause an open circuit in the
harness if it is pulled by mistake. Before performing the following
procedures, remove the ABS wheel-speed sensor (axle side) and fix it
to an appropriate place where the sensor will not be pulled by
mistake while servicing the vehicle.
Fig. 31: Identifying Rear Crossmember (2WD) Components With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
BOLT (REAR UPPER ARM OUTER SIDE & REAR LATERAL LINK OUTER SIDE) REMOVAL
NOTE
1. Raise the rear trailing link to the unloaded condition with a jack.
2. Remove the bolts (rear upper arm outer side and rear lateral link outer side).
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 SUSPENSION Rear Suspension - CX-7
1. Support the crossmember component using a jack and remove the nuts.
2. Remove the crossmember component.
BOLT (REAR UPPER ARM OUTER SIDE & REAR LATERAL LINK OUTER SIDE)
INSTALLATION NOTE
1. Raise the rear trailing link to the unloaded condition with a jack.
2. Tighten the bolts (rear upper arm outer side and rear lateral link outer side).
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 SUSPENSION Rear Suspension - CX-7
1. Install the cross bar so that the triangular marking is facing to the front of the vehicle.
CAUTION: z Performing the following procedures without first removing the ABS
wheel-speed sensor may possibly cause an open circuit in the
harness if it is pulled by mistake. Before performing the following
procedures, remove the ABS wheel-speed sensor (axle side) and fix it
to an appropriate place where the sensor will not be pulled by
mistake while servicing the vehicle.
Fig. 36: Identifying Rear Crossmember (AWD) Components With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
1. Remove the rear ABS wheel-speed sensor and rear ABS wheel-speed sensor harness connected to the
trailing link.
BOLTS (REAR LATERAL LINK OUTER SIDE & REAR UPPER ARM OUTER SIDE) REMOVAL
NOTE
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 SUSPENSION Rear Suspension - CX-7
1. Raise the rear trailing link to the unloaded condition with a jack.
2. Remove the bolts (rear lateral link outer side and rear upper arm outer side).
BOLTS (REAR LATERAL LINK OUTER SIDE & REAR UPPER ARM OUTER SIDE)
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 SUSPENSION Rear Suspension - CX-7
INSTALLATION NOTE
1. Raise the rear trailing link to the unloaded condition with a jack.
2. Tighten the bolts (rear lateral link outer side and rear upper arm outer side).
1. Install the cross bar so that the triangular marking is facing to the front of the vehicle.
2009 SUSPENSION
SUSPENSION SST
SUSPENSION SST
49 FT01
49 T034 1A0 49 T028 3A0
389
Coil spring Ball Joint
Preload
compressor set Puller set
adapter
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 SUSPENSION Symptom Troubleshooting - CX-7
2009 SUSPENSION
Fig. 1: Tire Pressure Monitoring System Wiring Diagram (Advanced Keyless System)
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Fig. 2: Tire Pressure Monitoring System Wiring Diagram (Keyless Entry System)
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
FOREWORD
z Before performing the steps in Symptom Troubleshooting, perform the On-board Diagnostic Inspection.
To check the DTC, follow the DTC Inspection steps. (See TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING
SYSTEM (TPMS) ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS ).
PRECAUTION
INTERMITTENT CONCERN TROUBLESHOOTING
Vibration method
z If malfunction occurs or becomes worse while driving on a rough road or when the engine is vibrating,
perform the steps below.
NOTE: z There are several reasons why vehicle or engine vibration could
cause an electrical malfunction. Some of the things to check for are:
{ Connectors not fully seated.
NOTE: z If engine starts and runs, perform the following steps at idle.
NOTE: z If engine starts and runs, perform the following steps at idle.
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 SUSPENSION Symptom Troubleshooting - CX-7
No. Symptom
1 TPMS warning light illuminates continuously.
2 TPMS warning light (low pressure warning) illuminates after engine start and turns
off after driving for a period of time.
3 Wheel unit ID registration cannot be performed (TPMS warning light flashes).
CAUTION: z The tire pressure cannot be measured accurately after driving for a
long period due to the internal temperature and pressure. Stop the
vehicle for approx. 1 hour and then perform the tire pressure
measurement and adjustment.
z Use a high accuracy digital gauge for measurement of the tire
pressure.
NOTE: z If the DTC clearing procedure is implement, the TPMS warning light turns
off.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 INSPECT THE TIRE Yes Remove any foreign object. Replace the
tire if necessary, and then go to the next
zIs there any foreign object adhering step.
to the tire? No Go to the next step.
2 INSPECT THE TIRE PRESSURE Yes Adjust the tire pressure to the
specification when the engine is cold,
zIs the tire pressure lower than the and then go tot the next step.
specification? No Go to the next step.
3 DOES THE TPMS WARNING Yes Troubleshooting completed. Explain to
LIGHT TURN OFF? the customer what has been repaired.
No Go to the next step.
4 DRIVE THE VEHICLE AT 25 KM/H Yes Troubleshooting completed. Explain to
FOR 10 MIN. the customer what has been repaired.
No Adjust the tire pressure to the
z Does the TPMS warning light turn specification, and then return to Step 1.
off?
NOTE:
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 SUSPENSION Symptom Troubleshooting - CX-7
CAUTION: z The tire pressure cannot be measured accurately after driving for a
long period due to increased internal temperature and pressure. Stop
the vehicle for approx. 1 hour and then perform the tire pressure
measurement and adjustment.
z Use a high accuracy digital gauge for measurement of the tire
pressure.
NOTE: z The tire pressure normally decreases by approx. 7 kPa {0.07 kgf/cm2 ,1.02
psi} per month even if the tire is normal.
z The FFD (temperature and pressure) stored when the TPMS warning light
is turned on or off can be verified by operating the M-MDS.
TPMS warning light (low pressure warning) illuminates after engine start and
2 turns off after driving for a period of time.
[TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS]
z The tire pressure decreases (approaches value to illuminate TPMS warning light) when the internal
temperature of the tire is low.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 INSPECT THE TIRE Yes Remove any foreign object. Replace the
tire if necessary, and then go to the next
Is there any foreign object adhering
z step.
to the tire? No Go to the next step.
2 MEASURE THE TIRE PRESSURE Yes Adjust the tire pressure to the
WHEN THE ENGINE IS COLD specification, and then go to the next
step.
zHas the tire pressure decreased
(approaches value to illuminate
No Go to the next step.
TPMS warning light)?
3 IS THE MALFUNCTION Yes Troubleshooting completed.
CORRECTED? No Verify troubleshooting again and return
to Step 1 if the malfunction recurs.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 SUSPENSION Symptom Troubleshooting - CX-7
CAUTION: z Activate the wheel unit ID registration mode using the M-MDS, and
perform the following steps if the TPMS warning light does not turn
off after driving at 25 km/h {15.5 mph} or more for 10 min or more.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 CAN THE WHEEL UNIT ID BE Yes Trouble shooting completed. (Adjust the
REGISTERED? tire pressure on four wheels, and then
return the vehicle to the customer.)
z Connect the M-MDS.
z Display the wheel unit ID
registration condition (ID and tire
pressure table) using the M-MDS.
z Temporarily remove the battery and
reinstall it immediately.
NOTE:
z If the battery is removed,
the tire pressure data for
WU_1 to WU_4 stored in the
instrument cluster is reset.
z Pressure is 0 kPa {0
kgf/cm2 , 0 psl} when it is
displayed again using the
M-MDS.
No Go to the next step.
zSet tire pressure for the four wheels
separately.
z Perform the wheel unit ID
registration again.
z Can the ID be registered?
2 VERIFY THE WHEEL UNIT ID Yes Replace with a new wheel unit, and then
REGISTRATION CONDITIONS (ID go to Step 4.
AND TIRE PRESSURE TABLE)
USING THE M-MDS
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 SUSPENSION Symptom Troubleshooting - CX-7
CAUTION:
z ID numbers of WU_1 to
WU_4 are updated when
wheel on all of four wheels
are registered.
3 Replace the old wheel unit, and then go tot the next step (any malfunction on an old wheel
unit which has not been replaced).
4 CAN THE WHEEL UNIT ID BE Yes Troubleshooting completed.
REGISTERED?
No Verify troubleshooting again and return
z Perform the wheel unit ID to Step 1 if the malfunction recurs.
registration using the M-MDS.
Tire pressure: aaa kPa, bbb kPa, ccc kPa, ddd kPa (aaa, bbb, ccc, and ddd mean measurement value.)
WHEN A REPLACED WHEEL UNIT AND TWO REGISTERED WHEEL UNITS MALFUNCTIONS
WU_1 WU_2 WU_3 WU_4
ID Number (Stored) 0xAAAAAAAA 0xBBBBBBBBB 0xCCCCCCCC 0xDDDDDDDD
ID Number (Candidate) 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000
Tire Pressure (Stored) aaa kPa 0 kPa 0 kPa 0 kPa
Tire Pressure (Candidate) 0 kPa 0 kPa 0 kPa 0 kPa
WHEN TWO REPLACED WHEEL UNITS AND A REGISTERED WHEEL UNIT MALFUNCTION
WU 1 WU 2 WU 3 WU 4
ID Number (Stored) 0xAAAAAAAA 0xBBBBBBBB 0xCCCCCCCC 0xDDDDDDDD
ID Number (Candidate) 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000
Tire Pressure (Stored) aaa kPa 0 kPa 0 kPa 0 kPa
Tire Pressure (Candidate) 0 kPa 0 kPa 0 kPa 0 kPa
WHEN A REPLACED WHEEL UNIT AND TWO REGISTERED WHEEL UNITS MALFUNCTION
WU_1 WU_2 WU_3 WU_4
ID Number (Stored) 0xAAAAAAAA 0xBBBBBBBB 0xCCCCCCCC 0xDDDDDDDD
ID Number (Candidate) 0xEEEEEEEE 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000
Tire Pressure (Stored) 0 kPa 0 kPa 0 kPa 0 kPa
Tire Pressure (Candidate) eee kPa 0 kPa 0 kPa 0 kPa
WHEN TWO REPLACED WHEEL UNITS AND A REGISTERED WHEEL UNIT MALFUNCTION
WU_1 WU_2 WU_3 WU_4
ID Number (Stored) 0xAAAAAAAA 0xBBBBBBBB 0xCCCCCCCC 0xDDDDDDDD
ID Number (Candidate) 0xEEEEEEEE 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000
Tire Pressure (Stored) 0 kPa 0 kPa 0 kPa 0 kPa
Tire Pressure (Candidate) eee kPa 0 kPa 0 kPa 0 kPa
2009 SUSPENSION
(2) One balance weight: 60 g {2.12 oz} max . If the total weight exceeds 100 g {3.53 oz} on one side,
rebalance after moving the tire around on the rim. Do not use three or more balance weights.
SUSPENSION
SUSPENSION SPECIFICATION
Item Specification
Front lower arm rotational torque 1.4-2.0 N.m {15-20 kgf.cm, 13-17 in.lbf}
Front stabilizer control link ball joint starting 0.2-0.9 N.m {2.1-9.1 kgf.cm, 1.8-7.9 in.lbf}
torque
Rear stabilizer control link ball joint starting 0.2-0.8 N.m {2.1-8.1 kgf.cm, 1.8-7.0 in.lbf}
torque
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 SUSPENSION Wheel Alignment - CX-7
2009 SUSPENSION
*: Unloaded condition.....Fuel tank is full. Engine coolant and engine oil are at specified level. Spare tire,
jack and tools are in designated position.
5. Rock the vehicle, and verify that there is no looseness in the steering wheel joint and suspension ball
joint.
6. Rock the vehicle, and verify that the shock absorber operates properly.
7. Measure height H from the center of the wheel to the fender brim.
8. Verify that the difference between the left and right dimension H is within the specification.
z If it exceeds the specification, repeat the Step 2 - 7.
Standard
NOTE:
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 SUSPENSION Wheel Alignment - CX-7
z The travel distance of the right and left tie rods should be the same.
5. Rotate the tie rod and adjust so that the length L shown in the figure is within the specification.
Tightening torque
1. Remove the windshield wiper arm. (See WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
2. Remove the cowl grille. (See COWL GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
3. Jack up the front of the vehicle and support it on safety stands.
4. Remove the mounting rubber nuts.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 SUSPENSION Wheel Alignment - CX-7
5. Push the shock absorber and coil spring component downward, and turn the direction indicator to the
desired position.
6. Install the shock absorber and coil spring, then tighten the mounting rubber nuts to the specified torque.
Tightening torque
NOTE: z Toe angle changes by approx. 6 mm {0.2 in} per one rotation of the
tie rod for one wheel.
z Each tie rod has a right-hand thread. When increasing the toe-in
angle, rotate the right tie rod toward the front of the vehicle and
rotate the left tie rod toward the rear of the vehicle by the same
amount.
Tightening torque
6. Verify that the rack boot does not have any twisting and install the rack boot clamp.
Tightening torque
2009 SUSPENSION
(2) One balance weight: 60 g {2.12 oz} max . If the total weight exceeds 100 g {3.53 oz} on one side,
rebalance after moving the tire around on the rim. Do not use three or more balance weights.
CAUTION: z Adjust the outer wheel balance first, then the inner wheel balance.
z Be careful not to scratch the wheels.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 SUSPENSION Wheels and Tires - CX-7
Example calculation of balance weight value Indicated amount of unbalance: 23 g {0.81 oz}
23 g {0.81 oz}x1.6 = 36.8 g {1.30 oz} Selected balance weight value: 35 g {1.24 oz}
NOTE: z When selecting a balance weight, select one closest to the calculated
value.
6. If attaching tow balance weights, position them so that each is on either side of the position indicated by
the wheel balancer.
1. After installing the outer and inner balance weights, operate the wheel balancer again.
2. Confirm that the remaining unbalance does not exceed the following on either side.
z If the remaining unbalance exceeds the specifications, adjust the wheel balance again.
Specifications
NOTE: z After the wheel unit replacement, registration of the wheel unit
identification codes must be performed.
z ID registration can be done using the M-MDS, or not using the M-MDS.
USING M-MDS
1. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS.
z This function is available for only the IDS (notebook PC).
NOTE: z If the ID registration is not completed even after driving the vehicle
for 10 min or more at a speed of 25 km/h {15.5 mph} or more , the
TPMS warning light flashes.
NOTE: z If the wheel unit is replaced with a new one, the ID registration must be
performed. When the ID registration is finished, the data for the new
wheel unit is displayed on the M-MDS.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 SUSPENSION Wheels and Tires - CX-7
1. Remove the valve core of the wheel unit, and bleed the air from the tire.
CAUTION: z Breaking the tire bead with the wheel unit installed normally
could damage the unit. Be sure to always push the wheel unit
so that it is completely inside the tire to prevent any damage.
2. Position the shoe (bead breaker) of the tire changer 10-20 mm {0.40-0.78 in} from the outer edge of the
wheel, and break both tire beads.
3. Remove the bead from one side of the wheel.
4. Remove the wheel unit.
1. Insert the wheel unit valve into the valve hole so that the polyurethane foam side faces the rim.
NOTE: z Maintain the wheel unit in contact with the rim, then start manually to
screw the valve nut for a few turns.
CAUTION:
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 SUSPENSION Wheels and Tires - CX-7
4. Set the tire changer so that it is 45° away (point A) from the valve hole.
CAUTION: z Do not position the tire changer near the tire valve to avoid any
damage to the wheel unit.
5. Fill the tire with air and verify the valve nut tightening torque.
2009 TRANSMISSION
1. Engage the parking brake and use wheel chocks at the front and rear of the wheels.
2. Inspect the engine coolant level. (See COOLING SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS [L3 WITH
TC] .) (See ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC] ).
3. Inspect the engine oil level. (See ENGINE OIL LEVEL INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC] ).
4. Inspect the ATF level. (See AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION [AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
5. Inspect the idle speed. (See ENGINE TUNE-UP [L3 WITH TC] ).
6. Inspect the ignition timing. (See ENGINE TUNE-UP [L3 WITH TC] ).
1. Perform mechanical system test preparation. (See MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST PREPARATION.)
2. Remove the harness bracket.
WARNING: z Removing the test plug when the ATF is hot can be dangerous.
Hot ATF can come out of the opening and badly burn you.
Before removing the test plug, allow the ATF to cool.
3. Connect the SSTs (49 HD64 406A and, 49 0378 400C) to the line pressure inspection port and replace
the gauge of the SST (49 0378 400C) with the SST (49 B019 901B).
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
4. Start the engine and warm it up until the ATF reaches 60-70°C {140-158°F}.
5. Shift the selector lever to the D range.
CAUTION: z Perform the test at least 3 times and calculate the average.
6. Read the line pressure while the engine is idling for the D range.
7. Read the line pressure while the engine is idling for the R position and M range in the same manner as in
Steps 4-5.
LINE PRESSURE
Position/range Line pressure (kPa {kgf/cm2, psi})
D, M Idle 350-410 {3.6-4.1, 51-59}
R Idle 580-670 {6.0-6.8, 85-97}
8. Stop the engine, then replace the SST (49 B019 901B) with the gauge of the SST (49 0378 400C).
9. Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
CAUTION: z If the accelerator pedal is pressed for more than 5 s while the
brake pedal is pressed, the transaxle could be damaged.
Therefore, perform Steps 13 and 14 within 5 s.
14. Gradually depress the accelerator pedal with the right foot.
15. When the engine speed no longer increases, quickly read the line pressure and release the accelerator
pedal.
16. Shift the selector lever to the N position and idle the engine for 1 min or more to cool the ATF.
17. Verify that the line pressure and LPS PID current values change according to the following graph by
changing the shift throttle opening angle when shifting to the D range and R position with the engine
running.
{ The line pressure standard other than when the engine is idling cannot be determined because the
maximum line pressure for this automatic transaxle is controlled by vehicle conditions.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
WARNING: z Removing the SST when the ATF is hot can be dangerous.
Hot ATF can come out of the opening and badly burn you.
Before removing the SST, allow the ATF to cool.
Tightening torque
STALL TEST
1. Perform mechanical system test preparation. (See MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST PREPARATION.)
2. Start the engine.
3. Firmly depress the brake pedal with the left foot.
4. Shift the selector lever to the D range.
CAUTION: z If the accelerator pedal is depressed for more than 5 s while the
brake pedal is depressed, the transaxle could be damaged.
Therefore, perform Steps 5 and 6 within 5 s.
z Perform the test at least 3 times and calculate the average.
1. Perform mechanical system test preparation. (See MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST PREPARATION.)
2. Start the engine.
3. Warm up the engine until the ATF temperature reaches 60-70°C {140-158°F}.
4. Shift the selector lever from the N position to D range.
5. Use a stopwatch to measure the time it takes from shifting until shock is felt. Take three measurements
for each test and average from the results using the following formula.
Formula
6. Perform the test for the following shifts in the same manner as in Step 5.
z N position --> R position
WARNING: z When performing a road test, be aware of other vehicles, people, and
other impediments in order to avoid an accident.
NOTE: z When the legal speed limit must be exceeded, use a chassis dynamometer
instead of performing a road test.
1. Inspect the engine coolant level. (See COOLING SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS [L3 WITH
TC] .) (See ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC] ).
2. Inspect the engine oil level. (See ENGINE OIL LEVEL INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC] ).
3. Inspect the ATF level. (See AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION [AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
4. Inspect the idle speed. (See ENGINE TUNE-UP [L3 WITH TC] ).
5. Inspect the ignition timing. (See ENGINE TUNE-UP [L3 WITH TC] ).
6. Bring up the engine and transaxle to normal operating temperature.
SHIFT DIAGRAM
Fig. 6: View Of Vehicle Speed & Throttle Opening Graph (2WD, 4WD)
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
D RANGE TEST
M RANGE TEST
P POSITION TEST
1. Shift into P position on a gentle slope. Release the brake and verify that the vehicle does not roll.
z If there is any malfunction, inspect the ATX. (See SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM
TABLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
1. Inspect the ATF for the following to determine whether the transaxle should be disassembled.
z The ATF is muddy.
ATF CONDITION
Condition Possible cause
Clear dark red Normal -
z Damaged oil cooler
z Poor filler tube installation:
Contaminated with
Light red (pink)
water
Problem could occur to parts inside the
transaxle due to water contamination.
If necessary, replace the transaxle.
Defective powertrain components inside the
transaxle: Particles cause wide range of
problems by clogging the oil pipe, control
Has burnt smell valve body and oil cooler.
Reddish brown and metal particles Deteriorated ATF
are found z A large amount of metal particles are
found. If necessary, replace the
transaxle.
z Flush the system due to possible
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
z If necessary, inspect the ATF before warming up the engine. In this case, use the ATF temperature
(15-25°C {59-77°F}).
4. Warm up the engine until the ATF reaches 60-70°C{140-158°F}.
5. Shift the selector lever and pause momentarily in each range (P-D) while depressing the brake pedal.
6. Shift the selector lever to P position.
7. Verify that the ATF level is in the HOT range (65°C {149°F}) while the engine is idling.
z If necessary, add ATF to the specification.
WARNING: z A hot transaxle and ATF can cause severe burns. Turn off the engine
and wait until they are cool before replacing the ATF.
Tightening torque
6. Add the specified ATF through the oil filler tube until it reaches the lower notch of dipstick.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
CAUTION: z Water or foreign material entering the connector can cause a poor
connection or corrosion. Be sure not to allow water or foreign
material on the connector when disconnecting.
z Do not damage the terminals.
z If there is any malfunction, perform an off-vehicle inspection of TFT sensor. (See OFF-VEHICLE
INSPECTION.)
5. Install the TCM. (See TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
6. Install the air cleaner component. (See INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC] ).
7. Connect the negative battery cable.
OFF-VEHICLE INSPECTION
WARNING: z A hot transaxle and ATF can cause severe burns. Turn off the engine
and wait until they are cool before replacing the ATF.
CAUTION: z Water or foreign material entering the connector can cause a poor
connection or corrosion. Be sure not to allow water or foreign
material on the connector when disconnecting.
z Do not damage the terminals.
EL].)
7. Remove the control valve body. (See CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
8. Remove the TFT sensor. (See TRANSAXLE FLUID TEMPERATURE (TFT) SENSOR
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
9. Place the TFT sensor and a thermometer in ATF as shown in the figure, and heat the ATF gradually.
10. Measure the resistance between the coupler component terminals B7 and B8.
z If there is any malfunction, replace the TFT sensor. (See TRANSAXLE FLUID
TEMPERATURE (TFT) SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
EL].)
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
11. Install the TFT sensor. (See TRANSAXLE FLUID TEMPERATURE (TFT) SENSOR
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
12. Install the control valve body. (See CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
13. Install the thermo valve. (See OIL COOLER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
EL].)
14. Install the resonance chamber. (See INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC] ).
15. Add ATF to the specified level. (See AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) REPLACEMENT
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
16. Install the under cover.
17. Install the air cleaner component. (See INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC] ).
18. Connect the negative battery cable.
WARNING: z A hot transaxle and ATF can cause severe burns. Turn off the engine
and wait until they are cool before replacing the ATF.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
CAUTION: z Water or foreign material entering the connector can cause a poor
connection or corrosion. Be sure not to allow water or foreign
material on the connector when disconnecting.
z Do not damage the terminals.
11. Remove the O-ring and the gasket from the coupler component.
12. Apply ATF to a new gasket and install it on the coupler component.
16. Install the control valve body. (See CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
17. Install the thermo valve. (See OIL COOLER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
EL].)
18. Install the resonance chamber. (See INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC] ).
19. Install the TCM. (See TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
20. Add ATF to the specified level. (See AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) REPLACEMENT
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
21. Install the under cover.
22. Install the air cleaner component. (See INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC] ).
23. Connect the negative battery cable.
24. Perform the mechanical system test. (See MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
EL].)
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
CAUTION: z Water or foreign material entering the connector can cause a poor
connection or corrosion. Be sure not to allow water or foreign
material on the connector when disconnecting.
z Do not damage the terminals.
NOTE: z Inspect with a tester that can indicate more than 10 megohms and
confirm that the value is more than 1 megohm.
5. Verify that there is continuity between coupler component terminals B12 and B13.
z If there is any malfunction, inspect the coupler component.
z If the coupler component is normal, replace the input/turbine speed sensor. (See
INPUT/TURBINE SPEED SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
EL].)
6. Install the TCM. (See TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
7. Install the air cleaner component. (See INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC] ).
8. Connect the negative battery cable.
OFF-VEHICLE INSPECTION
WARNING: z A hot transaxle and ATF can cause severe burns. Turn off the engine
and wait until they are cool before replacing the ATF.
CAUTION: z Water or foreign material entering the connector can cause a poor
connection or corrosion. Be sure not to allow water or foreign
material on the connector when disconnecting.
z Do not damage the terminals.
9. Connect the input/turbine speed sensor terminal 2 to the battery positive terminal, connect the battery
negative terminal to input/turbine speed sensor terminal 1 through an ammeter set to a resistance of 100
ohm.
10. Measure the current while waving a magnet back and forth over the top of the input/turbine speed sensor
(less than 5 mm {0.197 in}).
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
z If there is any malfunction, replace the input/turbine speed sensor. (See INPUT/TURBINE
SPEED SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
11. Install the input/turbine speed sensor. (See INPUT/TURBINE SPEED SENSOR
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
12. Install the control valve body. (See CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
13. Install the thermo valve. (See OIL COOLER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
EL].)
14. Install the resonance chamber. (See INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC] ).
15. Add ATF to the specified level. (See AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) REPLACEMENT
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
16. Install the under cover.
17. Install the air cleaner component. (See INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC] ).
18. Connect the negative battery cable.
19. Perform the mechanical system test. (See MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
EL].)
AW6AX-EL]
WARNING: z A hot transaxle and ATF can cause severe burns. Turn off the engine
and wait until then are cool before replacing the ATF.
Tightening torque
10. Install the control valve body. (See CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
11. Install the thermo valve. (See OIL COOLER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
EL].)
12. Install the resonance chamber. (See INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC] ).
13. Add ATF to the specified level. (See AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) REPLACEMENT
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
14. Install the under cover.
15. Install the air cleaner component. (See INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC] ).
16. Connect the negative battery cable.
17. Perform the mechanical system test. (See MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
EL].)
CAUTION: z Water or foreign material entering the connector can cause a poor
connection or corrosion. Be sure not to allow water or foreign
material on the connector when disconnecting.
z Do not damage the terminals.
NOTE: z Inspect with a tester that can indicate more than 10 megohms and
confirm that the value is more than 1 megohm.
5. Verify that there is continuity between coupler component terminals B19 and B20.
z If there is any malfunction, inspect the coupler component.
z If the coupler component is normal, replace the ATX. (See AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
6. Install the TCM. (See TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
7. Install the air cleaner component. (See INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC] ).
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
OFF-VEHICLE INSPECTION
WARNING: z A hot transaxle and ATF can cause severe burns. Turn off the engine
and wait until they are cool before replacing the ATF.
CAUTION: z Water or foreign material entering the connector can cause a poor
connection or corrosion. Be sure not to allow water or foreign
material on the connector when disconnecting.
z Do not damage the terminals.
4. Measure the current while waving a magnet back and forth over the top of the VSS (less than 5 mm
{0.197 in}).
z If there is any malfunction, replace the VSS. (See VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS)
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
VSS
Signal Current (mA)
High 12.0-16.0
Low 4.0-8.0
5. Install the VSS. (See VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-EL].)
6. Connect the negative battery cable.
7. Perform the mechanical system test. (See MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
EL].)
CAUTION: z Water or foreign material entering the connector can cause a poor
connection or corrosion. Be sure not to drop water or foreign
material on the connector when disconnecting it.
z If foreign materials are stuck to the VSS, disturbance by magnetic
flux can cause sensor output to be abnormal and thereby negatively
affect control. Make sure that foreign materials such as iron filings
are not stuck to the VSS during installation.
CAUTION: z Water or foreign material entering the connector can cause a poor
connection or corrosion. Be sure not to allow water or foreign
material on the connector when disconnecting.
z Do not damage the terminals.
z If the coupler component is normal, replace the control valve body. (See CONTROL VALVE
BODY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
CAUTION: z Water or foreign material entering the connector can cause a poor
connection or corrosion. Be sure not to allow water or foreign
material on the connector when disconnecting.
z Do not damage the terminals.
z If the coupler component is normal, replace the control valve body. (See CONTROL VALVE
BODY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
5. Install the TCM. (See TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
6. Install the air cleaner component. (See INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC] ).
7. Connect the negative battery cable.
1. Verify that the starter operates only when the ignition switch is turned to the START position with the
selector lever in P or N position.
z If there is any malfunction, neutral position learning. (See TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
2. Verify that the back-up lights illuminate when shifted to R position with the ignition switch at the ON
position.
z If there is any malfunction, neutral position learning. (See TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
3. Verify that the positions of the selector lever and the indicator light correspond.
z If there is any malfunction, perform the neutral position learning. (See TCM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
1. Remove the air cleaner component. (See INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC] ).
2. Measure the voltage at each TCM connector (wiring harness-side) terminal and refer to the TERMINAL
VOLTAGE TABLE (REFERENCE).
z If the voltage is not as specified in the Terminal Voltage Table (Reference), inspect the parts under
"Inspection item (s)".
NOTE: z Use the ground of terminal A9 of the TCM connector (wiring harness-
side) when measuring terminal voltage, as an error may occur when
connecting the negative circuit tester to ground.
position. OFF
Because this
terminal is for serial
communication,
good/no good
A6 CAN_L PCM judgment by - z Inspect related
terminal voltage is harness
not possible. Carry
out inspection
according to DTCs.
M range Below 1.0 z Inspect Selector
lever component
(See SELECTOR
LEVER
A7 M range switch M range switch
COMPONENT
Other positions, all B+ INSPECTION )
ranges
z Inspect related
harness
Ignition switch ON B+ z Inspect Ignition
switch
A11 Power supply Ignition switch
Ignition switch OFF Below 1.0 z Inspect related
harness
Shift the z Inspect back-up
selector light relay (See
Back-up light Back-up light Ignition lever to Below 1.0 RELAY
A13
relay relay switch ON R INSPECTION )
position.
z Inspect related
Other B+ harness
Because this
terminal is for serial
communication,
good/no good
A14 CAN_H PCM judgment by - z Inspect related
terminal voltage is harness
not possible. Carry
out inspection
according to DTCs.
{ If the system does not work properly even though the parts or related wiring harnesses do not
have any malfunction, replace the TCM. (See TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
Fig. 35: Identifying TCM Short Cord Connector & Coupler Component Terminals
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Connected Continuity/
Terminal Signal to Test Condition Resistance Inspection item (s)
A9 System GND Constant Continuity z Inspect related
GND harness
z Inspect z Inspect line
resistance pressure control
Line between solenoid (See
pressure Line couple ATF SOLENOID
control pressure component temperature: 5.0-5.6 VALVE
B1 solenoid control terminals 20°C {68° (ohms) INSPECTION
control solenoid B3 and B1 F} [AW6A-EL,
GND (wiring AW6AX-EL])
harness- z Inspect related
side). harness
z Inspect shift
solenoid B (See
SOLENOID
Shift VALVE
Shift ATF temperature: 20°C {68° 11-15
B2 solenoid B INSPECTION
solenoid B F} (ohms)
control [AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL])
z Inspect related
harness
z Inspect z Inspect line
resistance pressure control
between solenoid (See
Line couple SOLENOID
pressure Line ATF
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
side).
B10 Shift z Inspect z Inspect shift
solenoid C resistance solenoid C (See
control between SOLENOID
GND couple VALVE
ATF
Shift component temperature: 5.0-5.6 INSPECTION
solenoid C terminals 20°C {68° (ohms) [AW6A-EL,
B11 Shift B11 and F} AW6AX-EL])
solenoid C B10 z Inspect related
control (wiring harness
harness-
side).
B12 Input/turbine z Inspect
speed sensor input/turbine speed
(-) sensor (See
z Inspect for continuity INPUT/TURBINE
Input/turbine between couple SPEED SENSOR
component terminals Continuity
B13 Input/turbine speed sensor INSPECTION
B12 and B13 (wiring [AW6A-EL,
speed sensor
harness-side). AW6AX-EL])
(+)
z Inspect related
harness
z Inspect z Inspect shift
resistance solenoid E (See
between SOLENOID
couple ATF VALVE
Shift component temperature: INSPECTION
Shift 5.0-5.6
B14 solenoid E terminals 20°C {68° [AW6A-EL,
solenoid E (ohms)
control B14 and F} AW6AX-EL])
B22 z Inspect related
(wiring harness
harness-
side).
z Inspect z Inspect shift
resistance solenoid F (See
between SOLENOID
Shift couple ATF VALVE
solenoid F Shift component temperature: 5.0-5.6 INSPECTION
B16 terminals 20°C {68° [AW6A-EL,
control solenoid F (ohms)
GND B21 and F} AW6AX-EL])
B16 z Inspect related
(wiring harness
harness-
side).
B17 Shift z Inspect z Inspect shift
solenoid D
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
CAUTION: z Water or foreign material entering the connector can cause a poor
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
CAUTION: z Do not use an impact wrench. Hold the manual shaft lever when
removing the manual shaft nut, or the transaxle may be
damaged.
Fig. 36: Identifying Manual Shaft Lever, Selector Cable & Clip
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
5. Set the adjustable wrench as shown in the figure to hold the manual shaft lever.
8. Inspect the condition of the connector pin of the coupler component (foreign material, bent pins, broken
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
12. Verify the correct positioning of the TCM and coupler component.
Tightening torque
CAUTION: z Do not use an impact wrench. Hold the manual shaft lever when
removing the manual shaft nut, or the transaxle may be
damaged.
15. Set the adjustable wrench as shown in the figure to hold the manual shaft lever, and tighten the manual
shaft nut.
Tightening torque
16. Install the clip to the selector cable as shown in the figure.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
Fig. 48: Identifying Manual Shaft Lever, Selector Cable & Clip
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
WARNING: z If you replace the ATX or TCM, be sure to initialize the learned
values and perform neutral position learning.
23. Perform the neutral position learning. (See NEUTRAL POSITION LEARNING.)
1. Engage the parking brake and use wheel chocks at the front and rear of the wheels.
2. Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
3. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS.
z When using the IDS (notebook PC)
z If the selector cable is not adjusted properly, adjust it. (See SELECTOR CABLE
ADJUSTMENT ).
{ Inspect the manual shaft lever for deformation.
6. Shift the selector lever from P position to D range, then verify that the positions of the selector lever and
the indicator are aligned.
z If there is any malfunction, inspect the DTC. (See DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
4. Remove and discard the oil seal using a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver.
5. Using the SST and a hammer, tap a new oil seal so that the specified oil seal position is obtained.
Substitution SST
z 49 F026 102
Outer diameter: 27 mm {1.06 in} or more Inner diameter: 15-18 mm {0.60-0.70 in}
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
7. Perform the mechanical system test. (See MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
EL].)
Fig. 53: Identifying Transer & Transaxle Components With Torque Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
CAUTION: z Refer to the SST instruction manual for the basic handing
procedure.
1. Install the right rear shaft of the SST to the bolt of the right shock absorber as shown in the figure.
2. Install the left rear shaft of the SST to the bolt of the left shock absorber. (Identical position to the
right side)
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
3. Temporarily tighten the air clear bracket installation bolt, and install the left/right front shaft of the
SST with front foot No. 2 to the bolt as shown in the figure.
4. Adjust the positions of the SST side bars so that they are the same height (left and right) and
horizontal.
5. Make sure each joint is securely tightened.
Tightening torque
1. Install the No. 4 engine mount bracket to the transaxle and temporarily tighten nuts
2. Temporarily tighten bolt.
3. Temporarily tighten bolt A and nuts B, C.
4. Tighten bolt A, nuts B and C in the order of B-->A-->C.
5. Tighten bolt D.
Tightening torque
1. Install the No. 1 engine mount bracket to the transaxle, then temporarily tighten bolts A and B.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
2. Install the No. 1 engine mount rubber to the bracket, then temporarily tighten bolt C.
3. Tighten bolts A and B in the order of A-->B.
Tightening torque
Tightening torque
NOTE: Bolt C can be tightened on the nut side. When tightening on the nut side,
tighten if according the following tightening torque.
CAUTION: z Loosely and equally tighten the torque converter nuts, then
further tighten them to the specified tightening torque.
Tightening torque
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
1. Install the selector lever to the manual shaft lever so that no load acts on the selector cable.
NOTE: z Install the selector lever to the manual shaft lever with the clip side of
the selector cable end facing up.
2. Confirm that the tip of the manual shaft lever projects out of the end of the selector cable.
CAUTION: z The oil seal is easily damaged by the sharp edges of the drive
shaft splines. Do not let the splines contact the oil seal.
9. Using the SST and a hammer, tap a new oil seal so that the specified oil seal position is obtained.
Substitution SST
z 49 H028 202
Fig. 69: Installing Oil Seal (Transaxle Case Side) With Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Substitution SST
z 49 F027 009
Fig. 70: Installing Oil Seal - Converter Housing Side (2WD) With Specification
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
Substitution SST
z 49 L033 101
Fig. 71: Installing Oil Seal - Converter Housing Side (AWD) With Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
10. Install the joint shaft. (2WD) (See JOINT SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [2WD] ).
11. Install the transfer and joint shaft. (AWD) (See JOINT SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[AWD] .) (See TRANSFER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
12. Install the drive shaft. (See FRONT DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
13. Add ATF to the specified level. (See AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) REPLACEMENT
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
14. Connect the negative cable.
15. Perform the mechanical system test. (See MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
EL].)
1. Remove the drive shaft and joint shaft. (See JOINT SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [2WD] .)
(See JOINT SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AWD] .) (See FRONT DRIVE SHAFT
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
WARNING: z Using compressed air can cause dirt and other particles to fly out,
causing injury to the eyes. Wear protective eyeglasses whenever
using compressed air.
2. Remove the air cleaner component. (See INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC] ).
3. Remove the under cover.
4. Drain the ATF. (See AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) REPLACEMENT [AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
5. Remove the resonance chamber. (See INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC] ).
6. Remove the thermo valve. (See OIL COOLER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
EL].)
8. Using a plastic hammer, tap the control valve body cover to remove it.
1. Insert a precision screwdriver from the backside into the connector as shown in the figure.
2. Pry the screwdriver in the direction of the arrow and disconnect the connector.
9. Disconnect the solenoid connectors, VSS connector and the input/turbine speed sensor connector.
10. Disconnect the coupler component from the clamp.
11. Remove the lock plate, and pull out the TFT sensor from the control valve body.
12. Remove the O-ring from the TFT sensor.
NOTE: z Be sure to secure the coupler component with tape so that it will not
interfere with the control valve body component.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
13. Fix the coupler component with tape to the transaxle case as shown in the figure.
14. Remove the VSS connector and input/turbine speed sensor connector from the solenoid clamp.
NOTE: z Be sure to secure the VSS and input/turbine speed sensor with tape
so that they will not interfere with the control valve body component.
15. Fix the VSS wiring harness and input/turbine speed sensor wiring harness with tape to the transaxle case
as shown in the figure.
CAUTION: z Evenly loosen the bolts a little at a time in the order shown in
the figure.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
18. Disconnect the manual valve link and remove the control valve body component.
ON-VEHICLE INSTALLATION
CAUTION: z When installing the control valve body component, do not put the
coupler component in the open space of the separate plate in the
control valve body component.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
z Do not pinch the coupler component between the separate plate and
the control valve body component.
1. Connect the manual valve link and install the control valve body component.
2. Temporarily install the control valve body component with the bolts.
A. 31 mm {1.220 in}
B. 17 mm {0.669 in}
C. 21 mm {0.827 in}
NOTE: z Aligning the bolt holes, temporarily tighten the bolt by hand.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
3. Temporarily install the suction cover and a new gasket with the bolts.
Tightening torque
5. Install the connector of the VSS and input/turbine speed sensor to the solenoid clamp.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
CAUTION: z If the control valve body cover is installed with the wiring harness
overlapped, the wiring harnesses may be pinched between the co
valve body causing the wiring harnesses to be damaged. Therefo
that the wiring harnesses are not overlapped when installing the
valve body cover.
Tightening torque
Fig. 92: Identifying TFT Sensor With Lock Plate & Bolt
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
8. Connect the solenoid connectors, VSS connector and the input/turbine speed sensor connector.
9. Connect the coupler component to the clamps.
NOTE: z Completely remove sealant and oil with white gasoline or similar.
10. Clean sealant and oil off the contact surface of the transaxle case with the control valve body cover and
the bolt holes.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
Fig. 94: Locating Sealant & Oil On Contact Surface Of Transaxle Case
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
11. Clean oil off the contact surface of the new control valve body cover with the transaxle case.
12. Apply sealant to the new control valve body cover as shown in the figure.
CAUTION: z Be careful that the coupler component will not become caught
between the control valve body cover and transaxle case.
13. Install the new control valve body cover with new seal bolts.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
Tightening torque
14. Install the thermo valve. (See OIL COOLER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
EL].)
15. Install the resonance chamber. (See INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC] ).
16. Install the TCM. (See TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
17. Add ATF to the specified level. (See AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) REPLACEMENT
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
18. Install the under cover.
19. Install the air cleaner component. (See INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC] ).
20. Connect the negative battery cable.
21. Perform the mechanical system test. (See MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
EL].)
CAUTION: z The oil seal is easily damaged by the sharp edges of the torque
converter splines. Do not let the splines contact the oil seal.
z Do not drop the torque converter.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
3. Using a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver, remove the oil seal from the oil pump body.
4. Using the SST and a hammer, install the oil seal to the oil pump body.
Substitution SST
z 49 U027 003
Fig. 98: Installing Oil Seal To Oil Pump Body With Specifications
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
CAUTION: z The oil seal is easily damaged by the sharp edges of the torque
converter splines. Do not let the splines contact the oil seal.
z Do not drop the torque converter.
z Do not pinch fingers.
2. Remove the torque converter, and immediately turn it so that the hole faces upward. This will help to
keep any remaining fluid from spilling.
Distance A (between the end of the torque converter and the end of the converter housing) 31.4 mm
{1.24 in}
Fig. 100: Identifying Distance Between End Of Torque Converter & End Of Converter Housing
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
NOTE: z If the automatic transaxle is replaced, flush and inspect the oil cooler.
z When replacing the automatic transaxle, inspect the oil cooler together
with flushing it using the following procedure, and with the oil cooler hose
removed.
6. Repeat the procedures from Step 1 to 2 and flush the inside of the oil cooler.
7. If foreign material such as metal fragments or clutch facing remains even after the oil cooler is flushed
repeatedly, replace the oil cooler (radiator).
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
12. Install the air cleaner component. (See INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC] ).
13. Connect the negative battery cable.
14. Inspect for oil leakage from the oil pipes and oil hoses.
15. Inspect for coolant from the hoses.
16. Inspect for engine coolant leakage. (See ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE INSPECTION [L3 WITH
TC] ).
17. Inspect the ATF level and condition. (See AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
18. Perform the line pressure test. (See MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
1. The automatic transaxle oil cooler flushing must be performed whenever a transaxle is removed for
service because the existing fluid may be contaminated, and to prevent contamination of new fluid.
1. Apply compressed air to the cooler-side opening, and blow any remaining grime and foreign material
from the cooler pipes. Compressed air should be applied for no less than 1 min.
2. Align the marks, and slide the oil hose onto the oil pipe until it is fully seated as shown in the figure.
NOTE: z If reusing the hose, install the new hose clamp exactly on the mark
left by the previous hose camp.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
4. Verify that the hose clamp does not interfere with any other components.
1. Inspect the height of the header tabs. Record this height for installation purposes
2. Insert the end of a medium tip screwdriver between the end of the header tab and the outer tank.
NOTE: Do not open more tabs than necessary for tank removal.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
3. Pivot the screwdriver to pry the tab away from the tank and repeat the procedure for each tab.
4. Remove the radiator outer tank and O-ring (gasket) from the core header when all of the tabs are opened.
NOTE: z If any header tabs are missing from the core, replace the radiator.
Fig. 108: Removing Radiator Outer Tank & O-Ring From Core Header
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
5. Inspect the gasket surface of the radiator core header to ensure it is clean and free of foreign material or
damage.
6. Inspect the radiator outer tank for warping. If it is warped, replace radiator tank.
2. Position the radiator tank in the original direction to the core using care not to scratch the tank sealing
surface with the header tabs.
3. With the jaws of locking-type pliers (vise grips) closed and locked, turn the adjusting screw to position
the jaws against the drill bit with the diameter measured (height) in Radiator Outer Tank (In Tank Oil
Cooler) Removal Note Step 1. Tighten the lock nut on the adjusting screw against the handle to lock the
adjustment in place.
4. Squeeze the header tabs down in the order as shown against the lip of the radiator outer tank base with the
locking-type pliers while rotating the pliers toward the tank.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
5. Verify that the height of the header tabs is same as the height before removal.
6. Inspect for leakage from radiator. (See ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE INSPECTION [L3 WITH
TC] ).
1. Remove the sealant from the bolt holes in the crankshaft and from the drive plate mounting bolts.
2. Install the drive plate.
3. Install the backing plate.
4. Set the SST or equivalent against the drive plate.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
5. Tighten the new drive plate mounting bolts in two or three steps in the order shown.
Tightening torque
2005-08 TRANSMISSION
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DISASSEMBLY
Precaution
The following are precautions that must be followed when performing removal/installation.
z Do not use cotton work gloves or shop rags as frayed strings might get caught in the unit. Thus
work with bare hands or use vinyl gloves.
3. Prevent scratching
z Do not pry with a screwdriver forcibly. Slightly hit the case with a plastic hammer when separating
component cases at seams.
z Do not pull the valve forcibly.
z Be careful not to get the wire harness caught between parts during installation.
zDo not apply oil or drive the vehicle immediately after installing a part applied with sealant. Leave
it for one hour or more.
z Do not wash aluminum parts or rubber parts with alkaline chemicals.
Disassembly
Components
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
Disassembly procedure
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
1. Remove the oil pipes and O-rings. (Refer to the appropriate article .)
CAUTION: z When installing the SST to the transaxle, use bolts (M12x1.25)
with a thread length of 90 mm {3.54 in}.
8. Install the SST to the position where the transaxle stud bolts were removed.
CAUTION: z Do not damage the fitting surface of the transaxle case and the
control valve body cover.
z Do not deform the control valve body cover.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
10. Using a plastic hammer, tap the control valve body cover to remove it.
1. Insert a precision screwdriver from the backside into the connector as shown in the figure.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
2. Pry the screwdriver in the direction of the arrow and disconnect the connector.
11. Disconnect the solenoid connectors, VSS connector and the input/turbine speed sensor connector.
12. Disconnect the coupler component from the clamp.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
Fig. 16: Identifying Solenoid Connectors, VSS Connector And Input/Turbine Speed Sensor
Connector
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
13. Remove the lock plate, and pull out the TFT sensor from the control valve body.
14. Remove the O-ring from the TFT sensor.
NOTE: z Be sure to secure the coupler component with tape so that it will not
interfere with the control valve body component.
15. Fix the coupler component with tape to the transaxle case as shown in the figure.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
16. Remove the VSS connector and input/turbine speed sensor connector from the solenoid clamp.
Fig. 19: Identifying VSS Connector And Input/Turbine Speed Sensor Connector
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
NOTE: z Be sure to secure the VSS and input/turbine speed sensor with tape
so that they do not interfere with the control valve body component.
17. Secure the VSS wiring harness and input/turbine speed sensor wiring harness with tape to the transaxle
case as shown in the figure.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
Fig. 20: Securing VSS Wiring Harness And Input/Turbine Speed Sensor Wiring Harness With
Tape
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
CAUTION: z Loosen the bolts evenly a little at a time in the order shown in
the figure.
20. Disconnect the manual valve link and remove the control valve body component.
23. Remove the O-ring and the gasket from the coupler component.
CAUTION: z Do not damage the fitting surface of the converter housing and
the transaxle case.
26. Using a plastic hammer, tap the converter housing to remove it.
29. Remove the tube clamp and the oil reservoir lock plate.
Fig. 31: Identifying Tube Clamp And Oil Reservoir Lock Plate Bolts
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
30. Remove the magnets from the oil reservoir lock plate.
33. Using a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver, remove the oil seal (converter housing side).
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
35. Remove the oil seal and the oil strainer from the oil pump component.
36. Remove the C3 clutch component, input shaft and the front planetary gear component.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
NOTE: z In some cases, the input shaft may be detached with the thrust roller
bearing attached.
37. Remove the C3 clutch component from the input shaft and the front planetary gear component.
NOTE: z In some cases, the C3 clutch component may be detached with the
thrust washer attached.
When replacing, inspect the contact surfaces between the C3 clutch drum and B1 brake band. If
they are scratched or have changed color, replace with new parts.
CAUTION: z The brake piston cover will fly off due to the force of the piston
return spring.
z Do not drop the brake piston cover.
z Do not drop the B1 brake piston.
42. Remove the brake piston cover, B1 brake piston and the piston return spring.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
Fig. 43: Identifying Brake Piston Cover, B1 Brake Piston And Piston Return Spring
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
43. Remove the thrust bearing, bearing race and the C1 clutch component.
NOTE: z In some cases, the C1 clutch component may be detached with the
thrust bearing attached.
44. Remove the thrust bearing, bearing race and the sun gear input drum.
Fig. 45: Identifying Thrust Bearing, Bearing Race And Sun Gear Input Drum
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
CAUTION: z Be careful not to apply too much force to the pawl return spring.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
46. Remove the pawl return spring and the parking pawl shaft.
CAUTION: z Be careful not to apply too much force to the torsion spring.
Fig. 47: Identifying Pawl Return Spring And Parking Pawl Shaft
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
47. Remove the torsion spring and the spring guide sleeve.
48. Remove the parking pawl and the parking pawl bracket.
49. Disconnect the parking rod from the manual valve lever.
50. Remove the manual valve lever from the transaxle case.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
NOTE: z For easy removal, tilt the counter gear component slightly.
55. Disconnect the VSS wiring harness from the tube wiring clamp.
56. Remove the pipe clamp, transaxle case No.1 plate, wiring harness clip and the oil cooler outlet tube.
57. Remove the O-rings from the oil cooler outlet tube.
58. Using a flathead screwdriver and a hammer, pry back the crimp on the lockwashers.
CAUTION: z If the lockwasher crimp is not completely pried back, the tool
cannot fit over the bolt properly and the bolt cannot be
loosened.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
59. Remove the lockwashers, washers and the counter drive gear.
60. Remove the VSS and spacer from the counter drive gear.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
62. Remove the rear planetary gear component and the one-way clutch.
NOTE: z In some cases, the sun gear may be detached with the bearing race
attached.
NOTE: z Remove the sun gear in the center while holding it.
z The thrust washer of the rear planetary gear on the rear side might
remain on the transaxle case side when removing the rear planetary
gear component.
NOTE: z Before replacing with new drive plates, soak them at least 2 h in ATF.
73. Using a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver, remove the oil seal (manual shaft).
Components
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
Disassembly Procedure
4. Using a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver, remove the oil seal from the oil pump body.
Assembly Procedure
1. Using the SST and a hammer, install the new oil seal to the oil pump body.
Substitution SST
z 49 U027 003
Fig. 78: Installing Oil Seal To Oil Pump Body Using Special Tool
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
4. Compress the seal rings as shown in the figure. Then install the seal rings to the oil pump component.
NOTE: z Verify that oil seal rings rotate smoothly after installing them.
9. Turn the drive gear with flathead screwdrivers and verify it rotates smoothly.
Components
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
Disassembly Procedure
Assembly Procedure
Number of O-ring
zAJ:3
z L3 with TC: 2
Components
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
Disassembly Procedure
1. Using a flathead screwdriver, remove the snap ring from the C3 clutch drum.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
2. Remove the retaining plate, drive and driven plates from the C3 clutch drum.
3. Place the SST on the clutch balancer and compress the return spring with a press.
5. Remove the clutch balancer, return spring and the retainer from the C3 clutch drum.
6. While pushing the C3 clutch piston by hand, apply compressed air into the oil passage as shown in the
figure and remove the C3 clutch piston from the C3 clutch drum.
NOTE: z When applying compressed air, shut the 3 oil passages of the C3
clutch drum as shown in the figure.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
C3 CLUTCH INSPECTION
NOTE: z Before replacing with new drive plates, soak them at least 2 h in ATF.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
2. Using vernier calipers, measure the free length of the piston return spring.
z If it is less than the specification, replace the piston return spring with a new one.
Components
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
Assembly Procedure
6. Install the retainer, return spring and the clutch balancer to the C3 clutch drum.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
7. Place the SST on the clutch balancer and compress the piston return spring with a press.
CAUTION: z When installing the snap ring, set the end gap of the snap ring
as shown in the figure.
z Do not expand the snap ring too much.
8. Install the snap ring in the groove using snap ring pliers.
9. Install the driven plates, drive plates and the retaining plate in the following order to the C3 clutch drum
as shown in the figure.
z Driven- Drive- Driven- Drive- Driven- Drive- Driven- Drive- Retaining
CAUTION: z Inspect the number and order of the retaining plate, drive and
driven plates.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
10. Using a flathead screwdriver, install the snap ring in the groove.
CAUTION: z When installing the snap ring, set the end gap of the snap ring
as shown in the figure.
11. Install the C3 clutch component to the oil pump and set a dial indicator as shown in the figure.
12. Apply compressed air as shown in the figure and measure the C3 clutch piston stroke.
Fig. 105: Setting Dial Indicator And Measuring C3 Clutch Piston Stroke
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Components
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
Fig. 106: Identifying Front Planetary Gear Component Input Shaft Components
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Disassembly Procedure
1. Remove the thrust washer from the front planetary gear component.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
2. Remove the front planetary gear component from the input shaft.
3. Remove the thrust washer from the front planetary gear component.
NOTE: z In some cases, the thrust washer may be detached with the input
shaft attached.
4. Remove the front planetary sun gear, thrust bearing and the bearing race from the input shaft.
NOTE: z If it is difficult to remove the bearing race, pry it off gently using a
flathead screwdriver.
Fig. 110: Identifying Front Planetary Sun Gear, Thrust Bearing And
Bearing Race
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Assembly Procedure
1. Apply ATF to the new seal rings and sliding surface of the input shaft.
2. Compress the seal rings as shown in the figure. Then install the seal rings to the input shaft.
NOTE: z Verity that seal rings rotate smoothly after installing them.
10. Install the front planetary sun gear to the input shaft as shown in the figure.
11. Apply ATF to the new seal rings and sliding surface of the input shaft.
NOTE: z Verify that seal rings rotate smoothly after installing them.
Components
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
Disassembly Procedure
1. Using a flathead screwdriver, remove the snap ring from the C1 clutch drum.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
2. Remove the retaining plate, drive and driven plates from the C1 clutch drum.
3. Place the SST on the clutch balancer and compress the return spring with a press.
5. Remove the clutch balancer, return spring and the retainer from the C1 clutch drum.
6. While pushing the C1 clutch piston by hand, apply compressed air into the oil passage as shown in the
figure and remove the forward clutch piston from the C1 clutch drum.
NOTE: z When applying compressed air, block the one oil passage of the C1
clutch drum as shown in the figure.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
C1 CLUTCH INSPECTION
NOTE: z Before replacing with new drive plates, soak them at least 2 h in ATF.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
2. Using vernier calipers, measure the free length of the piston return spring.
z If it is less than the specification, replace the piston return spring with a new one.
Components
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
Assembly Procedure
6. Install the retainer, return spring and the clutch balancer to the C1 clutch drum.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
7. Place the SST on the clutch balancer and compress the return spring component with a press.
CAUTION: z When installing the snap ring, set the end gap of the snap ring
as shown in the figure.
z Do not expand the snap ring too much.
8. Install the snap ring in the groove using snap ring pliers.
9. Install the driven plates, drive plates and the retaining plate in the following order to the C1 clutch drum
as shown in the figure.
z Driven- Drive- Driven- Drive- Driven- Drive- Driven- Drive- Driven- Drive- Driven- Drive-
Retaining
z Driven- Drive- Driven- Drive- Driven- Drive- Driven- Drive- Driven- Drive- Driven- Drive-
Driven- Drive- Retaining
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
CAUTION: z Inspect the number and order of the retaining plate, drive and
driven plates.
10. Using a flathead screwdriver, install the snap ring in the groove.
CAUTION: z When installing the snap ring, set the end gap of the snap ring
as shown in the figure.
11. Install the C1 clutch component on the input shaft and set a dial indicator as shown in the figure.
12. Apply compressed air as shown in the figure and measure the C1 clutch piston stroke.
Fig. 138: Applying Compressed Air And Measuring C1 Clutch Piston Stroke.
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Components
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
Disassembly Procedure
1. Using the snap ring pliers, loosen the snap ring and remove the rear planetary ring gear.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
2. Using a flathead screwdriver, remove the snap ring from the rear planetary ring gear.
3. Remove the ring gear flange from the rear planetary ring gear.
Fig. 141: Removing Snap Ring From Rear Planetary Ring Gear
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
4. Using a flathead screwdriver and hammer, pry back the crimps locking the washer.
CAUTION: z If the lockwasher crimps are not completely pried back, the tool
cannot fit over the bolt properly and the bolt cannot be
loosened.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
6. Using a flathead screwdriver, remove the snap ring from the counter drive gear.
7. Using the SST , remove the counter drive gear and tapered roller bearing.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
8. Using a flathead screwdriver and hammer, remove the bearing race inner from the counter drive gear.
Fig. 146: Removing Bearing Race Inner From Counter Drive Gear
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
9. Using a flathead screwdriver and hammer, remove the bearing race outer from the counter drive gear.
Fig. 147: Removing Bearing Race Outer From Counter Drive Gear
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
10. Using a flathead screwdriver, remove the snap ring from the counter drive gear.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
NOTE: z The tapered roller bearing cannot be removed from the center
support.
z The tapered roller bearing and center support must be replaced as a
set.
Assembly Procedure
NOTE: z The tapered roller bearing and bearing race outer must be replaced as a
set.
1. Using the SST and a press, install the tapered roller bearing to the center support.
Substitution SST
z 49 L033 101
2. Using a flathead screwdriver, install the hole snap ring to the counter drive gear.
3. Using the old bearing race and the steel plate as shown in the figure, install the new bearing race outer to
the counter drive gear.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
4. Using the old bearing race and the steel plate as shown in the figure, install the new bearing race inner to
the counter drive gear.
5. Using the SST and a press, install the counter drive gear with the tapered roller bearing.
Substitution SST
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
z 49 W027 001
NOTE: z Verify that the claw of the washer is fit into the groove on the center
support.
z Verify that the nut is installed in the correct direction.
Fig. 154: Installing Counter Drive Gear With Tapered Roller Bearing
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Fig. 156: Measuring Starting And Rotating Torque Of Counter Drive Gear
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
10. Using a flathead screwdriver, install the hole snap ring to the counter drive gear.
11. Install the rear planetary ring gear flange to the rear planetary ring gear.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
12. Using a flathead screwdriver, install the snap ring in the groove.
13. Install the rear planetary ring gear to the counter drive gear.
14. Using the snap ring pliers, while loosening the snap ring, install the rear planetary ring gear.
1. Hold the one-way clutch component in place. Verify that the rear planetary gear rotates when turned
clockwise and does not rotate when turned counterclockwise.
Components
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
Fig. 162: Identifying Rear Planetary Gear Component And One-Way Clutch Disassembly Components
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Disassembly Procedure
1. Remove the one-way clutch component from the rear planetary gear component.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
Fig. 163: Removing One-Way Clutch Component From Rear Planetary Gear Component
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
2. Remove the thrust washer from the rear planetary gear component.
3. Remove the thrust washer from the rear planetary gear component.
4. Remove the planetary sun gear and bearing races from the rear planetary gear component.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
Fig. 166: Identifying Planetary Sun Gear And Bearing Races Of Rear Planetary Gear Component
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
1. Using a dial indicator, measure the inner diameter of the rear planetary gear bushings.
z If it exceeds the specification, replace the rear planetary gear component with a new one.
z When the rear planetary gear component is replaced, inspect the contact surface opposed to the
planetary sun gear.
zIf the surface of it is scratched or has changed color, replace the planetary sun gear with a new one.
2. Using a dial indicator, measure the inner diameter of the planetary sun gear bushings.
z If it exceeds the specification, replace the planetary sun gear component with a new one.
z When the planetary sun gear component is replaced, inspect the contact surface opposed to the
intermediate shaft.
z If the surface of it is scratched or has changed color, replace the intermediate shaft with a new one.
Components
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
Fig. 169: Identifying Rear Planetary Gear Component And One-Way Clutch Component Assembly
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Assembly Procedure
CAUTION: z Apply grease to the mounting surface of the thrust washer so that it
will not drop when the rear planetary gear component is installed.
z Do not apply grease to the oil holes of the thrust washer.
Components
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
Disassembly Procedure
NOTE: z If the bearing is difficult to remove, blow air between the bearing and
the intermediate shaft.
2. Using a flathead screwdriver, remove the snap ring from the intermediate shaft.
3. Remove the retaining plate, drive and driven plates from the intermediate shaft.
4. Place the SST on the clutch balancer and compress the return spring with a press.
6. Remove the clutch balancer, return spring and the spring retainer from the intermediate shaft.
Fig. 178: Identifying Clutch Balancer, Return Spring And Spring Retainer
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
7. While pushing the C2 clutch piston by hand, apply compressed air into the oil passage as shown in the
figure and remove the C2 clutch piston from the intermediate shaft.
Air pressure
NOTE: z When applying compressed air, block the three oil passages of the
intermediate shaft as shown in the figure.
C2 CLUTCH INSPECTION
NOTE: z Before replacing with new drive plates, soak them at least 2 h in ATF.
2. Using vernier calipers, measure the free length of the piston return spring.
z If it is less than the specification, replace the piston return spring with a new one.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
Components
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
Assembly Procedure
O-RING SIZE
mm {in}
Inner diameter Thickness
Upper 51.90 {2.043} 1.60 {0.0630}
Lower 50.40 {1.984} 2.62 {0.1031}
6. Install the spring retainer, return spring and the clutch balancer to the intermediate shaft.
CAUTION: z Be careful not to shorten the spring too much. If it is too short,
it will bite into the O-ring.
Fig. 186: Identifying Spring Retainer, Return Spring And Clutch Balancer
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
7. Place the SST on the clutch balancer and compress the return spring with a press.
8. Install the snap ring into the groove using snap ring pliers.
9. Install the driven plates, drive plates and the retaining plate in the following order to the intermediate
shaft as shown in the figure.
Fig. 188: Identifying Driven Plates, Drive Plates And Retaining Plate
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
CAUTION: z Inspect the number and order of the retaining plate, drive and
driven plates.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
Fig. 189: Inspecting Number And Order Of Retaining Plate, Drive And Driven Plates
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
10. Using a flathead screwdriver, install the snap ring into the groove.
NOTE: z Install the bearing in the correct direction as shown in the figure.
13. Install the intermediate shaft on the transaxle case and set a dial indicator as shown in the figure.
14. Apply compressed air as shown in the figure and measure the C2 clutch piston stroke.
Air pressure
5 2.9 {0.114}
B 2.95 {0.116}
6 3.0 {0.118}
C 3.05 {0.120}
7 3.1 {0.122}
8 3.2 {0.126}
1. Using a flathead screwdriver, remove the snap ring from the transaxle case.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
2. Remove the low and reverse brake return spring from the transaxle case.
3. While pushing the low and reverse brake piston by hand, apply compressed air into the oil passage of the
transaxle case as shown in the figure and remove the low and reverse brake piston.
Air pressure
Fig. 196: Applying Compressed Air Into Oil Passage Of Transaxle Case
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
4. Remove the O-rings from the low and reverse brake piston.
4. Install the low and reverse brake piston to the transaxle case.
Fig. 199: Identifying Low And Reverse Brake Piston Of Transaxle Case
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
1. Install the low and reverse brake return spring to the transaxle case.
2. Using the SST , press the return spring into the position where the snap ring groove is visible.
CAUTION: z When installing the snap ring, set the end gap of the snap ring
as shown in the figure.
z If it exceeds the specification, replace the transaxle case with a new one.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
z When the transaxle case is replaced, inspect the contact surface of the intermediate shaft bushing.
z If the surface is scratched or has changed color, replace the intermediate shaft with a new one.
2. Inspect the lining of all drive plates.
z If the lining is flaking or has changed color, or if it is worn or the print mark is wearing away,
replace with a new drive plate. When replacing, inspect the contact surfaces between the retaining
plate, driven plate and drive plate. If they are scratched or have changed color, replace with new
parts.
NOTE: z Before replacing with new drive plates, soak them at least 2 h in ATF.
3. Using vernier calipers, measure the free length of the piston return spring.
z If it is less than the specification, replace the piston return spring with a new one.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
Components
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
Disassembly Procedure
Assembly Procedure
Tightening torque
Assembly
Fig. 213: Identifying Automatic Transaxle Assembly - Bearing And Race Locations
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Components
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
Assembly Procedure
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
1. Using the SST and a hammer, install a new oil seal to the transaxle case.
Substitution SST
z 49 F026 102
2. Apply ATF to the new seal rings and sliding surface of the transaxle case.
3. Compress the seal rings as shown in the figure. Then install the seal rings in the transaxle case.
NOTE: z Inspect that seal rings rotate smoothly after installing them.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
Tightening torque
Tightening torque
6. Apply ATF or grease to the thrust bearing and install it to the C2 clutch component.
7. Apply ATF to the seal ring and rubbing surface of the C2 clutch component where the bushing is fit.
Fig. 222: Identifying Seal Ring And Rubbing Surface Of C2 Clutch Component
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
9. Apply ATF to the driven plates, drive plates and retaining plates.
NOTE: z Replace with new drive plates after soaking them at least 2 h in ATF.
10. Install driven plates, drive plates and the retaining plate in the following order to the transaxle case as
shown in the figure.
z Retaining- Drive- Driven- Drive- Driven- Drive- Driven- Drive- Driven- Drive- Driven- Drive-
Retaining
z Retaining- Drive- Driven- Drive- Driven- Drive- Driven- Drive- Driven- Drive- Driven- Drive-
Driven- Drive- Retaining
Fig. 224: Identifying Driven Plates, Drive Plates And Retaining Plate
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
CAUTION: z Inspect the number and order of the retaining plates, drive and
driven plates.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
Fig. 225: Inspecting Number And Order Of Retaining Plates, Drive And Driven Plates
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
11. Using a flathead screwdriver, install the snap ring in the groove.
CAUTION: z Align the opening of the snap ring with the position as shown in
the figure.
12. Apply ATF to the thrust bearing and the bearing races and install them to the transaxle case.
NOTE: z Align the spline of the C2 clutch drive plates and B2 brake drive
plates before installing the rear planetary gear component.
13. Apply ATF to each gear and the bushing, and then install the rear planetary gear component to the
transaxle case.
14. Apply ATF to the sliding surface of the one-way clutch.
NOTE:
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
16. Using a flathead screwdriver, install the snap ring in the groove.
CAUTION: z Align the opening of the snap ring with the position shown in
the figure.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
17. While holding the one-way clutch component, inspect that the planetary gear turns to right (clockwise)
but does not turn to left (counterclockwise).
18. Install the VSS and spacer to the counter drive gear.
19. Apply ATF to the spline on the counter drive gear and spline on the ring gear.
NOTE: z Verify that the claws of the lockwashers are facing upward.
21. Install the new lockwashers and washers with new bolts.
Tightening torque 82.7 - 93.6 N.m {8.5 - 9.5 kgf.cm, 61.0 - 69.0 ft.lbf}
A. A: 28 mm {1.102 in}
B. B: 35 mm {1.378 in}
22. Using a flathead screwdriver and a hammer, pry back the crimp locking the lockwashers.
Tightening torque 7.8 - 11.8 N.m {82 - 122 kgf.cm, 72 - 105 in.lbf}
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
Fig. 235: Identifying Oil Cooler Outlet Tube, Pipe Clamp, Transaxle Case No. 1 Plate And Wiring
Harness Clip
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
26. Connect the VSS wiring harness to the wiring harness clip.
27. Apply ATF to the bearing and gear of the differential component.
28. Install the differential component to the transaxle case.
29. Apply ATF to the bearing and gear of the counter gear component.
30. Install the counter gear component to the transaxle case.
35. Install the parking pawl, parking pawl bracket and the parking rod to the transaxle case.
Fig. 243: Identifying Parking Pawl, Parking Pawl Bracket And Parking Rod
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
Tightening torque 7.8 - 11.8 N.m {82 - 122 kgf.cm, 72 - 105 in.lbf}
36. Install the spring guide sleeve and the torsion spring.
Tightening torque 7.8 - 11.8 N.m {82 - 122 kgf.cm, 72 - 105 in.lbf}
NOTE: z Install the torsion spring to the position of the parking lock pawl and
parking lock pawl bracket shown in the figure together with the
spring guide sleeve and torsion spring installed.
CAUTION: z Do not apply too much force to the pawl return spring.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
37. Install the pawl return spring to the parking pawl shaft.
38. Install the pawl return spring and the parking pawl shaft to the transaxle case.
NOTE: z When installing the pawl return spring to transaxle case, install the
parking pawl side of the spring, then install the parking pawl shaft.
Fig. 245: Identifying Pawl Return Spring And Parking Pawl Shaft
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
39. Install the detent spring cover and detent spring to the transaxle case.
Tightening torque 7.8 - 11.8 N.m {82 - 122 kgf.cm, 72 - 105 in.lbf}
NOTE: z When installing, ensure that the center of the detent spring's roller
fits the center of the manual valve lever.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
Fig. 247: Inspecting Center Of Detent Spring's Roller Fits Center Of Manual Valve Lever
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
40. Install the sun gear input drum to the transaxle case.
41. Apply ATF to the bearing race and the thrust bearing, and then install them to the transaxle case.
42. Install the C1 clutch component to the transaxle case.
43. Apply ATF to the bearing race and the thrust bearing, and then install them to the transaxle case.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
CAUTION: z If the input shaft is not hold during installation, the thrust
washer might be come off.
NOTE: z Align the spline of the C1 clutch drive plates before installing the
input shaft and front planetary gear.
z Hold the C1 clutch component and install the front planetary gear
while holding the input shaft.
44. Install the input shaft and the front planetary gear to the transaxle case.
NOTE: z Before installing the C3 clutch component, align the spline of the C3
clutch drive plates and the spline of the B1 brake drive plates.
NOTE: z Install the C3 clutch component so that it engages with the sun gear
drum as shown in the figure.
48. Install the brake band anchor bolt to the transaxle case.
Tightening torque 133.3 - 199.9 N.m {13.6 - 20.3 kgf.m, 98.3 - 147.4 ft.lbf}
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
49. Install the piston return spring, B1 brake piston and the brake piston cover to the transaxle case.
Fig. 255: Identifying Piston Return Spring, B1 Brake Piston And Brake Piston Cover
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
50. Using the SST, press the brake piston cover into the position where the snap ring groove is visible.
51. Apply ATF to the oil seal.
52. Install the oil strainer and the oil seal to the oil pump component.
53. Apply ATF to each rubbing surface of the oil pump component.
Tightening torque 19.6 - 29.4 N.m {2.0 - 2.9 kgf.m, 14.5 - 21.6 ft.lbf}
A. A: 22 mm {0.866 in}
B. B: 35 mm {1.378 in}
56. Using a dial indicator, measure the input shaft end play.
57. Put a mark on the piston rod at the point where it intersects with the case.
58. Measure the stroke between the transaxle case and the mark on the piston rod when applying compressed
air into the oil hole as shown in the figure.
Fig. 262: Measuring Stroke Between Transaxle Case And Mark On Piston Rod
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
59. Install the differential gear lube apply tube to the converter housing.
61. Install the oil reservoir lock plate and the tube clamp to the converter housing.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
Fig. 266: Identifying Oil Reservoir Lock Plate And Tube Clamp Bolt
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
66. Remove any packing material and be careful not to get oil on the contact surface of the transaxle case and
the converter housing.
67. Clean the contact surface of the transaxle case and the converter housing and the bolt holes.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
NOTE: z Completely remove sealant and oil with white gasoline or equivalent.
NOTE: z Tap all around the contact surface with a plastic hammer during
installation.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
Tightening torque
NOTE: z Install the coupler component to the transaxle case by engaging its
claw.
CAUTION: z When installing the control valve body component, do not put
the coupler component in the open space of the separate plate
in the control valve body component.
z Do not pinch the coupler component between the separate plate
and the control valve body component.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
79. Connect the manual valve link and install the control valve body component.
80. Temporarily install the control valve body component with the bolts.
A. A: 31 mm {1.220 in}
B. B: 17 mm {0.669 in}
C. C: 21 mm {0.827 in}
NOTE: z Aligning the bolt holes, temporarily tighten the bolts by hand.
81. Temporarily install the suction cover and a new gasket with the bolts.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
83. Install the connector of the VSS and input/turbine speed sensor to the solenoid clamp.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
CAUTION: z If the control valve body cover is installed with the wiring
harnesses overlapped, the wiring harnesses may be pinched
between the cover and valve body causing the wiring harnesses
to be damaged. Therefore, verify that the wiring harnesses are
not overlapped when installing the control valve body cover.
Fig. 280: Caution - Wiring Harnesses Are Not Overlapped When Installing Control Valve Body
Cover
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
84. Apply ATF to a new O-ring and install it on the TFT sensor.
85. Install the TFT sensor with the lock plate and a bolt to the control valve body component as shown in the
figure.
Fig. 281: Identifying TFT Sensor With Lock Plate And Bolt
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
86. Connect the solenoid connectors, VSS connector and the input/turbine speed sensor connector.
87. Connect the coupler component to the clamps.
NOTE: z Completely remove sealant and oil with white gasoline or similar.
88. Clean sealant and oil off the contact surface of the transaxle case with the control valve body cover and
the bolt holes.
89. Clean oil off the contact surface of the new control valve body cover with the transaxle case.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
Fig. 283: Cleaning Sealant And Oil Off Contact Surface Of Transaxle Case
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
90. Apply sealant to the new control valve body cover as shown in the figure.
CAUTION: z Be careful that the coupler component will not become caught
between the control valve body cover and transaxle case.
91. Install the new control valve body cover with new seal bolts.
Tightening torque 9.8 - 15.7 N.m {100 - 160 kgf.cm, 87 - 138 in.lbf}
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
92. Inspect the condition of connector pin of the coupler component (foreign material, bent/broken pins) and
O-ring.
Fig. 286: Inspecting Condition Of Connector Pin Of Coupler Component (Foreign Material,
Bent/Broken Pins) And O-Ring
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
93. Align the transaxle case and the coupler component connector.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
95. Verify the correct positioning of the TCM and coupler component.
96. Install the TCM to the transaxle case.
Tightening torque 19.6 - 29.4 N.m {2.0 - 2.9 kgf.m, 14.5 - 21.6 ft.lbf}
97. Install the double nutted stud bolts to the transaxle case.
98. Remove the double nutted from the stud bolt.
99. Using the SST and a hammer, tap a new oil seal so that the specified oil seal position is obtained.
Substitution SST
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
z 49 H028 202
Substitution SST
z 49 F027 009
z 49 L033 101
Tightening torque 23.5 - 54.9 N.m {2.4 - 5.5 kgf.m, 17.4 - 40.4 ft.lbf}
101. Using a flathead screwdriver, position the drive gear on the oil pump component in the center. Then
install the torque converter component to the transaxle.
102. To ensure that the torque converter is installed accurately, measure distance A between the end of the
torque converter and the end of the converter housing.
Distance A (between the end of the torque converter and the end of the converter housing)
Fig. 295: Measuring Distance A Between End Of Torque Converter And End Of Converter
Housing
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
103. Install the O-rings and oil pipes. (Refer to the appropriate article .)
104. Add the ATF.
B2 Brake Inspection
1. Apply ATF to the driven plates, drive plates and retaining plates.
NOTE: z Replace with new drive plates after soaking them at least 2 h in ATF.
2. Install driven plates, drive plates and the retaining plate in the following order to the transaxle case as
shown in the figure.
z Drive- Retaining- Driven- Drive- Driven- Drive- Driven- Drive- Driven- Drive- Driven- Drive-
Retaining
z Retaining- Drive- Driven- Drive- Driven- Drive- Driven- Drive- Driven- Drive- Driven- Drive-
Driven- Drive- Retaining
Fig. 296: Identifying Driven Plates, Drive Plates And Retaining Plate
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
CAUTION: z Inspect the number and order of the retaining plates, drive and
driven plates.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
Fig. 297: Inspecting Number And Order Of Retaining Plates, Drive And Driven Plates
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
3. Using a flathead screwdriver, install the snap ring into the groove.
CAUTION: z Align the opening of the snap ring with the position shown in
the figure.
TECHNICAL DATA
TRANSMISSION/TRANSAXLE TECHNICAL DATA
SERVICE TOOLS
TRANSMISSION/TRANSAXLE SST
TRANSMISSION/TRANSAXLE SST
49 U027
49 0107 680A
49 L010 1A0 003
Engine stand
Engine hanger Oil seal
2009 Mazda CX-7
2005-08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul (AW6A-EL) - CX-7, CX-9 & Mazda 6
set installer
2009 TRANSMISSION
SHIFT-LOCK INSPECTION
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
2. Verify that the selector lever is in the P position.
3. Verify that the selector lever cannot be shifted from the P position without depressing the brake pedal.
4. Depress the brake pedal and verify that the selector lever cannot be shifted from the P position.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Shift Mechanism - CX-7
z If there is any malfunction, inspect the interlock cable. (See INTERLOCK CABLE
INSPECTION.)
4. Verify that the interlock cable moves freely with the brake pedal depressed.
z If there is any malfunction, inspect the interlock cable for abnormal winding. If any abnormal
winding found, correct it.
z If the malfunction persists after correcting the interlock cable winding, replace it.
3. Remove the clip of the selector lever base plate, then remove the interlock cable from the U-groove.
4. Remove the interlock cable from the selector lever.
6. Verify that the marking on the slider pin is positioned as shown in the figure.
8. Insert the a 1.5mm {0.059 in} round bar or similar into hole A with the slider pin fully pushed in.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Shift Mechanism - CX-7
10. Push the a 1.5mm {0.059 in} round bar or similar into hole B and hole C of the lock unit until it passes
through.
Fig. 11: Identifying Brake Switch, Interlock Cable & Lock Nut
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
CAUTION: z Do not connect the brake switch connector until the interlock
cable adjustment is completed.
14. Install the lock unit to the bracket. (See SELECTOR LEVER COMPONENT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION .)
15. Rotate the slider pin to release the lock and verify that it slides freely.
16. Verify that the slider pin contacts the brake pedal stopper rubber and rotate the slider pin to lock.
17. Install the interlock cable end to the interlock link on the selector lever.
18. Fit the interlock cable in the U-groove in the selector lever base plate and install the clip.
CAUTION: z Applying a load to the interlock cable while pressing the lock
piece in can affect the lock unit operation.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Shift Mechanism - CX-7
20. Remove the a 1.5mm {0.059 in} round bar or similar from the lock unit holes A, B, and C.
21. Connect the brake switch connector with the brake pedal released.
Fig. 15: Identifying Brake Switch, Interlock Cable & Lock Nut
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
CAUTION: z The clearance between the brake switch and the brake pedal is
automatically adjusted to the correct amount when the brake
switch connector is connected after the brake switch has been
properly installed. If the brake switch is not properly installed or
the connector is connected before installation, the clearance
may be incorrect, causing a brake light malfunction. Therefore,
always verify that the brake switch is properly installed before
connecting the connector.
z Once the brake switch clearance has automatically been
adjusted, it cannot be adjusted again. Therefore, replace the
switch with a new one when replacing the power brake unit or
the pedal, or performing any procedure that changes the pedal
stroke.
5. Verify that the positions of the selector lever and the indicator are aligned.
z If there is any malfunction, adjust the TR switch. (See TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
6. Verify that the vehicle operates in each selected range.
ADJUSTMENT.)
5. Lock the lock piece of the selector cable (selector lever side) in the order shown in the figure.
6. Install the center console.
7. Shift the selector lever from P position to M range, and make sure that there are no other components in
that area to interfere with the lever.
1. Install the selector cable and clip to the bracket as shown in the figure.
NOTE: z Steps 2 and 3 are for the selector cable replacement only.
3. Lock the lock piece of the selector cable (selector lever side) in the order shown in the figure.
CAUTION: z Bending the selector cable in the manner shown in the figure
will damage the cable and it may become loose when shifted.
When installing the selector cable, hold it straight.
NOTE: z Install the selector lever to the manual shaft lever with the clip side of
the selector cable end facing up.
6. Install the selector lever to the manual shaft lever so that no load acts on the selector cable.
7. Confirm that the tip of the manual shaft lever projects out of the end of the selector cable.
8. Securely install the selector cable to the selector cable bracket.
Fig. 29: Identifying Manual Shaft Lever, Selector Cable & Clip
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
2. Verify that the marking on the slider pin is positioned as shown in the figure.
3. Push the a 1.5mm {0.059 in} round bar or similar into hole A by fully pushing the slider pin in.
Fig. 32: Identifying Brake Switch, Lock Unit & Slider Pin
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
5. Push the a 1.5mm {0.059 in} round bar or similar into hole B and hole C of the lock unit until it passes
through.
Fig. 34: Identifying Brake Switch, Lock Unit & Slider Pin
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
CAUTION: z Do not connect the brake switch connector until the interlock
cable is installed.
9. With the slider pin pressed, slide the lock unit to fix the lock unit hook into the bracket hole securely as
shown in the figure.
10. Rotate the slider pin to release the lock and verify that it slides freely.
11. Pull the slider pin outward until it contacts the brake pedal stopper rubber and rotate the slider pin to lock.
CAUTION: z Applying a load to the interlock cable while pressing the lock
piece in can affect the lock unit operation.
16. Remove the a 1.5mm {0.059 in} round bar or similar from the lock unit holes A, B, and C.
17. Connect the brake switch connector with the brake pedal released.
Fig. 39: Identifying Brake Switch, Lock Unit & Slider Pin
Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.
CAUTION: z The clearance between the brake switch and the brake pedal is
automatically adjusted to the correct amount when the brake
switch connector is connected after the brake switch has been
properly installed. If the brake switch is not properly installed or
the connector is connected before installation, the clearance
may be incorrect, causing a brake light malfunction. Therefore,
always verify that the brake switch is properly installed before
connecting the connector.
z Once the brake switch clearance has automatically been
adjusted, it cannot be adjusted again. Therefore, replace the
switch with a new one when replacing the power brake unit or
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Shift Mechanism - CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION
z When the customer reports vehicle malfunction, check the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) indication,
AT warning indication, and diagnostic trouble code (DTC), then diagnose the malfunction according to
following flowchart.
{ If a DTC exists, diagnose the applicable DTC inspection. (See DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
{ If a DTC does not exist and the MIL and AT warning lights do not illuminate, diagnose the
applicable symptom troubleshooting. (See SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM TABLE
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
2. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS.
z When using the IDS (laptop PC)
2. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS.
z When using the IDS (laptop PC)
iv. Go to Step 6.
z For P1783
X: Available
AT
warning Monitor Memory
DTC No. Condition MIL light DC item function See
(See DTC P0601
P0601 Flash ROM malfunction X X 1 CCM X [AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL])
(See DTC P0603
P0603 EEPROM malfunction X X 1 - X [AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL])
(See DTC P0604
P0604 RAM malfunction X X 1 CCM X [AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL])
Transaxle range (TR) (See DTC P0706
P0706 switch circuit range/ X X 1 Other X [AW6A-EL,
performance AW6AX-EL])
(See DTC P0707
P0707 Transaxle range (TR) X X 1 CCM X [AW6A-EL,
switch circuit low input
AW6AX-EL])
(See DTC P0708
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION On-Board Diagnostic (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
range/performance [AW6A-EL,
P2762 X X 1 CCM X
(stuck) AW6AX-EL])
TCC control solenoid (See DTC P2763
P2763 circuit malfunction (short X X 1 CCM X [AW6A-EL,
to power) AW6AX-EL])
TCC control solenoid (See DTC P2764
P2764 circuit malfunction (short X X 1 CCM X [AW6A-EL,
to ground/open circuit) AW6AX-EL])
U0073 CAN BUS OFF (See DTC TABLE [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM] )
U0100 TCM cannot receive any (See DTC TABLE [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
signals from PCM SYSTEM] )
U0121 TCM cannot receive any (See DTC TABLE [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
signals from DSC HU/ SYSTEM] )
CM
U0140 TCM cannot receive any (See DTC TABLE [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
signals from instrument SYSTEM] )
cluster
U0415 Invalid data received (See DTC TABLE [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
from DSC HU/CM SYSTEM] )
(wheel speed)
MIL: Malfunction Indicator Lamp
DC: Drive Cycle
CCM: Comprehensive Component Monitor
- : N/A
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
z The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition
during the first drive cycle.
DETECTION
CONDITION z A PENDING CODE is not available.
z FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
z The AT warning light illuminates.
z The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
POSSIBLE CAUSE z TCM malfunction
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION On-Board Diagnostic (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
4 INSPECT TFT SENSOR Yes Replace the TFT sensor, then go to the
next step. (See TRANSAXLE FLUID
zInspect the TFT sensor. (See TEMPERATURE (TFT) SENSOR
TRANSAXLE FLUID REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TEMPERATURE (TFT) SENSOR [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL] .)
No Go to the next step.
z Is there any malfunction?
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
z Switch the ignition to off. No Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
possible open circuit, then go to Step 6.
z Inspect for continuity between coupler
component terminals B8 and B7.
z Is there continuity?
5 INSPECT TFT SENSOR Yes Replace the TFT sensor, then go to the
next step. (See TRANSAXLE FLUID
zInspect the TFT sensor. (See TEMPERATURE (TFT) SENSOR
TRANSAXLE FLUID REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TEMPERATURE (TFT) SENSOR [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] .)
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL] ).
z Is there any malfunction?
No Go to the next step.
6 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next
DTC P0713 COMPLETED step. (See TCM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
z Make sure to reconnect all the [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
disconnected connectors.
z Clear the DTC from the memory using
the M-MDS.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION On-Board Diagnostic (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
DETECTION
CONDITION Diagnostic support note:
z Open circuit between input/turbine speed sensor terminal A and TCM terminal B1
z TCM malfunction
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
4 INSPECT INPUT/TURBINE SPEED Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO possible short to GND, then go to Step 8.
GND
DETECTION
CONDITION Diagnostic support note:
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
z Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on- z If the vehicle is not repaired, go
line repair information availability. to the next step.
z Is any related repair information available? No Go to the next step.
3 INSPECT COUPLER COMPONENT Yes Repair or replace the terminal, then go
CONNECTOR FOR POOR CONNECTION to Step 8.
4 INSPECT VSS CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness
GND for a possible short to GND, then go to
Step 8.
z Switch the ignition to off.
5 INSPECT VSS CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Repair or replace the terminal, then go
CONNECTION to Step 8.
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next
P0722 COMPLETED step. (See TCM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
z Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
connectors.
z Clear the DTC from the memory using the
M-MDS.
z Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR. No Go to the next step.
z Is same DTC present?
Monitoring condition:
{ C2 clutch slipping
z TCM malfunction
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go
to Step 8.
z Perform the "Line pressure Test". Any ranges: Replace the control valve
(See MECHANICAL SYSTEM body, then go to Step 8.
TEST [AW6A-EL, AW6AX- (See CONTROL VALVE BODY
EL] ). REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-
z Is there any malfunction? EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
No Go to the next step.
6 INSPECT STALL SPEED Yes Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to
Step 8. (See AUTOMATIC
z Perform the "Stall Test". (See TRANSAXLE
MECHANICAL SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-
TEST [AW6A-EL, AW6AX- EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
EL] ).
z Is there any malfunction? No Go to the next step.
7 INSPECT SOLENOID VALVE Yes Replace malfunctioning part according to
test result, then go to the next step.
zInspect the following solenoid
valves: (See SOLENOID
VALVE INSPECTION [AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
{ Line pressure control
solenoid
No Go to the next step.
{ Shift solenoid C
{ Shift solenoid E
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
DTC P0729 COMPLETED (See TCM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-
z Make sure to reconnect all the EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
disconnected connectors.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION On-Board Diagnostic (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
Monitoring condition:
{ B2 brake slipping
POSSIBLE CAUSE
z Solenoid valve malfunction
{ Line pressure control solenoid stuck
z TCM malfunction
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
z Is it normal?
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go
to Step 8.
z Perform the "Line pressures Test". Any ranges: Replace the control valve
(See MECHANICAL SYSTEM body, then go to Step 8.
TEST [AW6A-EL, AW6AX- (See CONTROL VALVE BODY
EL] ). REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-
z Is there any malfunction? EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
No Go to the next step.
6 INSPECT STALL SPEED Yes Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to
Step 8. (See AUTOMATIC
z Perform the "Stall Test". (See TRANSAXLE
MECHANICAL SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-
TEST [AW6A-EL, AW6AX- EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
EL] ).
z Is there any malfunction? No Go to the next step.
7 INSPECT SOLENOID VALVE Yes Replace the malfunctioning part according
to test result, then go to the next step.
zInspect the following solenoid
valves: (See SOLENOID
VALVE INSPECTION [AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
{ Line pressure control
solenoid
{ Shift solenoid A
{ Shift solenoid B
{ Shift solenoid E
{ Shift solenoid F
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
DTC P0730 COMPLETED (See TCM
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION On-Board Diagnostic (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
Monitoring condition:
z TCM malfunction
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
z Is it normal?
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go
to Step 8.
z Perform the "Line pressures Test". Any ranges: Replace the control valve
(See MECHANICAL SYSTEM body, then go to Step 8. (See CONTROL
TEST [AW6A-EL, AW6AX- VALVE BODY
EL] ). REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-
z Is there any malfunction? EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
No Go to the next step.
6 INSPECT STALL SPEED Yes Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to
Step 8. (See AUTOMATIC
z Perform the "Stall Test". (See TRANSAXLE
MECHANICAL SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-
TEST [AW6A-EL, AW6AX- EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
EL] ).
z Is there any malfunction? No Go to the next step.
7 INSPECT SOLENOID VALVE Yes Replace the malfunctioning part according
to test result, then go to the next step.
zInspect the following solenoid
valves. (See SOLENOID
VALVE INSPECTION [AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
{ Line pressure control
solenoid
{ Shift solenoid D No Go to the next step.
{ Shift solenoid E
{ Shift solenoid F
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
DTC P0731 COMPLETED (See TCM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-
z Make sure to reconnect all the EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
disconnected connectors.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION On-Board Diagnostic (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
Monitoring condition:
{ B1 brake slipping
z TCM malfunction
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
z Inspect the ATF level. (See No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE Step 8.
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
z Is it normal?
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go
to Step 8.
z Perform the "Line pressures Test". Any ranges: Replace the control valve
(See MECHANICAL SYSTEM body, then go to Step 8.
TEST [AW6A-EL, AW6AX- (See CONTROL VALVE BODY
EL] ). REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-
z Is there any malfunction? EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
No Go to the next step.
6 INSPECT STALL SPEED Yes Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to
Step 8.
z Perform the "Stall Test". (See (See AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
MECHANICAL SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-
TEST [AW6A-EL, AW6AX- EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
EL] ).
z Is there any malfunction? No Go to the next step.
7 INSPECT SOLENOID VALVE Yes Replace the malfunctioning part according
to test result, then go to the next step.
zInspect the following solenoid
valves: (See SOLENOID
VALVE INSPECTION [AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
{ Line pressure control
solenoid
No Go to the next step.
{ Shift solenoid D
{ Shift solenoid E
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
DTC P0732 COMPLETED (See TCM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-
z Make sure to reconnect all the EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
disconnected connectors.
z Clear the DTC from the memory
using the M-MDS.
z Drive the vehicle under the
following conditions at least 12
times for more than 1 s:
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION On-Board Diagnostic (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
Monitoring condition:
z TCM malfunction
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go
to Step 8.
z Perform the "Line pressures Test". Any ranges: Replace the control valve
(See MECHANICAL SYSTEM body, then go to Step 8.
TEST [AW6A-EL, AW6AX- (See CONTROL VALVE BODY
EL] ). REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-
z Is there any malfunction? EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
No Go to the next step.
6 INSPECT STALL SPEED Yes Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to
Step 8. (See AUTOMATIC
z Perform the "Stall Test". (See TRANSAXLE
MECHANICAL SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-
TEST [AW6A-EL, AW6AX- EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
EL] ).
z Is there any malfunction? No Go to the next step.
7 INSPECT SOLENOID VALVE Yes Replace malfunctioning part according to
test result, then go to the next step.
zInspect the following solenoid
valves: (See SOLENOID
VALVE INSPECTION [AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
{ Line pressure control
solenoid
No Go to the next step.
{ Shift solenoid D
{ Shift solenoid F
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
DTC P0733 COMPLETED (See TCM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-
z Make sure to reconnect all the EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
disconnected connectors.
z Clear the DTC from the memory
using the M-MDS.
z Drive the vehicle under the
following conditions at least 12
times for more than 1 s:
{ ATF temperature (TFT
PID): 20°C {68°F} or more
{ Drive in the D range, 3GR
No Go to the next step.
{ Accelerator opening angle
(THOP PID): 10% or more
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION On-Board Diagnostic (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
Monitoring condition:
{ C1 clutch slipping
{ C2 clutch slipping
z TCM malfunction
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go
to Step 8.
z Perform the "Line pressures Test". Any ranges: Replace the control valve
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION On-Board Diagnostic (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
{ Shift solenoid F
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
DTC P0734 COMPLETED (See TCM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-
zMake sure to reconnect all the EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
disconnected connectors.
z Clear the DTC from the memory
using the M-MDS.
z Drive the vehicle under the
following conditions at least 12
times for more than 1 s:
{ ATF temperature (TFT
PID): 20°C {68°F} or more
{ Drive in the D range, 4GR
No Go to the next step.
{ Accelerator opening angle
(THOP PID): 10% or more
z Is same DTC present?
Monitoring condition:
{ C3 clutch slipping
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go
to Step 8.
z Perform the "Line pressures Test". Any ranges: Replace the control valve
(See MECHANICAL SYSTEM body, then go to Step 8. (See CONTROL
TEST [AW6A-EL, AW6AX- VALVE BODY
EL] ). REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-
z Is there any malfunction? EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
No Go to the next step.
6 INSPECT STALL SPEED Yes Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to
Step 8. (See AUTOMATIC
z Perform the "Stall Test". (See TRANSAXLE
MECHANICAL SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION On-Board Diagnostic (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
{ Shift solenoid F
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
DTC P0735 COMPLETED (See TCM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-
zMake sure to reconnect all the EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
disconnected connectors.
z Clear the DTC from the memory
using the M-MDS.
z Drive the vehicle under the
following conditions at least 12
times for more than 1 s:
{ ATF temperature (TFT
PID): 20°C {68°F} or more
{ Drive in the D range, 5GR
No Go to the next step.
{ Accelerator opening angle
(THOP PID): 10% or more
z Is same DTC present?
z Incorrect gear ratio detected when following conditions are satisfied while
driving:
Monitoring condition:
z The MIL does not illuminate if the TCM detects the above malfunction
condition during the first drive cycle.
z A PENDING CODE is not available.
z FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
z The AT warning light illuminates.
z The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
z ATF level low
z Deteriorated ATF
z Line pressure malfunction
{ Oil pump malfunction
z TCM malfunction
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go
to Step 8.
z Perform the "Line Pressures Test". Any ranges: Replace the control valve
(See MECHANICAL SYSTEM body, then go to Step 8.
TEST [AW6A-EL, AW6AX- (See CONTROL VALVE BODY
EL] ). REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-
z Is there any malfunction? EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
No Go to the next step.
6 INSPECT STALL SPEED Yes Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to
Step 8. (See AUTOMATIC
z Perform the "Stall Test. (See TRANSAXLE
MECHANICAL SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-
TEST [AW6A-EL, AW6AX- EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
EL] ).
z Is there any malfunction? No Go to the next step.
7 INSPECT SOLENOID VALVE Yes Replace malfunctioning part according to
test result, then go to the next step.
z Inspect the following solenoid
valves: (See SOLENOID
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION On-Board Diagnostic (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
{ Shift solenoid D
{ Shift solenoid E
{ Shift solenoid F
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
DTC P0736 COMPLETED (See TCM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-
zMake sure to reconnect all the EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
disconnected connectors.
z Clear the DTC from the memory
using the M-MDS.
z Drive the vehicle under the
following conditions at least 12
times for more than 1 s:
{ ATF temperature (TFT
PID): 20°C {68°F} or more
{ Drive in the R position
No Go to the next step.
{ Accelerator opening angle
(THOP PID): 10% or more
z Is same DTC present?
Monitoring condition:
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION On-Board Diagnostic (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
available?
3 INSPECT SOLENOID VALVE Yes Replace malfunctioning part according to
test result, then go to the next step.
Inspect the following solenoid
z
valves: (See SOLENOID
VALVE INSPECTION [AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
{ Line pressure control
solenoid
{ Shift solenoid A
{ Shift solenoid B
{ Shift solenoid E
{ Shift solenoid F
4 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
DTC P0780 COMPLETED (See TCM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the
z EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
disconnected connectors.
z Clear the DTC from the memory
using the M-MDS.
z Drive the vehicle in D range and
make sure that gears shift
smoothly from 1GR to 6GR. No Go to the next step.
z Is same DTC present?
DETECTION z The MIL does not illuminate if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition
CONDITION during the first drive cycle.
z A PENDING CODE is not available.
z FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
z The AT warning light illuminates.
z The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
z Open circuit between starter relay No. 2 terminal A and TCM terminal A5
z Short to ground in wiring harness between starter relay No. 2 terminal A and TCM
terminal A5
POSSIBLE CAUSE z Starter relay No. 2 malfunction
z Starter relay No. 2 connector or terminal malfunction
z TCM connector or terminal malfunction
z TCM malfunction
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION On-Board Diagnostic (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
z Remove the starter relay No. 2. No Replace the starter relay No. 2, then go to
z Inspect the starter relay No. 2. Step 9.
(See RELAY INSPECTION .)
z Is the starter relay No. 2 normal?
4 INSPECT STARTER RELAY NO. 2 Yes Repair or replace the terminal, then go to
CONNECTOR FOR POOR Step 9.
CONNECTION
5 INSPECT STARTER RELAY NO. 2 Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT possible short to GND, then go to Step 9.
TO GND
6 INSPECT TCM CONNECTOR FOR Yes Repair or replace the terminal, then go to
POOR CONNECTION Step 10.
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
DTC P0817 COMPLETED (See TCM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION On-Board Diagnostic (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION On-Board Diagnostic (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
4 INSPECT M RANGE SWITCH, UP Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
SWITCH, OR DOWN SWITCH possible short to GND, then go to Step 9.
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GND
5 INSPECT M RANGE SWITCH, UP Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
SWITCH AND DOWN SWITCH possible short to power supply, then go to
FOR SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY Step 9.
6 INSPECT M RANGE SWITCH, UP Yes Replace the selector lever, then go to Step 9.
SWITCH AND DOWN SWITCH (See SELECTOR LEVER COMPONENT
CIRCUIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).
7 INSPECT TCM CONNECTOR FOR Yes Repair or replace the terminal, then go to
POOR CONNECTION Step 9.
9 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
DTC P0819 COMPLETED (See TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
zMake sure to reconnect all the
disconnected connectors.
z Clear the DTC from the memory
using the M-MDS.
z Drive the vehicle in M range, and
change gears by shifting the
selector lever (operating the up No Go to the next step.
and down switches).
z Is same DTC present?
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
z Turn the ignition switch to the off No z If fuse has been melted, replace it,
position. then go to Step 9.
z Inspect the following fuses for
z If fuse is not installed correctly,
proper installation and failure. install it correctly, then go to Step 9.
{ ENG B+ 25 A fuse
{ METER 10 A fuse
z Is it normal?
4 INSPECT FUSE TERMINAL FOR Yes Repair or replace the terminal, then go to
POOR CONNECTION Step 9.
5 INSPECT TCM CONNECTOR FOR Yes Repair or replace the terminal, then go to
POOR CONNECTION Step 9
6 INSPECT POWER CIRCUIT FOR Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
SHORT TO GND possible short to GND, then go to Step 9.
zSwitch the ignition to off. No Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
possible open circuit, then go to the next
z Inspect for continuity between
step.
TCM connector terminal A9
(wiring harness-side) and body
GND.
z Is there continuity?
9 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
DTC P0882 COMPLETED (See TCM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-
zMake sure to reconnect all the EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
disconnected connectors.
z Clear the DTC from the memory
using the M-MDS.
z Start the engine and warm it up
completely. No Go to the next step.
z Is same DTC present?
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Monitoring condition:
{ Engine running
{ Driving in D range
{ Counter drive gear (output) revolution speed 500 rpm or more (VSS)
DETECTION
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION On-Board Diagnostic (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
CONDITION
Diagnostic support note:
z TCM malfunction
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
6 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
DTC P0942 COMPLETED (See TCM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-
zMake sure to reconnect all the EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
disconnected connectors.
z Clear the DTC from the memory
using the M-MDS.
z Drive the vehicle in D range and
make sure that gears shift
smoothly from 1GR to 6GR. No Go to the next step.
z Is same DTC present?
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
z Inspect the ATF condition. (See No Replace the ATF, then go to Step 7. (See
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID
(ATF) REPLACEMENT [AW6A-EL,
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION On-Board Diagnostic (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes All ranges: Replace the oil pump or
control valve body, then go to the next
z Perform the "Line Pressures Test". step.
(See MECHANICAL SYSTEM Any ranges: Replace the control valve
TEST [AW6A-EL, AW6AX- body, then go the next step. (See
EL] ). CONTROL VALVE BODY
z Is there any malfunction? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-EL] .)
No Go to the next step.
6 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Replace the control valve body. (See
CONTROL SOLENOID CONTROL VALVE BODY
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-
zInspect the line pressure control EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
solenoid. (See SOLENOID
VALVE INSPECTION [AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
No Go to the next step.
z Is there any malfunction?
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
DTC P0961 COMPLETED (See TCM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-
zMake sure to reconnect all the EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
disconnected connectors.
z Clear the DTC from the memory
using the M-MDS.
z Drive the vehicle in D range and
make sure that gears shift
smoothly from 1GR to 6GR. No Go to the next step.
z Is same DTC present?
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
4 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT FOR possible short to GND, then go to Step 8.
SHORT TO GND
6 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Replace the control valve body, then go
CONTROL SOLENOID to Step 8. (See CONTROL VALVE
BODY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
z Inspect the line pressure control [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] .)
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION On-Board Diagnostic (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
DETECTION
CONDITION Diagnostic support note:
drive cycle.
z A PENDING CODE is not available.
z FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
z The AT warning light illuminates.
z The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
z Coupler component connector or terminal malfunction
z Short to ground in wiring harness between shift solenoid A terminal A and TCM
terminal B5
POSSIBLE CAUSE
z Shift solenoid A malfunction
z Shift solenoid A malfunction
z TCM malfunction
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION On-Board Diagnostic (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
4 INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID A Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GND possible short to GND, then go to Step 7.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
4 INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID A Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER possible short to power supply, then go
SUPPLY to Step 8.
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
possible open circuit, then go to the next
zSwitch the ignition to off. step.
z Inspect for continuity between shift
solenoid A terminal A (wiring
harness-side) and coupler component
terminal B5 (wiring harness-side).
z Is there continuity?
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION On-Board Diagnostic (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION On-Board Diagnostic (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
4 INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID B Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER possible short to power supply, then go to
SUPPLY Step 8.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
z Turn the ignition switch to the No Replace the ATF, then go to Step 7.
LOCK position. (See AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
z Inspect the ATF condition. (See FLUID (ATF) REPLACEMENT
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION On-Board Diagnostic (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
z Is it normal?
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes z All ranges: Replace the oil pump,
then go to Step 7.
z Perform the "Line Pressures
z Any ranges: Replace the control valve
Test". (See MECHANICAL
body, then go to Step 7. (See
SYSTEM TEST [AW6A-EL,
CONTROL VALVE BODY
AW6AX-EL] ).
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
z Is there any malfunction? [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] .)
No Go to the next step.
6 INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID C Yes Replace the control valve body, then go to
the next step. (See CONTROL VALVE
zInspect the shift solenoid C. (See BODY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SOLENOID VALVE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL] ).
No Go to the next step.
z Is there any malfunction?
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
DTC P0978 COMPLETED (See TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
zMake sure to reconnect all the
disconnected connectors.
z Clear the DTC from the memory
using the M-MDS.
z Drive the vehicle in D range and
make sure that gears shift No Go to the next step.
smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
z Is same DTC present?
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
zHas the FREEZE FRAME DATA the repair order, then go to the next step.
been recorded on the repair order?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to
INFORMATION AVAILABILITY the available repair information.
4 INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID C Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GND possible short to GND, then go to Step 8.
6 INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID C Yes Replace the control valve body, then go
to Step 8. (See CONTROL VALVE
z Inspect the shift solenoid C. (See BODY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] .)
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] .)
No Go to the next step.
z Is there any malfunction?
z Short circuit in shift solenoid C signal system (The solenoid circuit current value i
to the TCM is continuously more than 1,333 mA for 100 ms or more).
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
4 INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID C Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER possible short to power supply, then go to
SUPPLY Step 7.
6 INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID C Yes Replace the control valve body, then go
to the next step. (See CONTROL
zInspect the shift solenoid C. (See VALVE BODY
SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL, [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] .)
AW6AX-EL] .)
z Is there any malfunction? No Go to the next step.
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next
DTC P0980 COMPLETED step. (See TCM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
zMake sure to reconnect all the [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
disconnected connectors.
z Clear the DTC from the memory
using the M-MDS.
z Drive the vehicle in D range and
make sure that gears shift smoothly
from 1GR to 6GR. No Go to the next step.
z Is same DTC present?
z TCM malfunction
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
z Inspect the ATF condition. (See No Replace the ATF, then go to Step 7. (See
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION (ATF) REPLACEMENT [AW6A-EL,
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] ). AW6AX-EL] ).
z Is it normal?
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes z All ranges: Replace the oil pump or
control valve body, then go to next
z Perform the "Line Pressures step.
Test". (See MECHANICAL
z Any ranges: Replace the control valve
SYSTEM TEST [AW6A-EL,
body, then go the next step. (See
AW6AX-EL] ).
CONTROL VALVE BODY
z Is there any malfunction? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] .)
No Go to the next step.
6 INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID D Yes Replace the control valve body. Then go to
the next step (See CONTROL VALVE
zInspect the shift solenoid D. (See BODY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SOLENOID VALVE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] .)
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL] ).
No Go to the next step.
z Is there any malfunction?
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
DTC P0981 COMPLETED (See TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
zMake sure to reconnect all the
disconnected connectors.
z Clear the DTC from the memory
using the M-MDS.
z Drive the vehicle in D range and
make sure that gears shift No Go to the next step.
smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
z Is same DTC present?
value input to the TCM is continuously less than 23 mA for 100 ms or more).
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
4 INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID D Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GND possible short to GND, then go to Step 8.
6 INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID D Yes Replace the control valve body, then go
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION On-Board Diagnostic (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
z Short circuit in shift solenoid D signal system (The solenoid circuit current value i
to the TCM is continuously more than 1,333 mA for 100 ms or more).
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
4 INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID D Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER possible short to power supply, then go to
SUPPLY Step 7.
6 INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID D Yes Replace the control valve body, then go
to the next step. (See CONTROL
zInspect shift solenoid D. (See VALVE BODY
SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL, [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
AW6AX-EL] .)
z Is there any malfunction? No Go to the next step.
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next
DTC P0983 COMPLETED step. (See TCM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
zMake sure to reconnect all the [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
disconnected connectors.
z Clear the DTC from the memory
using the M-MDS.
z Drive the vehicle in D range and
make sure that gears shift smoothly
from 1GR to 6GR. No Go to the next step.
z Is same DTC present?
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
z Inspect the ATF condition. (See No Replace the ATF, then go to Step 7. (See
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID
(ATF) REPLACEMENT [AW6A-EL,
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] ). AW6AX-EL] ).
z Is it normal?
z Perform the "Line Pressures z All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then
Test". (See MECHANICAL go to Step 7.
SYSTEM TEST [AW6A-EL, z Any ranges: Replace the control valve
AW6AX-EL] ). body, then go the next step. (See
z Is there any malfunction? CONTROL VALVE BODY
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] .)
No Go to the next step.
6 INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID E Yes Replace the control valve body. (See
CONTROL VALVE BODY
zInspect the shift solenoid E. (See REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-
SOLENOID VALVE EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL] ).
No Go to the next step.
z Is there any malfunction?
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
DTC P0984 COMPLETED (See TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
zMake sure to reconnect all the
disconnected connectors.
z Clear the DTC from the memory
using the M-MDS.
z Drive the vehicle in D range and
make sure that gears shift No Go to the next step.
smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
z Is same DTC present?
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
4 INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID E Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GND possible short to GND, then go to Step 8.
6 INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID E Yes Replace the control valve body, then go
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION On-Board Diagnostic (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
z Short circuit in shift solenoid E signal system (The solenoid circuit current value i
to the TCM is continuously more than 1,333 mA for 100 ms or more).
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
4 INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID E Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER possible short to power supply, then go to
SUPPLY Step 7.
6 INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID E Yes Replace the control valve body, then go
to the next step. (See CONTROL
zInspect the shift solenoid E . (See VALVE BODY
SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL, [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
AW6AX-EL] .)
z Is there any malfunction? No Go to the next step.
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next
DTC P0986 COMPLETED step. (See TCM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
zMake sure to reconnect all the [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
disconnected connectors.
z Clear the DTC from the memory
using the M-MDS.
z Drive the vehicle in D range and
make sure that gears shift smoothly
from 1GR to 6GR. No Go to the next step.
z Is same DTC present?
z TCM malfunction
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
z Inspect the ATF condition. (See No Replace the ATF, then go to Step 7. (See
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION (ATF) REPLACEMENT [AW6A-EL,
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] .) AW6AX-EL] ).
z Is it normal?
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes z All ranges: Replace the oil pump,
then go to Step 7.
z Perform the "Line pressures
z Any ranges: Replace the control valve
Test". (See MECHANICAL
body, then go the next step. (See
SYSTEM TEST [AW6A-EL,
CONTROL VALVE BODY
AW6AX-EL] ).
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
z Is there any malfunction? [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] .)
No Go to the next step.
6 INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID Yes Replace the control valve body. (See
CONTROL VALVE BODY
zInspect the shift solenoid F. (See REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-
SOLENOID VALVE EL, AW6AX-EL] .)
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL] ).
No Go to the next step.
z Is there any malfunction?
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
DTC P0997 COMPLETED (See TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
zMake sure to reconnect all the
disconnected connectors.
z Clear the DTC from the memory
using the M-MDS.
z Drive the vehicle in D range and
make sure that gears shift No Go to the next step.
smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
z Is same DTC present?
z Open or short circuit in shift solenoid F signal system (The solenoid circuit curren
value input to the TCM is continuously less than 23 mA for 100 ms or more).
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
4 INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID F Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GND possible short to GND, then go to Step 8.
6 INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID F Yes Replace the control valve body, then go
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION On-Board Diagnostic (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
z Short circuit in shift solenoid F signal system (The solenoid circuit current value i
to the TCM is continuously more than 1,333 mA for 100 ms or more).
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
4 INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID F Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER possible short to power supply, then go to
SUPPLY Step 7.
z The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION On-Board Diagnostic (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
{ B2 brake slipping
POSSIBLE CAUSE
z Solenoid valve malfunction
{ Line pressure control solenoid stuck
z TCM malfunction
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
{ Shift solenoid E
6 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
DTC P1700 COMPLETED (See TCM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-
zMake sure to reconnect all the EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
disconnected connectors.
z Clear the DTC from the memory
using the M-MDS.
z Drive the vehicle in R position. No Go to the next step.
z Is same DTC present?
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
{ Reddish brown:
Deteriorated ATF
z Is it normal?
5 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
DTC P1783 COMPLETED (See TCM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-
zMake sure to reconnect all the EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
disconnected connectors.
z Clear the DTC from the memory
using the M-MDS.
z Start the engine.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
z Inspect the ATF condition. (See No Replace the ATF, then go to Step 7. (See
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION (ATF) REPLACEMENT [AW6A-EL,
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] .) AW6AX-EL] ).
z Is it normal?
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go
to Step 7.
z Perform the "Line pressures Test". Any ranges: Replace the control valve
(See MECHANICAL SYSTEM body, then go to Step 6.
TEST [AW6A-EL, AW6AX- (See CONTROL VALVE BODY
EL] .) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-
z Is there any malfunction? EL, AW6AX-EL] .)
No Go to the next step.
6 INSPECT TCC CONTROL Yes Replace the control valve body, then go to
SOLENOID the next step. (See CONTROL VALVE
BODY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
z Inspect the TCC control solenoid. [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] .)
(See SOLENOID VALVE No Replace the Torque converter, then go to
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL, the next step. (See TORQUE
AW6AX-EL] ). CONVERTER
z Is there any malfunction? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-EL] .)
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
DTC P2757 COMPLETED (See TCM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-
z Make sure to reconnect all the EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
disconnected connectors.
z Clear the DTC from the memory
using the M-MDS.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION On-Board Diagnostic (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
{ Driving in D range
{ Engine running
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
z Inspect the ATF condition. (See No Replace ATF, then go to Step 7. (See
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION (ATF) REPLACEMENT [AW6A-EL,
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] .) AW6AX-EL] ).
z Is it normal?
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go
to Step 7.
z Perform the "Line pressures Test". Any ranges: Replace the control valve
(See MECHANICAL SYSTEM body, then go to Step 6.
TEST [AW6A-EL, AW6AX- (See CONTROL VALVE BODY
EL] ). REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-
z Is there any malfunction? EL, AW6AX-EL] .)
No Go to the next step.
6 INSPECT TCC CONTROL Yes Replace the control valve body, then go to
SOLENOID the next step. (See CONTROL VALVE
BODY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
z Inspect the TCC control solenoid. [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] .)
(See SOLENOID VALVE No Replace the Torque converter, then go to
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL, the next step. (See TORQUE
AW6AX-EL] ). CONVERTER
z Is there any malfunction? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-EL] .)
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
DTC P2758 COMPLETED (See TCM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-
zMake sure to reconnect all the EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
disconnected connectors.
z Clear the DTC from the memory
using the M-MDS.
z Start the engine.
z TCM malfunction
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
z Inspect the ATF condition. (See No Replace the ATF, then go to Step 7.
(See AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION FLUID (ATF) REPLACEMENT
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] .) [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
z Is it normal?
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go
to Step 7.
z Perform the "Line pressures Test". Any ranges: Replace the control valve
(See MECHANICAL SYSTEM body, then go Step 7. (See CONTROL
TEST [AW6A-EL, AW6AX- VALVE BODY
EL] ). REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-
z Is there any malfunction? EL, AW6AX-EL] .)
No Go to the next step.
6 INSPECT TCC CONTROL Yes Replace the control valve body. (See
SOLENOID CONTROL VALVE BODY
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-
zInspect the TCC control solenoid. EL, AW6AX-EL] .)
(See SOLENOID VALVE
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL] ).
No Go to the next step.
z Is there any malfunction?
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
DTC P2762 COMPLETED (See TCM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-
z Make sure to reconnect all the EL, AW6AX-EL] .)
disconnected connectors.
z Clear the DTC from the memory
using the M-MDS.
z Drive the vehicle in D range and
make sure that gears shift
smoothly from 1GR to 6GR. No Go to the next step.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION On-Board Diagnostic (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
zHas the FREEZE FRAME DATA the repair order, then go to the next step.
been recorded on the repair order?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to
INFORMATION AVAILABILITY the available repair information.
4 INSPECT TCC CONTROL SOLENOID Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER possible short to power supply, then go to
SUPPLY Step 7.
5 INSPECT TCC CONTROL SOLENOID Yes Repair or replace the terminal, then go to
CONNECTOR FOR POOR Step 7.
CONNECTION
6 INSPECT TCC CONTROL SOLENOID Yes Replace the control valve body, then go
to the next step. (See CONTROL
zInspect the TCC control solenoid. VALVE BODY
(See SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL, [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] .)
AW6AX-EL] .)
z Is there malfunction? No Go to the next step.
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next
DTC P2763 COMPLETED step. (See TCM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
zMake sure to reconnect all the [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] .)
disconnected connectors.
z Clear the DTC from the memory
using the M-MDS.
z Drive the vehicle in D range and
make sure that gears shift smoothly
from 1GR to 6GR. No Go to the next step.
z Is same DTC present?
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
zHas the FREEZE FRAME DATA the repair order, then go to the next step.
been recorded on the repair order?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to
INFORMATION AVAILABILITY the available repair information.
4 INSPECT TCC CONTROL SOLENOID Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GND possible short to GND, then go to Step 8.
5 INSPECT TCC CONTROL SOLENOID Yes Repair or replace the terminal, then go to
CONNECTOR FOR POOR Step 8.
CONNECTION
2. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initial screen of the M-MDS.
z When using the IDS (laptop PC)
1. Select "DataLogger".
2. Select "Modules".
3. Select "TCM".
z When using the PDS (pocket PC)
NOTE: z The PID data screen function is used for monitoring the calculated
value of input/output signals in the module. Therefore, if the
monitored value of the output parts is not within the specification, it
is necessary to inspect the monitored value of input parts
corresponding to the applicable output part control. In addition,
because the system does not display an output part malfunction as
an abnormality in the monitored value, it is necessary to inspect the
output parts individually.
RPM TCM z Ignition switch ON:0 Inspect the PCM. (See PCM
(Engine speed) RPM RPM INSPECTION [L3 WITH -
TC] ).
z Idle:700-800 RPM
SSA (Shift z M range (1GR): On Inspect the shift solenoid A.
solenoid A) (See SOLENOID VALVE
On/Off z Other: Off B5
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL] ).
SSB (Shift z M range (1GR): On
Inspect the shift solenoid B.
solenoid B) (See SOLENOID VALVE
On/Off z Other: Off B2
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL] ).
SSC (Shift z P, R, N position or D/M
Inspect the shift solenoid C.
solenoid C) range (5GR, 6GR): (See SOLENOID VALVE
A solenoid on INSPECTION [AW6A-EL, B10, B11
AW6AX-EL] ).
z Other: solenoid off -
100-1,000 mA
SSD (Shift z P, R, N position or D/M
Inspect the shift solenoid D.
solenoid D) range (1GR, 2GR, 3GR): (See SOLENOID VALVE
A solenoid on INSPECTION [AW6A-EL, B17, B18
AW6AX-EL] ).
z Other: solenoid off -
100-1,000 mA
SSE (Shift z R position (more than 11
Inspect the shift solenoid E.
solenoid E) km/h {4 mph}) or D/M (See SOLENOID VALVE
range (1GR, 2GR, 4GR, INSPECTION [AW6A-EL,
A AW6AX-EL] ). B14, B22
6GR): solenoid on
z Other: solenoid off -
100-1,000 mA
SSF (Shift z P, R, N position or D/M
Inspect the shift solenoid F.
solenoid F) range (1GR, 3GR, 4GR, (See SOLENOID VALVE
A 5GR): solenoid on INSPECTION [AW6A-EL, B16, B21
AW6AX-EL] ).
z Other: solenoid off -
100-1,000 mA
TCCC (TCC z TCC on: solenoid on
Inspect the TCC control
solenoid valve) solenoid. (See SOLENOID
A z Other: solenoid off - B4, B9
VALVE INSPECTION
200-1,000 mA [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
TFT (ATF Inspect the TFT sensor. (See
temperature) TRANSAXLE FLUID
°C, °F Indicates ATF temperature TEMPERATURE (TFT) B7, B8
SENSOR INSPECTION
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
TFTV (ATF z ATF temperature 10°C
Inspect the TFT sensor. (See
temperature {50°F}:4.78-4.81 V TRANSAXLE FLUID
signal voltage) TEMPERATURE (TFT)
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION On-Board Diagnostic (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
z P position: P
2. After the vehicle is identified, select the following items from the initial screen of the M-MDS.
z When using the IDS (laptop PC)
1. Select "DataLogger".
2. Select "Modules".
3. Select "TCM".
z When using the PDS (pocket PC)
2009 TRANSMISSION
TRANSMISSION/TRANSAXLE SST
1. Mazda SST number
2. Global SST number
Example
support 0A1)
(1) The SST (49 E017 5A0) can be used in place of the SST (49 C017 5A0).
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION Symptom Troubleshooting (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION
z When the customer reports a vehicle malfunction, inspect the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL)
indication, AT warning indicator light flash, and diagnostic trouble code (DTC), then diagnose the
malfunction according to following flowchart.
{ If a DTC exists, diagnose the applicable DTC inspection. (See DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL] ).
{ If a DTC does not exist, the MIL does not illuminate and the AT warning indicator light
illuminates, diagnose the applicable symptom troubleshooting. (See SYMPTOM
TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM TABLE [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
{ TSS
{ VSS
{ TFT sensor
{ TR switch
No Repair or replace any malfunctioning
{ M range switch
parts according to the inspection result.
{ Up switch
{ Down switch
{ Brake switch
{ Engine speed
TROUBLESHOOTING
No. ITEM DESCRIPTION PAGE
1 z Vehicle does not move in z Vehicle does not move (See NO. 1 VEHICLE DOES
D range, or in R position when accelerator pedal is NOT MOVE IN D RANGE,
depressed. OR IN R POSITION
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
2 z Vehicle moves in N z Vehicle creeps in N (See NO. 2 VEHICLE
position position. MOVES IN N POSITION
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION Symptom Troubleshooting (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
EL, AW6AX-EL].)
18 z Excessive shift shock is z Excessive shift shock is felt (See NO. 18 EXCESSIVE
given when upshifting when depressing SHIFT SHOCK IS GIVEN
and downshifting accelerator pedal to WHEN UPSHIFTING AND
accelerate at upshifting. DOWNSHIFTING [AW6A-
EL, AW6AX-EL].)
z During cruising, excessive
shift shock is felt when
depressing accelerator
pedal at downshifting.
19 z Excessive shift shock on z Strong shock is felt when (See NO. 19 EXCESSIVE
torque converter clutch TCC is engaged. SHIFT SHOCK ON
(TCC) TORQUE CONVERTER
CLUTCH (TCC) [AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
20 z Noise occurs at idle z Transaxle is noisy in all (See NO. 20 NOISE
when vehicle is stopped positions and ranges when OCCURS AT IDLE WHEN
in all positions/ranges vehicle is idling. VEHICLE IS STOPPED IN
ALL POSITIONS/RANGES
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
21 z Noise occurs at idle z Transaxle is noisy in (See NO. 21 NOISE
when vehicle is stopped driving ranges when OCCURS AT IDLE WHEN
in D range, or in R vehicle is idling. VEHICLE IS STOPPED IN
position D RANGE, OR IN R
POSITION [AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
22 z No engine braking in z Engine speed drops to idle (See NO. 22 NO ENGINE
1GR position of M range but vehicle coasts when BRAKING IN 1GR
accelerator pedal is POSITION OF M RANGE
released during cruising at [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
medium to high speeds.
z Engine speed drops to idle
but vehicle coasts when
accelerator pedal is
released when in M range
(1GR) at low vehicle
speed.
23 z Transaxle overheats z Burnt smell emitted from (See NO. 23 TRANSAXLE
the transaxle. OVERHEATS [AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
z Smoke is emitted from the
transaxle.
24 z Engine stalls when z Engine stalls when shifting (See NO. 24 ENGINE
shifted to D range, or in from N or P position to D STALLS WHEN SHIFTED
R position range or R position at idle. TO D RANGE, OR IN R
POSITION [AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION Symptom Troubleshooting (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
25 z Engine stalls when z Engine stalls when brake (See NO. 25 ENGINE
driving at slow speeds or pedal is depressed while STALLS WHEN DRIVING
stopping driving at low speed or AT SLOW SPEED OR
stopping. STOPPING [AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
26 z Starter does not work z Starter does not work even (See NO. 26 STARTER
when P or N position is DOES NOT WORK [AW6A-
selected. EL, AW6AX-EL].)
27 z Gear position indicator z Gear position indicator (See NO. 27 GEAR
light does not illuminate light in instrument cluster POSITION INDICATOR
in M range does not illuminate in M LIGHT DOES NOT
range with ignition switch ILLUMINATE IN M
at ON. RANGE [AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
28 z Gear position indicator z Gear position indicator
(See NO. 28 GEAR
light illuminates in D light in instrument cluster POSITION INDICATOR
range or P, N, R illuminates in D range or P, LIGHT ILLUMINATES IN
positions N R positions with ignition D RANGE OR P, N, R
switch at ON. POSITIONS [AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
29 z Does not upshift in M z Gear position indicator
(See NO. 29 DOES NOT
range light in instrument cluster UPSHIFT IN M RANGE
illuminates but vehicle [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
does not upshift when
selector lever is pushed to
"+" side.
30 z Does not downshift in M z Gear position indicator
(See NO. 30 DOES NOT
range light in instrument cluster DOWNSHIFT IN M RANGE
illuminates but vehicle [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
does not downshift when
selector lever is pushed to
"-" side.
31 z M range position M range position indicator light (See NO. 31 M RANGE
indicator light does not in instrument cluster does not POSITION INDICATOR
illuminate in M range/M illuminate in M range or M range LIGHT DOES NOT
range position indicator position indicator light ILLUMINATE IN M
light illuminate in D illuminates in D range with the RANGE/M RANGE
range ignition switch in ON position. POSITION INDICATOR
LIGHT ILLUMINATES IN
D RANGE [AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
EL, AW6AX-EL]
DESCRIPTION AND POSSIBLE CAUSE
1 Vehicle does not move in D range, or in R position
DESCRIPTION z Vehicle does not move when accelerator pedal is depressed.
NOTE:
z Before following the troubleshooting steps, make sure that the
Automatic Transaxle On-Board Diagnostic and Automatic Transaxle
Basic Inspection are conducted. (See BASIC INSPECTION [AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
NOTE:
z Before following the troubleshooting steps, make sure that the
Automatic Transaxle On-Board Diagnostic and Automatic Transaxle
Basic Inspection are conducted. (See BASIC INSPECTION [AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
{ If malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair
Information and perform repair or diagnosis.
z If the vehicle is repaired, troubleshooting completed.
NOTE:
z Before following the troubleshooting steps, make sure that the
Automatic Transaxle On-Board Diagnostic and Automatic Transaxle
Basic Inspection are conducted. (See BASIC INSPECTION [AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
{ Shift solenoid E
{ Shift solenoid F
{ If malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair
Information and perform repair or diagnosis.
z If the vehicle is repaired, troubleshooting completed.
z VSS malfunction
NOTE:
z Before following the troubleshooting steps, make sure that the
Automatic Transaxle On-Board Diagnostic and Automatic Transaxle
Basic Inspection are conducted. (See BASIC INSPECTION [AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
{ Shift solenoid C
{ Shift solenoid D
{ Shift solenoid E
{ Shift solenoid F
{ If malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair
Information and perform repair or diagnosis.
z If the vehicle is repaired, troubleshooting completed.
z VSS malfunction
CAUTION:
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION Symptom Troubleshooting (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
z If the TCC is stuck, inspect it. In addition, inspect the oil cooler for
foreign particles which may have mixed in with the ATF.
z VSS malfunction
z Sensor malfunction
{ TR switch malfunction
z Selector lever adjustment incorrect
POSSIBLE CAUSE
z TR switch adjustment incorrect
NOTE:
z Before following the troubleshooting steps, make sure that the
Automatic Transaxle On-Board Diagnostic and Automatic Transaxle
Basic Inspection are conducted. (See BASIC INSPECTION [AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
{ Shift solenoid E
{ Shift solenoid F
{ If malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair
Information and perform repair or diagnosis.
z If the vehicle is repaired, troubleshooting completed.
z VSS malfunction
NOTE:
z Before following the troubleshooting steps, make sure that the
Automatic Transaxle On-Board Diagnostic and Automatic Transaxle
Basic Inspection are conducted. (See BASIC INSPECTION [AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
{ Shift solenoid F
z Basically, TCC does not operate when the fail-safe is operating. Verify the
DTC at first. If the TCC operates when driving at high speeds only, the
malfunction (improper adjustment) is in the M range switch circuit or TR
switch circuit.
CAUTION:
If the TCC is stuck, inspect it. In addition, inspect the oil cooler for
foreign particles which may have mixed in with the ATF.
NOTE:
z Before following the troubleshooting steps, make sure that the
Automatic Transaxle On-Board Diagnostic and Automatic Transaxle
Basic Inspection are conducted. (See BASIC INSPECTION [AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
{ If malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair
Information and perform repair or diagnosis.
z If the vehicle is repaired, troubleshooting completed.
z VSS malfunction
NOTE:
z Before following the troubleshooting steps, make sure that the
Automatic Transaxle On-Board Diagnostic and Automatic Transaxle
Basic Inspection are conducted. (See BASIC INSPECTION [AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
{ Shift solenoid E
{ Shift solenoid F
{ If malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair
Information and perform repair or diagnosis.
z If the vehicle is repaired, troubleshooting completed.
z Poor TCC engagement due to either slippage because the TCC piston is
stuck or the line pressure is low.
CAUTION:
z If the TCC is stuck, inspect it. In addition, inspect the oil cooler for
foreign particles which may have mixed in with the ATF.
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION Symptom Troubleshooting (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
z VSS malfunction
NOTE:
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION Symptom Troubleshooting (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
z Is it normal?
3 z Perform the initial learning Yes Troubleshooting is completed.
procedure.
{ If malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair
Information and perform repair or diagnosis.
z If the vehicle is repaired, troubleshooting completed.
INITIAL LEARNING
NOTE: z While self-learning control gradually reduces shock during normal driving,
initial learning is performed to initially learn a certain amount of driving
conditions.
1. Warm-up
z Increase the ATF temperature by leaving the vehicle idling or performing city driving. Verify that
the ATF temperature is between 66-110°C {151-230°F}. If the ATF temperature is outside this
range, work to bring it inside the range.
shift shock.
Then, shift the selector lever from the N position into D range, and maintain in this condition for 3
s. Repeat this procedure 5 times . Then repeat it 5 times in the same way for R position.
z VSS malfunction
POSSIBLE CAUSE z The troubleshooting flow is the same as NO. 16 "JUDDER UPON
TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH (TCC) OPERATION".
NOTE:
z If a noise is emitted during shifting only, the malfunction is in the
POSSIBLE CAUSE C1 clutch, C2 clutch, C3 clutch or B1 brake.
z If a noise is emitted during shifting at certain gears only or during
deceleration only, it is gear noise.
z Before following the troubleshooting steps, make sure that the
Automatic Transaxle On-Board Diagnostic and Automatic
Transaxle Basic Inspection are conducted. (See BASIC
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
z VSS malfunction
NOTE:
z Before following the troubleshooting steps, make sure that the
Automatic Transaxle On-Board Diagnostic and Automatic Transaxle
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION Symptom Troubleshooting (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
{ If malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair
Information and perform repair or diagnosis.
z If the vehicle is repaired, troubleshooting completed.
NOTE:
z Before following the troubleshooting steps, make sure that the
Automatic Transaxle On-Board Diagnostic and Automatic Transaxle
Basic Inspection are conducted. (See BASIC INSPECTION [AW6A-EL,
AW6AX-EL].)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
[AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
z Is it normal?
4 z Inspect the line pressure control Yes Go to the next step.
solenoid.
No Replace the control valve body.
(See SOLENOID VALVE (See CONTROL VALVE BODY
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL,
EL, AW6AX-EL] ).
AW6AX-EL] ).
z Is it normal?
5 z Inspect for bending, damage, Yes Overhaul the transaxle and repair or
corrosion or kinks of the oil cooler replace any malfunctioning parts.
pipes. (See Automatic Transaxle and Transfer
Workshop Manual [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-
z Are oil cooler pipes normal? EL]).
No Replace any malfunctioning parts.
6 z Verify test results.
{ If normal, return to the diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION Symptom Troubleshooting (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
{ If malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair
Information and perform repair or diagnosis.
z If the vehicle is repaired, troubleshooting completed.
z The malfunction is in the engine control system (e.g. Fuel injection control,
electronic controlled throttle system)
NOTE:
POSSIBLE CAUSE
z Before following the troubleshooting steps, make sure that the
Automatic Transaxle On-Board Diagnostic and Automatic
Transaxle Basic Inspection are conducted. (See BASIC
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
{ If malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair
Information and perform repair or diagnosis.
z If the vehicle is repaired, troubleshooting completed.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION Symptom Troubleshooting (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
NOTE:
POSSIBLE CAUSE
z Before following the troubleshooting steps, make sure that the
Automatic Transaxle On-Board Diagnostic and Automatic
Transaxle Basic Inspection are conducted. (See BASIC
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL].)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
2009 Mazda CX-7
2009 TRANSMISSION Symptom Troubleshooting (AW6A-EL, AW6AX-EL) - CX-7
z Open or short circuit in wiring harness between manual switch and TCM.
NOTE:
Before following the troubleshooting steps, make sure that the Automatic
Transaxle On-Board Diagnostic and Automatic Transaxle Basic Inspection
are conducted.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
{ If malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair
Information and perform repair or diagnosis.
z If the vehicle is repaired, troubleshooting completed.
2009 TRANSMISSION
Line pressure
Low 4.0-8.0
VSS
VSS SPECIFICATIONS
Signal Current (mA)
High 12.0-16.0
Low 4.0-8.0